Human rights in the digital age from a gender persuaded | IGF 2023 Day 0 Event #167

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Ananda

Drawing from diverse, global and systemic issues, Ananda, originating from a developing South Asian nation, Nepal, initiates a crucial discourse on the enduring digital divide and the prevailing gender gap. An interplay of these multifaceted topics is reflected through various Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), especially focusing on SDG5 for gender equality, SDG10 dedicated to reduced inequalities, and aspects of SDG9, advocating industry, innovation, and infrastructure.

A noteworthy revelation from Ananda’s discussion centres on the glaring gender disparity in internet access, particularly prominent in the Asia-Pacific region. Statistics confirm that only 54% of women, as against 59% of men, gain access to the internet, embodying the global gender digital divide. Furthermore, an astounding 40% of the entire Asian populace remains unconnected to the internet, a daunting concern given the fact that the majority of internet users globally hail from the APAC region.

Ananda accentuates the gender divide as a comprehensive issue, grounded not merely in the digital sphere but extending into offline or traditional domains as well. Importantly, long before the advent of the internet, women and gender minorities consistently struggled to claim their rights, such as the right to education and to vote. It appears that technology advancement has not sufficiently bridged this gap, as these groups persist in experiencing deprivation in the online domain.

Against this context, Ananda champions an optimistic view advocating for equal internet access across all societal strata. Echoing societal equality, this proposal is premised on the belief that the internet acts as a robust tool enabling access to societal rights. Supporting this argument, the slogan ‘access to the internet should be equitable’ is promoted, serving as a potential remedy to assure equal rights in the virtual and broader social context.

An unexpected challenge highlighted pertains to the unwelcome perpetuation of gender biases within emerging technologies. In 2022, generative AI tools like Charity, Google, Bard gained significant traction. These strides, while largely positive, may inadvertently reflect and perpetuate gender biases, casting a pall over technology progression.

Ananda candidly addresses the disturbing prevalence of misinformation and targeted attacks, with striking emphasis on women politicians, actors, and gender minorities. This alarming scenario contributes substantially to perpetuating gender inequality.

However, the discourse emboldens the potential of the internet to serve as an effective tool for mitigating gender bias, misinformation, and targeted assaults, if aptly utilised. Additionally, Ananda posits that a collaborative multi-stakeholder approach is essential to tackling gender bias in technology and combating online aggressions. An integral part of this solution should comprise instilling digital literacy within school curriculums, consequently equipping younger generations to withstand online hazards and promote a more thoughtful, inclusive internet usage.

In conclusion, the discourse underscores the necessity for a comprehensive, collaborative approach to vanquish the digital divide and gender gap. As societies globally step into the digital future, crafting an internet landscape that facilitates greater inclusivity and equality becomes an unequivocal imperative.

Camilio Rattia

The pivotal discussion revolves around the gender disparity concerning digital rights, indicating two main focal points: gender equality and the essential role played by industry, innovation and infrastructure within this perspective. A clearly aligned viewpoint corroborates an ideal scenario wherein digital rights are assured for all; demonstrating a robust belief in the importance of peace, justice, and substantial institutions as reinforced by Goal 16 of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

Despite hindrances including reduced participation or funding limitations, the crux of the argument unfailingly shifts towards the persistent gender gap in internet usage. The necessity for continued and robust debate surrounding this issue is deemed critical, even in the face of these obstacles. Varied experiences shared from across continents reflect a unified commitment to combat this gap, advancing towards the end goal of gender equality as outlined in SDG 5.

The discourse places distinct emphasis on digital inclusion, where advocates argue its critical role in effectively bridging the gender gap in digital rights and internet usage. Furthermore, it resonates with the theme of Safer Internet Day, “Together for a better internet”, thus aligning the discussions with the broader movement of digital empowerment.

Moreover, the narrative articulates the necessity for establishing partnerships to achieve these globally significant objectives, underlined in SDG 17. This need for alliances, in envisioning a future devoid of digital gender divide and inequity, is duly acknowledged.

In summary, the discourse underscores the significance of gender equality within the sphere of digital rights, and calls for an ongoing dialogue, alliance-building, and continued innovation, faced with these diverse challenges. The argument supports closing the gender gap in internet usage, promoting digital inclusion, and the need for robust discussions on these topics, regardless of constraints.

Mariana

Mariana, an active participant in Redes Hace, an organisation focusing on indigenous communications, voiced her pleasure and honour in contributing to key panel discussions around gender and internet access. Detrimentally, these discussions are vital in amplifying voices that often remain unheard, ultimately unveiling systemic issues that obstacle gender equality online and offline.

However, gender parity in internet usage belies deeper, systemic issues, with data from the Mexican Association of Internet revealing that 52% of online users are women. This outlines a pressing disparity in access for females and sexual minorities that runs the risk of intensifying existing inequalities.

Mariana’s personal journey into feminism is intrinsically linked to her ability to reach diverse information and narratives online. This underscores the instrumental role of online tools and internet access in shaping personal identities and facilitating comprehension of societal issues such as gender equality.

Nevertheless, the prevailing issue is that technology usability is typically influenced by a male perspective, making it less practically accessible for women. This male-dominated design culture has the potential to be damaging in fostering a more inclusive digital culture.

A clear gender imbalance is evident within STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics). In Mexico, female participation in STEM is shockingly low, with women representing only 30% of professionals in the field. Known deterrents such as online violence, discrimination, and gender-biased education discourage women from pursuing their interest in these fields, emphasising the necessity for comprehensive mitigation strategies.

The value of youth, especially young women, in shaping the future of the Internet was underscored. As a substantial user demographic, their voices in discussions concerning internet development and policies are critical.

Significantly, the rise of feminist organisations in Mexico has resulted in a tangible impact on the representation of younger generation voices, including young trans women. Harnessing online platforms, these collectives are successfully mobilising political movements which transcend physical boundaries and influence real-world conditions.

Ending on a positive note, the necessity of sustaining gender-related discussions on digital platforms was highlighted. This not only provides a constructive medium for ideation and problem-solving but indirectly influences the political shaping of younger generations. Such discussions can serve as a springboard for political education and mobilisation amongst younger women globally.

To summarise, while challenges remain, spaces that enable open and inclusive debates, like the panel Mariana participated in, are essential to progressing dialogue and actions toward gender equality. Despite the systemic issues that persist, the rising engagement of younger generations online offers a hopeful prospect for the future.

Audience

The discussion strongly emphasised the pressing need to address and counter the gender gap apparent in internet usage and digital inclusion. The overriding message centred on the paramount importance of international cooperation and collaboration in overcoming these disparities, particularly focusing on regions where this inequality is most pronounced. In doing so, the dialogue connects to several Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), highlighting the interrelatedness of these issues.

Specifically, the SDGs relating to gender equality and reduced inequalities were underscored during the discourse, signalling the convergence of these objectives with the topic at hand. Alongside these, the SDG centred on the advancement of industry, innovation, and infrastructure was also underscored, demonstrating a broad understanding of the context of the issue and the potential remedies it presents to these global predicaments.

Despite limitations such as a restricted audience reach and funding constraints, the importance and influence of the discussions introduced during this dialogue were underlined. Emphasis was placed on the significance of these dialogues, even if the immediate audience and financial support were comparatively limited. The ongoing discussions generate a ripple effect, contributing to wider conversations and actions foremost towards bridging the gender digital divide.

Notably, the sentiment of the conversation was overwhelmingly positive. Supported by multiple expressions of agreement and appreciation from the audience, the sentiment reconfirmed the relevance and urgency of the issue in today’s society. The audience’s unanimous endorsement of the viewpoints expressed, manifested by their consistent ‘Thank you’ responses, serves to validate the resonance of these perspectives within the broader public.

To summarise, the discussion broadened the perspective through which we view the gender digital divide, proposing a collaborative global approach as an applicable and necessary solution. The linkage to SDGs and the emphasis on the importance of relevant dialogues, regardless of audience size and funding, underpinned the positively received sentiment and audience consent coursing throughout the discourse.

Umut Pajaro

Umut Pajaro Velazquez, a representative from Cartagena, Colombia, has raised significant concerns regarding the underrepresentation of the Gender Standing Group within the Internet Society, a crucial subject pertaining to SDG5: Gender Equality.

A pressing issue is the detrimental effect of the gender gap on human rights on the Internet. Although this issue primarily influences the fulfilment of SDG5, it also impacts SDG10: Reduced Inequalities. Notwithstanding Velazquez’s neutral stance, the overall sentiment towards this matter is generally negative, indicating that it warrants immediate attention.

The severity of the digital gender gap is underscored by statistics revealing that women and gender diverse individuals are significantly less likely to have Internet access. Furthermore, these groups are at a greater risk of experiencing online harassment and violence, which infringes their digital rights. Compounded by their inadequate digital skills, they suffer the most from the digital divide.

There is urgent demand for the bolstering of initiatives that champion inclusivity and improve access to ICTs for women, girls, and gender diverse people. Findings show that only a scant 35% of these initiatives are spearheaded by women and gender diverse individuals, emphasising the requirement for equal representation. The battle for equality also involves the prompt removal of harmful content from social media platforms to safeguard vulnerable users.

Importantly, the necessity to persistently highlight gender gap and inequalities at forums like the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) is deemed essential. Despite the negative sentiment resulting from the protracted nature of these issues, there is consensus on the importance of these discussions. They put necessary pressure on the private sector and governments to rectify gender imbalances.

Even though progress has been made in reducing the gender gap, sustained efforts through advocacy and ongoing discussions are required to effect lasting change. Despite the persistence of noticeable gender inequality in the digital space, a positive sentiment exists around the possibilities of future progress.

Yulia

Yulia, an esteemed youth delegate hailing from Brazil and associated with the Federal University of Minas Gerais, actively participates in the nuanced analysis of interactions on internet forums vis-a-vis human rights. She was invited to a panel discussion on ‘Human Rights in the Digital Age’, where she dissected various aspects of the online world, delineating the gamification of hatred not only within the Brazilian context but also on a broader international stage. Her research prominently focuses on the online gaming community, addressing the dichotomy and disparities therein.

Yulia asserts that gaming companies predominantly cater to a young male demographic, consequently creating a homogenised and exclusive microcosm. Such a worrisome trend not only marginalises diverse audience groups but indirectly fosters various forms of harm such as racism, sexual violence, and gender-based bias or sexism. She perceives online platforms as potentially harmful spheres of social interaction due to their influential reach.

Yulia ardently champions the cause of diversity within digital spaces. She believes that an inclusive online environment can be cultivated through collaborative efforts involving government bodies, commercial enterprises, and societal groups. Emphasising the adverse effects of an exclusionary approach within online platforms, she highlights that the male-centric gaming culture could potentially discourage aspiring individuals from pursuing careers in science or IT-related fields.

Drawing attention to the pronounced lack of gender diversity within the IT industry, she anchors a correlation with the unwelcoming atmosphere proliferating within gaming communities. Citing UK-based statistics, Yulia reveals that a mere 2% of ICT startup resources are mobilised towards initiatives led by women, accentuating the gender divide in the tech landscape.

Yulia proposes a two-tiered solution to these issues. The first factor involves widespread implementation of meta-data analysis. With its innate capacity to comprehensively understand user behaviour, data tracking processes should be employed to identify and mitigate users’ negative experiences online. Moreover, she urges third sector organisations to strategically align their initiatives with young individuals’ interests, thereby fostering inclusivity within the IT sector.

Correlating her arguments to the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), Yulia’s discourse aligns with SDGs 5, 9, 10, 16, and 17. These goals strive towards promoting gender equality, fostering inclusive industries and innovation, reducing social and economic inequalities, nurturing peace, justice and robust institutions and facilitating effective cross-sector partnerships, respectively. Her comprehensive analysis provides an insightful framework for comprehending an evolving issue that intersects human rights in digital spaces, deconstructing intricate yet crucial arguments pertaining to inclusivity and diversity in the digital era.

Session transcript

Camilio Rattia:
Good afternoon, everyone. We are going to start this panel. It’s called Human Rights in the Digital Age, from My Gender Persuaded. I am Camilo Rattia. I’m from Bolivia, and I work for Fundaciรณn Internet Bolivia. We’ll be moderating this session. And also we have people online. Karen Cruz is also online. She will be the online moderator, so she’s there. I’m going to give you now some minutes for the panel to introduce themselves, please. So I’m going to start with the people who is here on site. So Yulia, please.

Yulia:
Testing. Okay. Hi, everyone. Good afternoon. My name is Yulia. I am from Brazil. I am a youth delegate. Another 14 youth members from Brazil. I have been invited in a way of schedule in the last minutes. But I study, currently I study the gamification of hate in Brazil, internet connection, and international internet relations, social relations, that is. And my association is from the Federal University of Minas Gerais. And I’m really happy to be here, since it’s such an important aspect to discuss in the internet forums. And I will pass the mic to Ananda.

Ananda:
Ananda, please. Thank you so much. Hello, everyone. My name is Ananda. I’m from Nepal. It’s a small developing country in Asia. And I’m so honored to join you here. I’ll be talking about the perspective in both online and offline world. I’ll be talking about digital divide, as well as how it has reflected the offline world, the gender gap. So thank you for having me.

Camilio Rattia:
Thank you. So first, we have online two people. Please introduce yourselves. Umut first, please. Umut. OK. So we can go to Mariana Lopez, please, also. Could you confirm me, please? OK. They are going in. They need co-host access, please, Karen. So they can actually be on camera, please. Let’s wait a minute. OK. There it is. So Mariana, can we start with you, please?

Mariana:
Of course. Hello, everyone. Greetings from Mexico. It is a great honor for me to be in this panel discussing such an important topic. And I work in an organization that’s called Redes Hace. It’s a Mexican organization that works with indigenous communications. And I am very thrilled to be here. I was in the Youth Like IGF in Cartagena this year. So it is so important to continue these discussions surrounding gender and access. So thank you very much for the invitation. And I’m very glad to be here.

Camilio Rattia:
Thank you. And also, could you please give access to Umut, who also needs access to be on the camera? OK. OK. OK. Thank you. OK. Umut, please. Umut, please. Your mic is off. Now it’sโ€ฆ Yeah, but we can’t hear you. Yeah, but we can’t hear you.

Umut Pajaro:
Now you can hear me?

Camilio Rattia:
Yes. Please.

Umut Pajaro:
I see. OK. Perfect. Hello. My name is Umut Pajaro Velazquez. I’m from Cartagena, Colombia. And I’m speaking from Colombia right now. And I’m here representing the Gender Standing Group and the chair of the group in Internet Society. And I will be sharing with you some visions about how gender is affected by, in general, the digital divide and how the gender gap is actually part of the beings of the human rights on Internet in general.

Camilio Rattia:
OK. Thank you. Thank you, Umut. Thank you, Mariana. Thank you, Julia and Ananda that are here. So we are going to now address some questions. And I know each of you know which one is going to address. So I’ll just go with the first question. And the first question is, can gender be considered as a factor causing inequality? And when we talk about digital rights and the Internet.

Umut Pajaro:
And that question is for me. So yeah, I’m going to reply really fast. Well, the obvious answer to it is like, yes, gender can be considered as a factor causing inequality when we talk about digital rights on the Internet. And this is because actually how society is constructed and how gender roles are defined because of the biology of certain individuals. So some are privileged than others. And that causes a gap between the genders. In this case, we’re talking about a digital gender gap. And it reflects the difference between men, women, and gender diverse people in terms of access and use of the information and communication technologies. And I would like to address four different gender gaps, digital gender gaps, that actually are evident when we talk about this inequality between genders. One is access. This happens especially more in the global south context when we see that not only women but also gender diverse people are less likely than men to have access to Internet and to own a phone and smartphone. This is particularly true, as I say, in the global south countries. And a more marginalized group of women are gender diverse people, such as those living in rural areas or have other intersectional characteristics such as race or some disability. Another one is skill. Women are less likely than men to have women and gender diverse people are less likely than men to have the digital skills needed to use the Internet effectively and to empower them and to be more active inside of the Internet spaces. This can be included in basic skills, such as how to use a computer or browse the Internet and on to some more advanced skills, such as coding and programming. And we see that in so many informs and reports that came from different NGOs and intergovernmental organizations that says that actually the tech fields are actually with more presence on men than women and gender diverse people, and that’s causing inequality. The third one, women and gender diverse people are more likely to use the Internet for education and social networking, and men actually use it more for working and more related Internet things like gaming and entertaining. These different uses of the Internet also cause a gap between the genders. And the last one that I would like to address is safety. Women and gender diverse people are more likely to experience online violence and harassment when we actually start to talk about the risks on Internet, we need to take into account the gender variable, because for us in general society, people that are women or gender diverse actually are more exposed to risks in the online spaces. This includes cyber bullying, sexual harassment, stalking, and other kinds of risks that people just for being women and gender diverse experience online. So, actually, not anything is wrong between that. So, if we want actually to solve this, we need to address some issues that can get us to a point that not only the inequalities can be solved, or getting to a point that men, women, and gender diverse people can access in a more equal way. One of the solutions is to expand access to ICTs for all women, girls, and gender diverse people. And so, promote gender inclusivity, that includes women-led initiatives, because right now, only 35% of the initiatives are led by women and gender diverse people, and address online violence against women, girls, and gender diverse people. And to finalize my intervention, I would like to give some recommendations for a more equal and diverse Internet in terms of digital rights from a gender perspective. One is to require two social media platforms to take down harmful content, social health policies, misogyny, and reverse porn in a timely manner, in an appropriate manner. Develop and implement gender-sensitive privacy policies and data protection laws. Support organizations that are working to promote digital rights for women, girls, and gender diverse people. Encourage more women, girls, and gender diverse people to pursue careers in the science, in the fields. And so, challenge gender stereotypes about technology use and online participation. This means to change the way we see that technologies can be used for women, girls, and gender diverse people.

Camilio Rattia:
Thank you, Umut. I think you already mentioned some of the inequalities we can have with the gender. And also, you give some solutions. But in that sense, I would like to ask Mariana, if you can give you, from your perspective, what are the worst examples of inequality that we should immediately address in relations to gender and Internet? And also, what would be some actions to prevent this?

Mariana:
Okay. Thank you very much for the question. And also, Umut, for that brilliant participation. So, I think that one of the most important inequalities and issues is precisely not only access for women to Internet, but also how are women and sexual dissidencies shaping Internet, right? So, I think Internet access is very important for educational purposes, specifically from a gender perspective, because access to information is key in order to make relevant changes in people’s mindsets. For example, in my experience, I myself became a feminist thanks to Internet access. I started using Internet approximately when I was 11. And I can still recall and remember that shift and impact from when I was analogical to when I started to browse online. And through online tools, I was able to shape my identity, my perspective about gender issues, and my feminist approach, since they were definitely not common topics in that time in school or in any other space. And most importantly, as I grew older, it helped me to organize and meet other groups of women, girls, and sexual dissidencies, women in my territory. And this is starting to become a tendency. Everyday people are connecting from younger ages. According to Mexican Association of Internet, 60% of people that are connected in Mexico are between 6 and 34 years old. This means that from 88 millions of Mexicans that are connected, most of the population are young people. And also 52% of this population are women. Also, due to the pandemic, these numbers have increased rapidly. Children from 6 to 12 years old had to connect in a sudden way without really programs or preparation for it. And I think this is why it is so important to mediate and filter what young girls and dissidencies are accessing. And because it really shapes your mindset in such formative years. Definitely, a gender perspective is essential. Any policy must recognize this historical and systematical differences in which women are raised. It has been deeply studied how technology has not been totally accessible for women. And that has been designed from more of a male perspective. So now that we see that from these numbers, that the problem now is not access. Because younger and younger people are connected. And most of them are women. So I think the issues and the things that should be attended immediately are sure the policies and the dynamics that occur in digital space. Because they are the same that occur in real world, in the real environment. And it is also very much, sometimes these issues are more relevant or more affecting young girls. Also, I think that this really connects with what Umut was saying. According to the Mexican Institute for Competitivity, only 3 of 10 STEM professionals are women. So we are still dealing with a very large gap in Mexico from girls and women that access to this kind of preparation. In order to fulfill this gap, each state of Mexico, we are 32 states, must increase at least in 71% the number of women in their curriculum. This means more than 50% of what it is right now. This means that it would take the government 37 years to really reach an equality in the STEM careers. Because it has been increasing year to year, but only in 4.4%. So really, why are women not accessing to this kind of education? And it has been thoroughly tested that what disintegrates, why women don’t feel secure to access to this kind of preparation is violence, discrimination, and also a gender differential or based education. That is still something that is happening. So we sure must ensure access for women and sexual dissidencies, both from a feminist gender perspective and really include women in the shaping of Internet, but not only from a vision from access. Because what really is important is to see what these young girls are accessing and how are they accessing Internet from very, really young ages. And I think that they must be included, the most younger women in this discussion. Not only from a perspective of they have access for the actual necessities, but also how can they be really included in the discussions that shape Internet.

Camilio Rattia:
Okay, thank you, Mariana. I think both of you and Umut mentioned some inequalities and some actions to prevent, and also how we should fix that in some terms. But I would like to maybe hear about something from the perspective from digital rights, and that’s why we have Julia here. And I would like to address you that question. Is there any difference in access or treatment that you can give because of gender? Can you mention?

Yulia:
Excuse me. I think the question is directed to Ananda, right?

Camilio Rattia:
Sorry, I confused both of you. Sorry. Sorry, it happens sometimes. Okay, Ananda. In that case, I would like to talk more about in terms of digital rights, and I would like to know if there is any difference in access or treatment you can give because of gender. I would like to know if you can mention some ideal scenario maybe, how rights should be guaranteed.

Ananda:
Okay, thank you. Thank you so much for having me. So when it comes to digital rights, most importantly, the important is access to Internet itself. It was a huge burden, and I come from a less developed country like Nepal, and I represent APAC region. And if you see, the APAC region is the most of the Internet users live in APAC region, and at the same time, we have the highest digital divide itself. Still, 40% of the population in our region are still unconnected. And if we see the gender divide in Internet access, in terms of Asia Pacific, 54% of women are connected to the Internet while compared to 59% of men are connected to the Internet. So there is a number of like gender gap, and it is actually reflected from the offline world. Before we have Internet, women and gender minorities have always fought for their right. There was no right to education for women back then, and there was no right to vote. And then, like, it then shifted to the, like, Internet. When you get access, those rights were, again, the deprived people get to deprive in the online world as well. So right now, there’s a digital divide, and into that digital divide, there is, again, gender divide. If we see the 40% of the people who doesn’t have access, the majority is the people from the gender minorities. And if we talk about women and then other gender that are being appeared recently that were not recognized by the society. So actually, it’s about the society, how we shape it. So Internet is just a tool that let us access other rights that are actually prevalent in the society. So we have to make sure that we can use Internet so that everybody can have equal rights. Not only in the Internet, but in a society, I think. And I can come back to this with more questions, I think. Thank you.

Camilio Rattia:
Okay, thank you, Ananda. Oh, now he’s right. In those words, Julia, now maybe you can give us some recommendations for more, like Ananda mentioned, like more equality and diverse Internet in terms of digital rights.

Yulia:
So I would like to make some remarks before I start any recommendation. I guess we have agreements on gender issues, the precedence of offline matters, and an age perspective that we have like rivers flow to a common response. That these problems, these problematics are probably the first and the most pressing matters that what I can gather from this meeting. And thinking on that, I would like to draw to my educational upbringing in my college degree about thinking the offline as a necessity or a problem to tackle through the society as a multi-stakeholder problem, thinking that not only the government should offer more opportunities or should establish a better connection or quality connection to disconnected areas and so on, but what are we doing as a society, as enterprises, as companies and governments to captivate, to grow empathy and fondness on gender diverse and women, to enroll, to close the gap that we have of dissociation of what is the Internet, of what are the matters of the Internet, or what is a career or a work or a research on the Internet matters. From my perspective in Brazil, I think that the most topics that drawn the youth to science, but especially the Internet and IT world is science fiction and games. And there is a point to be made in gaming culture and in gaming communities that are left unattended and they are left to be developed by company as they wish, and to also not care about problems that exclude a type of gender, like a company can develop the game in the community to better accommodate her male audience, her male young audience. And that’s also like an allowance to just not tackle problems like a community health, because we have PR, we have marketing, and they also have the power to, like in games, League of Legends, they have records, they have data enough to affirm categorically that a player is tired, a player has certain behavior, he has certain tactics and so on. We know, and everyone in this room knows, how can we trace the human personality so deeply, yet why are we not using that information to trace their bad experiences? Why are we choosing to tackle the problems of violences and why they don’t feel interest in participating in a game, or why do they feel the interest in participating in the gaming community, in that community, but even if that community is not healthy or is not welcoming to them? Because there are lots, in Brazil we have some researches about how racism, how sexual violence, virtual sexual violence and assault or sexist attacks don’t throw away or don’t distance the public, or I mean the racially attacked public or the women. They still are part of the, they still want to be part of the community, they stay there, they go on, they move through and they power through, in fact, and still facing those attacks. And it’s not a matter of regulation, I don’t think that’s the point of regulation. It’s about getting to know better what we are doing with the youth, what we are letting them to experience, and how can we change that? Because the point is that I think that we observe that even though those attacks may distance some, the ones that stay are just hurt, they are damaged and that may not have the positive, that surely doesn’t have the positive connection of that empathy and the fondness for IT talks, IT matters, IT themes and also internet themes and so on. We are pushing them away although they are there. They are consuming, they are not moving up on the ladder. Like they are not developing their path in a way that we see the male audience and the white audience developing in IT especially, but also in communication, on the communications matters and communications themes. So we can think as a society, what can I do, me, the third sector, what can I do? I can maybe employ better activities or research and what has the intention of this youth? What can we develop to bring the attention of this youth, to bring the love of this youth to the connected world, the internet world and the gaming world? And as companies, maybe they can start to think and elaborate projects to think of the health in their community, and not moderating the community. You can’t say certain words, and we will stop by there. How our communities see us, and how do they view this community? People have opinions about different internet communities, like the Reddit, the Discord, League of Legends, Counter-Strike, Dota. They all have their opinions about that communities, and those communities are millions of people. And what do they think about it, and how companies can they change? They should be worrying about that, like to build a better environment. And the government obviously can induce that development to steer that interest, and to develop economical interest in tackling those problems. But we’re still not seeing that, since this is today’s news. The UK, it’s one of the most connected countries more than we, more than countries of we, the speakers, because we are from Latin America and Asia. They’re way more connected than us. And yet, 2% of the resources of ICT startups are destined to women-led startups. And the rest of the 98% of those resources are destined to male-led audiences. So there is, again, another problem, another suggestion of governments. Are we directing better resources to which type of audiences? Sorry, not audiences, in this way, which type of demographics? And I think that’s my say. I maybe overstepped the time a little.

Camilio Rattia:
No, it’s OK, it’s OK. Thank you, Julia. I think you four mentioned many different kinds of inequalities from different perspectives. I like that they were like, I don’t know if the audience know, but Umut is from Colombia, Mariana is from Mexico, Julia from Brazil, and as Ananda said, he’s from Nepal. So it’s like they have different perspectives, different vision. They live in different continents. But the inequalities they mentioned, they are basically the same. So in that case, I think I would like to address one question, maybe for the panelists, if any of you want to address one of them. Why do you think it’s important, these kind of events like IGF, that you are here, you are giving us your perspective? We have basically the same inequalities. We address basically the same problems. And it’s been the same over the years. And at some point, it shows that maybe it’s improving. But then when I heard you, then I see that it’s the same problem like last year, like two years ago, three years ago. So why do you think it’s important to keep talking about this in these kind of events? I don’t know if some of you want to address that. Any of you?

Umut Pajaro:
Well, I’ve kind of been here. And you were saying the answer to it when you were making the question. We continue to experience that every year. So we need to keep discussing the topic until the things are better. Because if we don’t use these spaces to say these kind of things, what kind of spaces we are going to use? So yeah, pretty much you were saying in the question exactly the answer to it, until the things are better, not only for women, girls, but also for gender-diverse people. We need to continue advocating, continue asking to private sector, to governments, to do something to improve and eliminate this gender gap that we have.

Camilio Rattia:
OK, thank you, Umut. We don’t really have questions from the online participation. I don’t know if any of the public here wants to address some question or just talk about this gender gap on internet. OK, if there is no one. I don’t know if some of the speakers want to do some final remarks about the topic. Just very brief, please. No one? Julia, Ananda, Mariana, perhaps? Thank you, Mariana.

Mariana:
Yes, of course. Thank you. Well, answering a little bit the question that was just made, I think that using these spaces, even if we are talking about the same topics and maybe it replicates, it means that we care about it, right? And I think that younger women and also younger descendancies are hearing us and seeing that these topics are placed over here, it means that we care and that we are actively searching for it. Also, I think that not everything is lost, at least in Mexico and precisely in Puebla, that is where I live. I have been seeing a very important shift in how feminist organizations are working, right? There is a very proliferant movement, especially from younger trans women, also younger women, that are organizing through internet and through discussions that occur in different social media. And they gather up in real life. They are meeting in these online spaces and are able to make political movements that transcend the digital space. So even though I think that, yeah, we do maintain the same problems from various years, but I also think that things are changing. At least that is what is happening in a lot of territories. So I think that shaping internet is important, including the younger voices, because the relevancy for me is what happens offline, like the opportunity that young girls and young descendancies have to connect to shape mindsets about these important topics and make changes in real life to gather and to activate. And also giving them these first opportunities of political shaping, of political gathering, I think that is very, very powerful. And that is why I very much appreciate these kind of spaces to include voices from younger women from different places of the world and for people to hear about it, right? So yeah, I think that is the importance to keep talking about these issues.

Camilio Rattia:
OK, thank you, Mariana. And Ananda, please.

Ananda:
Thank you so much. So I would like to reflect in my previous talk, I talked about how offline world actually reflected on the online. And now what I wanted to focus as a closing remarks is, as we move towards emerging technologies, we are actually using machine learning and AI. 2022 was a year when AI actually got so much famous with the generative AI tools like Charity, Google, BARD. And we can see how gender bias are actually being reflected on emerging technologies. And there is a collective action needed so that those traits that were seen in offline world are not reflected again in terms of emerging technologies. Again, there is another thing. When it comes to misinformation, disinformation, targeted attacks in terms of defamation, it’s actually women politicians, actors, and gender minorities that are being attacked. They are being targeted for. And how do we actually leverage emerging technologies to actually eliminate those kind of things? And internet, I see it as a tool or a catalyst that can be used to actually eliminate, in terms of both capacity building of women and other gender minorities, again, to actually eliminate this kind of misinformation, targeted attacks. That’s it. Thank you. I think it calls for collaborative things, and maybe digital literacy kind of things, including these kind of things in school curriculum. We have to start from root. So I call for the collaborative multi-stakeholder approach so that we can eliminate these things. Thank you.

Camilio Rattia:
OK. Thank you, Ananda. Julia, any final remarks? OK. So yes, I will keep with that about the collaboration. And I would like to mention that even if it’s the day zero where everybody’s tired, and everybody’s here with the jet lag, and all the sessions are not fully booked, I think it’s very important these spaces where we can talk. We are actually in a yacht debate now. We have the day zero to talk, but at least we have this space. And I would like to mention that. And I think it’s very important to talk about the gender gap, the digital inclusion. And I think it’s very important to remark that even if we don’t have many audience, or even if we don’t have maybe more time, or even if we don’t have all the funding to everyone to come here, you heard. We have different experiences all the continent. And we try to do an effort to be this collaborative, as Ananda said. And that’s why we are people from different parts of the world, and yacht especially. So thank you so much. Thank you to be here, and just keep talking about this gender gap in internet. Thank you so much. Thank you.

Audience:
Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.

Ananda

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

719 words

Speech time

297 secs

Audience

Speech speed

37 words per minute

Speech length

63 words

Speech time

103 secs

Camilio Rattia

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

1179 words

Speech time

456 secs

Mariana

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

1240 words

Speech time

511 secs

Umut Pajaro

Speech speed

121 words per minute

Speech length

1009 words

Speech time

501 secs

Yulia

Speech speed

113 words per minute

Speech length

1173 words

Speech time

625 secs

HAPS (High Altitude Platform Station): Internet Access for all from the Stratosphere | IGF 2023 Day 0 Event #205

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Hiroyuki Tsuji

The emerging field of future network technology, which includes systems in both terrestrial and non-terrestrial environments, merges into a 3-dimensional network. This frontier of networking innovation comprises the integration of various high-altitude entities, such as drones, airplanes, High Altitude Pseudo Satellites (HAPS), and traditional satellites. The role of HAPS is especially prominent due to its crucial function as a connecting link between the terrestrial network and the non-terrestrial network.

This essential role of HAPS doesn’t remain merely theoretical – its significance was convincingly demonstrated roughly two decades ago. HAPS played a central role in a successful technological demonstration, substantiating the benefits of their functionality, as well as their direct communication link with existing mobile phone networks. This significant leap affirms HAPS’ indispensable contribution to the expansion and advancement of future networks.

An inherent limitation associated with future network technology is spectral space. The usage of radio frequency systems has underscored this constraint. However, optical links have emerged as an effective alternative, offering promising solutions to these spectrum challenges.

Leading the technological advances in this area is the National Institute of Information and Communications Technology (NICT). They are at the cutting-edge of innovation, developing a small optical terminal capable of being mounted upon HAPS and small satellites. This development solidifies the potential of optical links in non-terrestrial settings, adding another link in the chain of future network technologies.

In alignment with Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) numbers 9 and 17, these technological leaps and advancements bolster the push towards building resilient infrastructure, fostering inclusive and sustainable industrialisation, and encouraging innovation. The integration of traditional and innovative network technologies into a 3-dimensional network not only exemplifies technological advancement but also underscores the merit and value of partnerships in facilitating progress towards sustainable development.

Geraldo Neto

Regulation plays a crucial role in facilitating global technology deployment, making direct contributions towards Sustainable Development Goal 9: Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure. This process involves strategic approaches such as the four-yearly coordinated International Telecommunication Union (ITU) regulatory process. Additionally, Technology Media Group (TMG) assists by developing regulatory frameworks at both international and national levels, fostering systematic technology deployment worldwide.

Within the sphere of expanding connectivity and coverage, High-Altitude Platforms (HIPs) have surfaced as an innovative and promising solution. They offer connectivity especially in economically non-viable areas where terrestrial or satellite networks fail to provide feasible solutions. Further, HIPs maintain a user-friendly approach, leaving the user device unchanged. They also prove to be invaluable during emergency situations, such as disasters, providing consistent connectivity.

Regarding the role of High-Altitude Internet Bases (HIBs) at a national level, their implementation can be relatively straightforward due to the presence of an international framework designed to manage potential cross-border interferences effectively. This implementation may require only minimal regulatory adjustments, and offers tremendous potential for public-private partnerships. Importantly, HIBs should be viewed as an enhancement to the current telecommunications infrastructure rather than a replacement for current operators. By integrating HIB connectivity into standard mobile networks and contributing to terrestrial and satellite network capacity, HIBs could be commercially deployed.

Decisions taken by the World Radiocommunication Conference (WRC) are of paramount importance and must be considered when permitting operations to ensure spectrum availability for applications. Hence, the role of regulatory bodies in this aspect provides an essential move forward.

Government plays a fundamental part in advancing this technology. It forms the bridge connecting different entities effectively, making use of Universal Service Funds(USF) and facilitating the regulatory negotiations for forming partnerships with mobile operators and local connectivity companies. HIBs would be especially effective in regions that are commercially unviable for conventional mobile operators, showing a need for proactive public-private partnerships.

Lastly, harmonising public policies with the offerings of technology is essential. Understanding the potential benefits and challenges of technological applications in different scenarios can ensure their adequate usage. Although commercial viability may seem daunting for certain areas, a proper understanding and leveraging of technology can lead to major accomplishments. Consequently, the alignment of technological capabilities with public policies can catalyse the achievement of SDG 9 on Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure.

Moderator

High Altitude Internet Broadcasting Systems (HIBS) is garnering positive acclaim as a promising solution to bridge the digital divide, particularly in rural or geographically challenging areas. HIBS are engineered to cover large expanses using a single base station positioned at high altitudes, making these systems ideal for regions lacking robust terrestrial network infrastructure. Furthermore, their reliance on solar energy promises sustainability, with the sun-powered system avoiding carbon emissions, thereby contributing to global sustainability efforts. This innovative technology holds the potential to help reduce the prevalent urban-rural and gender digital divides.

However, while novel technologies like HIBS offer a beacon of hope in bridging the digital divide, affordability persists as a significant constraint for many. This issue is particularly pronounced in regions such as Sub-Saharan Africa where, despite 61% of the population dwelling within mobile broadband coverage areas, usage is limited due to the prohibitive costs of services. Geographical factors and population distribution also contribute to the underutilisation of mobile internet in countries like Mozambique and Namibia. Additionally, internet usage across the African continent is notably lower than the global average โ€“ a mere 40% compared to the worldwide average of 66%.

Nonetheless, optimism surrounds HIBS’ potential to tackle affordability concerns. Its innovative nature could herald an affordable solution to not only widen coverage but also assure accessibility. Leveraging solar energy while offering broad coverage, this advanced technology could potentially help dissolve cost barriers faced by many individuals.

Progress can also be seen in the field of space technology, with notable strategic partnerships being established. Japanese heavyweights NTT and SkyPerfect JSAT have formed a joint venture named Space Compass, with a focus on the Space Data Centre and the Space Run Radio Access Network. Space Compass is also reportedly collaborating with Airbus Zephyr, a hub station utilising solar electric power.

In addition, the deployment of the High Altitude Platform Station (HAPS) system is gaining momentum. This system promises to deliver internet service directly to existing smartphones and boasts significant data transmission rates. HAPS features the capacity to expand coverage to remote zones such as the sea and sky, and provide exceptional high-resolution remote sensing capabilities, affording more accurate data compared to Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellites. Ambitious deployment goals have been set for HAPS, with a target date of fiscal year 2025 in Japan.

Crucially, governmental support is vital for the effective deployment and operation of High Altitude Platforms (HIPS). Necessary regulations required from the World Radio Communication Conference need to be implemented, and suitable authorisations must be granted by each country’s relevant authorities to enable HIPs to operate proficiently. These authorisations extend beyond the realm of telecommunications, also necessitating the involvement of Civil Aviation Authorities and law enforcement agencies.

Finally, governments and institutional bodies can play a proactive role in helping to deploy networks by employing both demand-side and supply-side measures. The Universal Service Fund could prove instrumental in aiding network construction, and subsidies can enable users to obtain devices and access internet services. This approach is particularly critical in areas like Africa where the cost of devices is relatively high. Proactive government intervention can thus contribute to reducing inequalities.

Mortimer Hope

High Altitude Platform Station Internet Access (HAPS or HIBS) emerges as a pioneering solution to combat the digital divide within Africa, a region grappling with significant internet access problems primarily due to affordability constraints. Thus, the analysis largely portrays a positive sentiment towards the utilisation of this innovative technology.

Internet access remains an acute concern in Africa. In 2021, whilst mobile broadband coverage reached 78% of the Sub-Saharan African population, just 22% utilised the internet. Affordability appears as a major stumbling block; a robust 61% of the populace have access, yet financial deterrents render most of them unable to exploit this service. The digital divide was further exacerbated during the COVID-19 pandemic, as the shift towards remote working and digital classrooms became non-negotiable. Undeniably, this digital void urgently requires comprehensive solutions.

HIBS offers a promising potential solution. It has been demonstrated to cover vast swathes of land even with a single unit, with countries like Mozambique and Namibia presenting candidate case studies. Coupled with the positive economic impacts of increased mobile penetration, HIBS advocates a hopeful ray for digital inclusivity.

Looking forward, the World Radio Communication Conference presents a favourable juncture to discuss and allocate additional frequency bands favourable for HIBS. Frequencies under consideration include popular bands such as the 700, 800, and 900 megahertz bands which are particularly suited for rural regions, thus enabling possible extensive and effective internet access in remote areas.

However, for such innovative initiatives to successfully take-off, the essential role of government support cannot be overstated. This includes developing robust regulatory frameworks and procuring authorisations from a range of sectors, encompassing telecoms, civil aviation and law enforcement agencies. Additionally, addressing supply-side measures and enhancing network deployment can be facilitated using the Universal Service Fund.

Furthermore, the high device prices in Africa necessitate subsidising users for buying devices and utilising internet services, to address the affordability issue. These strategic subsidies can significantly boost adoption rates, thereby progressively nullifying digital inequality.

In conclusion, most analyses share a consensus on the potential of HIBS in significantly contributing towards diverse Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). These notably include quality education, industry, innovation and infrastructure, affordable and clean energy, reduced inequalities, and climate action. With improved digital accessibility having the potential to empower communities and induce significant positive change, the prospect of HIBS delivering widespread impact looks promising.

Yoshihisa Kishiyama

Space Compass, the result of a pioneering joint venture between top-tier tech firm NTT and satellite operator SkyPerfect JSAT, chiefly focuses on the Space Data Centre and the Space Run Radio Access Network. This innovative enterprise, established merely last year, is already gaining recognition in the field, with its operations covering areas such as optical data array and computing.

A key part of Space Compass’s strategy centres around the employment of High Altitude Platform Stations (HAPS) during its initial phase of deployment. This approach provides numerous advantages – its most significant being the provision of direct, reliable, and robust connectivity to smartphones without the dependency on terrestrial infrastructure. Such capabilities make HAPS invaluable in regions not served by traditional terrestrial networks, and their inherent resilience to ground-based disasters further expands their potential application in disaster-stricken areas.

A primary objective for the team at Space Compass is their ambitious goal to commercialise HAPS by 2025. To achieve this, the company has strategically decided to initially focus on granting direct access to smartphone devices and leading advancements in remote sensing. They are bolstered in these efforts by their collaboration with Airbus Zephyr, which augments the potential for future innovation in the field.

In the sphere of communication systems, Space Compass’s selected design is especially unique. Adopting International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) frequency bands for the scheme allows for rapid and precise communication. For the initial phase of deployment, two GHz FDD bands are currently available and may be top candidates. However, the possible use of higher frequency bands โ€“ specifically the millimetre wave โ€“ in future deployments constitutes a fascinating prospect for the link between HAPS and the Gateway station.

To summarise, Space Compass, an innovative collaboration between NTT and SkyPerfect JSAT, has developed a forward-thinking business model centred around HAPS. Their groundbreaking approach guarantees enhanced connectivity and coverage, outlines a path for future commercialisation efforts, and presages further technological advancements. With significant partnerships such as the connection with Airbus Zephyr already established, and the potential to employ high-frequency communication channels, this venture epitomises the very essence of state-of-the-art innovation and infrastructural development.

Session transcript

Moderator:
Well I thank you very much for your patience and actually the situation has not changed but I’d like to start a session today. So this is the IGF 2030 Day Zero event number 205 HAPS, High Altitude Platform Station Internet access for all from the stratosphere. My name is Shiro Fukumoto from SoftBank. I would like to moderate this session with the four panelists. And this session treats HAPS, high-altitude platform station, and HAPS is expected to be used as a solution to connect the unconnected area from the stratosphere at an altitude of about 20 kilometers, taking advantage of the characteristics of being able to provide Internet connection. connectivity to a wide area and applying continuous connection even in natural disasters. Currently, various players, including aircraft and network vendors, telecom operators and research institutions and academia, conducting research, development and demonstration to realize HAP’s commercialization near future. In addition, ITU, International Telecommunication Union, is studying the expansion of frequencies for use of HAPs as IMT base station, HIBS. and Hibis has agendized 1.4 of World Radio Communication Conference 2023, named WRC23. Considering the situation surrounding HAPS, this session will discuss about expectation challenging and prospects for HAPS and Hibis. And here is the speaker for today, from my left side, Mr. Mortimer Hope, Associate Director and Africa Leads Policy Impact Partner, and Dr. Hiroyuki Tsuji, Director, Space Communication System Laboratory from NICT. and Dr. Yoshihisa Kishiyama, Senior Manager, Space Run Business, Space Compass Corporation, and Mr. Gerald Neto, Vice President, TMG, and he is also working for Chair of Sub-Working Group, Agenda Item 1.4 of ITUR Working Party 5D, and my name is Shirofukumoto again. And in this session, each panelist will first give a ten-minute presentation, and after we will discuss based on the question from the moderator, and we’d like to take question from the participants if there is a time. And before we get into the presentation, I’d like to add one point about the terminology. In addition to apps, the term HIBIS will be used in this session. As shown here, HIBIS is one of the applications of Hadoop. HAPS, so you can understand it as a cell phone base station flying in the sky. And HAPS, on the other hand, is a more general term. So please be aware that when we say HAPS, we may be referring to HIBIS as well. Okay. So now I’d like to start the presentation by panelists. First, I’d like to invite Mr. Mortimer Hope. So Motima, welcome to Japan. Please get started. I’m going to ask you to introduce yourself. And then we will start your presentation.

Mortimer Hope:
Thank you very much, Shiro. It’s my pleasure and privilege to be here. I’m going to speak about HIBS and how it can help us in the African continent to bridge the digital divide. Thank you very much. We have a research from the ITU which has shown that providing mobile broadband has a positive effect on economic development. And there are figures that show that a 10% increase in mobile penetration can have up to 1.5% increase in GDP. We know that during the COVID-19 pandemic, many of us were able to continue working remotely because of the connectivity that we had. Others were able to continue studying, they kept in contact with friends and family, there was entertainment, all of this was facilitated by the access to internet, to broadband internet. Now, internet usage, in Africa is quite low, and just to give an idea of how bad the situation is, in 2022 only 40% of the African population use the Internet, which is well below the global average of 66%. Africa also has a larger gender divide than the rest of the world. to the urban-rural-digital divide. Now, most Africans connect to the internet using mobile broadband. And if you look at the bottom left, it just shows that only 1% of Africans have access to fixed broadband. This is quite below the global average of 18%. And this has resulted in most Africans accessing the Internet using mobile broadband. And on the right, we see that in 2021, in sub-Saharan Africa, only 22% of the population in sub-Saharan Africa in 2021 used the Internet. What is interesting is that 61% of the population lived within the coverage area. of a mobile broadband network but did not use the Internet, and this was mostly due to affordability issues, affordability around the access to devices, so smartphones, and affordability of the services, the mobile broadband service. HIBSS can play a role in addressing the coverage gap, and that 17% of the Sub-Saharan African population were outside of the coverage area of a mobile broadband signal. So this is where Hibbs has a role to play, to help to address that coverage gap. Now, research conducted by the GSMA, that’s the Association of the Mobile Operators Worldwide. Identified a number of factors that inhibit the use of. of the Internet, and some of these factors are knowledge and skills of the population, affordability of devices and services, safety and security or concerns about safety and security, relevance of the content, and access, access in terms of access to networks and enablers such as the devices. In Africa, if you look at the refer back to the previous slide, we saw that we have issues around the access where 17% of the population do not have access and then affordability where 61% of the sub-saharan African population cannot afford the service, hence they do not use it. Now, the coverage gap in Africa, it’s not uniform throughout the continent. We have some areas where there is very good coverage. Mauritius, for instance, it’s an island state, and they have very high mobile broadband coverage. There are other parts of the continent, and I’ll use Mozambique as an example. quite large country, physically large, the population is spread throughout the country, but there are some areas where there’s low population density there which are quite rural, and so the country as a whole has very low mobile internet usage. Namibia is in a similar position where it’s a large country with a small population. that is spread thinly across the country. So these are some of the countries where it would be, HIBSS would be a good solution or one of the solutions to help to address the internet access challenge. Now HIBSS, I’m hoping that one of my fellow panelists will describe the technology of HIBSS, but for this presentation I just mentioned that HIBSS it’s it’s the equivalent of a mobile base station which is on a platform which could be you you A craft or a balloon That is between 20 and 50 kilometers above the Earth’s surface. It covers a large area, up to 100 kilometers in radius. If you compare this with a ground-based base station, which covers sometimes up to 10 kilometers in rural areas. So HIBS would allow us to cover large areas using a single HIBS. So I’ve come to the end of the presentation. So in summary, HIBS’s internet usage is important for economic development, education… We’ve noted that fixed broadband plays a very minimal role in Africa, where the majority of people connect to the Internet using mobile broadband services. In Africa, we find that affordability is a major issue, resulting in a shortage of access to broadband. We’ve noted that fixed broadband plays a very minimal role in Africa, where the majority of people connect to the Internet using mobile broadband services. We’ve noted that affordability is a major issue, resulting in a shortage of access to broadband. many people being within the coverage area of a broadband signal but not being able to afford that signal so they are not using the the internet because of issues with affordability of the device and affordability of the service. HIBs can help to address these issues, the access gap which is the coverage issue and even a bit of the affordability gap by providing services to those previously unconnected parts of the population. Now in terms of the sustainable development goals, HIBs can help to address some of these. We have goal four, where HIBs will bring quality education to remote areas. we have numbers 7 and 13, so zero carbon dioxide emissions during flight because HIBS uses the energy from the Sun, solar energy, there are no carbon dioxide emissions so HIBS would address affordable and clean energy and also climate action in terms of SDG number nine, it’s HIBS, it’s innovative technology. So it’s infrastructure that would be in the stratosphere. And then finally, with SDG 10, reducing inequality. So it would help to reduce the urban rural divide and also the gender inequality in use of internet services. Now, in terms of. the ITU process, we have the World Radio Communication Conference which is coming up in November and December of this year in Dubai, and there we’re going to be discussing ways of allowing HIBS to use additional frequency bands. you . Frequency bands that are currently used for mobile broadband could be used by HIBSS in different parts of the world. This is an opportunity for governments to make this possible. For more information, visit www.fema.gov In terms of the frequencies, the specific frequencies that are under discussion, we have the frequencies that are quite popular for use in in rural areas, so the 700, 800, and 900 megahertz bands. And we have other frequencies that can be used for additional capacity. So I’d like to end there now, and thank you very much.

Moderator:
Thank you, Mortimer, for explaining the importance of the internet and the current challenges of the internet community in Africa and his expression of his, or let’s discuss later. And next, on behalf of the Japanese Research Institute. I would like to ask Dr. Tsuji to give his presentation. So Tsuji-san, thank you very much for your time. Please provide your presentation.

Hiroyuki Tsuji:
Okay, thank you very much for my introduction and welcome to Japan. My name is Hiroyuki Tsuji, working for NICT. First of all, I would like to just explain briefly in the introduction of NICT. NICT is a Japan’s sole national organization. research and development agency specialising in the field of the information and communication technologies. The NICT is just a variation of the National Institute of Information and Communication Technologies. So this slide just shows our future image of the expanding in the network, not only just the audio. but also the space and just the moon. And because it’s currently new technology is coming and also have developed, for example is real constellation is just now in on sale and also just providing in the internet access all over the world. And the NICT is just aiming for not only expanding the network but also non-telecine network. Some are not familiar with HAPs and HIBs. And this slide just summarises what’s the merit of the HAPs and HIBs. I think the most important role of the HAPs and HIBs is very sort of useful, so the platform base station and just connecting NTL and TL network. Because HAPS is over 20 kilometre altitude, then distance is from terrestrial is from 20 kilometres is 100 kilometres, then the propagation delay is almost round trip is 0.3 milliseconds, it’s 1 over 800th of a second. of the geostationary orbits of the satellites. This is one of the merits of the HAPs. And also, we can use the very small antenna for the HAPs to connecting the terrestrial network. So mobile phone can directly access to the HIPs without any devices, just like the terrestrial base stations. is an old player for developing HAPS. This slide shows over 20 years ago, we successfully conducted just a demonstration using HAPS, just fly over 20 kilometers with a solar panel and electricity. Then this is a Pathfinder Plus, namely Pathfinder Plus, developed by NASA. We conducted it jointly with NASA and to fly over to the 20 kilometers. Then we conducted two types of the experiment over 20 years ago, just 2002, over the Hawaii and Kauai land. We confirmed the merit of the HAPs using this sort of experiment. One of our experiments showed the merit of the mobile phone and this sort of mobile phone that IMT-2000, just a third generation of the mobile phone, is connecting directly to the HAPs. And also, we conducted a sort of experiment. so the broadband, so the TV, digital TV, so the system, only two watt over 20 kilometers from the solar sphere. Anyway, and back then, and okay, and WRC23 is coming soon, but we, over 20 years ago, WRC was discussing with a new spectrum, perhaps. And we think, we believe that, This experiment introduced a new spectrum for HABs, for example, 2 GHz and 47 GHz, and after that 5 GHz and 28 GHz for the HABs. Anyway, over 20 years ago, we noticed the merit of the HABs and the HIBs. Okay, then, currently, just I summarize the current situation. of the HAPs development platform, and back over 20 years ago, the main platform is considered to the airships, but nowadays several types of the HAPs platform is considered. For example, source bus is a terrace, is just developing, sorry, developing airship type, and also therefore maybe airbus is developing the peak swing. type, and this system is a record of over 3,000 hours in the stratosphere. And also, Stratospheric Solar Platform Limited from UK is another type of the HAPS platform. This type is a platform used for hydrogen energy. And also, HAPS Mobile in Japan is also considering developing in the air-solar plane type, fixed wind type. And just over similar to the two solar planes that we used in 2002, anyway, this is just a current situation of the HAPS solar platform development. And also, Japan is and some sort of institution is trying to develop the HAPS network system using HAPS. One is the project now being conducted is a space integrated computing network concept and using satellite and the hubs by the space compass and after that, Kichiyama-san will introduce the details of this project. And also some carriers of the mobile network and also in the conducting and developing and the hub system, a new network system. using HAPS. For example, the NTT Docomo is just a concept of the non-trivial network system using HAPS and also I just introduced before and Sotobank and HAPS mobile is also developing in fixed wind type using solar panels. This is the current situation in Japan in development. And finally, we believe the future network is not only just a network. on includes, but also on the drones and the airplane, HAPS, and satellites, just so the 3D network and each sort of platform and the connecting each other. This is just an important point for this concept. HAPS is just a very player, a very important role of sort of connecting in the, I think that connecting in a trusted network and also the non-trusted network. network, because of the HAPs is just allocated from just 20 kilometres, just between and the rail constellation and also a tuition network. As I explained just before, HAPs is a can direct, HAPs also can directly connect the mobile phone system and also HAPs is easy to connect the satellite system. So we believe that HAPs and HIPs play an important role in the concept of the Beyond 5G network system. Finally, and currently considering the situation of the spectrum, spectrum is very limited and also in the mobile phone system, TSM network is required a new source of spectrum and also have also required a new spectrum. Our idea is to use optical link instead of the radio RF system. and directly to connect to the HABs, HIBs and to satellite, sometimes HABs, HIBs can connect to the direct to the terrestrial network. NYCT is now developing the small optical terminal, just can be mounted on the HABs and also small satellites. Okay. Anyway. And my presentation is just over. Thank you very much.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Tsuji. for explaining about the non-terrestrial network around the situation in Japan. And actually, NTN is a broad term that includes satellite and the US as well. So I’m very interested in the position of HABS among NTN component. So I’d like to ask you about it later. So now next, I’d like to invite Dr. Kishiyama on behalf of the Japanese operator. So Kishiyama-san, please give your presentation.

Yoshihisa Kishiyama:
Thank you for your introduction. I’m very pleasured to be here. And today, I will introduce a space compass. activities for re-commercialization of hubs in Japan. First of all, I will introduce Space Compass. Space Compass is a joint venture company established by NTT and SkyPerfect JSAT. NTT is one of the largest communication companies in Japan, and SkyPerfect JSAT is the largest satellite company in Japan. in Asia and Space Compass was established in the last year and our business focus is Space Data Center and Space Run Radio Access Network. Space Data Center includes optical data array and computing as described in the slide. This slide shows our company vision. In the, using the optical communication between the NTN nodes, for example, a real satellite gathers information from sensing, and we have a data center on the geo-satellite. And computing is processing. And the space line is a communication system using NTN nodes such as GeoREO and HAP. Among the NTN nodes, Space Compass will focus on hubs in the initial phase of the deployment. This slide shows the characteristics of the hubs and that implies the reason why we first focus on the hubs for initial commercialization. The first important reason is direct access to the smartphone. Compared with Leo Satellite and Joe Satellite, HAPS system can provide service to the existing smartphone directory with sufficient data rate for the Internet service. The second is the coverage expansion. Compared with the terrestrial network, HAPS channel supports the HAPS network. areas not covered by terrestrial networks such as sea and sky and some mountain areas and so on. And the third reason is a disaster resilient operation perhaps can provide a service from the sky. Sky is safe compared with ground, for example, for earthquake and so on. Also, we should consider some ground station perhaps, but And fundamentally, HAPS is safe from the ground disasters. And the fourth reason is remote sensing. LEO satellite also can provide remote sensing, but HAPS can stay in the fixed point from the ground, and the altitude is short compared with LEO, therefore HAPS can provide more accurate sensing. sensing, remote sensing, compared with LEO, with high resolution. Fifth reason is flexible service. Service area of HAPS is relatively limited with LEO satellite. For example, cell radius of 50 km. On the other hand, HAPS can start the service from a single aircraft compared with a level satellite. A level satellite requires many, many satellites to make a constellation. So a small start of the deployment is possible. And the last reason is sustainability, and basically HAARP sees 100% solar power, so good for environments. And we can consider many use cases of hubs, as described in the slide. Hubs can provide coverage extensions, such as sea and sky. So we can provide a new use case, such as drone in the sky and ship on the sea. And we can extend the coverage of mobile networks into such ads. mountain area that terrestrial network is difficult. And HAPCE is also used for backhaul type of service using, for example, millimetre wave and that can be a backup for fixed line for MNO network and that can provide high capacity backhaul service, for example, to the airplane and so on. And as I explained in the HAPCE is. useful, not only for communication but also for remote sensing. But in the initial stage of the commercialization, it would be difficult to provide all type of use case. Therefore, in the initial phase, we will focus on some limited and important use case to make our activity for business. And our target is fiscal year of 2025 for HAARP’s deployment in Japan. And we will focus on direct access to the smartphone device with mobile operator network. And also remote sensing is we can consider fast target use case. And the Space Compass is collaborating with Airbus Zephyr. Zephyr is a solar electric type of hub station, and we have some press release for jointly study the commercialization, realization of the hubs for communication systems. And this is an image of, sample image of the hub. picture, sensing picture from the hubs and we can get this kind of high-resolution image from the sky. And for the communication system, we can consider this kind of network architecture in the initial stage with collaborating with 5G network. And basically, we will reuse the core network and base station feature. which are used in the current terrestrial network. And for example, mobile operator provide this kind of base station and 5G network. And Airbus, for example, perhaps operators such as Airbus will provide perhaps aircraft and gateway station. And the Space Compass will conduct some coordination for interface between mobile. net mobile operator and hub spenders. And in the system, we will use a service link, which is a link between hubs and mobile phones. We will use current IMT frequency bands. And in the feeder link, feeder link is a hub link between hubs and the gateway station. In this link, we will use. use a higher frequency band such as millimetre wave. And this is a frequency situation. And currently in the ITU, in the ITU are only two gigahertz FDD bands available. Therefore, our initial deployment, maybe this band is the main candidate. But in the future, we can consider as an expansion. considering the WRC23, which considering some expansion of the frequency bands. And in the feeder link, some candidate bands identified in WRC19. And among the candidates in our activity, 38 gigahertz band is a major candidate because of the wider frequency bandwidth. compared with other candidates. Yes, this is my final slide. This is a space compass business roadmap. And our target is fiscal year 2025 for early commercialization of hubs. And before the commercialization, we will have some work activities this year and the next year. And in the future phase, we will increase the number of hubs. and we will increase the capability of the communication system using HARPS. Yes. That’s all. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Kishiyama. I understand many things are necessary to achieve commercialisation. Yeah, but please let us discuss it later. So the last but not least, Mr Gerard Neto will make his presentation. Gerard, welcome to Japan and thank you. for your patience. It’s your turn. Thank you.

Geraldo Neto:
Thank you, Shiro. And good morning to all, and good day to those that are joining us online today. And yeah, it’s interesting to be at the last in this panel. But my idea here is to go through some of the regulatory steps that we need to take to make this technology available and deployed in different countries. As indicated by Shiro, I’m Geraldo Neto from TMG, and we, among several of the companies here, have been part of the Hubs Alliance supporting the development of these frameworks in the international and national level, and I think we’ve heard from my fellow panelists the importance of expanding connectivity. especially in emerging countries, the situation in Africa like Mortimer indicated, but we also saw all the developments in terms of technology so far, and this has been going on for several years, and I’m very happy to see as well from Spence Compass a timeline for actual commercial deployment. So we see that this is a technology that is getting mature and will be available soon. And from my point of view, that’s it. I’ve been working on this ITU process for the past four years and we are in a very important year this year. But why are we doing this and why this is connected to all the discussions we are going to have in this five days of the IHF? Because I understand the IHF is usually focused on all the aspects of the Internet and the content side and how to manage the Internet, but the connectivity is an important part of that. we have a great number of countries and areas covered by terrestrial networks and now more and more new technologies of satellite networks but we still have a great amount of people that does not have connectivity. And we talk about meaningful connectivity which is addressing not only the coverage issue but the costs for those populations to access them. And that’s where, in our view, the HIPs. gets into this multi-layered network where it’s not feasible for a terrestrial network to be installed because it might be too expensive. It may not be feasible to have or economically viable to have a satellite coverage and in this case you have this middle layer that we can have an access that is similar and we have seen a lot of the presentations here. as a terrestrial network, whether we are talking 5G or in the future 6G networks. The important aspect here in terms of cost is that the device from the user perspective is the same device, so they’re going to use the same cell phone or the same fixed access to reach these networks. We have this expanded coverage, but we have seen some of the examples not only that, in the past one of the companies providing this type of service were able to provide connectivity in a situation of disaster in the U.S. where all the terrestrial network was off after a hurricane and in a few hours launching one of these platforms it was possible to establish those connectivities. So there are different aspects of an importance of having this type of stratospheric stations that are very important as we are talking about the future of expanding. and internet connectivity. So not going over so many of the details that have been explained before. My main point here is really what is being done on a regulatory standpoint and what we are looking at. So it has been mentioned here several times about the ITU process. The ITU is the International Telecommunications Union. It is one of the UN agencies. And there, every four years, we have the World Radio Conference, which is going to, the next one is going to take place one month from now, basically defining the spectral access for the different services and defining how the services can operate for the following years. That’s a very important step when we’re talking about HIPs because, of course, we see that those platforms, they have a wide area of coverage, about 200 kilometers in total, and before a administration country can implement there, it’s necessary to have this international framework established to avoid interference problems with other nations. So we are very hopeful as we get to that conference in Dubai next month because this work we’ve been doing together for the past years has led to all the regions in the world to agree that HIBSS is necessary. the regions from Asia, Americas, Europe, Africa, Middle East, they all agreed that these new frequencies for HIBs are important. So by the end of that, in December, we will have that international framework established. It has been mentioned before about the previous frequencies that were those feeder links or the fixed links that allow the core network to be connected to the station, but now we are talking about the frequencies that will basically connect to the user. directly. And with that, starting next year, at the end of this year, the idea is to start engaging in the national administrations with regulators worldwide to make them understand those decisions and implement it at the national level. It’s interesting to see because for us, basically, the HIBs is a very high tower, a very high base station for mobile connectivity. So from a regulatory standpoint, in most countries the changes that needed to implement might be minimal because the international framework already covered the issue of cross-border possible interference. So we see the take-up on the national level being easy in that front and also a potential for public-private partnerships because we are talking about coverage areas that might not be commercially viable otherwise. So it’s really important to look at how governments can also participate in this process. And here, we are not replacing the existing operators. It’s really another layer of infrastructure, so the existing operators can expand that. And in parallel to all of that, we have the discussions on standards, which is very important when I talk about scale for these types of services. And a lot of those companies here have been participating in the organizations such as 3G. to make sure that the HIBSS connectivity is integrated to the regular mobile standards. So when you’re talking about 5G, in the future when I talk about 6G, the HIBSS connectivity is integrated in those standards. So basically, here’s just to give this, connect all the dots here of what we’ve been saying, but I think the most important, as we have seen, the technology has advanced it, not only from the telecommunications side, but mainly from the aviation side, we have among the HIBSS alliances. It accompanies several types of stratospheric platforms, all forms and types. We’ve seen how much HIBSS can support as one extra layer of connectivity. We’re not replacing, but adding to a terrestrial network, adding to the satellite capacity. And we are here now at this cornerstone in terms of international framework with the ITU-WRC coming up into PAI in one month. So we are very happy to see all these developments and possible commercial deployments and by the end of this seminar, if there is any questions, please let us know. Thank you so much.

Moderator:
Thank you, Gerald, for your explanation about regulatory point of view. So I was asked to finish this session by 10 a.m. sharp and now 10 a.m., but I would like to ask one question for Gerald and and Mortimer about the support for government, from the government. Actually, in Japan, discussions are just about to begin for the domestic use of HAPs, which is target for 2025. However, what about other countries? So this is my question for Mortimer and Gerard. How can government support to facilitate the development and use of HIBs?

Mortimer Hope:
Okay, thank you. So, thank you very much for that question. So, governments can support in a number of ways. Firstly, by putting the regulatory framework in place, and that starts with the World Radio Communication Conference next month, and then within each country they would need to issue the authorizations for HIPs to operate. So it wouldn’t just be telecommunications authorizations. You would need authorizations from the Civil Aviation Authority, for instance, and probably from the law enforcement agencies. Then the other thing that governments can do, they can address the supply-side measures by using the Universal Service Fund to help in building the… to help to deploy the networks, and they can also address the demand side by subsidizing users to obtain devices. We know devices are an issue, they are expensive in Africa, so subsidies for devices and subsidies for usage of the Internet service. Thank you very much.

Moderator:
Thank you. How about Gerardo?

Geraldo Neto:
Thank you, Shiro, for this question. I think what Morten indicated is correct, I mean, the first step is really allowing those stations to operate, and of course, following up on the decisions of the WRC, making the spectrum available for this type of applications. But there is an important role of the government, and we’ve seen throughout these years, because a lot of the countries that are participating in these ITU discussions, they want to have a trial, they want to have a deployment of such a station in their country. And the way to do it is really not only facilitate on the regulatory side, but being one of the key stakeholders in connecting the companies. The HIBs is just one infrastructure that needs a partnership with the mobile operator, that needs a partnership with local connectivity companies that are sometimes related to the government. So the government can connect those entities and, as Mark indicated, use USF funds. because a lot of the places that the HIBs would be used for, they are not necessarily commercially viable for a normal mobile operator, so there needs to be public-private partnerships in terms of expanding connectivities in those areas. So it’s really understanding the public policies of the country and understanding what this technology can do and try to allow them to operate in the country. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much. Yeah, actually, I have so many questions on this matter. But I have to finish this session soon. So finally, I would like to inform one thing. SoftBank is currently the provider expert about the apps in their area. So if you are interested in apps, please stop by SoftBank stand. And with that, I’d like to conclude this session. So thank you all very much. Please give a big applause to the end. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you very much.

Geraldo Neto

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

1585 words

Speech time

651 secs

Hiroyuki Tsuji

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

1137 words

Speech time

572 secs

Moderator

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

905 words

Speech time

394 secs

Mortimer Hope

Speech speed

108 words per minute

Speech length

1463 words

Speech time

815 secs

Yoshihisa Kishiyama

Speech speed

101 words per minute

Speech length

1132 words

Speech time

672 secs

Advancing digital inclusion and human-rights:ROAM-X approach | IGF 2023

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Iglika Ivanova

Bulgaria is currently conducting its first National Assessment on Internet Development, which is part of the Digital Decade Programme of the European Union. The aim of this assessment is to evaluate the internet development in the country and identify areas for improvement. It is worth noting that this assessment is an ongoing national evaluation that is also being conducted in two other European countries.

The assessment highlights the need for enhanced performance in digital transition and infrastructure distribution, particularly in rural areas. It recognizes the importance of ensuring that all regions have equal access to digital infrastructure to promote sustainable cities and communities. Additionally, the assessment emphasizes the importance of promoting digital skills among the population to ensure the successful transition to a digital economy.

A key aspect of conducting the National Assessment is the adoption of a multi-stakeholder approach. The assessment is guided by a diverse advisory board with extensive knowledge and experience in relevant fields. This board plays a crucial role in developing the research methodology and identifying relevant information sources. Their involvement ensures a comprehensive and robust assessment.

However, there is room for improvement in the consultation and validation process with the multi-stakeholder advisory board. The experts on the board should have a vested interest in the project and be provided with all relevant documents in advance to facilitate their ability to provide significant and relevant feedback. Additionally, the direct involvement of relevant national authorities in the board can enhance their understanding and prolong their engagement, leading to a more effective assessment process.

In conclusion, Bulgaria’s National Assessment on Internet Development, as part of the Digital Decade Programme of the European Union, aims to evaluate and improve internet development in the country. The assessment focuses on enhancing digital transition and infrastructure distribution in rural areas, promoting digital skills, and reducing administrative burdens. The process is guided by a multi-stakeholder approach, although there is room for improvement in the consultation and validation process with the advisory board.

Fabio Senne

The analysis highlights key points regarding the Internet Universality Indicators (IOI) and potential improvements. The IOI process begins with the establishment of a multistakeholder advisory board and consultations with relevant stakeholders. This inclusive approach allows for a comprehensive understanding of a country’s internet environment, identifying data gaps and creating roadmaps for action. The sentiment towards the IOI process is positive, as it promotes inclusivity and collaboration.

Suggestions for improvement include revising the IOI framework to incorporate developments in the digital ecosystem over the past five years. This involves consultations with 15 countries and an online survey with responses from 23 countries. The sentiment towards this revision is positive, recognizing the need for the IOI to adapt to technological advancements.

Furthermore, there is a call for deeper connection between the IOI and the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). This would enhance alignment and coherence between the IOI indicators and the SDGs. This suggestion is viewed positively, strengthening the IOI’s relevance to the broader development agenda.

There is also support for integrating Artificial Intelligence (AI) into the IOI framework, given its significant impact on the internet environment. Currently, AI is only represented in one indicator out of 303, developed five years ago. The sentiment towards this proposal is positive, acknowledging the need to accurately reflect the modern technological landscape.

Lastly, it is proposed that the IOI address aspects such as mental health and sustainable development. These dimensions emerged during the consultation process. This suggestion is positively received, reflecting the growing recognition of the Internet’s influence on mental health and the importance of sustainability in the digital age.

Overall, there is a need for an updated IOI framework that considers developments in the digital ecosystem, aligns with the SDGs, incorporates AI impact, and addresses mental health and sustainable development. These enhancements will ensure the IOI remains relevant in assessing and promoting a thriving and inclusive internet environment.

L. Ariunzul Ochir

The current accessibility of the internet for persons with disabilities, language minorities, and the elderly in Mongolia is a pressing issue. The government has implemented a website standard, MNS 6285-2017, for planning requirements of government websites. However, this standard does not adequately address the barriers faced by these specific demographics.

Several challenges hinder internet accessibility for these groups. For instance, Mongolian government websites do not fully comply with the globally recognized Web Content Accessibility Guideline, developed by the World Web Consortium. This non-compliance exacerbates the difficulties faced by persons with disabilities, language minorities, and the elderly.

The Web Content Accessibility Guideline is crucial in many countries, including the United States and the European Union. In the US, it is followed under section 508, while the EU has a similar guideline called EN-301549. These guidelines emphasize the importance of ensuring accessibility for all users.

To address these challenges, it is suggested that the IUI (internet usability and impact) assessment of accessibility be revised to incorporate inquiries about whether the country adheres to the Web Content Accessibility Guideline or a similar guideline. This revision would help improve internet accessibility and promote inclusive practices in Mongolia.

In conclusion, the current state of internet accessibility in Mongolia poses barriers for persons with disabilities, language minorities, and the elderly. The existing website standard for government websites does not adequately address their needs, and Mongolian government websites do not fully comply with the globally recognized Web Content Accessibility Guideline. By revising the IUI assessment to include adherence to accessibility guidelines, progress can be made towards enhancing internet accessibility and achieving greater inclusion for all demographics in Mongolia.

Alain Kiyindou

The analysis reveals several significant findings and insights related to gender equality, internet access, and empowerment. One key observation is that while many countries have implemented laws aimed at improving gender equality and facilitating women’s access to technology and education, the effectiveness of these measures is questionable. There is still a considerable gap between men and women in terms of accessing the internet, acquiring digital skills, and achieving positions of responsibility.

The analysis also highlights persistent challenges in areas such as data collection, e-waste management, and internet access, especially in less connected regions. This emphasizes the need for concerted efforts to address these issues and ensure equitable access to the internet and its associated benefits for all individuals and communities. The use of Internet and Communication Technologies (ICTs) is deemed crucial for the achievement of Sustainable Development Goals, making it imperative to tackle these challenges effectively.

On a positive note, the analysis recognizes the popularity of online financial services, attributing their success to their ability to provide instant, tailor-made, and affordable banking and financial solutions. These services not only cater to the public’s desire for convenience but also offer new opportunities for businesses and economic growth. This highlights the importance of online financial services in supporting SDG 8, which aims to promote decent work and economic growth.

Regarding legal frameworks, the analysis highlights the delicate balance that must be struck between combating online hate speech and protecting free speech. It is crucial to approach the regulation of hate speech in a manner that upholds human rights and ensures that freedom of expression is not unduly curtailed. Ethical considerations are also deemed vital in the fight against hate speech, emphasizing the importance of finding an appropriate balance between these competing interests.

The analysis asserts that achieving the universality of the internet requires both local and macro approaches. Sub-regional forums are seen as valuable platforms for shared reflections on the issue, fostering collaboration and cooperation in achieving universal internet access.

Furthermore, the analysis underscores the significance of thoughtful follow-up to evaluations. It is essential to evaluate initiatives and programs aimed at promoting industry, innovation, and infrastructure and to use the findings to inform future decision-making and planning. Additionally, communicating the benefits and progress made through these evaluations is important to foster support and understanding among stakeholders.

In conclusion, the analysis highlights the complex and multifaceted nature of issues related to gender equality, internet access, and empowerment. It emphasizes the need for a comprehensive and collaborative approach to address challenges and achieve the Sustainable Development Goals. Furthermore, it underscores the importance of balancing the regulation of hate speech with the protection of free speech, the significance of online financial services in driving economic growth, and the necessity of ongoing evaluation and communication to ensure effective implementation of initiatives and policies.

Pisal Chanty

The IUI (Indicators for Universal Internet Access) assessment in Cambodia has faced significant delays due to data gaps and other issues. Initiated by the Ministry of Post and Telecommunication and UNESCO Phnom Penh in 2022, the project aims to evaluate Cambodia’s progress in achieving universal internet access. However, the assessment process has been impeded by insufficient data and other challenges. This has hindered the accurate understanding of internet access in Cambodia, which is crucial for fostering innovation and development according to SDG 9: Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure and SDG 16: Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions.

In addition to data gaps, the assessment has also encountered challenges related to human rights. Although the Royal Government of Cambodia has ratified various regional and international human rights agreements, there is no specific regulation defining the equivalence of rights in the online and offline realms. This inconsistency in interpretation and practice, particularly concerning defamation and cybercrimes, poses challenges to upholding fundamental human rights in the digital sphere. While Cambodia’s constitution enshrines fundamental human rights, the absence of specific regulations leaves room for ambiguity and potential violations.

Another area of concern is the legal framework for data interception in Cambodia. The introduction of the telecommunications law for legal interception in 2015 led to contention between the Royal Government of Cambodia and civil society organizations (CSOs). Furthermore, the implementation of measures such as the national internet gateway, which allows authorities to monitor and control internet traffic, has been postponed due to its contentious nature. The vague and contentious nature of these legal frameworks hampers transparency and accountability.

To address these challenges, there is a need for legal refining and adoption, capacity building for judiciary and policymakers, and encouraging multi-stakeholder participation. Human rights have been a contested issue between the government and CSOs. Establishing a multi-stakeholder advisory board that represents various stakeholders, including the government, academia, and CSOs, could ensure a balanced and inclusive approach. Additionally, the voices of all stakeholders should be incorporated into the text of the IUI assessment report, ensuring a comprehensive and representative analysis.

UNESCO plays a crucial role in moderating the IUI assessment report, acting as a balancing force to reconcile differing opinions between the government and CSOs. By ensuring the report’s text is agreeable to both parties, UNESCO promotes a collaborative and constructive dialogue for addressing internet access and human rights in Cambodia.

Additionally, it is important to revise the IUI assessment to keep it relevant, incorporating advancements in technology as the digital landscape rapidly evolves. Meaningful connectivity and participation, along with the development of digital skills, become crucial factors in bridging the digital divide and achieving inclusive and sustainable development. These factors align with SDG 4: Quality Education and SDG 9: Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure.

Lastly, multi-stakeholder participation and ownership of the report are essential for successfully implementing recommendations. By involving all relevant stakeholders and ensuring their active engagement, the chances of effective and sustainable implementation of the assessment’s recommendations significantly increase. This aligns with SDG 17: Partnerships for the Goals, emphasizing the importance of collaborative efforts in achieving the SDGs.

In conclusion, addressing data gaps, refining legal frameworks, promoting human rights, and fostering multi-stakeholder participation are crucial for enhancing internet access and rights in Cambodia. The involvement of UNESCO and the need to continuously revise the IUI assessment to keep it relevant highlight the importance of international cooperation and adaptability in tackling the challenges posed by the digital age. By working together and ensuring meaningful connectivity and participation, Cambodia can move towards an inclusive and technologically equipped society that upholds human rights both online and offline.

Grace Githaiga

Kenya has implemented a comprehensive policy, legal, and institutional framework for human rights that adheres to international standards. This framework encompasses various aspects, including freedom of expression, access to information, association, participation in public affairs, privacy, and socio-economic and cultural rights. Notably, in 2022, the first review report on Kenya’s human rights was released, demonstrating the country’s commitment to transparency and evaluation.

One positive aspect highlighted is that Kenya does not have specific legislation in place that blocks internet access. This unrestricted access to the internet supports the freedom of expression and dissemination of information. It allows individuals to express their opinions, engage in online activities, and stay informed about local and global issues.

However, challenges have been observed in effectively implementing and enforcing human rights laws in Kenya. These challenges became evident during the general election in August 2022 and the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. These events revealed gaps in the protection of human rights, as legal restrictions were imposed during the election and pandemic, hindering the full exercise of individuals’ rights. Additionally, threats and instances of disinformation have emerged, indicating gaps in internet freedom.

The presence of legal restrictions during critical events and the occurrence of disinformation emphasize the need for continuous improvement in safeguarding human rights in Kenya. While the comprehensive framework provides a solid foundation, there is still work to be done to ensure consistent respect and upholding of human rights.

In conclusion, Kenya’s dedication to a comprehensive policy, legal, and institutional framework for human rights is commendable. The integration of international standards and the absence of legislation restricting internet access are positive aspects. However, challenges in implementing and enforcing these rights, along with threats of disinformation, highlight areas for improvement. Ongoing efforts to address these challenges are crucial in creating a society that fully respects and protects human rights for all citizens.

Santosh Sigdel

The discussion highlights the importance of establishing consultation and validation with the multi-stakeholder advisory board (MAB) in the Internet Universal Access (IUA) assessment process. Involving various stakeholders ensures a more inclusive and comprehensive approach. By seeking input from different perspectives, the resulting findings and recommendations are likely to be more robust and representative of society’s diverse needs and interests.

To prevent biased representation, it is suggested to maintain a balance between government involvement and independent fact-checking. The potential influence of government agencies in shaping the Internet scenario is a concern that needs addressing. Incorporating independent fact-checking mechanisms can mitigate potential bias, resulting in a more accurate and unbiased assessment.

Furthermore, the involvement of all important government agencies from the beginning of report preparation is deemed significant. This ensures that crucial stakeholders are engaged throughout the process, allowing their expertise and insights to be integrated into the assessment. By including representatives from all ministries and government departments, a more comprehensive and well-rounded report can be produced.

Advocating for the inclusion of the national census office in the multi-stakeholder advisory board (MAB), it is highlighted that obtaining descriptive data is particularly challenging in least developed countries like Nepal. Including the national census office, which holds important indicators for data collection, can contribute to obtaining more relevant and segregated data. This would result in a more accurate and comprehensive assessment of the Internet scenario in the country.

The discussion also underscores the importance of regularly updating the content of the IUA assessment, as the digital landscape rapidly evolves. The IUA process should not be viewed as an end in itself but as a driving tool for the future. It should serve as a starting point for collaborative efforts to improve the Internet ecosystem in the country, maintaining its relevance and effectiveness.

Overall, the discussion emphasizes stakeholder involvement, unbiased representation, and regular updates in the IUA assessment process. By considering these factors, countries can work towards achieving greater inclusivity, accuracy, and progress in the development of their Internet ecosystems.

Claire Mรฉlanie Popineau

Claire Mรฉlanie Popineau highlights the importance of including contextual indicators when examining Internet Universality Indicators. These indicators are essential for understanding, gaining perspective, and making comparisons. Popineau emphasizes the significance of considering a country’s gross national income when interpreting connectivity rate indicators, as their meaning can vary depending on economic status.

The issue of accessibility, particularly illiteracy, is also addressed. Popineau argues that illiteracy poses a significant barrier to accessing and benefiting from the internet in France. This highlights the diverse challenges faced by different countries in achieving internet universality.

Despite the importance of indicators, Popineau raises concerns about their interpretation due to the influence of country contexts. The example of electricity access in France is used to illustrate this issue. In France, electricity access is not a major concern, which affects the evaluation of certain indicators. It is essential to contextualize and interpret indicators carefully to avoid generalizing conclusions across diverse national scenarios.

The complex relationship between rights and indicators is explored as well. Certain laws aimed at preventing harassment and hate speech are criticized for potentially creating ad hoc and infra-legal procedures. Popineau questions their effectiveness and the balance of rights they achieve. Furthermore, it is emphasized that comprehensive assessments of indicators require constant updates and consideration of ongoing legislative changes.

In conclusion, Claire Mรฉlanie Popineau underscores the importance of incorporating contextual indicators when studying Internet Universality Indicators. These indicators provide a nuanced understanding and enable meaningful comparisons. The interpretation of indicators is influenced by country-specific contexts, making it crucial to consider each nation’s unique circumstances and challenges. The relationship between rights and indicators introduces further complexities, particularly regarding effectiveness and balancing. Continuous updates and vigilance regarding legislative changes are necessary for accurate and insightful evaluations.

Marielza Oliveira

The UNESCO Romex Indicators have played a crucial role in assisting countries in evaluating their digital landscape. These indicators, which were introduced in 2018, serve as a comprehensive tool that allows nations to voluntarily assess their digital environment. So far, over 40 countries have either completed or are currently undergoing a national Romex assessment. This demonstrates the widespread adoption and recognition of the indicators as a valuable resource.

The internet has experienced significant evolution over the past five years. More than 1 billion new users have joined, leading to a substantial increase in online activities such as e-commerce, e-government, and e-learning. This growth reflects the expanding influence and accessibility of the internet on a global scale.

In response to the ever-changing nature of the internet, UNESCO is actively revising the ROMAX framework in collaboration with the UNESCO Category 2 Centre, CETIC.br. The objective of this revision is to adapt the existing indicators to match the evolution of the digital environment. By updating the framework, UNESCO ensures that the Romex assessment remains relevant and applicable in assessing the digital landscape of countries.

Efforts to shape the internet and promote its development require collective action. Stakeholders from various sectors are urged to participate in this endeavor. An example of this collaboration is the Internet Governance Forum, which serves as a platform for stakeholders to come together and actively contribute to shaping the internet. The session conducted by these stakeholders aims to shape Internet of Individuals (IOIs) and understand the role of Internet Governance.

Furthermore, stakeholders are encouraged to share their experiences in implementing the ROMAX framework. This includes highlighting both the opportunities and challenges encountered during the process. These shared insights will contribute to the ongoing revision of the internet universality indicators. By learning from each other, stakeholders can further refine the Romex assessment and promote effective digital development.

In conclusion, the UNESCO Romex Indicators have proven to be a valuable tool in empowering countries to evaluate their digital landscape. With the internet continually evolving, UNESCO’s efforts to revise the ROMAX framework demonstrate its commitment to ensuring the indicators remain relevant. Collaboration and the sharing of experiences among stakeholders contribute to shaping the internet and advancing its development in a meaningful manner.

Online Moderator

During the discussion, several challenges and issues were highlighted. One of the main challenges is the difficulty of government-led studies in finding common ground with civil society organisations (CSOs) on various issues. This has led to disagreements and hindered the progress of research. Sadaf, a researcher from Pakistan, pointed out this issue, emphasising the struggle faced by government organisations in reaching agreements with CSOs.

Another challenge that emerged is the pressure to reflect the government’s perspective and position in research. Sadaf highlighted the issue of digital authoritarianism in her country, which puts significant pressure on researchers to align their studies with the government’s viewpoint. This pressure compromises the objectivity and impartiality of research outcomes.

The involvement of the government in the validation process was also identified as a challenge. Sadaf described the difficulties encountered when the government is engaged in the multi-stakeholder validation process. This involvement often brings about complications and slows down the validation process.

Furthermore, the issue of whitewashing in research was raised. Swaran highlighted this problem, referring to the act of concealing or ignoring certain aspects of research in order to present a more favourable outcome. Whitewashing hampers transparency and makes it difficult to produce objective and accountable research.

On a more positive note, Swaran emphasised the importance of mutual understanding between stakeholders and the government. It was highlighted that successful research outcomes require a reciprocal understanding between these two parties. This understanding helps to bridge the gap and facilitates collaboration for the betterment of research results.

Additionally, Sergio Martinez posed a question regarding the development of sector-specific regulations in the context of Namibia. It was suggested that developing regulations tailored to specific sectors such as e-commerce, digital business, and people with disabilities can support digital development in countries like Namibia. This approach promotes inclusivity and supports the growth of the digital sector.

In conclusion, the discussion shed light on various challenges and issues related to government-led research and the involvement of stakeholders. The difficulties in finding common ground with civil society organisations, the pressure to reflect the government’s perspective, and the challenges in the validation process were highlighted as major obstacles. The issue of whitewashing in research was identified as a hindrance to transparency. On a positive note, the importance of mutual understanding between stakeholders and the government was acknowledged. Furthermore, the development of sector-specific regulations was seen as a way to support digital development in countries like Namibia.

Maria Fernanda Martinez

Argentina’s legal framework is largely in line with international human rights standards, providing a solid foundation for safeguarding individual freedoms and ensuring justice. However, concerns have been raised about the expansion of surveillance and the use of facial recognition technology, which raises questions about privacy infringement and potential misuse of this technology.

While Argentina ensures freedom of expression through its legal framework, there is a notable absence of specific regulations regarding intermediary liability. This lack of clarity poses challenges in holding intermediaries accountable for content that may infringe on individuals’ rights.

One area where Argentina’s legal framework falls short is data protection. The existing framework is considered outdated and does not adequately safeguard the privacy and security of individuals’ personal information. Additionally, there is a growing use of biometric data for security-related activities at the subnational level, raising concerns about potential abuse and misuse of this sensitive information.

In order to improve local monitoring strategies, it is recommended that UNESCO focuses on realistic work preparation and scheduling. This will ensure effective and efficient monitoring of relevant instances. Furthermore, it is crucial for UNESCO to emphasize the relevance and viability of recommendations by engaging in consensus building with all relevant actors. This inclusive approach enhances the likelihood of implementing effective strategies and policies.

In conclusion, while Argentina’s legal framework aligns with international human rights standards in many aspects, certain areas require attention and improvement. The growing use of surveillance and facial recognition technology, coupled with the lack of specific regulations regarding intermediary liability, necessitates an update to the legal framework. Additionally, enhancing data protection measures and addressing the increased use of biometric data are imperative for safeguarding individuals’ privacy and security. By implementing realistic work preparation and scheduling, and engaging in consensus building, UNESCO can enhance its monitoring strategies and ensure the relevance and viability of its recommendations.

Swaran Ravindra

The analysis highlights serious gaps in data availability and quality in the Pacific region, hindering access to citizen-centric services. This lack of data poses a significant challenge in providing efficient and effective services to the people. To address this issue, the implementation of a Right to Information project is suggested. Such a project would enable better access to data, promoting transparency and accountability.

The analysis also emphasises the need for more support from global organisations and the government to tackle the data gaps. Global organisations like UNESCO have been helpful, but further collaboration and assistance are required, especially in the lesser-developed economies of the Pacific. Government support is crucial in providing the necessary resources and infrastructure to improve data availability and quality.

Moreover, creating a team of special consultants dedicated to data collection is proposed as a beneficial approach. These consultants, with their expertise, can gather data from important and vulnerable communities where information is needed. Their work would provide valuable insights and improve the overall understanding of the region’s development needs.

The analysis acknowledges the significance of multi-stakeholderism in the Pacific. It advocates for creating partnerships with local stakeholders, such as the Ministry of Communication and Ministry of Education, to foster a civic-centric style of multi-stakeholderism. This approach would involve various actors from different sectors working together to address the data gaps and improve the overall development of the region.

The role of civil society in strengthening existing legislation is also stressed. Many legislations have embedded indicators, but their deployment is often an issue. The involvement of civil society can make a significant difference by holding authorities accountable and ensuring the effective implementation of these legislations.

Research is regarded as a powerful tool in assessing various aspects of legislation and highlighting any discrepancies. The analysis underscores the importance of the community’s trust in research and its potential to bring about positive changes. By conducting research and shedding light on inadequacies within legislations, necessary improvements can be made to enhance the overall governance and development of the Pacific region.

However, territorial issues and contradictory legislation in certain South Pacific Islands can impede progress. The absence of a Privacy Act while having provisions for the right to information in the Information Act creates inconsistencies and challenges. Resolving these issues is crucial to ensure a coherent and harmonious legal framework in the region.

In conclusion, addressing the serious gaps in data availability and quality is crucial for the development of the Pacific region. Implementing a Right to Information project, seeking support from global organisations and the government, creating a team of specialised data collection consultants, promoting multi-stakeholderism, engaging civil society, and emphasising the power of research are all significant steps towards overcoming these challenges. Resolving territorial issues and contradictory legislation is also essential to establish a coherent legal framework. By taking these actions, the Pacific region can achieve greater transparency, accountability, and effective governance, leading to inclusive and sustainable development.

Sadaf Khan

The Internet Universality Indicators Framework is facing challenges related to contextual analysis. This issue is particularly prominent in countries with digital authoritarianism, such as Pakistan. In Pakistan, obtaining a SIM card requires biometric validation, resulting in different patterns of mobile phone usage. Therefore, ownership alone is not an accurate indicator of mobile phone usage, especially among women who fear harassment. To address this, there is a need to revisit and revise the assessment framework to better reflect the realities of the global South and countries with digital authoritarianism.

One suggestion for improving the framework is to include an annex in the methodological guidelines. This annex would capture the intersections between the framework and different realities faced by countries in the global South, particularly those with digital authoritarianism. By doing so, the challenges of conducting contextual analysis can be addressed and the assessment process can be more accurate.

Another issue within the framework is the problem of repetitions. Certain indicators appear in multiple categories, which becomes evident during the analysis. This repetition hampers the efficiency and effectiveness of the assessment process, so it is important to streamline the framework and remove these repetitions.

Furthermore, there is a need for improved cross-cutting analysis within the framework, particularly with regard to gender and children. Although gender is recognized as a cross-cutting issue, it does not receive sufficient attention in the analysis. Similarly, children mentioned in Category X are not adequately represented. Therefore, enhancing cross-cutting analysis is crucial for a comprehensive and inclusive assessment.

To resolve conflicts that may arise during the assessment process, a two-tiered system proposed by Sadaf Khan could be implemented. In this system, governments would voluntarily submit their assessments in the first phase, and civil society would provide a “shadow report” in the second phase to counter any contradictions highlighted in the government assessments. This system allows for both government and civil society participation, resulting in a balanced and comprehensive assessment.

In conclusion, there is a consensus in favor of revisiting and revising the Internet Universality Indicators Framework. The challenges related to contextual analysis, the need for improved cross-cutting analysis, and the problem of repetitions all highlight the necessity for change. Including an annex in the methodological guidelines, revising Category X as a cross-cutting lens for analysis, and implementing a two-tiered assessment system involving both government and civil society participation are proposed as solutions. These changes would enable the framework to accurately reflect the realities of different countries, particularly those with digital authoritarianism, and ensure a more comprehensive and inclusive assessment.

Anna Amoomo-David

The analysis examines various aspects of digital governance in Namibia and presents several key points. Firstly, it highlights the crucial role played by a multistakeholder advisory board in addressing different indicators relevant to various categories. The board is seen as pivotal in Namibia’s digital governance and is generally viewed positively. The analysis also notes that the assessment process in Namibia is currently ongoing, indicating the government’s commitment to evaluating and improving its digital governance practices.

Regarding consumer protection, the analysis points out the lack of a specific legal framework in Namibia for protecting consumers in terms of open data. This gap in legislation is seen as a negative aspect and underscores the need for a legal framework to safeguard consumer interests in the digital sphere.

The analysis also stresses the importance of prioritizing national cybersecurity without compromising the openness of the internet. While openness is vital for innovation and growth, it should not come at the expense of national security. The analysis suggests that different sectors should have specific regulations in place to strike a balance between openness and security.

Regulations for internet-based businesses are viewed positively in the analysis. Such regulations would ensure that entrepreneurs looking to establish web-based businesses or digital e-commerce platforms adhere to certain standards. The analysis cites the Access to Information Bill, which was enacted in Parliament and allow for proactive disclosure of information, as an example of positive measures to ensure compliance with required standards.

In terms of inclusivity, the analysis advocates for the inclusion of people with disabilities in the openness of digital resources. It argues that data should be presented in a format accessible to individuals with disabilities. This emphasis on inclusivity is seen as a positive step towards reducing inequalities and promoting accessibility for all.

Collaboration with various government bodies, including the office of the prime minister and ministries of ICT and education, is considered essential for capacity building and enriching openness aspects. The analysis underscores the importance of collaboration in these areas and views it positively in terms of fostering partnerships and achieving the goals of capacity building and openness.

Engagement with various ministries and institutions is also highlighted as a key aspect of research in digital governance. The analysis points out that the Internet Society in Namibia has successfully established partnerships with various ministries and engaged directly with them on research exercises. This approach is seen as positive in facilitating research and promoting cooperation between different stakeholders.

The analysis raises concerns about global standards. While Namibia has adopted ISO 27001 standards, it acknowledges that they do not fully meet the country’s needs. This critique suggests the call for tailored solutions that are specific to Namibia’s context, as opposed to adopting international standards that may not be suitable.

Encouraging more countries to participate in voluntary government assessments is seen as positive in the analysis. It highlights the efforts of civil society in Namibia, which successfully pushed for the assessment to be undertaken and gained government agreement. The analysis sees this as an opportunity to promote transparency, accountability, and stronger institutions through voluntary assessments.

The analysis also applauds UNESCO’s contribution in terms of both technical and financial resources. This recognition demonstrates the value placed on international partnerships and support in enhancing digital governance and its associated goals.

Finally, the analysis notes that the assessment process itself is simplified and straightforward. This observation suggests that the process is designed to be accessible and manageable, contributing to its effectiveness.

In conclusion, the analysis of Namibia’s digital governance landscape reveals various strengths and areas for improvement. It emphasizes the importance of multistakeholder involvement, the need for a legal framework to protect consumers in the digital realm, prioritizing national cybersecurity while maintaining internet openness, implementing regulations for internet-based businesses, promoting inclusivity, fostering collaboration and engagement, tailoring solutions to local contexts, encouraging voluntary assessments, and recognizing international contributions. These findings offer valuable insights for policymakers and stakeholders to consider when shaping Namibia’s digital governance strategies and practices.

Eduardo Carillo

The analysis of Paraguay’s internet access and connectivity highlights several challenges and opportunities. Firstly, there has been an 11% growth in internet users between 2018 and 2022. However, the country still faces issues with high connection speeds and unequal access, particularly through zero-rating plans, which provide limited free access to certain social media platforms. This uneven access to the internet and information remains a challenge for Paraguay.

Gender equality in terms of internet access also requires improvement. Unfortunately, difficulties were encountered in finding gender-disaggregated data on internet access in Paraguay. It is crucial to have gender-specific data to develop appropriate gender policies and ensure equal access to the internet for all individuals.

Furthermore, the analysis reveals a shortfall in adequately representing Paraguay’s official languages, Spanish and Guarani Indigenous language, on online platforms, including government websites. Regulations exist to ensure that both languages are represented, but this is not generally practised. This lack of language inclusion undermines the accessibility and inclusivity of online platforms in Paraguay.

Discrepancies in connectivity percentages further complicate the understanding of the country’s internet access. Different methodologies used by the ICT and National Statistics Agency result in varying numbers, indicating the need for government agencies to collaborate closely and provide accurate representation of the country’s connectivity.

The Romex methodology, which assesses data availability, should also consider local realities and the challenges faced in obtaining data. In Paraguay, there is a general lack of data availability, and it is suggested that slightly outdated data could be used initially where current data is unavailable. This approach would provide a more comprehensive understanding of the country’s internet access and connectivity.

On a positive note, the analysis identifies the digital economy as a potential area for growth in Paraguay. It is expected that the digital economy will continue to expand. To ensure its benefits are distributed equitably, a more careful approach is needed to consider its impact on workers. This intersection between the digital economy and workers’ rights should be addressed to promote decent work and economic growth.

In conclusion, the analysis of Paraguay’s internet access and connectivity reveals a mix of challenges and opportunities. While there has been growth in internet users, issues with connection speeds and unequal access persist. Gender equality in internet access needs improvement, and language inclusion on online platforms is inadequate. Collaboration between government agencies is necessary to accurately represent connectivity percentages, and the Romex methodology should accommodate local realities. The digital economy has the potential for growth but requires careful consideration of its impact on workers. Ultimately, states in Paraguay need to be thoughtful in their digitalisation processes to ensure inclusivity and equitable distribution of benefits.

Simon Ellis

The analysis explores various topics concerning internet governance and its impact on different aspects of society. One of the main focuses is the use of M indicators to measure the involvement of diverse stakeholders in a country’s internet governance. These indicators play a vital role in assessing the effectiveness of multi-stakeholderism, the approach implemented by the country in internet governance. This neutral argument supports the notion that M indicators provide valuable insights into the extent of multi-stakeholder involvement in internet governance.

Another key aspect highlighted is the need for high-quality participation and meaningful engagement in internet governance. The analysis points out that civil society often feels excluded and believes their input is not adequately valued. The argument advocates for a greater emphasis on elementary democratic processes and open participation mechanisms to ensure that all perspectives are considered. This neutral viewpoint suggests that prioritising the quality and meaningfulness of participation can lead to more effective and inclusive internet governance.

The analysis also discusses the ongoing debate on whether to mainstream or separately address gender issues in reports. Simon Ellis supports the mainstreaming approach, which involves integrating gender considerations into every aspect of the report rather than treating it as an afterthought. This positive sentiment acknowledges the debate and urges for a comprehensive and integrated approach to addressing gender issues in internet governance.

The significance of satellite technology in disseminating the internet, particularly in geographically challenging regions like the Pacific, is emphasized. The analysis highlights that satellite technology is often the only feasible option for internet connectivity in these areas. This positive argument underscores the importance of satellite technology in bridging the digital divide and ensuring universal internet access.

The environmental impact of the internet is also discussed. The analysis highlights the significant issue of e-waste, particularly from Western countries being dumped in Asia. However, the analysis also acknowledges that the shift to online meetings due to COVID-19 has potentially reduced the environmental impact of travel. This neutral argument highlights the dual nature of the internet’s environmental effects.

Addressing data gaps in indicators is another important aspect emphasized in the analysis. Strategies to fill these gaps include obtaining data from existing statistics, published documents, focus groups, and key interviews. The analysis suggests that transforming remaining gaps into recommendations can also help address the issue. This positive stance emphasizes the systematic approach needed to address data gaps in order to ensure accurate and comprehensive monitoring of internet governance.

The role of libraries in providing public access to information is a noteworthy point. The analysis notes the presence of libraries in almost every village and their significance to the Information for All program. This positive argument underscores the key role played by libraries in facilitating access to information and highlights the importance of public access to information in achieving sustainable development goals.

The analysis briefly acknowledges the functionality of the internet in sectors such as health, employment, and culture without providing specific arguments or evidence. This neutral statement highlights the broad impact of the internet on various aspects of society.

Lastly, the impact of mobile phones on internet usage is mentioned. The analysis states that the use of mobile phones has led to decreased usage of libraries and internet cafes. This neutral argument emphasizes the transformative effect of mobile phones on internet accessibility.

In conclusion, the analysis covers a wide range of topics related to internet governance, including multi-stakeholderism, participation, gender mainstreaming, satellite technology, environmental impact, data gaps, libraries, and the impact of mobile phones. It provides insights into the challenges and opportunities associated with internet governance and emphasizes the importance of inclusive and sustainable approaches in achieving the goals of internet governance.

Moderator

The Internet Universality Indicators (IUI) offer a comprehensive and evidence-based approach to assessing a country’s digital landscape. The assessment is guided by principles such as human rights-based, open to all, accessible by all, nurtured by multi-stakeholder participation, and cross-cutting issues. So far, 40 countries have completed or are in the process of conducting a national IUI assessment.

The IUI framework is currently being revised to adapt to evolving technological developments and trends. The revision process aims to improve the framework by addressing gaps, establishing a closer relationship with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), and incorporating emerging dimensions like artificial intelligence and platform regulation.

Stakeholder participation is a crucial aspect of the IUI assessment process. It begins with the establishment of a multi-stakeholder advisory board consisting of representatives from government, academia, the private sector, and civil society organizations. This board plays a vital role in validating the assessment report and monitoring the impact of policies and changes.

CETIC.br, a UNESCO Category 2 Center focused on Internet Governance, has been instrumental in implementing IUI assessments worldwide. They have provided support for the implementation of IUI assessments in various countries and actively contribute to the revision process.

The IUI framework is undergoing revision after five years, and the International Governance Forum (IGF) serves as a platform for diverse stakeholder discussions and contributions to the revision process. Stakeholder involvement ensures a balanced perspective and enhances the implementation of recommendations.

Apart from national assessments, contextual indicators and interpretation of indicators play a significant role in understanding and comparing progress. The interpretation of indicators may vary between countries, emphasizing the importance of considering each country’s unique context.

Efforts are underway in countries like Cambodia and Argentina to secure and regulate the digital space, address issues like harassment and hate speech, and protect digital rights. However, legal gaps exist in Cambodia when it comes to online and offline human rights, highlighting the need for comprehensive legislation in this area.

UNESCO has formed partnerships with countries like Cambodia and Argentina to conduct IUI assessments. These assessments involve multi-stakeholder participation, legal drafting, capacity building, and collaboration between government and civil society.

Libraries are recognized as important stakeholders in promoting internet access and media and information literacy. They serve as a pivotal point of contact, disseminating knowledge, and facilitating digital inclusion.

The evaluation process of IUI assessments should include effective communication about the assessment’s benefits, actions taken, and progress made. Cooperation, collaboration, and contributions from various stakeholders, including government and global organizations, are vital for successful data collection and implementation of assessment recommendations.

In summary, the IUI framework offers a comprehensive and inclusive approach to assessing a country’s digital landscape. The ongoing revision process aims to adapt the framework to keep pace with technological advancements. Stakeholder participation, diverse representation, and multi-stakeholder involvement play essential roles in achieving accurate and comprehensive evaluations.

Matthias Ketteman

The analysis highlights the importance of multi-stakeholderism in the development of assessments, under the guidelines of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN). It emphasises the need to involve all relevant stakeholders in the process and suggests consulting a diverse range of stakeholder groups to ensure comprehensive input. The analysis recommends creating separate indicator categories and appointing a consultant for stakeholder engagement to enhance the assessment’s quality and credibility.

Additionally, the analysis suggests sharing the assessment’s output with a broad range of societal stakeholders for review and input. This allows for valuable perspectives to be incorporated, ensuring a robust and inclusive assessment. Furthermore, the analysis proposes holding a final review meeting with sounding board members acting as devil’s advocates to ensure scrutiny and improve the assessment’s robustness.

On the other hand, the analysis critically evaluates common multistakeholder exercises that fail to include an adequate number of diverse stakeholders, leading to biases and limitations. Instead, it argues for involving a larger number of societal stakeholders to gain a broader representation of views and insights.

The analysis also underscores the effectiveness of a multi-stakeholder-based review phase. By sharing the assessment output with a wide range of stakeholders and seeking their feedback, the report can be refined and improved, ultimately enhancing its quality and credibility.

Moreover, the analysis observes a global rise in multistakeholderism, indicating a growing recognition of its importance in decision-making processes.

Lastly, the analysis cites the International Ocean Institute (IOI) as a successful example of multistakeholderism in practice, highlighting the positive outcome of engaging various stakeholders in the assessment process.

In conclusion, the analysis emphasises the significance of multi-stakeholderism in assessment development. By involving a diverse range of stakeholders and considering their perspectives, assessments can become more comprehensive, credible, and reflective of societal needs. The analysis also stresses the value of a robust review phase, involving a large number of stakeholders for feedback. The observed global trend towards multistakeholderism further demonstrates its increasing prominence. The IOI serves as a successful case study, showcasing the benefits of effective multistakeholder engagement. Overall, the analysis provides valuable insights into the advantages and challenges of multi-stakeholderism in assessment processes.

Audience

The analysis of the provided arguments highlights several important points regarding internet governance, internet universality, community engagement, project implementation, and volunteer work. Firstly, it is observed that framing internet governance as digital questions may exclude certain stakeholders from actively participating in the decision-making process. The perceived complexity of digital issues is identified as a barrier that prevents some stakeholders from engaging. This raises concerns about the inclusivity and representation of all stakeholders in shaping internet governance policies.

On the topic of internet universality, it is argued that the concept should consider how well the internet is working for different communities. The impact of the internet varies across communities, and it is essential to engage various stakeholders to ensure its universality. By involving diverse groups of people, the aim is to address inequalities and reduce disparities in access to and benefits from the internet.

Libraries are highlighted as potential venues for community engagement on internet universality. It is noted that libraries provide access to the internet, making them valuable spaces for individuals to encounter internet-related issues. By leveraging libraries, community members can come together to discuss and address internet-related concerns, further promoting inclusivity and universality in internet usage.

The analysis also stresses the importance of governments and companies, such as UNESCO, in ensuring that projects reach out to the local communities where they are implemented. It is argued that close collaboration with local owners is crucial for successful project implementation. This emphasizes the need for strong partnerships and coordination between different stakeholders to effectively implement projects that benefit the local population and align with sustainable development goals.

Another noteworthy argument is that volunteer work is not a sustainable solution for long-term projects. While volunteerism can provide short-term support and assistance, it is not an adequate or lasting solution for achieving sustainable development. This highlights the importance of creating opportunities for decent work and economic growth to support long-term sustainability.

In conclusion, the analysis sheds light on various aspects of internet governance, internet universality, community engagement, project implementation, and volunteer work. It highlights the need for inclusive and participatory approaches to internet governance, the importance of engaging diverse stakeholders, the potential role of libraries in promoting community engagement, the significance of involving local communities in project implementation, and the limitations of volunteer work in achieving long-term sustainability. These insights and arguments contribute to the understanding and discussion of these topics and can guide future efforts in promoting a more inclusive and universally accessible internet.

Session transcript

Moderator:
Hello everyone, hello again, thank you very much for being here. Hello again and thank you so very much for being here with us in the room today and thank you so much for the participants who joined us online, to the participants and speakers. I am very happy to welcome you all on behalf of UNESCO to this session which is dedicated to UNESCO’s Internet Universality Role Max Indicators, which is a unique tool for measuring the internet development and the development of digital environment in a given in a country at the national level, based on the principles which we will be talking about and I’ll have a presentation on that. So we are very excited to be here and we have distinguished speakers here as well as online and without further ado I’d like to give the floor to UNESCO’s Director for the Division for Digital Inclusion and Policies and Digital Transformation and the Secretary of the Information for All Program, Miss Marielsa Oliveira, to address her opening remarks. Please, Maia, the floor is yours.

Marielza Oliveira:
Thank you, Tatevik. Hi, everyone. You know, it’s really great to see you at the IGF 2023. And I’m super glad that UNESCO team can start our interventions of this week with Internet Universality Indicators Day Zero session. So welcome, everyone. And I really wish I could be with you today. But this year, we have an overlap on dates of the IGF and UNESCO’s governing body. So we can’t travel there. But I really join you with a lot of enthusiasm, as this year, there’s much change going on, both for Internet governance and for the Internet Universality Indicators. Since 2018, the UNESCO Romex Indicators have served as a unique and comprehensive tool to help countries voluntarily assess their digital landscape based on the five guiding principles that we all work towards. We advocate together for an Internet that is R, human rights-based, O, open to all, A, accessible by all, and nurtured by M, multi-stakeholder participation, and also that address the cross-cutting issues such as gender and safety. More importantly, the Romex assessment actually leads to the design of policies that support an inclusive, open, safe Internet for all users. This is one of the ways in which UNESCO supports policies that nurture this human-centered Internet, the Internet we all want. In the five years since UNESCO member states endorsed the Romex Indicators, we have made enormous strides together. Over 40 countries from all regions of the world have completed or are underway with a national Romex assessment, and several countries are adding their unique ideas to the approach. A great example is Kenya, which piloted a follow-up assessment to measure the impact of the Romex approach on their national Internet ecosystem after they started implementing the policies. This is groundbreaking and really exciting. But the internet has also changed significantly in these five years. We have seen over 1 billion new users join. We have seen acceleration of the global digital transformation process, especially in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We have e-commerce, e-government, e-learning, e-everything having exponential growth. We have seen the rise of frontier technologies like artificial intelligence, augmented reality, blockchain and others. But we also have realized the many ways in which the internet can harm from fragmentation to misinformation and hate speech. We have seen internet governance evolving to address these issues with the creation in the UN system of a tech and voice office. And now the upcoming most stakeholder body for artificial intelligence. It is time then for a change for the IOIs as well. So that’s why in collaboration with UNESCO Category 2 Center, CETIC.br, UNESCO is currently in the process of revising the ROMAX framework. So make sure that we continue having relevance in this of these indicators and that they adapt to this new digital environment. The Internet Governance Forum is the place where we come together to collectively shape the internet. And this session will have to shape the IOIs as well. We will learn from various different experiences of implementing the framework in different contexts and leverage our collective expertise to draw lessons that benefit our digital community. And I’m really grateful to the ROMAX community. We have grown together as we support each other. You guys are such a generous community who is making the digital world better. So today we will hear from researchers and stakeholders from different regions of the world who will share their insights. perspectives on ROMAX implementation. Let me ask all speakers and all participants to share both the good and the bad. What opportunities the ROMAX framework has opened in your countries for advancing internet development? But I also point out some of the challenges we have yet to address. This would be immensely helpful to us, because your insights on the discussions to be held today will contribute to the revision of the internet universality indicators. This important process will certainly be informed by your rich experience and expertise. I have no doubt that in the past years, our day zero discussions have proved, like in the past years, it will prove super productive, enabling mutual learning and the strengthening of our collective efforts towards real internet universality. We will succeed if we keep in mind that the internet is a shared global resource that really has been touching every aspect of our lives. It is our collective responsibility to ensure it upholds human rights and the values of openness and inclusivity as it evolves. So let me thank you all again for the contributions you have made to the ROMAX framework in the past, for joining us here today, and for being so generous with your experience sharing that will shape our framework in the future. I really can’t wait to hear your insights and wish you a fabulous session.

Moderator:
Thank you. Thank you very much, Maria Elza. Thank you for your strategic guidance over the years and for your strong support for this project and for your contribution and welcoming remarks. So I will proceed with my presentation. Just to elaborate, Maria Elza gave an excellent overview, but just for me to elaborate on. on a bit more on the Internet universality framework and and the progress in across the world. Great, so we can see my slides now. I hope the online participants can also see it well. So just to present myself, I’m Tatevic Grigorian, an Associate Program Specialist at UNESCO. I’m coordinating the IEI Romex project at UNESCO. I have my contact here for further reach after the discussion. So just to also go back to the start of the IEI Romex indicators. So at the 38th General Conference of UNESCO, which is the governing body of UNESCO back in 2018, the General Conference and the Member States endorsed the concept of Internet universality and the principles, Rome principles, meaning that Internet should be universal and based on human rights, be open and accessible to all, nurtured by multi-stakeholder participation, and cross-cutting issues were also introduced into this framework to address issues such as gender equality, environment, safety and security, and sustainable development, sustainable development. And what is Romex framework? Romex framework is a set of indicators, 303 indicators, and 109 of which is core indicators that measure the development of the Internet at the national level of the country, taking, using the Internet universality indicators and principles. And the idea is to develop a clear and substantive understanding of the Internet environment. and map the overall situation and identify any gaps that are out there and assess the possibilities, the opportunities and challenges and formulate actionable policy recommendations for all stakeholders concerned to address any gaps that were addressed during the assessment. And where does it come from? So just to make the link between the UNESCO’s mandate, one of the mandates which is free flow of ideas, which is addressed by UNESCO’s communication and information sector, which works on a number of issues including digital transformation and ensuring universal internet access and human rights based approach and also making link between strategies and frameworks out there and including the sustainable development goals, addressing a number of them and overall addressing those and making a link with global digital compact. And it is really, these assessments can really help nurture this compact as, for example, in the core it’s to address, for example, digital divides and human rights online. And I want to highlight a couple of ideas related to the framework. So the idea of these assessments is really to have it at the national level and to help the countries to have the understanding and move forward with their digital agendas and contribute with evidence-based information so it is not to create any ranking among the countries although the countries which can look at each other’s example but there is no idea to have a ranking of any sort but really to help the countries and it has really this evidence-based approach which addresses a number of themes whether it’s legal policy regulatory frameworks measuring human rights whether it’s a measuring multi-stakeholder approach so there is a very clear focus on digital inclusion dimensions as I mentioned which we we have cross-cutting issues such as gender youth people with disabilities or minority groups such as language minorities so what we also highlight as a very important aspect is the process and I will be speaking a bit more about the process but it’s a really we we focus a lot on the methodology and and the process of establishing this multi-stakeholder approach to make sure that every stakeholder concerned is involved and their voice is heard and of course I would like to highlight that we really have this solid evidence-based approach which fits the assessment so as I mentioned we have 303 indicators in total so the number may be a bit scary but in fact so the reason why there are so many indicators is that we really want to capture the cultural environment and make sure that it’s adapted to a country context. So we recommend that 109 indicators, which are the basis, are employed and tested, assessed in the country. And then we strongly recommend the country to look at which of these additional indicators are relevant for their country context so that they complement these 109 indicators and capture the actual holistic situation. So we have these five categories that I mentioned, rights, openness, accessibility, multi-stakeholder participation, and cross-cutting issues, which form the ROMEX abbreviation. And we have six themes and a number of questions. And just to give you an overlook, so we have these themes under each category, but for example here, which we note, and as pointed by the experts as well, so there are, for example, themes which are across each theme. For example, policy, legal, and regulatory framework are across each theme, for example. And here I would just, I just wanted to illustrate the sort of the structure. So for example, if we take under the rights, if we take the rights theme, and for example, specifically rights to privacy, then for each theme, we will have a specific question, which is displayed here. And then this question that helps, so the question is, is the protection of personal data guaranteed in law and enforced in practice with respect to government, businesses, and other organizations, including? rights of access to information and held to, sorry, held to redress, sorry. And then this question helps then address the indicator of existence and power of an independent data protection authority or similar entity. So it’s really, the framework really facilitates the work while experts will talk a bit more about that. So to really capture the overall situation and for example a recommendation that arose out of while assessing this indicator was to create an independent national personal data protection authority and a national council for the protection of personal data making the normative framework in force consistent with the enhancement, enactment of the personal data protection law. This is just to give an idea. So as Marielsa mentioned we have a number of countries across the five continents that have have published the report, finished and published the report and currently we have 34 countries where the assessment is ongoing and these are countries that have just launched or approaching or finalized or approaching the finalization of the reports. So out of this 34 ongoing countries, 13 are in Africa, 12 in Asia-Pacific, two in Arab states, Latin America and the Caribbean, six countries and three countries in Europe. So we have representation here of researchers from almost all continents so they will elaborate more on the process in their countries and actually we have six published reports at the moment since we started the publication since 2019. And Brazil was one of the first, and Kenya as well, and lead researchers will talk about that. So I would invite you all to, I have the link there, I would really invite you to, which reminds me that I also have some copies here which I will distribute afterwards. I invite you to go to our website to have a look at the publications to have a better understanding, and of course to see the recommendations, for example, and the process. Yes, as I speak about the process, I want to highlight eight steps which we have while the assessments are carried out. So as I mentioned, it’s a voluntary assessment, meaning that the national stakeholders initiate the assessments themselves, and there is a very strong local ownership. So, and UNESCO’s role is to facilitate the process and provide technical assistance and support to the researchers, to the multi-stakeholder advisory board to help them carry out the process. So as I mentioned, the multi-stakeholder approach a lot, so the assessment starts with establishing a multi-stakeholder advisory board which consists of government representatives, relative ministries, academia, private sector, civil society organizations, and all the relevant stakeholders, also based on the context of the country. These are the people, this is the group which will be consulted since the beginning, for example, from where to collect data, how to collect data, to the validation process where all the stakeholders are representing different stakeholder groups then. then really validate the report and agree that this is the situation that really reflects the situation in the country. And then, of course, I won’t go through all the steps, but I would also mention the research group. Establishing a research group is also an important step, so we have lead researchers who are here, but also given that it’s a diverse and it’s a very comprehensive framework and it requires diverse expertise, people with all this expertise then gather together to form the group and ensure that each topic and each theme is really covered with an expert approach. And then there is the data gathering where we can see also challenges, but I won’t elaborate. And as researchers can talk about that, I would also highlight the face of impact assessment and monitoring. So the assessment doesn’t end when the validation is there and validation is completed, but also there are mechanisms and we are improving the mechanisms for follow up and monitoring. And then actually then further assessment or further actions are taken to see what has changed since the report was published. And we have an excellent example of Kenya who will speak about that. So here are just a few examples of, for example, impact that IUI made on national policies. I would really like to highlight that these IUI assessments are really essential for… countries, which developed countries, developing countries, so it doesn’t really depend on the development status of the digital ecosystem because there is always room for improvement and we have, for example, Germany has carried out the assessment and we have distinguished colleague online who will talk about it. For example, IOI recommendations in Germany were proposed to the parliament and the topics raised by IOI recommendations were then reflected in the coalition treaty 2021-2026, or for Senegal IOI assessment facilitated the implementation of the 2025 digital strategy for the country and of the high-speed national plan. So these are just two examples or on the screen a few examples, but we have seen very excellent examples of how these assessments made an impact. Okay, I arrive on my, I’ll leave this here, but so just to also mention that, so we do understand that we’re dealing with the internet and digital ecosystem and a topic and an environment and area which is evolving very, very rapidly. So the idea, since we had this IOI framework, the idea was to ensure its ongoing relevance and to do that, we planned to, we gave ourselves this five-year period and with the idea to review the framework every five years and to, of course, this can be reviewed, but the plan is to review it and to see the development, technological developments, and to make sure that the framework remains relevant. relevant, addressing the current technological advancements. So we are reaching this five-year mark in 2024, but back in the last year’s IGF in Ethiopia, we started consultations and discussions with lead researchers, with experts, to really assess and understand whether it’s really the good moment to update the IUI framework. And we did reach this conclusion, and we have actually started taking concrete actions towards this revision of the IUIs. And we are working with CETIC, that is a UNESCO Category 2 center, and Fabio will present more about the center. We have Fabio here and Alexandre here in the audience who have been driving this work forward in coordination with UNESCO, and I will give the floor to Fabio now to present a bit more about the IUI revision process. But before that, I would invite people to check our website, to check the assessments and the framework, and to see how you can get engaged. We have a dynamic coalition, actually an IGF dynamic coalition on Internet Universality indicators, and I invite you all to be part of this coalition and really keep in touch for any possible cooperation or any inquiries you may have. And we do have the dynamic coalition session on Wednesday, and I will be announcing the details, but in the meantime, I’m giving the… Sorry. a cable to Fabio to connect now. Is it good? So I’ll give the floor to Fabio and ask him to introduce himself. Thank you so much.

Fabio Senne:
Thank you Tatavic. Thank you very much. I’d like to thank UNESCO for the invitation and also for putting together such an international and interesting group of people to discuss those issues. My presentation today will focus, as Tatavic mentioned, in the process of what we learned from these five years of Internet Universality Indicators Assessments and what are the possible future developments of the framework. I’m Survey Project Coordinator at CETIC.br. First, I would like to explain why CETIC is doing this work. CETIC.br is a UNESCO Category 2 Center linked to NIC.br, the Brazilian Network Information Center, and the CGI.br, which covers the Mood Stakeholder Model for Internet Governance in Brazil. CETIC runs surveys since 2005, and by 2011 we were recognized as a UNESCO Category 2 Center, especially focused on Latin American and African Portuguese-speaking countries. So, and why Brazil is involved in this process? First of all, CETIC participates in the very inception of the process of the IOI. So, back in 2015, when UNESCO approved sure we’re going to save data so We did research for a few months on the concept of ROAM in the general conference and then started the process of consultation to build the IUI framework. And SETIC helped to finace this work and we did a lot of work on this. And we did a lot of work on the assessment of the indicators when they were not approved yet. And Brazil was also the first country that launched the assessment back in 2019. And since then, because of our role, regional role in Latin America, and because of this partnership with NESCO, we supported lots of countries that were not approved yet, and we also supported countries that were not approved yet. And we also supported other types of support to countries. And this year, in 2013, 2023, we started to help with the revision of this five-year revision process. So I’ll tell you a little bit about it. So as Tatevic mentioned, the process of revision of this five-year revision process, it’s a comprehensive process. And it’s a process that, in five years, there’s a demand for updating the indicators to see if the indicators are still relevant, according to the context. So we decided to support this first in March, this year, but 2023, we supported, we helped, we provided further support, but support applied only to one country. So I think more or less already you know. January, basically the first two days are research, based on looking into which one of the country has assessment and also interviews and meetings with partners, and then in July, we started a consultation process with other partners. And based on that, we started to offer that we interviewed lead researchers from different countries that implemented the assessment to understand difficulties and possible ideas for the framework. And finally, in August, we started to develop a draft proposal that is still ongoing on how to update the indicators. I think it’s important to mention that based on all those consultations and interviews that we made with lead researchers in the process, we understood a few main recognized benefits from having this type of assessment. First of all, the holistic perspective, so we are not talking about understanding just one part of the situation, just access, but what we are doing with access or just rights but have no access. So the idea of having a holistic perspective, I think it’s well recognized. Some other thing is IOI as a roadmap for action, so not just because we have recommendations, but also because in each area you see by looking into all the different indicators, you can see what is not going on in your country compared to other countries and everything, so that you have a checklist of things to do. The idea that you have not just evidence on legal provisions, so what is provided by the law, but what is happening in practice, in the policies in practice, so this is something important. Also, the flexibility of the approach of the framework, so each country can adapt the number of indicators to their reality, and also identify what are the data gaps in your country, so what data you don’t have and you need to produce because you map through the indicators. So, we decided to go into three different discussions, so is there any revision necessary to the process itself, because we know this is a multistakeholder process, so you need to consult all the areas and start by defining a multistakeholder advisory board, so how you can improve this process of multistakeholderism participation within the framework. If there are any methodological issues that we can improve, so indicators that are difficult to understand or to implement, and also if there are different aspects or substantive dimensions that are not covered and should be covered in the framework. So we went through all the assessments, the ones that were published, but also the ones that were ongoing, and we saw that something that is very important, the prevalence of developing countries and countries in Africa using the framework, which I think is very interesting to understand, and also the prevalence of countries that implemented the core indicators and not the full indicators, which also means that there is some complexity in implementing the whole indicators part. And also, something that we discussed that I think we will come out today is the idea that we do need to have more tools for following up when it has the assessment. I think Kenya will talk about this, because they have the second assessment, but we also can have different types of follow-up based on the process. So how do you follow up on the main gaps? So how do you identify the main gaps in a particular country? How can you add more level of detail or some part that you don’t cover in the first assessment? And also, I think it’s important to understand what are the recommendations, the follow-up or recommendations, so which recommendations were or are not implemented, and what are the relations of the IOI with other upcoming agendas, such as the global digital compact, and so on. And also, the idea that something that we might come out before this discussion on revisions is that there is a lot of work to be done, and there is a lot of work to be done, and for visualizing the data and the results, there is something that several experts suggested, such as creating heat maps or other types of visualizations to the results. And just to say that, to tell a little bit about the consultations, so some of you that are in this room participate in this consultation, so we have a very large consultation process, and we have a very large number of countries, and we have a consultations approach around 15 countries. In a quantitative approach to an online form, we reached 27 responses from 23 countries, so we have a very large process of consultations with those that implemented the IOI. And we have a very large number of countries that are interested in this approach, and it’s very interesting for mapping the situations. They also see the complexity of implementing this, so we need to balance the capability of being holistic, but at the same time, being easy to implement. The availability of data is something that lots of countries have, and it’s very difficult to comply with all the indicators, and this is something that is happening in lots of countries. countries, not just the developed countries, but also in other countries. And of course, we have the COVID-19 pandemic during most of these implementations, so most of the implementations have very strong difficulties in meeting the most stakeholder bodies because of the pandemic. I won’t go into the details of the results, so how many, the percentage of countries that mentioned each one of the difficulties, but just to finish with a few questions for the future. So first of all, there’s an intention of defining a small sample of new indicators that need to consider the developments in the digital ecosystem in this past five years. So what are the group of indicators that can complement this IOI framework that is already being implemented? Is there any connection with other important agendas? One of them is the UN SDGs, so what are the connections between, for instance, the IOI and the SDGs that we need to understand? If there are any review of the wording of the indicators that can make them more understandable and easy to apply. Sometimes we need to improve the organization of the framework itself, so having additional tools for countries. And we are also evaluating and proposing a reduction in the number of overall indicators. This was considered desirable by most of the countries, but maintaining the balance among categories in a holistic perspective, so how to keep this balance in place. We also are suggesting to have a more deeper relation with the SDGs. We are classifying all the IOI indicators. the SDGs, so not just those SDGs that really mention in the targets and in the SDG indicators that really mention the ICTs, but those that have any connection with SDGs, so how, for instance, the idea of sustainable development can be, for instance, treated in the AI framework, so this is something that we are also working together with UNESCO. And finally, I’m not going to discuss this in detail, but just to say that in this consultation process, a few areas of new dimensions appeared a lot in the interviews. The first one was artificial intelligence, so artificial intelligence is present in just one indicator of the 303 because it was five years ago, but nowadays, we know that artificial intelligence has an impact in the Internet environment, so how do we need to deal with this? We have lots of discussion on platform regulation, UNESCO is working on a lot of this. The idea of introducing this idea of meaningful connectivity into IOI, so do you need in the accessibility part, we need to change something to connect more with this idea of meaningful connectivity? The UN also updated the general comment 25 on children’s related to children’s rights, so is there any updates that we do need to also implement in the IOI? The idea of sustainable development that I already mentioned, and other aspects such as mental health, so we do not mean that we will cover all these issues in the revision, but just to say that there are a few dimensions that came out into this process of consultation that we need to deal with. So I think that’s all I have to say. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. This is where we are and I think IGF will be a very good opportunity of having a deeper understanding on what should we do and to interact more in this process. So thank you very much.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Fabio. Thank you to CETIC for your excellent work regarding the implementation of IUI in Brazil and also throughout the past year contributing to the revision process. So as Fabio mentioned, the fora like IGF are excellent opportunities for us to bring together diverse stakeholders and really discuss the process. And it’s an open consultative process and we do want to hear from everybody who can contribute to the revision process. And in this spirit, we have a number of speakers who have been engaged in the implementation of the IUI in their respective countries and we would like to invite them to contribute to the discussion around the IUI revision by drawing also on their personal expertise and experience of implementing these indicators in their countries. And we constructed the discussion around the themes of the IUI while also making sure we address a number of questions, which I won’t be reading out, but questions around how to improve, for example, multi-stakeholder advisory group process or based on how to address the data gap challenges or what strategies to establish to improve the follow-up process and overall the process. of course addressing the topics of like new themes to be included. We will start the discussion around the category rights and I have four speakers who will specifically talk about the topic and of course drawing on their personal experience and I first invite Claire-Mรฉlanie Popineau from France to address us and please if you Thank you.

Claire Mรฉlanie Popineau:
Bonjour ร  toutes et tous. I’m very glad to be here. Arigato. Today I will present you two points arising from the experience of France regarding the IUI. First the contextual indicators which will lead me on the second point regarding rights. First the advanced version of the draft allows me to speak about the relevance to include in the study those contextual indicators. There are essential elements of understanding, perspective and comparison for all other indicators. I will take just a few examples of what I say. For example depending on the level of the gross national income the connectivity rate indicators does not have the same meaning. It’s clear. Another example the age pyramid it leads to a necessary questioning of the accessibility of elderly people as well as the birth rate with the need for education of young people on the internet. Another example where we see that rights and indicators are very intricate. The new existence of an obligation to attend school from the age of three impacts very strongly the scolarization rate. For example, the frequentation of child of three years and a half was at 1990.48% and 2021 in France, 100% of boys and a bit less for girls. But it’s very important to understand the big picture in a country to analyze well the other indicators. And maybe a last example of what I say is the literacy rate. Illiteracy is a very important matter in France, even if the scolarization is very good. And it is a criteria which is not only related with Internet, but it is a major accessibility issue in France in a certain category of people. So, lesson learned here, like in many subjects, Internet is not a separate subject, but at the confluence of social, political and economic issues. And it is very important to maintain the indicator at the beginning of the study and even during the study to stay very close of the issue of a country. Those contextual indicators lead to targeting the essential issues. A lot of S in my intervention. In France… For example, the question of electricity access, etc., is not an issue in France. So the interpretation cannot be the same between two countries regarding the indicator. That’s why you said it’s not a purpose of comparison, but to enlighten maybe the way to address the issue. And now, question of rights. Looking at the series of more specific indicators with regard to their number, their scope, and the multi-stakeholder, multi-party and multi-stakeholder dimension in our workgroup, questions are still going strong, because even if a certain number of objective elements are observed and exist to read the indicators, their weight in the final evaluation of the indicator remains under discussion. I will explain maybe a bit clearly what I said. For example, on the Internet, on childhood, the stakeholder conclusions diverge to some extent. During a working session on the place of a judge in the digital space organized last July by Ireste and Isaac Franschapter, there was a question regarding the rule of law, and some critics regarding the tendency to create ad hoc and infra-legal procedures to resolve disputes, particularly regarding the removal of online content, pornography, harassment, etc. All specific and new procedures can give the impression that the indicator is very good because there is procedure. But in reality, the question of effectiveness and the state of duty and balance of rights are questioned here. So it’s not easy with the same rules to say, yes, the indicator is well rated or no, finally, there is another issue in the law, liberty of expression, for example. And finally, I wish to make a focus to illustrate the difficulty to stop at the moment the study and the need of constant updating. That is another issue with the indicators because just now, since May 2023, there is a new law bill which aims to secure and regulate the numerical space discussed. It aims to prevent harassment, hate speech through some new technical measures, but they are also controversial. So we have the impression to have a look at everything in the state of law and a new bill of law. So it’s very complicated to write a final draft to communicate because it’s very fructuant. In this bill of law, there is some measure of… for hosting providers, which must remove child pornography within 24 hours, under penalty otherwise. But there is some subtleties, and again, if you just look at the law, you can say, yes, there is law to protect child, but again, there is law, but what are the consequences? The other indicator, like liberty of expression, is not so well rated. It was my last word, so it’s a perfect time. So thank you for listening and to have me here, and I will quit the session prematurely, because I lost my luggage in airport, so I have to deal with that, thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Claire, and thank you for giving this overview and also illustrating the examples of France. I would like to next give the floor to our online participants, speakers, and specifically to Pisal Chanti, who has been leading the research in Cambodia. Please, Pisal. Pisal will also address the question of, yes, he will address the question around rights. Again, we don’t read out the question. He will just build it around this theme.

Pisal Chanty:
Thank you, first I start by thanking UNESCO for the invitation for me to participate in this forum. You hear me clearly, right? Yes, we do. Yep, thank you. So I think I first start by giving introduction a little bit about the IUI assessment in Cambodia. So IUI assessment in Cambodia is the initiative of the Ministry of Post and Telecommunication, which is the ministry responsible for digital technology and telecommunication, in partnership with UNESCO Phnom Penh, UNESCO in Cambodia, to initiate these projects. So we kickstarted the projects in 2022. However, there is a significant delay due to the gaps of data, but also some issue that I gonna present in the next session. So before I start about the problem we are having in the conducting the application of IUI assessment in Cambodia, especially on the right category. So just to briefly provide you in a background is that based on the finding of the right category, in Cambodia, our constitution have enshrined the fundamental human rights in the text of the constitution. And the Royal Government of Cambodia has ratified numbers of regional and international human rights agreement, thereby committed to uphold the rights both offline and online. However, there is no expression of legal regulation in Cambodia that define online and offline equivalent of basic human rights. Another issue is that the interpretation of this commitment in practical have shown inconsistency, defamation and insults also into a type of cybercrime as well. It’s committed, we are the computer network. Another issue is on the legal gap in the intermediary liability and contents. While personal data protection law and cyber crime is being drafted, computer-related offense were introduced for the time being in Cambodia criminal code in 2009 in Article 317 and Article 320. The crime of infringement on secrecy of correspondent and telecommunication and often in information technology. Legal framework for the lawful inception of data also defined in our telecom law in 2015, but claimed by the human rights special reporter as fake. And also there is a new introduction of the national internet gateway, remain a contentious between royal government of Cambodia and CSO in the country. And the implementations has been postponed without specific data. Recently, the royal government of Cambodia has introduced a digital economy and society policy framework, which is a commitment of the government to transform the country to digital economy and society, but also introduced the Cambodia digital government policy in early 2022, aiming for a technological, equipped and transparent government that foster an inclusive digital society and persists on e-participation, which this policy echo the UN e-government survey focused on e-information, e-consultation and e-decision making. So what is the, in short, the recommendation for this human right, on the right aspect is that we are focusing on three aspects. The first one is that the different stakeholders, especially the government would focus on legal trafficking and adoption. The second aspect is on capacity building of the judiciary and relevant policy maker and stakeholder. And the last one is the encouragement on the multi-stakeholder participation of CSO development partner in the government. This is a brief summary of the finding on the rights. So what is the lesson learned and issue that we are conducting in application of the IUI assessment in Cambodia, whereby I selected to choose on the right method. It doesn’t mean that other category of the Rome X principle is not a problem, but right issue is a good lesson learned from us. So the issue is that rights, the matter of human rights, Cambodia in general is one of the contested front in Cambodia between the government and CSO. So even going without going back into the digital landscape, human rights has been a contested issue already. CSO quite vocal in this field. Therefore, any method related to rights has been a subject to a lot of discussion and need to be careful. Based on the multi-stakeholder, the establish of the multi-stakeholder advisory board, we are trying to create the map in a way that it representing CSO government, everything, even the academy, even the youth, even the gender. However, there is still, we need to be careful on the arrangement of the map. The second thing is the text itself. Despite the finding, we need to ensure that all of the voice from the CSO, all of the voice from the government need to be incorporated. Otherwise, they would not agree in the text or in the validation. So we are planning to do the validation at the latest, at the end of this month or early next month. So the arrangement is also very careful, meaning that we need to prepare properly. so to ensure that everyone takes ownership of it. It is a multi-stakeholder, so not only the government accepted, but also the CSO, but also development partner, but also the user of the internet. So what we have made to get so far? So I think it’s important for the revise of the IUI assessment as well, is that UNESCO in Cambodia has played a good moderator in this part, because from the government side, they have the firm position on the right aspects, while from the CSO, they have a firm stand on the certain aspects of the rights aspect as well. So what is UNESCO is doing is that, based on their knowledge, based on their moderation, they try to moderate the tax, but also ensure that, okay, this is the tax going to be accepted by the government, but also the CSO. So what is the strategy to be undertaken by UNESCO to improve on this strategy is that the UNESCO in respective countries need to play a role, but a role as a moderator, a role that the government accepted, but also the CSO. And the second thing is that the responsible ministry, for example, in Cambodia is Ministry of Post and Telecommunication. So the Ministry of Post and Telecommunication need to also take part to ensure that the recommendations recommended to the government is being addressed, and also entrusted the research institution, to follow up the recommendations that have been done so far, to ensure that all the recommendations have been in application by the stakeholder. So in short, it’s that, UNESCO is trying to make sure that all the recommendations that have been The multi-stakeholder approach is very crucial in the right aspects. And UNESCO in respective countries also play a role. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Pisal. I’ll next give the floor to Marรญa Fernanda Martรญnez from Argentina. Please you have five floor. We’re running a bit behind the schedule, so I’ll request the speakers to please remain within this slot. Five minutes, please.

Maria Fernanda Martinez:
Thank you. Thank you, Tatia. It’s a pleasure for me to share this event with distinguished colleagues from around the world. I am the Executive Director and Researcher of the Center for Technology and Society Studies in Argentina. CETIS is an academic and cross-disciplinary space for research, education, and communication of the policies and the development of digital processes in the public sphere. There are many things to discuss, so we’ll make an effort to share Argentina’s most notable national findings related to rights, and also give our opinion regarding what strategies UNESCO can undertake to improve local monitoring strategies. First, let me tell you that our report, we adopt the strategy of the traffic light diagnosis. For each topic of each axis and according to the maturity level of the institutional path taken by Argentina, a color was identified, red, yellow, and green. We think it has been a good practice since it allows to have a quick approximation for each axis. Regarding to policy, legal, and framework, Argentina will have a general legal framework in keeping with international human rights standards. However, we are concerned about the expansion of the use of facial recognition technology and the increase in surveillance situations in social media. Besides, we have a legal framework that ensures freedom of expression. In terms of liability of intermediaries, there is no specific regulation and general principles of civil and criminal liability apply. There are relevant judicial proceedings tending to not apply objective liability and non-compulsory use of monitoring mechanisms in online context. The right to access to information is recognized and the agenda for the matter seems to have reached some state policy statutes, at least in the wording of the regulation. Transparency in actions is not verified in the same way in all different contexts and levels of the state. Regarding freedom of association and right to participate in management of public affairs, legal framework that favours freedom of association online, however, that right may be affected by use, affordability and access inequality. Related to the right to privacy, here we have an outdated legal framework for data protection. At subnational level, growing use of biometric data for security-related activities were opacity in the norm. You observe little transparency and interruptions in national intelligence and data interception policy. What strategy UNESCO can undertake to improve local monitoring strategies? First of all, we believe that it is very important to have a realistic work preparation, outline and schedule that includes monitoring instance, for example, short progress report or participation or reports on meeting with the MAP. For the application of the recommendation, we think that institutional characteristics are very important. We know that UNESCO takes this into account, but it is necessary to reinforce its importance because it is fundamental that the organisation that carries out the research. has a history and links with all actors in the ecosystem. It is also fundamental to have a balanced composition in terms of sector and gender of the map. UNESCO has to encourage the research team to have a consensus recommendations with the map. In our case, in each axis we establish objectives and recommendations by sector that were debated and then agreed upon with the members of the map. This guarantees its relevance and also its viability. Identify those recommendations where they can have the greatest impact. It is important to recognize which are those where, due to the characteristics of the team, institution and contextual needs, greater impact can be achieved. Then, generate space for dialogue and action to advance the implementation of the recommendations. In our case, for example, we have identified the issue of protection of personal data as crucial, so we organized several meetings with relevant actors to discuss modifications to the current bill that culminate in holding specific conferences on the draft law on protection of personal data. Another important issue is the publication deadlines for local reports. We are aware that there are many internal and necessary validations instances, and we also know that UNESCO is trying to accelerate them, and we appreciate it, since the delay in publications makes it lose relevance. Regarding to this point, we think that at the time of the forming of the team, one of the researchers could be designing theโ€ฆ Regarding to this point, we think that at the time of forming the team, one of the researchers could be designated to continue working within UNESCO. through the period between the delivery of the final document and its publication. Well, thank you very much. And before closing, I want to name all the team, Lex Bustofrati, Carolina Cairo, Ivan Kishman, and Delfina Ferracuti. Thank you very much.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Maria. Thank you for also your suggestions. The next one in my list is Grace Githayga from Kenya. Please, Grace, the floor is yours. Five minutes, please.

Grace Githaiga:
I think I want to be very brief. When we looked at the rights, and this is our first review, because we did the first report and released it in 2022. Then we reviewed after two years. The result is that in terms of rights, Kenya has a comprehensive policy, legal and institutional framework for human rights, which adapts international human rights standards for, among others, freedom of expression, freedom of access to information, freedom of association, the right to participate in the conduct of public affairs, the right to privacy and socio and economic and cultural rights. And while there is no legislation blocking internet access, there are legal restrictions on human rights and challenges in the enforcement and practical implementation of the laws. And for example, we held a general election in August 2022. And then the COVID-19 pandemic, these two exposed gaps in internet freedom, such as threats of incidents of abuse of repressive laws and cases of disinformation. experience of digital rights. This is also an issue that็ดฏ

Swaran Ravindra:
the PG National University and I have also been commissioned by UNESCO as a lead researcher for the ROMEX project, which is under my responsibility comes PG, Thubanu and Solomon Allen. So I will not take too much of time. I will just go directly into the question that I have been asked to speak about. So my category was openness and before I go into some of the strategies that we have come up with, I just wanted to let the audience know that for us, this is still work in progress. The project is only one month old so far or one month young so far. So we’re still navigating through the various aspects of the project and So everything that the other participants or the other researchers are talking about, it heavily resonates with our work in the Pacific at the moment. I also have some people in the room today, Kyoto, unfortunately I could not be there, but we have Jenna Noyer, who is the Director of Telecommunications from Tuvalu. So I’m happy to have interventions at the end. So the question precisely that was asked to me was what strategies can be used to overcome data unavailability and obtain high quality and updated data? Now, this is something that is no news in the Pacific. We have been information rich and knowledge poor in some cases. And at the same time, we have seen that there are areas of serious data gaps, both in government institutions and also in many different areas where we need to access citizen-centric services. And so some of the strategies that my team came up with is to regularly update information for citizen-centric services. We also need support from global organizations. So just give me one moment. Your mute is foreign. Apologies. So we noted that it is very important for us to have support from global organizations. So we thoroughly thank UNESCO for faith in the project and also in understanding the predicaments that are Pacific-centric. And as the other speakers were talking about the different experiences, and we as a team, those working in the Pacific for ROMEX project, we have seen that some of them resonate with us and then some of them are so centric to the Pacific. So one particular project that I wanted to share with you, in fact, it could be taken as a strategy. The last two years I have been involved in UNDP’s Right to Information project. And I have realized that many things that are asked under openness. If we already have Right to Information Project deployed by UNDP in those economies, it makes it much easier to answer the questions under the indicators. Of course, there are still lots of gaps, but the fact that Right to Information Project was deployed prior to our OMICS project, it really helped in getting some of the information. Also reports from ITU, UN, and scholarly articles, but I found the Right to Information Project information from the Right to Information Project, as well as ITU and UN reports, more helpful. We also spoke about the need for having a research team or a team of special consultants that could form a national body of researchers to be able to work in ethical standards in terms of data collection. Now, this is something that could be embedded within Bureau of Statistics in Fiji. There was another research project that I did where it was very difficult to get information, and that information came much, much later, about two years later. So there would be a special body of researchers who could support the data collection processes. It’s also quite evident that many people who are doing research may not necessarily be research-centric people, but they are there at ground level, and they’re there to help, and they have access to the most important and even the most vulnerable communities where we need to get data from. The need for support of the government, particularly, is really, really important, especially in the lesser-developed economies. Also the need for benchmarking. Now, as the other speakers were talking about their experiences, I could, in fact, start thinking about different types of avenues where we can get some good benchmarking practices so that we can learn and see what part of it can we adapt in the Pacific. Of course, awareness. Recently, at an informal meeting, our map has not been formalized yet. We have been in the process of talking to different stakeholders, and just because in the Pacific, we have a very different style of working, what we call telenwa in Fiji, which means casual conversation. This is where we build relationships in the community, and it is one of the most important, one of the most, it could be both formal and casual, but it is also one of the best sources of information and in terms of creating partnership with the stakeholders. So we have Ministry of Communication, we also have Ministry of Education, we have the support of the Permanent Secretaries, we have also Pacific Disability Forum, and there’s a number of, if I had more time I would have been able to deliberate on that, we have a number of different representation from the various stakeholders in Fiji who have been willing to support us, but if we did have a lot of information on the website, then it would have been much, much more helpful. In saying that, many things that come under openness, is regulated byโ€ฆ Okay, so we have some predicaments, for example, the difference between the Information Act and the Right to Information Act, in some of the Pacific Islands, they are embedded into one, and then in some of the Pacific Islands, we don’t have the Privacy Act at all. We also have Human Rights Commission, we have Online Safety Commission, we also have the Cybercrimes Act, however deployment is questionable, but if I were to just, you know, make one broad statement about the need for multi-stakeholderism, that is very, very important, however in the Pacific, we have a very civic-centric style to that, however, there’s one more thing that I wanted to reiterate on before I finish off, if we have a prior assessment on Right to Information, I think that would be really helpful in addressing the questions under openness. That is all from me, you’re most welcome to contact me on LinkedIn, and I’d be happy to work with you and, you know, learn more from each other. Thank you very much.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Swaran, for driving the work forward in all these countries and for sharing the experience and I would like now to give the floor to Santosh Sikdhal from Nepal, please, you have five minutes.

Santosh Sigdel:
Hello, everyone, here and online, I’m Santosh Sikdhal from Nepal, I’m Executive Director of Digital Rights Nepal and Co-Commissioner of Dynamic Coalition on Internet Rights and Principle. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. Digital rights Nepal implemented the national assessment in Nepal and based on our experience I’ll be sharing something on the question, how could we improve the process of establishing consultation and validation of the finding with the multi-stakeholder advisory board. So my presentation will be limited on that and I have only five minutes, four minutes, 30 seconds, so I’ll be very quick. So the first step of the national assessment is to establish the process and this is the first step of the national assessment. However, this is not mandatory within the UNESCO framework. That is strongly recommended but not mandatory. And the member of this group includes the government, the private sector, technical community, academics, civil society and others. So the first step of the national assessment is to establish the process and validation of the finding with the multi-stakeholder advisory board. In the context of Nepal, it was largely dominated by the government agencies and the regulator including the representation of UNESCO and we were invited as an observer while we did the research. So it is very important, based on our experience, it is very important that we make the process and validation of the finding with the multi-stakeholder advisory board. That is very important to ensure otherwise the stakeholders feel that at times they do not know about the process and they do not see the importance, so establish the importance of this whole national assessment process. It is important to bring all the necessary stakeholder in the process. And about the role of the multi-stakeholder advisory board. So since 2014, the area has been focused on the indigenous protection issues and based on the experience of Nepal, in Nepal from the very beginning Ministry of they identified the stakeholder group, they supported in finalizing the questionnaire, identifying the data sources. At the same time, they provided inputs and they also provided in the draft report. They actually identified the location, geography, location, stakeholder group, and everything. However, we see as a takeaway, we see that there is a balance. If the government is not involved in the process, it is not easy to get the data because this report is based on the availability of the formal official reports and data. At times, if the process is somehow dominated by the government and regulator, there is a possibility of whitewashing the Internet scenario and presenting a rosy picture. The report will be tool for the time being to give a picture of the Internet situation in the country. So, there is a kind of balance we need to ensure. In that process, from the experience of Nepal, we see that at one point, the MAB also organized an inter-ministerial meeting inviting all the ministries and their representative in the draft report. We see that a very important aspect because tomorrow, the importance of report is on its implementation. If there is only the report for the sake of publication, it’s not important. But if we want to implement the report tomorrow, it is important to have the buy-in from all the important government agencies because tomorrow, Ministry of Education or Ministry of Health is going to implement the report. So, if they are in the process, it is important that they are not at the last point, at the validation walks up, but they are somehow engaged from the beginning of the report. So, that is very important. we already discussed about a non-availability of the desegregated data across the board, but it is more important in the least developed countries like Nepal. And one suggestion is that while talking about the multi-stakeholder, strengthening the multi-stakeholderism or the MAP process, in our opinion, it is also important to include the national census office if there are any, because if they are collecting the national census, they will know what are the important indicators, the critical indicators, and they might include those indicators while collecting the census, and tomorrow we have the relevant data while reporting it. So I remain here. Thank you. Thank you for the time, and if there are any questions or comments, I’ll be here throughout the session.

Moderator:
Thank you. Thank you very much, Santosh. And before we break for coffee, where we would have more time to speak with the speakers, I would like to give the floor to Anna Amomo-David, sorry if I’m mispronouncing, from Namibia. Please, the floor is yours.

Anna Amoomo-David:
All right. Thank you very much. Yes, my name is Anna Amomo-David from Namibia, and I will be presenting briefly about openness as well. I just want to state here that throughout, although Namibia is still in progress with the assessment, one of the pivotal roles that the multistakeholder advisory board have done for us to be able to carry this out was primarily because they would then help us to address the various indicators as they come in that would be relevant to not only a particular category, but at the same time, a particular indicator or guiding question within that particular indicator. Now, when it comes to openness in Namibia, One of the things that we initially looked for was things such as open source and open source softwares and then also realizing that there was no direct legal framework pertaining to the Internet that enabled consumer protection in terms of the open data as well that would come with the open Internet. Additionally, we looked at things like the different licensing softwares and how government would then prioritize considering the national priority for cybersecurity, for an example, on how exactly the openness part of the various indicators would come in. And then what we are busy establishing right now is that in terms of licensing, the openness of the Internet is actually broken down further into sector-specific regulation, so as much as there is these indicators, they are, however, potentially limiting to that particular sector in terms of relevance as well as encouraging a broader innovation promotion. So part of these indicators also prompted that the regulation within the openness category, there were some indication that the regulation would ensure that everybody would then not only establish themselves as an entrepreneur, for an example, coming up with a web business or a digital e-commerce platform would then have to go through One of the things we made clear in the iceberg period was we wanted to implement a required standards regulation for the kind of guidelines of the sector and theas light screen for example. So, what we were looking at using standards as a platform to implement the standards and the standards that we were looking at was the current access to information bill that was enacted in Parliament just last year which allows for the proactive disclosure of information and this plays a role because at the end of the day when there is openness to a particular institution when it comes to digital or digital essences that generate that information , it not onlycoloads in the information but it also calls for this data to be put in a language or in a format for an individual who further takes it away from the rights of the individual. So it’s not just about the digital essences, it’s also about the inclusion of people with disabilities . So that openness aspect is also a little bit hampered. And then one of the major stakeholders that we actually look working with is the office of the prime minister, which is the office of the prime minister , and it’s also the office of the minister of education, as well as policy . So in collaboration with the ministry of ICT, of course, and the ministry of education, we are working with the ministry of education to make sure that people with disabilities have access to the information that they need to be able to have access to higher education, which is responsible for training and capacity building for the various individuals of age. This would then comes to a point where the openness aspects are further enriched, although we’re building capacity towards them. Yes, I will still be around and thank you for the opportunity.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Anna. And I would like to thank all the speakers online and here in the room. Thank you so much for your excellent contributions and for sharing not only your input as we move forward with the revision, but also reflecting on the national context, which is really valuable. And we would now go for a very short coffee break. I know that in the schedule, based on the scenario, we have Q&A, but given that the participants in the room will hopefully stay for the second part of the session as well, I invite you all to speak with our experts, with the panelists around the coffee. And I apologize to online participants, but we will take your questions after the break. We’ll be back just in 10 minutes. If we can be here at 5.45 local time in 10 minutes, please. Thank you very much. Thank you. So we will now resume the session. So just to check if online speakers are back. Are you Zuhl, Sadaf? Yes, I’m here. Sorry, it’s Elin Zuhl. Thank you, Sadaf and Matthias and Asrat and Alan and Iqlika. So thank you very much. I would like to ask the online moderator, my colleague Karen, as I promised we will start with the online questions.

Online Moderator:
Are there any online questions or online comments to be addressed, Karen? There were a few elements that were talked about in the comments. Can you please read them out to ensure that we have participation and inputs from the online speakers and participants as well? Yes. So Sadaf was saying, as a researcher based in a civil society institution, it is interesting for me to see that government organizations leading the research have also struggled with finding the sweet spot where the CSOs and government can agree. There is also one where she talks about digital authoritarianism in her country and the pressure to reflect the government perspective and position, which has been intense in our experience. There is also, Sadaf is also talking about the multi-stakeholder and validation process that should involve the government, but that has been challenging on her part. So there is that, which Sadaf is representing Pakistan. So this is her perspective on such issues. There is also Swaran who was talking about the whitewashing in the research and see it as a difficulty and a challenge to overcome. And also she said that there is a mutual purpose that needs to be understood between the stakeholders and the government. So this is also something that we can discuss in a few. And Sergio Martinez, who was participating online, said that he had a question which said, in countries like Namibia, seeking to develop sectoral specific regulations to support specific segments such as e-commerce, digital business, and people with disability. So this is kind of the only question we have in the chat for now. So if you have any input, we can discuss it now or discuss it in the next Q&A segment. Thank you very much, Karen. And Karen, my colleague, I’m going to turn it over to you. Karen, I’m going to turn it over to you. Thank you. So the question is, which sources, guidelines, or standards offer a starting point to account for a country’s specific needs when there are gaps in their underlying global frameworks?

Anna Amoomo-David:
Okay. All right. I think what worked best in Namibia is because prior to us being able to actually carry out the ROMACS, we have done a couple of research of our own, basic research, and engaged in a number of projects. And then also what we have done is, with the government, because the Internet Society is the one conducting the research, we had established ourselves to be a partner and have our foot in the door with the various ministries, such as the Ministry of ICT, as well as other institutions. And then this paved the way for us to be able to actually engage directly with them, particularly to… when it came to the Romex exercise. In addition to that, I believe that initially when we started, we started off with a multi-stakeholder advisory board where we had invited a lot of the different ministries, government agencies, as well as offices. We felt that our key stakeholders, and should we then reach out to them a second or a third time whenever we had an intervention, this made it possible. The only thing is that the global standards do not necessarily set the tone for the Namibian standards because with the Namibian standards, there are no standards, first of all. We use the ISO 27001 and the office responsible for maintaining the standards at this point simply adopts them. So how we engage with that is basically putting measures in place where we examine our standards ourselves, and if they’re not relevant, then we rather advise that they’re not relevant to us because of various reasons pertaining to whether the indicator speaks to us or not. I hope that answered the question.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Anna. So if there are no other questions from the previous part of the discussion, I will now pass to the second part of the discussion which will be focusing on accessibility category and multi-stakeholder participation as well as cross-cutting category of the framework. As I mentioned previously, we have a set of questions which we asked the speakers to focus on, but of course not limiting the discussion around the specific question, but to make sure all the topics are covered. And with this, I would like to now I give the floor to online participants, Ariuzul Ochir from Mongolia, who is the lead researcher from Mongolia, followed by Sadaf Khan from Pakistan. Ariuzul, please, the floor is yours.

L. Ariunzul Ochir:
Yeah, thank you, Tevnik, and I believe you can hear me and see me well. Very well. Thank you. Thank you. I’m very glad to be a part of the IUI community across the world, and my name is Ariuzul Ochir, and I’m leading researcher of the Mongolian IUI assessment. I just want to clarify the views presented today are based on my professional insights driven from the Mongolian IUI assessment conducted last year. And if I summarize the key findings of the accessibility team in Mongolian assessment, in one sentence, I would say, although the internet is relatively affordable and accessible for general public, it’s not accessible for persons with disabilities, language minorities, and old people as well. So I believe that accessibility is a precondition of the inclusion in both digital and physical world. So therefore, to enhance the current assessment comprehensiveness, I would like to propose a revision or reorganization of the questions in the accessibility sections, and particularly the current question, AD 6.1, which asks, like, existence of legal and regulatory provisions to promote access and use of internet by persons with disabilities in Mongolia. Because for example, in Mongolia, we have a website standard known as MNS 6285-2017, our planning requirements for government websites. However, this standard fall short in adequately addressing the barriers faced by the persons with disabilities, because there are no requirements for to ensure the use of assistive technologies and softwares and devices by the persons with disabilities, no requirements to ensure the adjustment for the color blindness and no requirements for adjusting the websites for especially persons with the photosensitive seizures and so on. And when using the Web Content Accessibility Guideline, which is devolved by the World Web Consortium back in 2008, none of the government website in Mongolia fully comply with these guidelines. Therefore, I felt that the current question may lure the original intention of the ensuring the web accessibility for persons with disability, not necessarily limited by the persons with disability, also again, language minority and old people and people who are temporarily, you know, the injured, injured. So that’s why, because every country obviously has their own standard to ensure the web accessibility, but unfortunately, some of them are not fully addressing the barriers faced by the persons with the disability. So I specifically recommend to incorporating inquiries about whether the country adheres to Web Content Accessibility Guideline by World Web Consortium or something similar, because the Web Content Accessibility Guideline is the world globally recognized and used Web Accessibility Guideline, which plays really crucial roles in many countries, including the US. I know in US, they are following the Web Content Accessibility Guideline. Under the section 508 in the EU country also, they have similar Web Accessibility Guideline called EN-301549. which a majority of the requirements are aligned with the Web Access Week guidelines. So briefly sum up, I see that AIU has two main benefits to our country. First, encouraging governments to ensure the human rights issue in digital environment. And second, educating stakeholders what to do next in order to ensure the human rights in digital world. And therefore, since there’s a good, you know, the best practices, which is web content access to you, why don’t we include this guideline in existing questions? So that’s the one insight that I want to share with you today. And thank you. Over to you, Detevik.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Ariuzul. Thank you for presenting the case. And actually, Mongolia has successfully finalized the report and validated. And we look forward to its publication, which is now underway. The process is underway in UNESCO. So the next on my list is Sadaf, who is leading the research in Pakistan. Please, Sadaf, the floor is yours. And just a reminder that I am not giving a presentation of the speaker. So if you want to present yourself, please go ahead. Thank you, Sadaf.

Sadaf Khan:
Thank you. In the interest of time, I’m just going to try and keep my intervention to three short points. I’m Sadaf. I’m the lead researcher of the assessment in Pakistan. The Pakistan assessment is also complete and in the process of review for publication at the moment. So for the three categories, the multistakeholderism, accessibility, et cetera, I’m making three. cross-cutting points that I felt have potential to be reviewed as UNESCO undergoes the process of revising the Internet Universality Indicators Framework. The first thing that I would like to talk about is the challenges that are linked to contextual analysis. And speakers before me have also pointed out some of the challenges that they had faced. And I think it’s okay to, like, on the onset, it is obviously going to be very challenging to apply contextual analysis to a framework that is global. I think one of the things that came to me again and again, as I was undergoing the process of assessment, I think these challenges themselves also present an opportunity to start looking at the framework in a way that allows UNESCO and other global players to, you know, basically review how they are reviewing and assessing some of the things. There was a question in the chat earlier about whitewashing and this comment also kind of links to that. I’ll give you a very specific example. One of the core elements that is indicative of mobile gender gap and also included as a part of accessibility framework is the mobile and SIM phone ownership. Now Pakistan has one of the largest, highest mobile gender gaps in the whole world. But we know that in Pakistan, at least, ownership is not really an accurate indicator of usage. Here, SIM access is linked to biometric validation. We also are a conservative society, we are also a society where safety for women generally is a challenge. So what happens when biometric is linked to SIM validation is that various women, including those who are actually using the internet, who live in urban centers, and are seen generally like from progressive communities, et cetera, they even they do not prefer to own their own SIM. They will send the men in the family to get the biometric verification done. And it doesn’t mean that they’re not using it. The purpose is simply to ensure that your gender doesn’t become a reason for the shopkeeper, whoever is doing the validation to start messaging and harassing you. So again, because ownership is consistently seeing whether it’s the GSMA framework, whether it’s the Rome indicators, it’s something that’s seen as a very fundamental part of how you assess mobile gender access. I think this kind of gives an opportunity to start looking at how we are assessing and making sure that the assessment framework it also reflects the realities of global South, the realities of countries where there is digital authoritarianism and tribalism conservatism within the society. And my recommendation for this specifically is not to do with the framework itself, but within the methodology guidelines, which inform how researchers frame the research, right? Frame their recommendations. I think it would be interesting to explore the possibility to include an annex where the research team can actually document how these intersections took place, which of the indicators came out to or appeared to be indicators that had a whitewashing or a very universal approach. And that allows later to also have a more in-depth debate. So maybe perhaps not directly a part of the framework, but as an annex that allows the structured commentary on how the Rome framework has intersected with the realities in different countries. The second point that I want to make is about the repetitions within the indicators framework. There are obviously some obvious repetitions, that are also highlighted. And when indicators appear in different categories, you see those listed. But then there are other repetitions that are highlighted only when you are analyzing the findings. And there are obviously intersections specifically, let’s say you’re talking about subscription data, disaggregated data that relates to subscription. And then most specifically, there are the cross-cutting indicators. Now the category X, it’s cross-cutting, and we already know from its framing that it’s cross-cutting. However, after the completion of the research, if I look at how cross-cutting the actual analysis was, I think there are some obvious gaps that come into play. Gender, for example, is something that across like, which not just in Pakistan, but other researchers that have also gone through, gender informs analysis in a specific way. But children who are a part of the cross-cutting category, they do not appear anywhere else. So my recommendation again, because this is a comprehensive framework, would perhaps be to explore if there is a possible way to redraft the elements included in Category X as an analytical framework rather than a separate category. So rather it being a separate category of assessment, it actually becomes a cross-cutting lens for analysis that allow those elements to be reflected more comprehensively within the analytical framework.

Moderator:
Thank you, Sadaf. Thank you. Thank you very much, Sadaf, for your suggestions and your input. I will now give the floor to Eduardo. Eduardo Carillo, who is the lead researcher for Paraguay. Please, Eduardo, the floor is yours. Five minutes, please.

Eduardo Carillo:
I’ll try to be also as brief as possible. Thank you very much. And perhaps even keep it a bit shorter to give other panelists more time to speak also. So we were asked to do a presentation on how the findings in our country in a specific category went. So I’m going to be very brief on the accessibility part. And just to say that although we can affirm or the research that we did for the Romex for the 2018 and 2022 period gave us the affirmation that we had an 11% growth of internet users in Paraguay, we still have a number of scenarios that show a lot of challenges, specifically around high connection speeds and zero rating plans that still exist and offer an uneven free access to certain social media platforms and thus they contribute to an unequal access to the internet and information access in general. And also very similarly to what some of my colleagues have been presenting so far, we still need to improve gender equality or an approach of gender equality in Internet access. Specifically when we were doing the research, we had a lot of problem finding gender disaggregated data on Internet access. And this should be mainstream in national service to support the development of targeted gender policy responses on this matter. And connecting this to the issue of service, I would also say that we encounter a number of differences in the actual connectivity percentages in the country. Because the two agencies, the ICT agencies and the National Statistic Agency that are in charge of developing this kind of instruments, have different methodologies that in a way show different numbers on how connected the country is. And this is a problem. These agencies should speak more closely in order to present a more unified number, if that’s the case. And lastly but not least, we are a country that is quite unique in the world because we have two official languages, the Spanish language and the Guarani indigenous language. And that means that the state is bound to ensure that both languages are available in websites and in general services, general public services in general. But this doesn’t happen both in the offline and also in the online world. Although we have or we now have regulation that obliges the states to have their websites in both languages, this is not the case and is something that definitely needs a revision. In terms of the question that we were posed, that we had to answer and mine was about, you know, how we can overcome data unavailability and obtain high quality and updated data within the ROMEX. process of data collection and then feeding that data collection or that collected data in the indicators. I think that when thinking more broadly about the ROMEx and its future application, different realities should be considered concerning data availability and what is the understanding of data availability in certain contexts. Specifically in the Paraguayan context and for the research that we conducted, we partnered from the get-go with government to ensure fast and detailed access to information replies as well as ensuring private meetings with public officials that were able to give us the information that was needed. So that definitely is an interesting strategy that I know a lot of my colleagues have done in the past or have also adopted to access the necessary information. There are a lot of indicators, even the short one is 106, so you need a lot of information to fill those indicators. And also in our case the help of certain MAP members was quite crucial to access information that perhaps if they weren’t there was going to be a bit more difficult to to map in the data collection state. And this said, and I’m gonna quote Fabio on the flexibility of the methodology that he was mentioning before, I think that in the context of Paraguay, regardless of all the strategies that you can adopt, there is a general lack of data availability. Like the government doesn’t have the capacity to produce data in a evidence-based way or in a structured methodological way. So in example we had some indicators around indigenous community or even children communities, even children’s connectivity details that were non-existent in a way that could allow us to affirm that they were like updated information that could reflect the reality of the country for the years that we were looking at. But in a context of lack of data availability, any information that we found, even if it’s like five years let’s say like we did the research in 2018 and the data that we found was from 2015 or 13 or so we think that should be accepted, at least for the first editions of the Romex in the countries that hopefully will continue conducting this research, because in the end the Romex report should be like the centralized place where all information regarding ICT is locked, at least on the first edition, and then we can see in subsequent editions if it’s worth continue putting the same information or in those cases perhaps it’s more easy to affirm that there isn’t any data on a specific topic and that that information should be produced. So I’m seeing that I’m 40 seconds past my time, but those will be my two cents on this.

Moderator:
Thank you very much Edoardo and thank you for the timing as well. I know Simon would have something to say about the data, so I will not, it was data availability something that many speakers touched upon, so I’ll leave it to Simon, but now I would like to give the floor to Matthias Keteman, sorry if I’m mispronouncing your name, from Germany followed by Asrat Mulatu from Ethiopia. Please Matthias, the floor is yours.

Matthias Ketteman:
Hello, hi, I’m very sorry that I can’t do video, but it’s in the middle of the afternoon and I’m with my family, but I’m more than happy to talk a bit about our experiences in Germany. Now, let me focus on the importance of multi-stakeholderism. So at the very outset, we made sure to include all relevant stakeholders in the process of developing our assessment under the IUIs. What we did from the outset was to consult as broadly as possible, as many stakeholder groups as possible. On the one hand, we included them in our sounding board, that is to say our advisory board. But we also, in addition to that, talked with as many people we could from scholars to scientists, to administrators, to legislators to make sure that the concerns they had were reflected in our studies and in the assessment that we were developing. Now I realize that the importance of multistakeholderism is this is broadly accepted, but the reality is that a lot of multistakeholder exercises don’t actually work so well because you only select a token number of people or you lack in diversity. So you have to be really keenly aware of the importance of making multistakeholderism work in light of the goals you have in mind. So what we did was, at the very outset, separate the categories of indicators we wanted to work on and selected a person as a sort of a consultant to advise us which stakeholders to talk to in order to make sure that all representative groups were in fact represented in the process of developing the indicators. Then after we had written our pieces, after we had collected the data, we then went into a multistakeholder-based review phase. What we did then was to share our output, share the parts of the study we were already comfortable with sharing with a very large number of societal stakeholders and ask them for their input and ask them whether the research we had conducted reflected their… their impression of the topic, whether they felt we had selected and studied all the necessary data, whether they felt we had missed something big. And based on that, we then refined our report. And then in the last step, we had a big meeting with all the representatives in our sounding board. We asked for each topic. We asked a member of the board to act sort of as a devil’s advocate, to advocate what we missed, what we didn’t include. And we were then able to defend or include revisions into our papers. Globally, multistakeholderism is on the rise, but we feel that an exercise like the IOI’s is so important as an example of how multistakeholderism can work in practice. And we are very happy with the outcome. And I’m more than happy to be here for any questions, either in written or right now. Sorry for the unusual format of presenting. Take care and see you soon.

Moderator:
Thank you so much, Matthias, for sharing your thoughts and presenting the case in Germany. And we do realize that this is a Sunday session and we do appreciate that all of you here and also back online at your homes took the time to share your thoughts. We appreciate that very much. So next one in my agenda is Asrat, but I was notified that he’s not online. He’s not connected. Asrat, are you there? Karen, is Asrat still not there? No. Okay. No, he’s not connected. Okay. Then we will move to the next speaker. And if he joins, he can contribute later on. Iglika Ivanova from Bulgaria. Iglika, please.

Iglika Ivanova:
Thank you so much. I will now go to share my slides. Would you please confirm if they’re loaded? I cannot hear you. Yes. Yeah, thank you. Thank you so much for the opportunity to contribute to this very insightful, very informative discussion. As you can see, just a second to gain back control to my slides. I will present the Conduction of National Assessment on Internet Development in Bulgaria for the very first time. It’s ongoing national evaluation. It is one among three European countries now with ongoing Romex Indicators assessment. We focused on this presentation on the collaboration we have with UNESCO and advisors on multi-stakeholder participation. Just a very quick overview of what we are doing in the Ministry of Electronic Governance I’m representing now and the department. We focused on the policy in digital transformation in the field of innovative technology, digital rights and principles. We focused on digital democracy and policies for internet governance in the domains. And if I’m mentioning that, even if you have the slides later, is because of this idea of how we identify the neighboring fields and intersections with other frameworks and instruments as global digital compact. In this case, in this case, with the digital decade for this problem of the European Union, which is now the focus of our work in this governmental two years program. And here are some of the important findings. I would say you will for yourself get the conclusion how these two are connected. Here are some recommendations for Bulgaria. There is a scope to improve performance in digital transition and even distribution of digital infrastructure in rural areas requires further attention. In particular, we need to minimise the administrative burden placed on companies and significant efforts should be made in the promotion of digital skills. Here is how we are implementing the project, you can see the framework 2020-2024, it is part among the four measures implemented by the Ministry of Governance in National Action Plan, that is part of Open Government Partnership Initiative, it is thematic areas, transparency and access to information, you can see how it resonates with the philosophy and the goals of the role-mix. It is again about, all we do, it is about multi-stakeholder approach, not only in this assessment but other work we have in horizontal policies as digital transformation. Here is a quick presentation of our advisory council, advisory board, interested government bodies and organisations participate and continuing the thought of Mathias, I would say that indeed, the involvement of institutions and even the leading role of institutions is very, very important, so we are trying to support, to guarantee quality assurance, legitimacy and transparency. And because you can see the timeline here, we are at the phase 4 now, and here are the research aims, you are very well aware with them because I guess that we are all doing this same exercise for the same reasons. And here with two slides I’m finishing because I don’t want to take too much time, the national assessment, as you know, it is led by multi-stakeholder advisory board, we have the diverse backgrounds of members of the board. providing different perspectives, assisted with developing the research methodology finding and choosing the most relevant sources of information, which is challenging. We all mentioned that and emphasised difficulties with data gathering. I would like now to answer one of the questions that we chose to focus on. How could the process of establishment, including the presence of different sectors and groups, consultation and validation of the results with the MID be improved? Here are our thoughts and insights. The involvement of the board of experts that do not have interest in the project should be avoided. The board members should be introduced to all the documents in advance to allow them to provide sufficient and relevant feedback. The assessment process and the level of involvement of the experts should be also presented in advance. The direct involvement of representatives of the relevant national authorities in the board contributes to better understanding and raises their interest, so prolonging their involvement and would improve follow-up strategies. We are already looking at the follow-up strategies, such as the enforcement of the recommendations, updating the indicators, and more frequent board consultation meetings should be planned as provided the approach is successful in our case. The dissemination of the project you can see in the slides later on. What we are doing, we had seven international events that represented the project, the progress. Thank you so much for your attention, looking very much on the discussion. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Iglika. Thank you for sharing the experience. Bulgaria is one of the excellent examples of countries where the assessment is feeding into the national strategy and we are happy to… follow and support the process, and thank you also for your input. The next person I would give the floor to is Alan Guindou, who has led the research in Niger, Benin, Congo, RC, and Congo DRC, unless I’m missing one other country. Alan, please, the floor is yours.

Alain Kiyindou:
Thank you, Patrick. I am going to share my views based on the current out in the Benin, Niger, Ivory Coast, Republic of Congo, and the Democratic Republic of Congo. I’ll be talking mainly about gender, children, sustainable development, financial services, and ag speech. It’s important to highlight the indicator for women, given the gap that exists in access to the internet, in skills, and in occupying positions of responsibility. There are laws in place to promote gender equality for women’s access to new technology and education, but the difficulty lies in pinpointing the effectiveness of these laws. As far as children are concerned, progress is being made with initiatives to strengthen digital literacy. However, research as cyber building exists, and children’s understanding of internet use is limited. Legal and educational frameworks need to be strengthened to meet the specific needs of children online. ICTs are considered essential to achieving the Sustainable Development Goals, but challenges persist, particularly in data collection, e-waste management and access, especially in less connected areas. With regard to e-waste, most of the countries surveyed have failed to meet their international and continental waste management commitments. Internet universality indicators should focus more on this issue. Online banking and financial services have been a real hit with the public, not only because they give them access to low-cost services tailored to their needs and to instantaneity, but also because they enable them to develop online business. In my opinion, this is another area that deserves more attention in terms of the indicators to be put in place. In all these countries, the legal and ethical framework aims to combat hate speech and harmful behavior online. But enforcement remains a challenge, gaps remain in the reporting mechanism and online trust. However, care must be taken to ensure that the fight against hate speech does not become a pretext for curtailing freedom of expression. To conclude, I’d like to say that this study has helped to highlight data that was not well known to the general public and sometimes to political players. I think that UNESCO should reinforce this visibility by using all the necessary tools. at local level, it would be interesting to organise sub-regional forums on the universality of the internet so that people living in the same context can reflect together on these concerns. Universality can’t just be for at local or national level, we also need to take a macro approach and encourage the pooling of skills and resources and UNESCO can play an important role in this. With regard to the UNESCO website, it should be pointed out that the reports are not visible and few people are aware of their existence. We therefore need to adopt a marketing approach, explore the different possibilities of data visualisation, implement a strategy around analytical summaries and conclusions and make the most of launches and validation. We can also organise in-country events on the various categories. We need to carry out cross-coaching studies, create communities, involve ministers and their cabinet more closely in reflection on the evolution of indicators and support projects resulting from the evaluation. We need to show the concrete benefits of the study. Thank you very much.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Alan, for sharing your experience in leading the research in five countries, and for your input and suggestions, especially also on the last point, which gives me an opportunity to make a link, as you mentioned, maybe not as many people read the reports as we would have wanted to or aimed to. I would like now to give the floor to the person who reads all of our reports. Simon, who has been acting as a technical advisor for a number of countries lately, for all the countries, who has been supporting and guiding the lead researchers, the MAP, and also us. So he’s also involved, he’s been involved more closely in Thailand report as well, and currently in five South Pacific seats. Please, Simon, the floor is yours.

Simon Ellis:
Okay, thank you, Tativic. So I used to work for UNESCO from 2001 to 2012, and then I stopped, but since then I’m still working for UNESCO. The thing is now that I do what I want, and I can also say nasty things about UNESCO if I need to, because they’re not directly employed by them. But I was asked to talk about the M and X categories, and so I’ll do that, but they’re easy categories to tackle in many ways, because they bring out the whole aspect of IUI. So for M, one thing, most of the people who have talked recently in the past few minutes have been talking about the multi-stakeholderism as applied to running the IUI project, the MAP, but actually the M indicators are about the multi-stakeholderism put in place by the country in internet governance. In many ways, they both apply and they both mean the same thing, but I want to be provocative a bit on both of that, especially since we’re kind of thinking about revising the indicators. So, my comment about M is sometimes it feels very superficial. So, it’s very easy for countries to say, yes, we involve all the different participants, but when it comes down to it, often the civil society feels they’re not involved. The east example of this is on e-governance. So, many reports I’ve done talk about how the country has a good e-governance structure, most of the policy documents that they’re developing are out on the web for people to look at, and there’s even a link to allow people to send back their comments. But very few countries at all have said, or rather most countries have said when they’ve seen that, that actually they never know whether their comments have been read or taken into account. And I think, for example, in this meeting in the next couple of days, CETIC and so on are going to work with ITU on a question of meaningful connectivity. I think one thing it would be nice to see in the internet is meaningful participation. And what does that look like and how can that be put into the IUI indicators? And I think that’s really, perhaps to put it another way, about the quality of participation. So, what kind of things, not just the kind of ticking the boxes about people are allowed to say are consulted, but what does that consultation look like in more depth? And should they be expecting, I used to be a town planner, town planners, consultations, bread and butter, and you publish the consultations for every plan that you issue. And not that you necessarily need to do that with everything, but that there should be some feedback there, a list of who has participated, as indeed, for example, there is in terms of the development of the manual itself. Any other points well balanced? And maybe we should also think about how the MAB is structured. So, Matthias and then Bulgaria and then in talking to Namibia as well, there’s a sense in which talking about whether the two formal MAB meetings we have at the beginning and the end, there should be perhaps some guidance about structuring consultations in between. And I like as we were talking about Namibia, the sense of talking to particular ministries and structuring that conversation. The more that we have those kind of conversations, the more we get buy-in from all the people who are contributing to this and that’s important for seeing reports through. And as Santosh and others have pointed out, that sense of ownership from the government and ownership from civil society as well as Pizal was saying with Cambodia is really important. So, structuring that guidance to get that might be of interest. So, I think that’s probably what I want to say about M and then I’ll move on to X. X is the best category to talk about because you can say anything, it’s all in X. And it’s cross-cutting and this is the problem with X is it’s the last one in the report and the last one in the manual. And I always find that the X is the shortest one of all the chapters and the various reasons. One of them is because X repeats indicators that were used earlier in the report. And again, several people have mentioned that. And that leads to two things. One of that, as Sadaf was pointing out about the whole aspect of gender and it’s… huge importance to UNESCO as a principal through ever. And every time we have these projects, there’s always a debate. Do you have gender mainstreaming or do you have a separate gender section? And it swings in roundabouts. If, as in IUI, it comes in a substantive section at the end, it’s often kind of like an appendix. Whereas mainstreaming through ensures that you pick out gender in every single element of the whole programme. But in putting it in every single element, you lose that sense of concentrating a final summary, if you like, as how gender is. So I’m sorry, I’m not giving a suggested answer to that one. It’s a perennial debate. I don’t know what the answer is. My feeling personally is I’m a mainstreamer. I like to see gender everywhere throughout every single indicator instead of putting it at the end. But it is a debate and I’m not sure about whether that’s the right one. And that then links in to what was said about children as well, that not being a section for children. I’m risen to people, a section for old people like me. That also relates to age and gender breakdown and disaggregated data. Some things that are in there which are important and look forward to, I think, new indicators. One of my favourites is e-waste. It’s in there under sustainable development, but only as one indicator. But it’s a critical indicator, particularly in Asia. I know that in Cambodia and Thailand, e-waste is dumped by Western countries and left to refugees to pull apart. So there’s a lot of issues coming out there. I know that in Pacific, where I’m working now, there is no land… to put waste in. In some countries, you know, the country literally is this high. And you cannot put things in the ground because it contaminates the water table. And there are small countries with very limited fresh water. So that points to that and wider importance there. You know, the internet has affected meetings in the last few years from COVID through Zoom and online meetings. But there is a question, therefore, about the positive and negative effects of the internet on environment and sustainability, which doesn’t emerge, I think, properly in the indicators so far. And again, to bring out a specific point, which links to the technology. And it’s important to show that IUI has the technological aspects as well as the human rights and social aspects. For the Pacific, satellites are the way. You cannot cable up islands or put masks between islands that are thousands of miles apart. The only way to get, in fact, one person talking to the other with a reliable connection across the Pacific in one country is going to be through satellite technology. And we know that satellites, again, are the new internet platform that are going up in thousands almost every minute, it would seem. And I don’t think that, again, perhaps is reflected in the technology side of the indicators as much as it is. Like I say, the exit covers everything. I mean, Alan made a good case of cybersecurity. And clearly, I like what he says about that being not just strengthened in the indicators, being strengthened in a way that is recognizable to the public. And I like what he said about the marketing strategy. And then finally, this point about data availability. I have a clear strategy on gaps, which in the countries I’ve been working with, I set across. So there are five, six priorities. The first one is you want data, preferably statistics, which says exactly what the situation is. And obviously, I’m right, and that’s not what you have. But the second one, of course, then, is published documents. And that you do have with rights, both in terms of the laws themselves and with the civil society publications or comments on that. And that can go down to results of case law. So documentation through written sources. Or if you don’t have that, the next one is a focus group. And the message there is the focus groups should be planned as early as possible, because they may need money, and because you need to get names in people’s diaries. So it’s a key issue. A focus group helps. A focus group itself is like a little multi-stakeholder group, hopefully. So that’s why that’s there. The next priority, if you can’t afford a focus group, is a key interview. So again, a key person, even if it’s only one, but documented. Hopefully use their name, get the date there, and put that down. And again, if it’s a suitable authority, the most common one, in fact, has been spokespeople for the disabled. Almost every country has come up with a disabled society and the head of that society to speak on their behalf as a clear authority in that way. And then finally, the last one is the gap. If after all that, there’s still a gap, you turn it into a recommendation to fill it. And that’s it. So I think with that strategy. It covers most of the gaps and there will always be gaps in data It costs $20 or more to add in a survey question to regular surveys But I think that’s the summary So I think that’s all I had to say, at least on those two categories Thank you

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Simon, for your work with UNESCO on the assessments and also for the individual countries more closely And thank you very much for your input and ideas I would now like to ask, give the floor to actually online participants if there are any questions Also, I would like to ask the online moderator if there are questions online from participants I see comments from the panellists, but the panellists will be given a final floor So if there are comments from the participants, please do let me know Otherwise, if there are questions which you would like to speak and ask, please, online for the moment

Online Moderator:
For now, wait a second, there isn’t any questions from participants There’s a lot of comments from our speakers Yeah, sorry, for the speakers, we will give them the floor So no questions from the participants? No questions

Moderator:
If anybody would like to take the floor now and ask a question, please feel free Sorry, now I’m checking if online participants have any questions If not, please Please introduce yourself and if the question is addressed to a specific speaker.

Audience:
Hi, so I’m Stephen Weiber from the International Federation of Library Associations. What Simon was saying about, are we talking about multi-stakeholderism in the design of internet universality reports or in general, made me think that an issue that we come across is that often when you frame consultations or you frame governance questions as being about digital, you often actually reduce the number of people who want to get involved because they assume it’s not what they’re looking at. An issue that’s quite specific, something we come across within Europe, is that there are some really big, there are some big discussions on AI and whatever else, but these have huge impacts on like research and education and other issues, but actually the research and education and other stakeholders don’t come forward because of the way it’s framed. I’m just zooming out because I know that looks very specific. To what extent does it mean that when we’re looking at internet universality, we’re not just focusing on the technical, on the internet focus, but actually on the universality aspect and that we’re looking at how well is the internet working for different communities and therefore are these communities getting involved? And I think this all comes down to the question of internet for what, rather than just internet in itself. I hope that was vaguely coherent as a point. The other question which I should ask, given who’s paying me to be here, my employer, is to what extent is there reflection on the degree to which we can use both libraries as a stakeholder, but also libraries as a venue for bringing communities together, given that they do have this long experience of being a first point of contact, a backup point of access to the internet for people. And so it is that space where people can think about, they go online, but they also encounter all of the problems, they encounter all of the difficulties, and so they’re used to thinking about how they go online at the library. Is it possible to get people to put that experience into the language of Internet universality through meeting in that context? Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much. Are there any other questions we’ll get from the audience? No? Did you want to take the question?

Simon Ellis:
Firstly to say, it hasn’t come out today, but in IUI there is certainly a sense of different, for want of a better word, sectors and how the Internet functions for them. So health, employment, culture are mentioned. The second thing I have written down on my paper, which I didn’t bring up, was information literacy. So again, there are one or two questions there. I mean, for me personally, I’m certainly a strong believer in libraries as the key facility for helping people get what they want, what they need throughout the world. As you know, it’s core to the Information for All program, in which I always see as being that everybody has a right to be able to find the information they need to solve their work problems, look for jobs, in other words, skills for training, and solve their health issues of themselves and their families. And I see that the core element of Information for All, and I would like that to be a core SDG of some form, instead of 1610, public access to information, which we’ve mentioned and Swaran particularly mentioned this time. So it’s there, I guess for IUI at the moment that part of the problem is it’s more about the internet itself and what it does and how it does it. And it’s more about that and less about the institutions where you do it kind of thing. There’s the usual question about use of libraries, internet cafes, et cetera, and do you. But I mean, as we know, even with internet cafes now, as mobile phones have come around, that’s kind of fallen out of the picture somewhat. But I think it would be good to, one way or another, libraries have to be in here, I think. I mean, it’s the only thing you find in pretty much almost every village, even if it’s a passing camel or horse or whatever.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Simon. And thank you for the question. So I would just like to add to this that Simon already addressed the idea around the IUI and libraries. I would like to add to the idea that to the point that we cooperate very well with UNESCO, with IFLA, and we do believe that they are core in, as you mentioned, disseminating as a knowledge dissemination and also knowledge carrier. So we do a lot of work with libraries, especially on media and information literacy. And we do a lot of work around that, but not so far on IUI. So are there any questions offline or online? If not, I would like to invite the panelists to say, to add anything that they would like to add, giving them one minute. Please, I know there is a discussion among the speakers in the chat. So, I would invite people to speak one minute each, please, in the speaking order as we started. Bisal, would you like to start, followed by Maria Fernanda?

Pisal Chanty:
Thank you. So, to me, I would recap in two aspects. Is it important that IUI needs to be revised? Yes. I think it needs to be revised to keep it relevant, including technology, but also the way we apply it, but also the way we illustrate, and the way that we can do a peer review or whatever in terms of keeping the progress. Second thing is that I think the term meaningful, meaningful connectivity, meaningful participation is the most important part. So, it’s crucial that meaningful connectivity, including digital skill as well, but not only the connectivity as a technology itself or the network infrastructure. Another aspect is that multi-stakeholder participation is very crucial, and the ownership of the report is crucial so that everyone will take the recommendation and implement it. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much. Maria Fernanda? Followed by Grace. I don’t think she’s here anymore. Okay. Victor, would you like to add a sentence?

Audience:
To say something, but I just need to point out that governments agencies and company such as UNESCO. The implementation of these projects must reach out to the local owners. I must respond to that because we can’t be volunteers forever. We can’t be volunteers forever. We can’t be volunteers forever. We can’t be volunteers forever. We can’t be volunteers forever. We can’t be volunteers forever.

Moderator:
can’t be volunteers forever. We can’t be volunteers forever. Thank you. Thank you very much. Victor Suaran, followed by Santosh. Thank you very much.

Swaran Ravindra:
So lastly, I would just like to say that the role of the civil society is very, very important in strengthening the existing legislation and the community at large really need to believe in the power of research because many of the things that we have assessed so far, we have seen that there are elements of, you know, the indicators embedded into certain aspects of different legislation, but the deployment is an issue. For example, in some of the South Pacific Islands, we have the Information Act, and the right to information is embedded within it. And then in some of the Pacific Islands, we see the Information Act is there, but there’s no Privacy Act. So it sort of contradicts with each other as well. So if we, you know, involve the civil society, I think it could be, it could really make a huge difference. But then again, we do have issues around, you know, being too territorial, where when it comes to certain governments in less developed economies, I think that’s all I have to say for now. Thank you very much, Suaran.

Santosh Sigdel:
Thank you. All the interventions were very, very important. As a parting point, I just want to reiterate that both the content and the process is important in IUA assessment. We have to update the content also, because it has been five years, and there has been a lot of development in between. And the process, we have to also invest on that. Talking about that, the IUA process itself should not be an end. After the assessment is done, the job done, checkmark, that should not be the… From the local perspective, from the national perspective, that is the beginning of the kind of working in that particular country on… the internet ecosystem, advancing the universality or access or anything. So that should not be an end, but that should be the kind of driving tools for the coming days. And talking about this process, sometimes we just get lost in between. I’ll give you one example. We started the process in Nepal. At that time, there was an IT bill, discussion on IT bill, and discussion on the national cybersecurity policy. Now we have the cybersecurity policy, and the assessment doesn’t talk about it. Because at that time, it was just a draft. Now we invested so much time into that that the policy is there, but there is nothing about the policy in the assessment. So if it takes a long time, the value is somehow we lose the value of the document. So we have to have the timeline also very intact, I believe. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much. Yes, you can give back the microphone, please, Anna.

Anna Amoomo-David:
I think I should also maybe just encourage more countries particularly to take up this assessment. And although it is a government voluntary assessment, I think the model in Namibia was approached differently because it was civil society who pushed for the assessment to be done, and the government managed to agree with us because we have that relationship. So if civil society is also not driving their agenda, things will not go as smoothly as they should. Also, just to applaud UNESCO for the resources that you have availed, both technical and financial. But they do go a long way, and they set the tone for the carrying out of the assessment. in a simplified manner. I think that’s one of the aspects that was really not mentioned in terms of the review. Of course, each country would have it differently, but with the baseline indicators, I think they were quite straightforward and simple to understand. Where we don’t have the resources or the data, it’s something else, but other than that, it’s a matter of taking what you’re given and making it yours. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Anna, and actually, on your point, I should correct myself if I said voluntary assessment by the government. It’s an assessment by a national stakeholder, so it can be initiated by an academia, it can be initiated by a civil society, it can be initiated by a ministry. So we have cases of 40 countries, and 40 countries were all different, so we have cases of basically many stakeholders, diverse stakeholders who initiated the process, and of course, we receive endorsement also from the relevant ministry, but thank you for pointing this out, which an apologies if I mentioned voluntary by the government, no, it’s voluntary by national stakeholders.

Sadaf Khan:
I put it in the chat, a recommendation that I have in terms of changing as you go on to revise the framework. I’m wondering whether there’s a possibility to explore a two-tiered kind of an assessment framework. where the governments are voluntarily asked or, you know, I know there is no mandate, but the governments can be asked to submit their own assessment. And in the second phase, a civil society shadow report kind of a thing, as we see in the UPR to kind of do away with a lot of duality and a lot of contradiction that comes through when both governments and civil society are trying to validate the assessment on the similar set of indicators. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Sadaf. I am notified that our time is up, but three more minutes, please. I want to hear from everybody very briefly for a final word.

Eduardo Carillo:
I’m not gonna repeat all the things that have been said already. Perhaps in the update of the indicators and what other things should be looked at, I think that a more careful approach to the digital economy and its intersection with workers, right, could be something interesting to look at because it’s something that is going to grow even more and perhaps in the AI revision could be something included. And then also perhaps this new narrative of digital public infrastructures could also be framed within the internal universality indicators as something to look at, how states are thinking in their digitalization, not only talk about the e-government as a result, but the process also. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Eduardo. Matias, do you have one final thought to add just for a minute? Okay, I think he might have left as well. Iglika. Iglika left as well. Okay, Alan, would you like to add one more last word?

Alain Kiyindou:
Yes. I think for me, it is very important to think carefully about… follow up to evaluation. And I think that we need also to communicate more about the benefits of assessment, the actions taken and the progress made thanks to the evaluation. Thank you.

Moderator:
Thank you very much, Alan. And one final word, Simon, you don’t have to. Okay, so before I close, I, yeah, I would like to thank you all to the speakers so very much for all the work and excellent cooperation that we had over the years. And thanks so much to Setik, Alexandre here and Fabio here for the excellent cooperation. Actually, I brought to Brazil report as one of the first reports. I have only one copy, but we’re digital so you can see them online. And also to all the speakers and experts online and to all the participants online. This discussion really will feed into the revision process. We have excellent input and recommendations for from speakers, which we will look at carefully while revising the document. And we will be having another session of dynamic coalition. There is IGF dynamic coalition on internet universality indicators. The session will be on the on the 10th. Okay, sorry, on the 10th of I am notified that there is another question, but I’m really sorry, the time is up. The participant is welcome to join on the session on Wednesday. It’s at 2.40 local time. And it is in room 11 or room J, we will be but we will be able to address the question if you leave us your the participant can leave us their email address, we will be happy to answer the question. by sending an email. So thank you so much. All I know, it’s been a very long session, but before we close, I invite all the speakers to have a family photo, and I would like to ask the online participants to please turn on your videos. And finally, I should give thanks to the IUI team at UNESCO and my colleagues who’ve been working online, Karen Landa and Camila Gonzalez. Thank you so very much for your moderation and taking it for your hard work. I would like people to see your faces. I know it’s a Sunday morning, early morning in Paris, but thank you so very much. Yes, and please let’s have a photo. Yes, you can give an applause if you want. Thank you.

Grace Githaiga

Speech speed

100 words per minute

Speech length

185 words

Speech time

111 secs

Alain Kiyindou

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

635 words

Speech time

343 secs

Anna Amoomo-David

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

1241 words

Speech time

513 secs

Audience

Speech speed

130 words per minute

Speech length

510 words

Speech time

235 secs

Claire Mรฉlanie Popineau

Speech speed

109 words per minute

Speech length

910 words

Speech time

500 secs

Eduardo Carillo

Speech speed

172 words per minute

Speech length

1125 words

Speech time

393 secs

Fabio Senne

Speech speed

162 words per minute

Speech length

2060 words

Speech time

765 secs

Iglika Ivanova

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

843 words

Speech time

360 secs

L. Ariunzul Ochir

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

637 words

Speech time

273 secs

Maria Fernanda Martinez

Speech speed

153 words per minute

Speech length

854 words

Speech time

335 secs

Marielza Oliveira

Speech speed

159 words per minute

Speech length

903 words

Speech time

340 secs

Matthias Ketteman

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

566 words

Speech time

205 secs

Moderator

Speech speed

127 words per minute

Speech length

5138 words

Speech time

2423 secs

Online Moderator

Speech speed

127 words per minute

Speech length

419 words

Speech time

198 secs

Pisal Chanty

Speech speed

153 words per minute

Speech length

1358 words

Speech time

531 secs

Sadaf Khan

Speech speed

175 words per minute

Speech length

1087 words

Speech time

372 secs

Santosh Sigdel

Speech speed

180 words per minute

Speech length

1112 words

Speech time

370 secs

Simon Ellis

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

2202 words

Speech time

858 secs

Swaran Ravindra

Speech speed

182 words per minute

Speech length

1409 words

Speech time

464 secs

Digital Public Goods and the Challenges with Discoverability | IGF 2023

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Audience

Digital Public Goods (DPGs) play an instrumental role in digital transformation endeavours across the globe, especially within developing countries in the Global South. They proffer a significant alternative to the predominantly private sector-driven deployment of technology, addressing the increasingly prominent digital divide and presenting vast opportunities for equality in the digital sphere.

A crucial observation is the challenge faced by many public sector entities due to a lack of in-house tech expertise. Consequently, these entities frequently rely on partnerships with private sector institutions to augment this deficit. Interestingly, the utilisation of DPGs by consultancies has the potential to bolster public sector capabilities and enhance tech expertise. However, for the effective deployment of DPGs, tech expertise and consultation are necessitated, particularly from private sector partners such as IBM. This reflects the intricate interrelationship between public and private sectors in the digital arena.

Parallel to this trend of synergy and cooperation, countries are increasingly endeavouring to construct their local vendor ecosystems for DPGs. A prime example is the Togolese government, which independently developed the Novissi payment system, utilised during the COVID-19 pandemic for cashless transfers to vulnerable individuals. This exemplifies how DPGs can be instrumental during crises.

To cultivate a vibrant ecosystem for DPGs, it’s advantageous to establish robust partnerships and implement capacity-building programmes with system integrators and software providers. This strategy has been effectively utilised by Moseb, which has cultivated an ecosystem of over 80 partners globally and conducted numerous successful rollouts and pilot programmes.

However, significant challenges persist. One such issue is the difficulty in operating at a local level without substantial national support, which has been experienced in Bangladesh. Furthermore, there are considerable challenges surrounding procurement processes and system lock-overs that impede the adoption of open-source solutions. These factors underscore that policymakers at both municipal and governmental levels need to ensure a more conducive environment for open-source adoption.

Interestingly, it’s apparent that technical capacity does not represent the only challenge when it comes to integrating DPGs. Softer capacity issues have been identified through consultations with policymakers, underscoring the importance of capacity development at multiple levels – individual, organisational, and societal โ€“ when dealing with open-source software.

An essential insight captured from this analysis is the necessity for ensuring socio-cultural relevance of technology. Fundamentally, technology should be developed to align with society and its cultural norms, rather than society conforming to fit technology. Therefore, the integration of interdisciplinary capabilities should be contemplated by the Digital Public Goods Alliance (DPGA) in developing socio-culturally relevant technology. This nuanced approach can potentially aid in achieving the objectives of digital transformation initiatives more effectively.

Cynthia Lo

The examination explores the instrumental role of platforms like GitHub in nurturing coding proficiency and fostering software development. GitHub equips developers with forward-thinking tools such as Copilot, an AI pair programmer, GitHub Actions to automate repetitive tasks, and Codespaces for setting up coding environments effortlessly. The fundamental importance of open-source software, where source code is freely accessible, fostering modification, usage, and distribution, is also highlighted. This openness stimulates a cooperative approach, bolstering the software’s customisation and evolution by an international community of developers.

Underpinning the series of contentions presented is the powerful capability of such platforms to contribute substantially to achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). This notion is supported by the affirmation that open-source software within the social sector is purposefully designed and tailored to align with SDGs and adheres to the precept of ‘do no harm’. By augmenting transparency and fostering active engagement, this software empowers individuals to learn coding and tackle broader societal challenges.

The necessity and benefits of alliances, particularly those bridging public and private sectors, are emphasised. The investigation substantiates the argument that these partnerships are crucial for augmenting the discoverability and efficiency of digital public goods (DPGs). Standardised formats, enhanced tagging systems, and continuous feedback loops with DPG users, creators, and backers all become feasible through such collaborations. The monitoring and impact reporting fostered by these alliances further forge a layer of accountability, whilst data and knowledge sharing cultivate transparency.

The discourse veers towards the need for localisation and accessibility of DPGs. Localisation may span from language alterations to software development adaptations, ensuring that digital tools are tailored for exacting communities. The design strategy should consider traditionally marginalised groups and regions with low connectivity, thus enabling inclusive development and diminishing inequalities, a central tenet that resonates with the SDGs.

The perspectives of Cynthia Lo are also integrated, highlighting the potential of embedding DPGs into local ecosystems. This strategy is believed to stimulate the wider usage of digital tools and technologies. She endorses the concept of the ‘Five Rules’, favouring pragmatic measures to encourage the adoption and assimilation of DPGs in local communities. Her insights also shed light on the need for inventive ideas to enforce this ecosystem integration, emphasising the ongoing discourse on the responsible and inclusive digitalisation of societies.

In summary, the examination emphasises the symbiotic association between digital public goods and sustainable development, underscoring the ongoing need for accessible, accountable, and cooperative strategies to promote these valuable resources. The synthesis of local and global perspectives offers a comprehensive understanding of how digital tools intersect with societal, developmental, and equality initiatives.

Ricardo Torres

The Digital Public Goods Alliance (DPGA), a multi-stakeholder initiative endorsed by the United Nations, is committed to boosting the discoverability, utilisation, and investment in open-source technologies. The DPGA consists of a diverse array of organisations, including units from the UN system, donors, civil society organisations, private companies, and governments. Ricardo Miron, the technical lead at the DPGA, encourages participants to explore their utilisation of Digital Public Goods (DPGs), particularly from a global and developed nations’ perspective.

A noteworthy accomplishment is the development of a COVID-19 tracker by Sri Lanka, utilising the existing open-source tool known as DHIS-2. This tool’s significance has been recognised globally, with adoption primarily in the South Asian region, demonstrating the potential of open-source solutions in tackling global challenges. However, there is an observed regional disparity in the adoption of this tool, highlighting inequality in the use of open-source technologies, particularly in low and middle-income countries.

GitHub is identified as the default platform for nearly all open-source projects, including GHIS2, Seekan, and ERPNext, which are components of DPGs. Encompassing open data, open content, open models, and open standards, these DPGs expand beyond mere software projects. Successful implementations such as SimpleMap and Open Terms Archive showcase the vast possibilities. DPGs, open by default, provide accessible code and corresponding documentation, and align with the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

A crucial aspect discussed is the pivotal role of community support in the successful deployment and implementation of DPGs. The robust implementation of Sri Lanka’s HIS2 tracker and Estonia’s X roads data exchange solution underpin the importance of a strong supporting community. Community hubs with technical knowledge around HIS2 were significant contributors to successful implementation. Moreover, participants have flexibility in deploying solutions and expanding capacity building, as both are optional.

Interestingly, the DPGA itself does not operate directly at the local level, but many of its solutions and DPGs do. This reflects the adaptability and applicability of the solutions across various levels of governance. Insights from Project SDM, chiefly implemented at the local level and involving digital citizen participation, further emphasise this.

In conclusion, the DPGA highlights the vital role of open-source technologies and DPGs in the global digital transformation and in achieving SDGs. Insights emphasise the importance of having strong community support, efficient process design and facilitated public service delivery. Addressing the disparity in the utilisation of these technologies and solutions in different regions, and increasing their adoption in underrepresented areas, is deemed essential. Thus, the collective development and success of these initiatives are vital in global efforts towards achieving sustainable development.

Lea Gimpel

Digital transformation and public services have grown in prominence globally, with numerous countries evincing interest in cultivating local vendor ecosystems specifically tailored for digital public goods. This burgeoning trend signifies a stout international shift towards digital advancement. Open-source technology plays a pivotal role in this evolution, offering countries the potential to assert themselves as global pioneers in digital transformation and public services. The Togolese government is a case in point; they developed a payment system known as ‘No VC’, designed to facilitate cashless transfers to vulnerable individuals amidst the COVID-19 pandemic. They’ve declared an interest in exporting such capabilities to other countries.

Nonetheless, the path to widespread adoption of open-source software necessitates capacity development across multiple dimensions. This requires individual upskilling for users, developers and vendors, as well as organisational refinement in procuring open-source systems. Additionally, there’s a critical need to foster societal comprehension of open-source technology as beneficial to all, dispelling fears around security and safety, which primarily originate from citizens wary of government’s usage of open-source tools.

Against this backdrop of concerns, the Digital Public Goods Alliance (DPGA) nevertheless advocates for shared knowledge and experiences from various sectors to further bolster capacity development. It’s paramount to note that this intricate process is time-consuming and doesn’t offer immediate solutions.

Moreover, observable differences exist in the development of Digital Public Goods (DPGs), with some DPGs being formulated via top-down approaches, particularly evident within Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) realms. Recognising the significance of DPI, agencies such as the UN Tech Envoy and the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) have recently commenced DPI safeguards initiatives. These are designed to build a framework for secure DPI via a multi-stakeholder method.

Lastly, it is underscored that public involvement is instrumental in the development process of digital public goods and services. Developers are encouraged to interweave public perspectives into discussions and development processes, thereby promoting inclusivity and equity. This synergy between digital development and public cooperation serves to strengthen the ties binding technological progress to societal collaboration.

Session transcript

Ricardo Torres:
Thank you, everyone here. So we’re going to talk a little bit about the discoverability of digital public goods. Thank you for the people also joining online. Please ask any questions through the chat. We have a moderator here, and we will try to answer as many as we can. And yeah, with that, I think we can start. So first of all, a little bit of introduction. My name is Ricardo Miron. I’m the technical lead at the Digital Public Goods Alliance, which is a multi-stakeholder initiative endorsed by the UN with the goal of attaining the Sustainable Development Goals by increasing the discoverability, use, and investment on open source technologies. There are multiple organizations that are part of this alliance, including the UN system, but also donors, civil society organizations, private companies, and governments, including GitHub, of course, who’s co-hosting this session. And to start a little bit with this conversation, I want to put a quick example of what digital public goods are and the value they create. This is a common example we always use, but it’s a really good one. Starting the pandemic in 2019, a lot of the governments facing a lot of challenges throughout the different logistics of trying to resolve for vaccines and contact tracing and different stuff, right? So this is the case of Sri Lanka, a small country that after two or three days of detecting the first case of COVID-19 in the country, they started developing an app, basically a COVID-19 tracker. And they did it at a really fast scale and in a really quick manner, because this COVID-19 tracker was built on top of something called DHIS-2, which is a digital health care information system, and it’s the backbone of many digital health care systems in the world. So they didn’t start from scratch, but they basically used this and built it on top of it. It got quickly deployed at airports, hospitals, and other public spaces, and they released it under an open source code. So basically, it was able to be reused by many other countries. And well, as I mentioned, it was because it was based in other open source solution called DHIS-2. And you can see here in the map the different countries that have adopted this COVID-19 tracker that was developed in Sri Lanka. And this was possible, of course, because the code was available, but also because other conditions that I’ll talk a little bit more about. But if you notice something in this map, is that there’s a clear line for this COVID-19 tracker was adopted, and that’s not a coincidence. The only small country that you see up there is Norway, but that’s because DHIS-2 was developed by the University of Oslo and is still maintained by the University of Oslo. But that speaks a little bit about the need to increase the use of certain open source technologies, especially in low and middle income countries.

Cynthia Lo:
Yeah. So yeah, talking about developing software anywhere in the world, GitHub. A little bit of background about what GitHub is and why we’re here today and at IGF. So GitHub is a complete software developer platform for anybody to create software. So whether that is in the public sector, the social sector, private sector, civil society, they can then go on GitHub to build, scale, and deliver secure software. We have a number of software developers around the world, and they create software like digital public goods, such as DHIS-2. And they use different tools, such as Copilot, which is an AI pair programmer, to help software developers write code faster. And it’s one way where we can lower the barrier to programming for individuals that want to learn a new programming language or learn how to code. There are ways for them to do so with a pair programmer, and they don’t need to pay for expensive boot camps, for instance. There’s GitHub Actions, which automates certain jobs to be run on GitHub, and there’s a whole marketplace where other people can create tools and share them as part of an open source community. There’s advanced security. There’s also Codespaces, which allows for developers to spin up a coding environment easily, and they can do so from any device. So if someone doesn’t have a computer, for instance, they can use a different device to set up a development environment to start coding. So that’s a little bit about GitHub. We’re going to then go into the next slide on what open source is and what open source means for the social sector. A little bit more background for anybody who’s not familiar. Open source refers to software, which the source code is freely available to the public. It allows anyone to use it, modify it, and then distribute it again. It means that software can be then improved and customized. Does anybody use Android, for instance, an Android phone? That’s an open source tool. And so you already use open source maybe without knowing, and open source is important because you’re able to then develop collaboratively with a community of other developers around the world. Now, open source in the social sector, this is defined as software that’s built with relevance to the sustainable development goals. They do no harm by design, and it’s driven to really increase transparency, accountability, as well as participation to really empower anybody who wants to create code to work together to address all the sustainable development goals, and which is how it fits in with the digital public goods. I’m going to hand it over to Ricardo.

Ricardo Torres:
Yeah, and GitHub is kind of the default platform that almost all open source projects use. And I talked a little bit about DHIS2, which is on GitHub, but there are also other projects like Seekan, which is the world’s largest open source open data portal, and is used by many governments. There is also ERPNext, which is the world’s largest ERP that’s open source. And there’s many ways that these projects are available through GitHub, and developers know the way on how to fork these projects, adapt them, reuse them, and even contribute back through GitHub platform. But that’s not the case for every single project, and that’s why a little bit of this discussion focuses on how we make discoverables these other digital public goods that are not the world’s largest open source something, right? So one of those examples is not only those open source software projects, but also open data, open content, open models, and open standards, which are also digital public goods. One of those systems is SimpleMap, which uses computer vision for precision agriculture, and they basically detect the different health status of different types of crops. There’s also Open Terms Archive, which is a database of the different terms of service that different governments, private companies, and digital services have used and modified to give more transparency and accountability to the changes of those platforms. So those are also great digital public goods that are helping achieve certain targets of different SDGs, but that are maybe not as well known as the other examples that we just mentioned. So to kind of help make these projects more discoverable, we created the DPG Registry and the DPG Standard. But something that I first want to mention is that all of these projects help solve a global need, even if it’s locally deployed or within a local context. Any of these projects are relevant to the SDGs, so they could be replicated, and that’s also what open source and digital public goods try to achieve. Are open by default, but it’s not only that the code’s available, but also the documentation, and that anyone can contribute either through GitHub or through the different channels that they have. And that, of course, they’re officially recognized as digital public goods. And we have a set of criteria that we use to vet these solutions and make sure that it’s not only the license, so it’s not only that’s public and that there’s an open source license, but also that they have things like great documentation, that they adhere to laws and privacy and security best practices, that they use open standards, and that they do no harm by design. So in here, we also look at how their conduct for the contribution community works, or different things as best practices for contributing, right? So that’s part of what makes a digital public good. And we use this standard to evaluate the different open source solutions that are out there. And people can apply to be officially recognized as a digital public good. So they nominate through our portal, that digitalpublicgoods.net. Then it goes through a technical review. And if they pass all of the indicators, then they get added to the registry. Right now, we have around 150-plus solutions, including, as I mentioned, not only software, but also content data models and standards across all of the SDGs and all of the different sectors. Some of these solutions are more specific use cases or sectorial, but also some others are more in the society-wide functions. And there’s been a lot of talk here around digital public infrastructure, and the best way that we think to build digital public infrastructure is through digital public goods, such as Moosip, which is also around here somewhere. But yeah, and this registry gets updated every year. We make a reassessment of all of the tools. And as I said, it’s vetted through the DPG standard, and every single solution that’s in there gets reviewed. So it’s not only a list of the projects, but it’s also something that’s updated and that’s reviewed by a technical team. And this registry also fits into several other digital catalogs, like UNDP Digital X, which use these solutions as well for the long-term agreements, for example, with UN country offices, but also, for example, for investments by the Inter-American Development Bank. So there are many use cases why we want to make digital public goods this capable. It’s not only for the tech community to contribute or develop, right? So this is one of the tools we use, but there are also other challenges that we might want to highlight with the discoverability.

Cynthia Lo:
And yeah, so some policies to consider to help improve this discoverability of the tools. We have here a couple, starting with public and private sector partnerships, being able to pull in a number of different private sector, public sector academia to be able to work together on either highlighting. These tools exist. This is how it’s used, is how to implement them. A lot of times, for instance, on GitHub, the implementation can be a little bit harder, as they’re very technical tools, and the documentation is highly technical. So one thing we want to work together on is being able to create a microsite to make it really easy for open source developers to pick up an issue that is related to a digital public good, and the open source community can then work on that. So for example, if there’s a bug on a certain app, any open source developer then can go and try and fix that bug and push that fix through for a digital public good. But we do need help from digital public goods as well with, for instance, on the metadata standards, making sure it’s tagged properly so we can pull that into the microsite, and encouraging more standardizing formats and tagging systems. And then this way, we can create more long-term plans, having sustainability on these plans, as a lot of times with the private sector, things change a little bit quicker. Every quarter, there sometimes is a different initiative, and we want to make sure we have longer-term plans in place, being able to create a collaborative platform to make it really easy to share the digital public goods. The registry is really great, but we want to make sure it’s also accessible to other standards and other organizations that have their list of digital public goods. Included in that is creating a feedback and improvement loop so we can hear back from individuals that create digital public goods, use digital public goods, and also fund digital public goods. A lot of times, those are different groups, so being able to understand where they’re coming from and being able to incorporate that back into GitHub, for instance, on how we host the digital public goods and how individuals can find them is really important. On the next slide, we’ll go into a little bit more on the public and private partnerships considerations. They’re very similar to the previous slide, of course, with highlighting transparency and accountability, being able to really showcase this is what this partnership means, and this is what we will do on both sides. And also on capacity building, a lot of times there is a little bit of a divide with the private sector. They may not fully understand the terms that are used within the social sector or the public sector. Being able to showcase this is, a lot of times, this is what the SDGs are, and this is why it’s important with the private sector has been sometimes a little bit of a learning curve for some other partners, but they do understand the importance of SDGs. And furthermore, being able to align on the goals. Being able to showcase this is how certain DPGs work, and this is why it’s important, really help to align the goals to be able to make sure that we’re really working towards the same thing for that long-term plan. And of course, having monitoring evaluation impact reports. A lot of times, some private sector companies may not be used to creating monitoring evaluation reports in certain ways, so being able to showcase this is what M&E is, and this is how we can incorporate into that long-term plan, really helps strengthen the partnership. And finally, on data and knowledge sharing. Being able to share the data that comes through on DPGs, on how it’s being used, which regions are using it, and then sharing that across the partnership. When that comes to mind is the World Bank Development Data Partnership, being able to share that data to be able to have more research and highlight areas where more DPGs are needed or where DPGs aren’t well-known, then we can work a little bit more in that section. And then finally, we have five simple rules. Hopefully, these are the ones that you can remember on improving discoverability. The rule one is decide what level of access you can provide to your partners, and how deep that access should be. Rule number two, deposit the DPGs in multiple trusted repositories for access, preservation, and reuse. So being able to have it in different areas, even though it may seem like it’s repeating itself, it makes it easier for anybody to come across it. Rule number three, create thoughtful and rich metadata. So consider the FAIR data principles, which is making sure the data is findable, is accessible, interoperable, and reusable. Number four, localize the tools for cross-domain integration. So localization can appear in many different ways, whether that’s by language, by software development languages. Being able to have the tool be implemented easily for an organization that may not have very large technical team, making it really easy for them to implement is very important on discoverability. And then lastly, ensuring accessibility inclusion for ease of access. So having a digital public good that’s easy to access and the use of a design considers traditionally marginalized groups is important to improve discoverability, as there may be groups that don’t have access to certain activities. So if this DPG can work in low connectivity regions, and also the systems are in multiple languages, it’ll make it increase the discoverability chances. And most importantly, to engage the community to be able to understand what type of tools they need, what are they currently using that it’s not working or works really well, and understanding the accessibility on and including them in that accessibility journey as well. So those are the five rules that we have. And in this session, we want to have more of an interactive time. So we have some roundtable discussions that Ricardo will take away. And we want to hear from you.

Ricardo Torres:
Yeah, a little bit of what we want to hear from you is also like what the use cases in your context that you could use digital public goods. And it’s not only because you’re necessarily interested in open source, but a lot of the discussions around digital transformation, either from governments or international development or private companies, comes around how half of the world or the global south is going to continue this journey and just replicating the model from the developed countries is not necessarily going to work the same here. So there’s a necessity to use digital public goods to help some of these digital transformation efforts. So yeah, these are just a couple of guiding questions. And I want to encourage as well, the people participating online to put their comments, but I don’t know if someone from the public here wants to answer any of these questions or something related to that. Like what would be your use cases in terms of open source?

Audience:
Hi, my name is Tariq Hassan. I’m the head of the Digital Transformation Center for the GIZ in Vietnam. Thank you so much for this session. I think this is an amazing showcase that DPGs can be an antithesis to the usually private sector driven deployment of technology. But I was also interested in that IBM, SAP, they offer solutions, but they also offer consulting services. So you spoke a lot about capacity, not coming with an answer, but more of a question from your practice on how do you see successful deployment usually being implemented from my understanding a lot of the institutions usually don’t have the tech expertise in-house a lot of the times. And what’s really attractive about private sector partners like IBM is that they they come in and they have their Consultants who help you implement that in your system. So I was also wondering for the DPG Alliance, I understand that your team wouldn’t have the capacity of course to consult public sector institutions around the world But do you see for example? consultancies private sector consultancies who use DPGs in order to then Consult public sector institutions around the world Is that something that you would like to see or is your ideal scenario? so to speak to see more DPGs being implemented by the institutions themselves rather than have a sort of Economy built consultancy economy built around DPGs. That makes sense. Thank you

Ricardo Torres:
Yeah, I can Maybe talk a little bit around that Question I think Like having a strong community behind the digital public goods project is something that’s key for implementation and successful deployment of these technologies and we talked about the HIS2 and Maybe I didn’t mention this but part of the success of the replication of the tracker that was developed is because there are many community hubs that focus around The HIS2 that already have the technical knowledge and capacity to implement this so that was crucial part of of this process right and that doesn’t happen only Because you publish some code on on certain place, right? So that’s one model like build different communities and I don’t think there’s like a one way or one correct answer to to that but there are others that have different models like Validating different vendors that provide this technical assistance that you were talking about, right? so one of the other examples is X roads, which is this Data exchange open source solution developed by Estonia, which has approved vendors Around different places that help implement and provide this right because extra directly does not provide this service but rather relies on this vendor ecosystem to Successfully deploy and maintain the different implementations of this solution, so I think it’s definitely like a mix of different models that could be applied but

Lea Gimpel:
Yeah, I’m the online moderator but since there’s not much to moderate Let me jump in here as well. I’m also of the DPGA. I lead on our work with countries on AI and What you put forward this idea to develop really and consultant see environment that’s actually what we try to inspire so to say Because a lot of countries ask this actually, how can I develop my local vendor ecosystem? for digital public goods and For countries that open source technology It’s awesome. I mean in their interest to build up this capacity locally because for them It’s it’s a way to position themselves as a global leader in Digital transformation and digital public services. So for instance the Togolese government developed no VC, which is a payment system which was used and deployed during the code 19 pandemic to make cashless transfers To vulnerable people and they have a great interest in building the capacity That other vendors can implement the system in other countries as well and therefore also boost their soft power so to say But since we have most appear in the room, maybe you guys also want to share a bit about your model and what’s working Sorry for putting you on the spot

Audience:
Hi, this is Rohit from Moseb We are a digital public good for identity based out of University in Bangalore triple IT Bangalore So the model that has worked for us is similar to what X road has done is that we have developed a ecosystem of vendors because we are a Identity platform and thus there are two things that are required. One is that our Biometric devices that are required for an identity platform to work and the other thing is that there are SDKs and several other Software, you know add-ons you can say to create the entire national ID system So what we have done is that we have created two sorts of You can say partnerships one we call with the system integrators because those are those big you could say software providers would come and would create all the the entire system and the other thing that we do is that we have created a compliance program for software development kits for biometric devices and other things and Then we have been able to create a vibrant ecosystem of about 80 plus partners across the globe who are then You know, wherever these countries want to develop a national ID system They can choose amongst these multiple vendors Avoiding any kind of vendor lock-in or any kind of you know, consultancy trap if I may use the term But at the same time they are able to provide the services Through a capacity building program that most of would have given So all our essays undergo a capacity building program where they have to prove that They understand the system and they are able to implement the system For for our engineers to you know test that so in that sense As of now this program has worked well for us and we have seen about Three national rollouts that that we are going through and about 11 to 12 Pilots successful pilot that we have done So I think that this this is a model that that has worked this might not be the DHIS model Which which is very community driven and very bottom-up you could say This is not exactly the NIIS model or the X rule model as it has been called that it is that you have a set of vendors that That you can only work with we say any vendor can work with us any private entity can work with us The only thing that we request is that you join our capacity building program So then what happens is that we build capacity in the country and we also build capacity at the private level So that’s why developing capacities both the sides and creating this virtuous cycle Hopefully there there will be a time when you don’t need a triple ITV or most if you can just go on github You have your essays you have your biometric partners and countries can do the implementation themselves. So that’s that somewhat Thank you. I think also on the capacity building side. There’s one thing where

Cynthia Lo:
DBG’s we want to encourage them to have a larger community and use the open source community. So trying to figure out ways on capacity building We have a program to be able to train community managers for digital public goods And then they will belong to the digital public good and maintain that community for open source Developers that want to join but I also would love to know what other capacity building Opportunities or do you see any gaps in capacity building? How it’s currently done how it’s run that we can consider would love to know anybody’s thoughts

Audience:
You Hey there Tim Steiner Working in the field of digital transformation for GS at Bangladesh and to be honest I sadly do not have any answer for you But kind of like extending that question because from the examples that you have been shown For me at least it looked a lot like you would work with partners mostly on the national level For us in tears at Bangladesh. We are currently shifting from a national focus to rather like local government focus and Facing exactly the same problem, right? Like even on the national level It’s really hard to convince people to build up. Let’s say in ICT cell for yeah Having having people also sustaining the solutions over a longer time So yeah, basically the question that I would like to respond to give back to you is if you’re working on on local level How do you do that? Or are you working on a local level? And if so, how do you do that? If let’s say the national support is not really There, thanks

Ricardo Torres:
Yeah Directly us at the DPA are maybe not working at the local level but many of these solutions and DPS are and I can talk about one specific experience of a project called SDM which it’s for Parties Digital participation of citizens and that’s a very kind of local topic that’s implemented mostly at the city level So what they do is that they basically have as well can I like a program that they used to cannot train? Officials on those cities to run the project but also Part of like and it’s completely optional, of course, right because the solution is open source so you could decide like any city government or organization can decide to directly just pull the project and deploy them themselves, but if the one that Be part like in a partnership or collaboration where they get this extra kind of capacity building the basically the agreement is that whoever is deploying the solution like if it’s a vendor or whoever like gets a part of Of Funding to the project also to cannot give back and in return they get this capacity building So they’re not necessarily charging specifically For for that deployment, but that way they can still provide like a service to multiple local governments or or cities to have this extra capacity and that’s also cannot their sustainability model because this tool originally was developed by a government and then gonna spin out into like a different foundation, but that also came with the cost of not having like sustainable funding for them, so Yeah, I guess that that’s one project that I can Yeah, just highlight like that’s their model and that works very well at the local level where they have like a small incentive for Cities and governments to Collaborate with them and also creates back like a sustainability of yeah funding for for the project itself

Cynthia Lo:
That’s a very good example it does go into the core on this discoverability issue or one local city or local Area may know of a tool but maybe a partnering one just doesn’t know how did they find out and that’s one thing where we hope that the five rules earlier could help encourage that so more tools can be used widely and We’re looking for different ideas to promote the adoption of DPGs and integrate them into local ecosystems effectively

Audience:
Hi, thanks for this session, my name is Kay McGowan, I’m with the digital impact Alliance and last year we worked very closely with the digital public goods Alliance to Steward an effort called the digital public goods charter that was meant to kind of lift up the opportunities but also dig into some of the challenges around this and the systems integrators and the lack of Folks that have the technical capacity certainly came up But there was there were capacity issues on the softer side too, right? So we had in particular in our consultations with policy makers whether at a municipal level or a national government we kept hearing things about like the procurement processes don’t allow for open source adoption or They’re already using systems that they’re locked into and there’s a lot of risk and cost Associated with moving from one system to another and so I guess I’m just wondering if you guys think about capacity Are you looking at issues beyond just the technical capacity, which obviously needs a big work and more of the kind of whole package

Lea Gimpel:
Yeah It’s definitely on our agenda So at the DPGA’s annual members meeting, we feel for instance have a session around capacity development, which is tackling the three levels of Capacity development that you usually need in order to be successful one is the individual and we talked a lot about you know Individual capacity development. So upskilling users upskilling developers Upskilling specific vendors and then of course the other part is the organizational capacity development So what you say procurement loss for instance what countries? need to do to upgrade as their ability to actually procure open-source software and open-source systems and Third part being a societal level. So to really shape policies shape the understanding of open source technology as A good that benefits society in an ideal case and that’s for instance a point that I hear a lot from countries as well said Citizens are skeptical of open-source software if they find out that their government is using any of these because it’s usually associated with being not Secure and not safe and so on. It’s a force. There’s this kind of capacity Development needed as well. So it’s definitely Yeah, as I said on our agenda, of course, it’s not an easy task I mean as a like everyone who’s working in international development knows capacity development takes years and two years It’s not that there’s an easy fix but I think all of us play our different roles and ends us in this part and as the TPGA for instance really encouraged sharing of knowledge of Experiences of good practices from the different levels that need to be involved in in such an endeavor So and that’s why we put this topic on the agenda of our annual members meeting for instance

Audience:
Hi, I’m a Swartha Mika, I also work with massive and I just wanted to take Kim’s question probably one step further We’ve been sitting in a lot of panels since this since this morning And I noticed that while capacity building comes up a lot and people say that it needs to be contextualized there is a certain capacity that no one is really talking about in terms of how How do you kind of ensure that the technology has the socio-cultural relevance? Somebody in the morning very interestingly said that you know, the technology needs to fit the society and not the other way around So I think there is definitely an opportunity here I don’t know if the DPG is working on it but to kind of bring in a lot of interdisciplinary capacity into building this beyond just technology and policy like this Kind of an umbrella of things that fall between these two categories. So I was wondering if there’s something there. Thank you

Ricardo Torres:
Yeah, I think there are many things that the projects are working on that kind of fall into this in-between and I can say that It’s probably not the case for everyone. But many of these open-source projects are Digital commons or a steward by a community model which actually takes into account Very much of this kind of capacity of the societal context comes with it, right? And we have some digital public goods that are stored by civic tech organizations For example, where most of the focus is not actually on the technology, but on how you design the process and facilitate Deployment delivery of public services, right? Because if you’re just trying to copy the same model of an existing physical Public service into a digital tool is not necessarily something that’s gonna work But I think many of the organizations behind the open-source project are thinking more that way rather than just Trying to develop a tech tool for developing a tech tool. But yeah, I don’t have a specific answer to that Yeah, I think that’s a very important question because I think that’s a very important question I think that’s a very important question And I think that’s a very important question because I think that’s a very important question

Lea Gimpel:
Yeah, I think that’s a very important question because it relates to this idea of bringing the public back into digital public goods Yeah, I think that’s a very important question because it relates to this idea of bringing the public back into digital public goods So a governance question actually and as Ricardo mentioned, we see this with some DPGs but not with all to be honest I mean, there are also DPGs that are developed in a top-down manner and I think that’s especially true in the DPI fields and the digital public infrastructure fields and here for instance we speak about Of most of as a DPG with DPI capabilities and not to confuse these two different things and I think one good example on a on a global and multilevel Level is the DPI safeguards initiatives that the UN tech envoy of a few and DP just launched recently because that’s the that’s the Endeavor to develop a framework for safe and secure DPI which does so in the multi Stakeholder constea consteam in a mighty stakeholder process Where you basically involve? everyone as it wants to Add to the development of the framework And I think that’s on a multi Lateral level a really good example, but I think we also need to break it down to the individual product and actually help Developers to do exactly sex or bring back the public into the debate into the development process

Cynthia Lo:
So it looks like that is all the time we have we don’t want to be in the way for between you and the dinner so the last Closing comments that we have. This was a really great conversation and we’re always open for any other thoughts you have on discoverability We do have a couple other sessions as you see here One on October 10th a quick lightning talk will be myself as well as Ricardo on combating Misinformation with digital public goods one thing to consider misuse of tools. How do we tackle that? So come and join us on that quick talk on the 10th then we can continue the conversation there and then we have an open forum that the Digital the good Alliance will have on effective governance for open digital ecosystems And then lastly on October 11th, we have a workshop on connecting open code with policymakers to development Great. And if you have any other questions, feel free to reach out to either myself or Ricardo and thank you so much for Joining us for this talk today You

Audience

Speech speed

197 words per minute

Speech length

1397 words

Speech time

426 secs

Cynthia Lo

Speech speed

188 words per minute

Speech length

2072 words

Speech time

662 secs

Lea Gimpel

Speech speed

193 words per minute

Speech length

818 words

Speech time

254 secs

Ricardo Torres

Speech speed

169 words per minute

Speech length

2475 words

Speech time

881 secs

NRIs Coordination Session | IGF 2023

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Yaw Amevi

The detailed discussion presents a broad view of the roles and influences NRI leadership has, particularly concerning their supporting role towards IGF initiatives. Expressing a positive sentiment, the speaker commends the NRI leadership for their dedicated involvement in event organisation, networking and information dissemination, a contribution that aligns directly with Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 17: Partnerships for the Goals).

Yet, the dialogue extends past singular praises, identifying areas where current practices could be enhanced. Specifically, the speaker underlines the need for the NRI leadership to provide greater support for national IGF events. This could be feasibly achieved by sending out substantial informational letters to coordinators, with the intent to bolster engagement levels.

A pivotal topic surfaced was the necessity for harmonisation between various IGF events, notably those at regional, local, and youth levels. The speaker proposes the introduction of a comprehensive timetable for differing NRI initiatives, which would be updated in real-time to ensure all coordinators maintain coordinated efforts, fostering a more unified operation.

An important suggestion from the speaker is the creation of a best practices guide dedicated to NRI. This proposition was met with optimism, as such a resource would lay out beneficial practices efficiently, while also identifying areas of practices that could be improved or where noticeable gaps exist.

Sustainability additionally emerged as a key theme, with emphasis placed on its importance within the framework of NRI initiatives. The speaker suggests tracking all recommendations raised across differing national, regional, and youth events to confirm tangible impacts and changes being effected. This approach encourages accountability and spurs continued improvements.

Finally, the speaker, taking a positive stance, aligns with the sentiments expressed by Mary concerning increased government involvement in the organisation of national NRI initiatives. The speaker concurs with the need for such intervention, implicitly aligning with SDG 16: Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions. This infers an acknowledgment of the instrumental role of institutional support in ensuring the success of such initiatives.

Covering the discussion in detail, the comprehensive summary provides key insights into the multifaceted role of NRI leadership, their valued contribution to IGF initiatives, possible areas for improvement, and the need for harmonisation, resource creation, sustainability procedures, and active government support. This yields a broader perspective on the complex interplay of roles and initiatives within the context of IGF events.

Anya Gengo

The Internet Governance Forum (IGF), a worldwide multi-stakeholder network focused on discussing public policy issues tied to the internet, has witnessed remarkable expansion in recent years. Particularly, from the year 2015 to the present day, there has been substantial increase in the network of national, regional, sub-regional and youth IGFs. Evidence of this growth is shown in the rise from approximately 50 or 60 IGFs in 2015 to over 160 officially recognised IGFs to date, suggesting a growing awareness and participation in global internet governance discussions.

Besides this numerical growth, strategic measures have been implemented to promote inclusivity within the Nationally Recognised Internet Governance Forums (NRIs). Specifically, in 2015, a focal point was assigned to NRIs to cultivate growth both in quality and quantity. Notably, certain NRIs have adopted innovative operational strategies including arranging IGF meetings in diverse locations within their countries instead of consistently hosting them in capitals. Examples of this practice can be found in countries like Brazil, Italy, and Poland, which fosters inclusivity by making IGF processes accessible to a wider audience.

Looking ahead, the future implications of IGFs are also gaining attention. Specifically, the imminent VISTAs plus 20 review planned for 2025 is expected to encompass a reassessment of the IGF’s mandate, wherein NRIs are predicted to play a significant role due to their burgeoning growth and influence.

Despite these promising developments, there are persistent challenges faced within IGF governance. Sustainability has proved to be a key issue, evident from the difficulties faced in finding hosts for subsequent IGFs, indicating an absence of a clear and sustainable model for IGF hosting.

Additionally, while the number of IGF initiatives is on the rise, there is a lack of interconnection amongst the various national, regional and youth IGF initiatives, indicating room for improvement. At present, there are no robust mechanisms in place to facilitate efficient interconnection among the 160 existing IGFs, presenting potential obstacles to collaboration and synergy among these entities.

Issues of representation and accessibility too remain major concerns within the IGF ecosystem. Participants from disadvantaged areas, like Africa, often confront difficulties in accessing IGF events due to geographic barriers and visa constraints. To address these issues, involvement of governments and private companies is crucial to provide requisite resources and funding support.

Finally, there is considerable scope for improvement in the methods of sharing inputs and messages within the NRIs. The effectiveness of digital communication methods deployed for maximum engagement and information dissemination should be assessed and enhanced.

In light of these challenges and opportunities, Anya, an IGF representative, acknowledges the impactful work and dedication of the IGF community. She proposes actively engaging governments and private companies in the IGF dialogue to enhance accessibility and inclusion. Such participation could significantly improve accommodation alternatives and financial support, laying the groundwork for more effective and far-reaching IGF initiatives.

Julian Casas Buenas

The Colombian Internet Governance Forum (IGF) has led various initiatives this year, notably focusing on strengthening the multi-stakeholder model of internet governance. There is a major emphasis on motivating and engaging young individuals in these initiatives. These activities align with Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 9 – ‘Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure’, and 10 – ‘Reduced Inequalities’. The strategy is met with a positive response as they are making strong strides in sharing the results of local discussions, assuring maximum engagement and impact.

Additionally, Colombian IGF is promoting the vital need to increase representation in the internet governance process. They believe that creating mechanisms for multi-stakeholder messages is of utmost importance for comprehensive and inclusive governance. They are diligently working to bring new actors to internet governance, highlighting their commitment to ensuring that underrepresented sectors are adequately involved.

The Global Digital Compact has notably contributed to these objectives by encouraging discussions on internet governance. The involvement of new organisations in these discussions is a positive development, substantially enhancing collaboration across all sectors, which is fundamental for global digital development. This aligns with SDGs 9 – ‘Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure’, and 17 – ‘Partnerships for the Goals’, radiating a supportive sentiment towards the Compact.

The Colombian IGF has publicly expressed their support for the multi-stakeholder model of internet governance. Drawing from their experiences from the Global Digital Compact, they advocaterecognising, protecting, and promoting this model as an essential element of internet governance. Despite the challenges, the Colombian IGF is steadfast in their commitment to keeping the multi-stakeholder model at the core of future internet governance discussions.

To summarise, the Colombian IGF is championing the multi-stakeholder model in internet governance, bolstered by the involvement of new, diverse actors and a firm commitment to inclusivity. This is supported by their endorsement of the Global Digital Compact and the successful examples it offers of implementing this multi-stakeholder model. Through their actions and stances, the Colombian IGF is working tirelessly towards achieving sustainable digital development and broader inclusivity in internet governance.

Ana Neves

The Commission on Science and Technology for Development (CSTD) has begun the review process for the World Summit on Information Society (WSIS) plus 20. This move is in accordance with a resolution adopted by the Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) in June. A central part of this roadmap involves gathering inputs through a survey questionnaire, leading to a synthesis report and a detailed report of the discussions, all to be submitted to the General Assembly.

Crucial to this review is the first multi-stakeholder consultation, scheduled for the 10th of October. This consultation is an integral part of the roadmap adopted by the CSTD, indicating its significance within the initiative. The sentiment surrounding the consultation is largely positive, signifying strong support for and confidence in the process.

On the matter of financial feasibility, the successful progression of the roadmap largely depends on the availability of financial resources, suggesting that investment and funding acquisition will be key in ensuring the roadmap’s effective execution.

A call has also been made for National and Regional Initiatives (NRIs) to play an active role in the WSIS plus 20 review. Given that there are 160 national and regional initiatives of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF), the participation of all stakeholders – including governments, the private sector, civil society, academia, and international organisations – is strongly encouraged and deemed necessary. The sentiment here is also positive, further endorsing the notion that such broad involvement is vital for success.

In tandem, the same community is involved in discussion of the digital compact and the review. The Digital Compact discussion is expected to wrap up by September 2024, thus marking significant overlap and potential synergy with the WSIS plus 20 review process. These shared interests and discussions have the potential to unite these parallel initiatives and maximise their collective impact.

In conclusion, the roadmap for the WSIS plus 20 review shows a detailed interplay of multiple stakeholders, financial dependence, and community-driven discussions. Fostering support and momentum through targeted consultations and inclusivity could pave the way for significant progress and valuable outcomes by the projected 2024 timeline.

Lillian Naroga

Telecom companies, particularly the prominent actors in the private sector like MTN Group, indeed play a crucial role in the broadened dialogue on internet governance, and ought therefore to be included in these discussions. The potential value of their involvement has begun to be acknowledged, with fruitful dialogues focusing on digital human rights and skills advancement for Uganda’s youth and women. This seems to suggest a positive shift towards increased cooperative engagement from corporations in matters related to internet governance.

On the other hand, an escalated need for government involvement is emphasised, especially in issues pertaining to cyber security. This is seen as a vital sphere where governance participation cannot be compromised, signifying the intricate relationship between technological progress and national security. Evidently, initiatives like the East Africa School on Internet Governance have already taken steps towards this direction, incorporating a variety of regional entities within the East African Community, as part of their strategy in introducing internet governance and targeted cyber security.

Another notable revelation, however, unveils the intense demand for specificity in the operational approach of Internet Governance Forums. The generic, all-encompassing agenda of these forums should be overtaken by a targeted focus on specific, actionable areas of interest. Presumably, this would foster more engaging dialogues and effective collaborations amongst stakeholders. Notably, the concept of regional cyber security policy harmonisation has been pinpointed during the sessions of the East Africa School on Internet Governance, which suggests that this more focused approach may already be producing results.

In summary, these narratives highlight the pressing necessity to weave more stakeholders, from both the private sector and government, into the fabric of internet governance. A more engaging, focused, and actionable strategy within Internet Governance Forums can refine the process further, laying the groundwork for tangible outcomes and solutions. The emerging partnerships between telecom companies and government bodies, in tandem with targeted regional cyber security endeavours, evoke optimism for these ideals materialising in the near future in the East African Community, Uganda in particular.

Andres Bass

Andres Bass, a resident of New York from the United States, has made various observations about perceived shortcomings of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF), an organisation concerned with discussions on internet infrastructure and policies. Notably, Bass highlighted the limited representation from the United States’ United Barrier-Free and Digital Association (UBES and DATI).

Bass, with his experience as a six-time attendee of IGF, noted issues pertaining to its engagement strategies and outreach. He proposed that the forum does not maintain a significant presence amongst the young demographics in America, despite their stated interest in the structural and regulatory aspects of internet governance.

Remarkably, Bass discovered that a large number of the youths he communicated with had little to no awareness of the IGF, despite their vested interests. This suggests an inadequacy in the communication and visibility strategies employed by the forum, indicating that improvements could be made to better target this crucial demographic.

Further criticism lies in the IGF’s event management. According to Bass, attendees perceive the forum’s sessions as a ‘one-time event’. This leaves them feeling disconnected once the session ends, thus preventing the creation of a sustained learning and engagement environment.

Bass recommends that a more constant and recurring communication strategy could help address this issue, providing attendees with something to look forward to and preventing feelings of hitting dead ends.

Finally, Bass points out that the IGF could better capitalise on its affiliation with the United Nations (UN). He asserts that effective advertising within this international body could significantly extend its reach. Bass found that the IGF’s global communication link was not widely known โ€“ in fact, he had to distribute this information himself.

In summing up, an analysis of Bass’ observations and criticisms suggests that while the IGF occupies an influential platform for internet governance discussions, there is considerable work to be carried out to enhance engagement, outreach, and communication, particularly in the United States.

Jennifer Chung

The analysis significantly underscores the pivotal role of the NRI (National and Regional Internet Governance) network in global decision-making processes. This expansive network, boasting over 160 functions, serves as a primary platform where internet governance is comprehensively thrashed out. Appreciating the insights and issues relayed within these forums could enable decision-making bodies to formulate robust strategies and policies in line with best practices.

Furthermore, the analysis accentuates the need for open channels to decision-making bodies. By participating in these meetings, decision-makers will acquire first-hand knowledge of how Internet governance is approached across various regions and the distinct challenges encountered therein, cultivating a more inclusive perspective. This interaction can prove useful in ensuring a more informed stance towards legislative and regulatory decision-making.

Moreover, the examination sheds light on the importance of co-located events, such as the Asia-Pacific Youth IGF, an instance that highlights the advantages reaped from such a configuration. Co-located events facilitate the revelation of a plethora of issues to a broader audience, engendering understanding of myriad perspectives and cross-fertilisation of ideas. This blend of viewpoints can trigger innovative solutions to the broad range of challenges intertwined with internet governance.

The analysis underlines the critical importance of decision-makers’ understanding of emerging issues. The Parliamentary track at ABIGF has demonstrated that those engaged in drafting and deploying laws and regulations ought to be cognisant of community discussions surrounding burgeoning issues. Such awareness empowers them to make legislative choices that are more in tune with the current challenges.

Lastly, in view of the scale and diversity of the NRI network, the facilitation of multi-way dialogue becomes a necessity. Gleaning wisdom from events like the Asia-Pacific Youth IGF, the analysis points towards a higher demand for expansive communication routes to bolster understanding and collaborative problem-solving, reinforcing the governance of the Internet.

To conclude, this review reinforces the essential role NRI networks can play in global decision-making pertaining to internet governance. It highlights the merits of increased engagement of decision-making bodies with these networks, the benefits of co-located events, the pressing need for a deeper understanding of emerging issues by legislators, and a call for enhanced dialogues within the network.

Tanara Lauschner

The Brazilian Internet Governance Forum (IGF), acknowledged for its inventive approach towards multi-stakeholder discussions, has made remarkable strides in involving decision-makers in its proceedings, signifying its importance on a national level. This has been accomplished through strategic alterations in the event format and by cultivating wide-ranging debates on subjects of national interest such as platform regulation. These endeavours have notably increased the positive sentiment surrounding the Brazilian IGF’s effectiveness, in perfect alignment with Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 16, which visualises peace, justice, and strong institutions.

Additionally, the pivotal role of National and Regional Initiatives (NRIs) in facilitating multi-stakeholder discussions and the engagement of decision-makers has been accentuated. NRIs are urged to amplify their network connectivity with local, regional, and global debates, metamorphosing them into valuable resources for effective decision-making. Tanara Lauschner, the coordinator for the Brazilian IGF initiative, offers firsthand testament to this strategy, demonstrating its potential for success.

Moreover, NRIs are being encouraged to fortify their cooperation and solidarity, with a specific emphasis on creating more partnerships, exchanging experiences, and actively contributing to local, regional, and global debates. These recommendations stem from Lauschner’s perspective, setting a tangible precedent for the positive impact that such initiatives can generate.

Such developments align seamlessly with the broader vision of SDG 17, which advocates for partnerships to achieve the intended goals. By laying stress on cooperation and partnerships, NRIs can assume a crucial role in promoting stronger bonds on a multinational level. The positive sentiment surrounding these steps not only underscores their significance but also provides a promising outlook on their central roles in fostering peace, justice, and strong institutions.

In conclusion, the progression of the Brazilian IGF and the future direction of NRIs capture two key pathways for enhanced participation of decision-makers: comprehensive network adaptation to connect with broader debates and increased cooperation amongst NRIs. The firsthand insights from Tanara Lauschner illustrate the vitality of their implementation, emphasising the broader implications these strategies could potentially contribute to the achievement of SDGs 16 and 17.

Audience

Throughout a diverse and comprehensive discussion on the role and challenges of Internet Governance Forums (IGFs), a strong emphasis emerged on the importance of governmental involvement, private sector engagement, cross-border collaboration, and regional integration. The participants noted and largely praised the facilitative role played by the United Nations in aiding the progress of these multi-stakeholder processes.

However, a significant concern was raised regarding the issue of access and resource allocation. It was observed that while large, affluent nations such as Japan, Brazil and Mexico are frequently able to host significant global events, smaller countries often remain on the sidelines due to a paucity of resources. This discrepancy hampers equal representation of nations in these crucial forums and presents a challenge for achieving global sustainable development goals.

Several success stories and potential solutions were highlighted throughout the dialogue. A noteworthy example was the African regional Internet Governance Forum in Gambia, a multi-stakeholder initiative involving government, parliament and international organisations like UNDP (United Nations Development Programme). This participatory governance model was hailed as a promising method for effecting tangible change at the regional level.

The valuable contribution of Tanzaniaโ€™s Digital Inclusion Project was also recognised, where the initiative has focused on enhancing digital literacy amongst women and young people. Key stakeholders commended such endeavours, underlining how IGFs can significantly contribute to local community projects, thereby addressing larger development goals.

A significant thread of conversation revolved around the necessity for deeper involvement of government officials in the discourses of IGFs. It was affirmed that ministries and regulators need to immerse themselves, not merely as participants but as influential actors in these forums. The active presence and participation of these key players would facilitate broader recognition of the policy formulation process and enhance the implementation of crucial recommendations.

The group made a clear gesture for sustainable funding and resource allocation within Internet Governance forums. The Nigerian case, where the government had pledged significant financial support for organising IGFs, was pointed to as a positive precedent.

In the face of regional integration and the expansion of a cross-border dialogue in internet governance, the potential for incorporating sub-regional economic communities like ECOWAS was identified as a beneficial strategy. This approach, backed by an increased representation of African parliamentarians in IGF discussions, was seen as a way forward.

However, some serious challenges were highlighted. One particularly pervasive issue was the lack of access and equality due to logistical restrictions. A call was made to rethink the current IGF hosting selection process and to adopt a more inclusive and globally representative approach. Additionally, potential threats to internet unity emerged, notably from policies like Sri Lankaโ€™s Safer Internet Act which risks fragmenting the internet.

The conversation concluded on an optimistic note, showcasing the impactful efforts made by Pan-African Youth Ambassadors for Internet Governance. With the successful training of over a thousand individuals in internet governance in various African countries, and across multiple languages, the determination and potential of the youth in this crucial sector were patently demonstrated. This not only highlighted significant ground-level efforts, but also reflected on the promising future of internet governance if all the stakeholders unite and strive for inclusive and cooperative approaches.

Ananda Ferdarigot

Dialogues focused on the pressing need for a sustainable model in organising regional Internet Governance Forums (IGFs), particularly within the Asia-Pacific region. The need is primarily driven by the challenge related to finding hosts for subsequent occurrences of the event. Ananda Ferdarigot’s experiences underscored these challenges, highlighting the difficulties inherent in executing a successful regional IGF. Although the Taiwan Network Information Centre (TWNIC) has proposed to host the next year’s IGF as a short-term solution, a more enduring solution is essential for long-term continuity.

In addition to this, conversations emphasised the considerable need for a mechanism that could effectively interlink IGFs. A clear gap in communication and collaboration networks exists among national and youth initiatives from the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) and the regional IGFs, indicating a distinct area for improvement. The establishment of a robust, interconnected model is viewed as crucial in fostering successful communication and cooperation amongst these initiatives.

Moreover, the dialogue demonstrated robust support for increased involvement from government and regional multilateral organisations. The sustainability of IGF initiatives could be notably bolstered by enhanced engagement from these quarters, aligning with and promoting the effective realisation of both SDG Goals 16 (‘Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions’) and 17 (‘Partnerships for the Goals’).

Despite acknowledged challenges, overall sentiments leaned towards enhancing industry innovation and infrastructure, further emphasising the significance of SDG Goal 9. Key insights from the discussions underscore the need for more proactive, collaborative efforts from governments, multilateral organisations, and primary stakeholders within the digital landscape in order to achieve these SDGs. The creation of a sustainable and interconnected digital governance model is evidently a multilayered challenge calling for the alliance and coherence of diverse stakeholders within and beyond the region.

Satish Babu

Established eight years ago, India’s School on Internet Governance has played a crucial role in the institution of the country’s Internet Governance Forum (IGF). Initially, India lacked a dedicated IGF, but this changed following the school’s advocacy. Due to their endeavours, the government recognised the significance of internet governance and established its own IGF three years ago.

Over the past two years, India’s IGF has made substantial progress. Characterised by successful multi-stakeholder collaboration, this forum has facilitated the participation of both high-level ministers and grassroots workers. This achievement has narrowed the dialogue gap between policymakers and the public, demonstrating the potential of India’s IGF to be a robust multi-stakeholder model for future policy-making.

Nonetheless, not all countries or regions have been successful in implementing such crucial multi-stakeholder structures, essential for guiding Internet Governance discussions. These collaborative arrangements encourage comprehensive dialogue, promoting superior policy decisions.

In alignment with Sustainable Development Goals 9: Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure, and 16: Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions, India’s development in Internet Governance emphasises the importance of collaborative partnerships, underpinned by an innovation-driven approach and robust institutional infrastructure. The laudable efforts of India’s School on Internet Governance, and the subsequent progression and achievements of India’s IGF, may potentially inspire and guide other nations lacking similar structures in their approach to internet governance. This could shape the global narrative, moving towards a more participatory, collaborative, and effective model of internet governance.

Gunela Asprink

The central discourse pertains to the marked under-representation of people with disabilities in Internet governance, thus bringing to the fore an issue of inequality. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), 15% of any populace are disabled, yet a contrasting statistic reveals that fewer than 1% of attendees at the Internet Governance Forum (IGF), a crucial platform for the moulding of global internet policies, are shown to have a disability.

This disparity underscores the pressing need for more inclusive representation of individuals with disabilities within the realm of Internet governance. The advocacy argues that the IGF should increase their support to enable greater participation of people with disabilities, thus reinforcing the objectives of SDG 10 – reduced inequalities.

The Asia-Pacific School of Internet Governance’s training programmes demonstrate a noteworthy initiative towards an inclusive movement. This institution is praiseworthy for its proactive efforts in empowering young people with disabilities by providing training in internet governance.

Moreover, the significant backing provided by industry giant, Vint Cerf from Google, underscores a commitment to disability inclusion within the sector. His support for the Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility and Disability serves as an encouraging precedent for others in the Internet governance sphere.

However, the current state of disability representation highlights a critical discussion about persisting inequalities in this area. Nonetheless, the voices advocating for change, along with strides towards inclusion in the Asia-Pacific and the support of influential figures like Vint Cerf, suggest progress towards achieving Sustainable Development Goals pertinent to reduced inequalities (SDG 10) and industry, innovation and infrastructure (SDG 9).

The review hence offers a balanced perspective. While the present scenario presents challenges, it also focuses on the positive measures being taken to improve the participation and representation of individuals with disabilities in Internet governance, thereby offering an optimistic outlook for the future.

Vakas Hassan

Discussions and debates on internet governance have seen a positive trend, with an increasing number of governments taking an active role, courtesy of platforms such as the Internet Governance Forum (IGF). This has led to a shift towards more respectful and cordial dialogue among various stakeholders. However, an emphasised concern is the potential monopolisation of these critical discussions by single entities. Hence, it’s underscored that decisions should ideally involve multiple stakeholders to ensure a robust and multi-spectral participation, thereby fostering industry innovation and infrastructure.

A challenge identified in this realm is the imbalanced levels of stakeholder participation in these crucial dialogues. Not all parties are represented equally, leading to a potential imbalance in policy-making. Therefore, commentators such as Vakas suggest establishing clear criteria or thresholds for equitable representation from all stakeholders to address this disparity and uphold peace, justice and strong institutions.

Regarding leadership selection within internet governance, a strategic, organised, and regionally representative approach has been advocated. This involves identifying and nurturing the next generation of internet leaders at a national level before introducing them to the global sphere, thereby promoting gender equality and fostering partnerships for the SDGs.

Despite this increase in government involvement, particularly in leading forums like IGF and Asia Pacific Regional Internet Governance Forum (APR IGF), there remains significant room for improvement. While participation has risen, the quality of said participation demands critical examination. It was noted that increased quantity does not compensate for sub-par quality, hence there is a need for significant enhancements to foster balanced and well-rounded decision-making. In conclusion, achieving fair and effective internet governance requires strategic leadership selection and improved quality and quantity in government and stakeholder participation.

Moammed Abdullakh Anu

The critical analysis conducted reveals a favourable sentiment towards the proposition for establishing a Research Cell within the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) process, administered by the United Nations. A paramount aim of this planned initiative is the development of sustainable models to support the growing maturity of the IGF process. This aligns significantly with the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) – SDG 9: Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure, and SDG 17: Partnerships for the Goals.

The requirement for this proposal is increasingly evident with the growth of numerous IGF communities throughout Bangladesh, exemplifying the global shift towards incorporating innovative and sustainable infrastructure. The sustained maturity of the IGF process has solidified the need for sustainable models to support its continued evolution.

The proposed Research Cell is envisaged to act not only as a catalyst for the evolution of IGF but also to nurture connections and collaborative partnerships within the academic community. A unique aspect of the proposed cell will be its alliance with universities and academic institutions, strategically leveraging their intellectual capabilities to design and elucidate a sustainable model for the IGF process.

In summary, the creation of a Research Cell within the IGF process signifies a proactive measure towards ensuring its sustainability, further fostering innovation, and strengthening partnerships, in line with the targeted SDGs. Moreover, its association with academic institutions further broadens the prospect for profound research and balanced growth in the field. As such, the Research Cell provides the perfect avenue for academics and experts to shape, innovate, and implement sustainable models for the IGF process through research and collaborations.

Session transcript

Anya Gengo:
Well, once again, good afternoon from beautiful Kyoto to everyone that are here in person with us. We are indeed very lucky. Certainly, good afternoon, good morning, good evening to all our colleagues who are joining us online. I think we have already a nice participation, diverse of the NRI colleagues joining us. It’s still quite early in many parts, well, the majority of our globe, so I think Europe and Africa, especially the North and South America, it’s still early there, but I really greatly appreciate our colleagues for joining us online. So just for the record, my name is Anya Gengo. I work at the IGF Secretariat, and one of my core responsibilities is to work together and support the network of national, regional, sub-regional, and youth IGFs. When we started working together as a network, when the IGF Secretariat dedicated a focal point to the NRIs, we had, if I’m correct, around 50 or 60 NRIs, so that was the time when we were all enjoying Brazil in 2015. Today we speak about more than 160 officially recognized NRIs. The network is not just remarkably growing in quantity, it is growing in quality. If you look at the work that’s been done at individual NRI levels, then you can see that there are strong efforts invested continuously into making the IGF processes at national or regional levels, or specifically targeting youth engagement and youth empowerment, to be as inclusive as that’s possible. We have the NRIs, for example, that are strategically not hosting their meetings in the capitals, but they are touring the country, because colleagues from Brazil are on my left side, so they’re one of the examples, Italian IGF, Polish IGF as well, and so many others, and I think those are excellent practices to mention at the beginning. This is a traditional NRIs coordination session we host at every annual IGF meeting, and it is a day where we take the advantage of the fact that many of us are here present in person at the annual IGF meeting, and of course to connect with our colleagues online, to reflect on what has been done so far, where do we stand, what’s the status quo, and what needs to be done. Apologies, I have an instruction here. Thank you. I hope our colleagues in Zoom can hear us well and see us well. So as I said, it is a time for us to reflect, and specifically to try to compromise, brainstorm what needs to be done for future, for a strong NRIs network, which means strong internet governance and internet governance forum, ecosystem. And I think the momentum, you would agree, is very important, just because politically speaking, much is happening, also process-wise. You know that we are approaching the review of VISTAs, so VISTAs plus 20 in 2025. That also means the review of the IGF’s mandate in 2025. And the question today that we have for this session is, what is your view in terms of how to make the NRIs network stronger for a strong internet governance ecosystem, and specifically in the context of VISTAs plus 20 review, what could be the role of the NRIs? Of course, we will come also to other processes which are happening in parallel to everything that’s been done so far, that is the global digital compact, but also we shouldn’t forget about the sustainable development goals, which already was reported that we are behind, and I know that through the NRIs, the concept of sustainable development is very much addressed on several levels. Now, I think we’re very happy that part of the NRIs network is, on behalf of the Portugal IGF, is Ms. Ana Neves, who is also chairing the CSTD, the Commission for Science, Technology and Development, with the United Nations. And because the CSTD issued a roadmap for VISTAs plus 20 review, before maybe we ask individually all NRIs to speak about, in general, what could we all do together, collectively, but also individually, to make sure that we are a stronger network, and what could be the role the NRIs could play in VISTAs plus 20 review, maybe I could ask Ana to, as a chair, speak a little bit about the processes with the CSTD. How do you see the VISTAs plus 20 coming up, and specifically, what’s the value of local inclusive processes with respect to Internet governance? I think, Ana, you have the microphone next to you. Next to you. And I hope you can hear it. Okay. This is fine. Thank you.

Ana Neves:
Yes. Thank you, Ania, very much. Hello. I’m Ana Neves. I’m from Portugal, and I’m a member of the Bureau of the Commission on Science and Technology for Development of UNCTAD, which is the body of United Nations that has the responsibility to follow up on an annual basis the WSIS process. And since the last session of CSTD, last March, it started the process for the reviewing of the WSIS plus 20. So I would like to share with you, because I was appointed chair of CSTD for one year until next March. It’s a relative chairmanship of the Bureau, and so now I would like to share with you, as I was saying, that for the review, the ECOSOC adopted in June, so last June, a resolution requesting the CSTD to collect inputs from member states, all facilitators, and other stakeholders, and to organize during its 27th session in March 2024, and in the session in the following year, in 2025, substantive discussions on the progress made in implementation of the outcomes of the WSIS during the past 20 years, and to report thereon through the ECOSOC to the General Assembly. The CSTD members adopted last March a roadmap, so adopted the roadmap at its annual session in March 2023, to guide the CSTD’s work on WSIS plus 20 review. What is this roadmap about? So the roadmap includes open consultations at regional and global levels by CSTD or in partnership with other UN agencies and UN regional commissions, a survey questionnaire to all stakeholders, governments, international organizations, private sectors, civil society, technical communities, including academia, as well as written inputs from contributors to the regular UN Secretary General’s annual report on WSIS. It will prepare a synthesis report by the CSTD Secretariat based on these consultations and written inputs, which will be submitted to the discussion at the annual session of the CSTD in 2024 and 2025. The third layer of this roadmap is a report of the CSTD of these discussions to be submitted through ECOSOC to the General Assembly as inputs to the General Assembly’s review in 2025. So the roadmap is very ambitious and its full accomplishment depends, of course, on the availability of financial resources for these purposes. But what I would like to underline is that the first consultation will take place on the 10th of October, so next Tuesday, at 3.15 in the main hall, I think. So it will be the first consultation, the first multi-stakeholder consultation. Another thing that I would like to underline is that, as Anja said, we have over 160 national and regional initiatives of the IGF. That is so powerful, but the problem is whether over 160 governments, they are all aware of these national and regional initiatives of the IGF. So there is a lot of work to do among all these stakeholders. And another thing that we have to underline all the time is that it’s not only about public and private sectors plus civil society, it’s public sector, private sector, technical community, academia, civil society, international organizations. So there are several stakeholders, there are not only three. At the same time, we are having the discussion of the digital compact. Everybody says it’s a parallel process. It should end by the summit of the future by September 2024. So it’s the same community that is going to discuss it, but it will include governments. So it’s up to these 160 national and regional initiatives to inform your governments on the status quo, on the importance of these NRIs, because this made a huge difference to where we were in 2023 and where we are now in 2023. Thank you, Anja.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Anja. And I think you gave us… Yeah, indeed. It really deserves an applause. And I have to say that it’s very good that you are in the role of the chair with such strong direct experience as a founder of one of probably the youngest national IGFs and now one of the most exotic IGFs, I would say, the Lusophone IGF, which is such a good practice in the NRIs network, and I hope it will be followed by other language-centered communities. The floor is now open for you. So there are a couple of microphones at the beginning, so you don’t have to queue, but I’ll just ask for cooperation from the colleagues in the first rows to pass on the microphone if we have interventions from the back. And I already see Ananda signing up to speak. So the question is, what do we do to ensure that the NRIs network is better interconnected, first of all, that it’s sustainable, that we’re not leaving anyone behind? And then what Ana said very importantly, that we are on the radar of those who are making decisions and to make sure that we have a channel that those decisions are impacted by information coming from a multi-stakeholder nexus. So maybe you can start from the experience of your national and regional IGFs. What is it that you’re missing in your communities and where we could maybe support better each other? Maybe I’ll ask for Ananda just to take a microphone from the first row, but I’ll share my experience while Ananda is getting ready from this year. So this year I was very privileged to participate in person in a few regional IGFs primarily, and of course online in a number of national, sub-regional, regional and youth IGFs. And I’ve seen a difference, for example, with the Asia-Pacific regional IGF. I see Jennifer is here, I’ve seen a strong concentration of government entities coming from Australia as your host country, but also other countries in the region. And that’s something that probably changed statistically, Jennifer will tell us. Eurodig as well, I mean strong support from intergovernmental sector in Europe, different governments, of course other regional IGFs as well. But I wonder who is missing in our dialogues and how do we engage them better? So that’s the question. Ananda, please, you have the floor.

Ananda Ferdarigot:
Thank you so much. My name is Ananda Ferdarigot, I represent Youth IGF Nepal, one of the youth initiatives in APEC. So my question and sharing the experience, how do we engage in is like when we start doing things, people start to recognize and stakeholders actually accept. Like if we have done two national youth IGFs, and while we do our first, it was like, what is youth IGF, what does it do? And on the second year, a lot of stakeholders were really engaged and like they’re happy to be there and like learn more about it. What we focus is we focus on capacity building of youth so that they know about the IGF ecosystem and other stakeholders also understand the gravity of the issues that are happening around the digital landscape. That’s what we are doing. And what I see missing is like the real sustainability model. I’m also part of APR IGF and like how do we actually get the host for the next year is really a pain, you know, like who will host the event? Like for the next year, Taiwan has, TWNIC has proposed, but after that, another host has to come up and that is not that easy, you know, like making a regional IGF success is really, many people have to engage in that and the sustainable model is not yet fixed. For EuroDIG, I think it’s more clear. There’s EU that supports more in the engagement and organizing. I think the government part and maybe other regional, multilateral organizations should chip in into that so that these kind of initiatives are sustainable and can go. Another thing is like interconnection between these IGFs, like there are 160 IGF already. How do national and youth initiatives from APEC really connect to the Asia-Pacific regional IGF? We do not have any mechanism right now. And how do all the regional IGF connect with each other? There’s no actual mechanism for that as well. There’s a youth Asia-Pacific IGF that is not connected to youth IGF in the region. Like there’s a body, but like how do we connect? There’s same in like youth DIG and like all of the regional youth IGF that are. So we need to have a specific mechanism that is interconnected with from the youth initiative to the national initiative to the regional initiative and I think there are more sub-regional IGF as well. So there need to be a concrete model where all can communicate and maybe collaborate. So that is it. Thank you so much for the mic.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Ananda. So we have a couple of hands here. Can I, okay, can I ask Poncelet, because I’ve seen Jennifer firstly raising her hand, just or Emmanuel, just to help with a microphone to get to Jennifer, or maybe I can come actually down and help with that as well. And then we’ll come back to this row and then we’ll go there.

Jennifer Chung:
Okay, I’ll keep on standing over here so I’m not like looking at everyone. Hi colleagues. Hi everyone. My name is Jennifer Chung. I’m part of the Asia-Pacific Regional IGF Secretariat. Just reflecting quickly on what Anya has posed in the beginning and then I’ll kind of reflect a little bit more on what Ananda shared. So the question really is, you know, what is missing? What is the part where the NRI networks can be able to fulfill its strengths? We are 160 plus strong. How can we leverage our network, what we do best, into the upcoming processes such as WSIS Plus 20, whatever is going to happen with the GDC? So reflecting back is the two things that I’m thinking of. Really being able to open the channels to the decision-making people, for them to be able to hear what we have to say, the kind of best practices, the issues that we face in our regions, in our sub-regions, in our national jurisdictions and all of that. And the second part is having those decision-makers come to our meetings to be able to see what we talk about, to be able to feel exactly how Internet governance is being discussed in each and every single one of our forums and meetings. And so what Anya has mentioned earlier is actually really important. Asia-Pacific Regional IGF, we have had a stakeholder engagement committee that has been looking at and analyzing the participation data across the years and identifying the sub-regions and also the stakeholders that we are missing that we need to bring to the table. This year we’re really happy that the Australian government has really stepped up and been able to bring in more government folk that we are missing from Australia and also around the region. The second thing that we think has been really good for the Asia-Pacific Regional IGF, and I think I reflected this in last year’s coordination session, is for us, having co-located events actually increases the exposure of the local people. So in this case, the Pacific community and the community within Australia itself. This year we had NetThing, which is the Australian NRI. We also had Pacific IGF, which is of course a sub-regional IGF in the region. And also the Asia-Pacific Youth IGF. So we actually had four co-located events. Having that there actually increases a lot of cross-pollination of issues, bringing other people to be able to understand a lot more issues. I think that is something perhaps a sub-regional or regional IGF can consider in terms of sustainability. And the second thing that I wanted to point out is because we had the parliamentary track at ABIGF this year, I think this is also something that we also need to think about a little more. They are also decision-makers in the various jurisdictions, and they are the ones who are going to be making decisions. making, the regulations, the laws, the bills, and they need to understand what is being discussed in the community about all of these emerging issues, AI being one of them, internet governance, of course. And then finally, I wanted to echo what Ananda just said. It is really important to be able to facilitate multi-way dialogue. It’s not just one way, not just two way, especially when we’re talking about our network being so big now. It needs to be kind of a learning symbiotic relationship. And I think the Asia-Pacific Youth IGF this year tried for the second year to hold kind of an APAC Youth Leaders Dialogue. I think hopefully they can evolve that and grow that as well. And perhaps that’s another way for the NRI network to think about being able to leverage other events that are going to be talking about similar activities, including those people who are at these events already, who may not already come to your meeting. I think that is really important. Thanks.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you. Thank you very much, Jennifer. I saw a couple of hands around you. Also, I think Carlos is the closest to you, then Vakas, then we’ll go back to where Emmanuel, Poncelet, and Nazar are.

Audience:
Thank you, Angel. Thank you, Anne, also. Hello, everybody. Well, I think we got a lot of improvements from the very beginning when we start this kind of process, multi-stakeholder process. And this is mainly because the United Nations give us a lot of support with people like you, for example, that works very hard for this kind of process. The most challenging is how the governments of our countries can collaborate more. And I guess we can make this better if we are able to have some more help from United Nations to work with our governments. So maybe also if we can have, only big countries can host these big events, like Japan or Brazil in Latin America or Mexico. But the small countries are not able to host this kind of big events. So it’s not so easy for the government to understand what’s going on in the world about this. So if you are looking for some way to make this sustainable, let’s get more involved with the government. I think this is a very, very good issue. Thank you very much for all your work, and thank you guys for the support also.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Carlos. Carlos is from the Ecuador IGF. Just if I’m sure there are colleagues who are not maybe familiar with all of us. We know each other well. We spend considerable amount of time every month together.

Vakas Hassan:
Vakas, please. Thank you. My name is Vakas Hassan. I work for the telecom regulator in Pakistan, but I also volunteer for regional and other initiatives, national initiatives on IG. I have two comments, wearing two hats. I think I’m in a position to make two comments, one from the government side and one from the other side. If you look at government participation in the regional and national initiatives and also at the global IGF, it is increasing because I believe that the discussion has become more respectable and more cordial between all the stakeholders. When this process started, there were, of course, there are points that you have to be strong about. When your voice has to be strong, you have to make your point. But I think the governments have now realized that this discussion on internet governance, it is not a one-handed decision. It has to be a multi-stakeholder decision, and now they’re becoming more active in these kind of forums because these discussions are more progressive in nature now. That being said, being associated with APR IGF as well, and all, I think there is still a lot of room for improvement. I think the government participation in these forums is increasing, but it is not, I don’t think that it’s at that level where we can say that there is an equal participation among all stakeholders, including the government. There will always be a disbalance, but there has to be a certain threshold that has to be maintained. If you look at the trend at APR IGF, at least, we have seen it growing over the years, and I believe this year it was around 25, 30%, maybe, where government stakeholders were there. Now, for the other thing where, when we’re talking about strengthening the NRIs network, there is a natural progression that we see. For example, your journey might, for example, my journey started with the school on internet governance that we have in Pakistan. I attended the school on internet governance, and then there is a Asian IGF, APR IGF, and then the global IGF. I think how we can collaborate is to identify people or the next generation of internet leaders that we see on a national level, and then maybe on a regional level, and then maybe share this with between us, introduce them to people who are at the global level or regional level so that the right kind of people are being selected for forums like APR IGF and IGF, who then progress to become the next generation of internet leaders from our country or from our region. So one of the things that we can probably strengthen a bit more within the 160-plus network that we have is information sharing about personnel that are actually being invited and being selected as fellows or as participants at these events. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Vakas. Let’s go to, okay, you have already the microphone, so maybe we can go, I’m sorry, to the third row, then we’ll come back to the middle one.

Andres Bass:
Hello, everyone. My name is Andres Bass. I’m from New York, and I want to know why IGF do not have a lot of UBES and DATI from the United States. And by the time when I go to the UN with a lot of youth, and when I’m talking about the IGF, they don’t have no knowledge about what IGF, and this is my sixth one. I’m coming. And each time, I make sure I bring with me student from different part. They can see how wonderful that program is. And I think, yeah, I need to do a better communication with the regional. That’s the way they can have a platform when we send people. It’s not a one-time deal. I feel like IGF is one-time deal. Anytime they have a session, that’s why you know about it. After that, it’s like a dead end, and they don’t have somebody who know exactly how it is. And it is sad because it’s a program under the UN, and each time I went to those youth meeting, and I tell them, based on the competency and what they’re talking about the internet, how devoted they are for policy change, and structure, and governance, and they don’t even know about IGF. And I want to make sure that idea of IGF is not a one-time thing when the session is coming, but people can know more about it, especially if you’re in the UN, advertise it. Because the global communication, I think I’m the one who send them the link. They didn’t have the link about the IGF. Now, I think it’s supposed to have a better understanding on that. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you. Thank you very much for your comment and suggestions. I think, is it Poncelet, or, yes, Poncelet, maybe we can give the floor now to you.

Audience:
Yes, thank you very much, Poncelet speaking, for the records. I will say, in terms of, I would like to make my comments in terms of improving based on what we have in Africa, and I’ll use the Gambia as an example, in which you have to have overall buy-in from your government, and your minister is involved, your parliament is involved, and even the local UNDP offices involved. So, in a sustainable way, the government has a budget for it. The UNDP supports it through their governance program, and I think, generally, when we, if other countries apply, I’m looking at what Anna said earlier on with the CSTD, they can come on the top during our regional IGFs to support and speak, but it also makes sure that, like the African regional IGF, we should have it harmonized, that all countries do this on time before it happens, because we still have a situation whereby there’s no harmonized calendars, and I think that applies to all regions. We should have a harmonized calendar that you have your nationals in the first two quarters of the year, and then the third quarter of the year, you have your regional before we come into the global. So, that is something I would like to see happen, and we should try to engage our various UNDP regional bureaus, whether it’s in Asia, whether it’s in Africa, or Europe, and to make sure they are involved in the process at the regional to amplify the voices. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Poncelet. Any other comments? Yes, Anup.

Audience:
Oh, okay. Okay, thank you very much, Anya, and first of all, I would like to thank the Secretariat for the work that you put in in organizing us. It’s not a small job. It’s huge, but I think your team, does a very good job of putting everything together. That is number one. Number two, I would like to give an example of what we have started doing in Tanzania. You know, the IGF, previously in Tanzania, was known for having an event in a year, and you wait for another year, when you have the next IGF. So what we are trying to do now, however shoestring budget-based, is to have issue-based capacity-building workshops, where we invite all the stakeholders to be able to engage with us. For example, we had the issues of digital taxation, and we involved all the stakeholders, including the taxman, and the ministry, and now our IGF has been known for all these activities that we organize as interstitial activities, you know, towards the calendar of our national IGF. So what I would recommend for us to be stronger, and to continue to be, we are relevant, to continue to be more relevant, is that we become issue-based, you know, oriented outfit, where as we engage our multi-stakeholder on the ground, we also take issues that are on the ground and turn them into interstitial activities. For example, in Tanzania, we were very instrumental in terms of the Personal Data Protection Act that came into force last year. And also, we are now very instrumental in the digital strategy that the Ministry of ICT is actually rolling out for implementation and for the report. So I think if we were to take all these interstitial capacity building activities and invite all the stakeholders, we will make some inroads in terms of making sure that we become more relevant on the ground, and in the process, we’ll be known at the ground level as actually people who are not just doing the meetings, they are actually there to make sure that the issues that are on the ground are being discussed on and being acted upon. Last is about the issues of connectivity, for example. Our national IGF also undertook a project on connectivity, and we began a project known as Tanzania Digital Inclusion Project where we train women and young people on digital literacy. And also, we have created an example, an exemplary community digital innovation hub, where people from the community can come and access internet and also learn about how to use the internet, and so on and so forth. So if we have some tangible projects that we’re actually doing on the ground, people will see us not only as discussing the issues of internet governance and internet development, but actually creating solutions. So I think we also have to take this route where we do some concrete, even very shoestring budget-oriented little project in our communities that people can also emulate. So I think that can also be very helpful in terms of making ourselves strong and continue to, because it’s like if there was no IGF, for example, if you were, let’s say, in the worst case scenario, and you say today, no IGF. IGF has become one of the grassroots movements where you can actually implement a lot of stuff through the multi-stakeholder outfit that is on the ground. So I think, let me say that will be my 50-cent contribution. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Nisar. Anu, please, you have the floor.

Moammed Abdullakh Anu:
Thank you, Ania. This is Mohammed Abdullakh Anu from Bangladesh. We are creating so many community, IGF community in Bangladesh, KISS IGF, IOTA IGF, OMEN IGF, Member of the Parliament IGF, and also Bangladeshi School of Internet Governance. Now we are hearing 18 IGF. IGF process is now is adult right now. Now we are searching how IGF process is sustainable. So my observation is, why not we are creating one research cell in IGF, under the United Nations IGF process. This research cell working with university, academia involved, they are find out what is the sustainable model is the IGF process. This is our observation. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you. Thank you very much, Anu. Can I, Anu, ask you just to pass on the microphone behind you to Satish and then we’ll go back to Emmanuel. Yes. Yeah.

Satish Babu:
Thanks, Anu. I’m Satish Babu from India. We have had a very interesting few years about the internet governance itself. Our IGF, our School on Internet Governance started eight years back, couple of weeks back, we celebrated the eighth edition of the School on Internet Governance. The school itself was very instrumental in pushing for an IGF, which we didn’t have for the longest time. Three years back, the school itself took the lead and pushed to the government. Finally, for the last two years, we have had the IGF. Second point is that the IGF has brought together the high-level ministers to the grassroots-level workers together in one platform. I think for India’s size, that’s a very important development. The third point is that not all regions or countries have multi-stakeholder structures to kind of drive this. In our case, what’s happened is that this IGF itself, India IGF itself has become a multi-stakeholder body that is not into pushing for decisions at this point, but at least discussions are happening in the multi-stakeholder model. I think it’s a very important development because IGFs are there in many countries, but very few countries have proper multi-stakeholder structures like Brazil has or like European Union has. So this IGF can become, for the future, the multi-stakeholder level model that can be then strengthened to take decisions also. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you, thank you very much, Satish. Emmanuel, please.

Audience:
Okay. Thank you very much, Anya. So at the Togo IGF, so my name is Emmanuel from the Togo IGF. So at the Togo IGF, we have recognized that organizing a forum a day or two where the recommendation are not being implemented is not really sufficient because we have tried last year to track for the last nine years what kind of recommendation we put out there and what has been the implementation so far. So we’ve noticed that in Togo, for example, the regulator do participate in the name of the government, but the ministry, they don’t usually come as actors, they come as participants. So it’s quite difficult to track the implementation with them because they are not actors in putting those recommendation together. So what we try to do this year is do a stakeholder engagement with those stakeholders, the MPs, the government, and the regulator because this is a problem in most Francophone African countries where government don’t usually feel discussing on equal footing with civil society and other stakeholder group like the business. So this is a strategy we are putting in place. Together with Dr. Shango, we developed a training material. So this coming November, trying to organize a workshop for those stakeholders alone to explain what the internal governance means, the processes to them, because I think there’s a lot of ignorance. So usually when you send them a letter, they can dismiss anybody from the ministry to participate, but they are not really actors and also implementing those, how the recommendation. So we hope that by engaging them alone, they can actually join the conversation while we organize our next IGF. And the other point also is when we organize the schools, those government official don’t usually apply to join the school. So it’s also a very big problem. So we think that the workshop can try to solve that gap. And from the regional level as well, because I’m fortunate to coordinate the West African School of Internal Governance. At the regional level, the problem we have is that we don’t have funding for the school, but those schools are usually expensive than the forum. And the school represents a kind of ground where we train the future leaders for those conversations, because today, it has been a while, I don’t classify myself among the youth anymore, because I’m on the adult table and I’m on the youth table for years. And this is the same example in most African countries or West African countries where the same youths are the actors in the NRIs. So the hope is that we should be. able to train as much as possible young people to take lead in the, how do you call it, the youth conversation while we actually grow, you know, in the NRI level. So that is something. So we should find a mechanism to fund the schools, especially the regional schools, because they are very important to train those coming leaders. And if we don’t have one for it, it will be quite difficult for the sustainability of the processes at the regional level. Thank you. Thank you

Julian Casas Buenas:
very much, Manuel. Julian, please. Thank you, Anja. My name is Julian Casas Buenas. I’m talking on behalf of the Colombian IGF, where we, this year, will be implementing our doing. So one of the reflections came out after the participation of all these spaces, and we believe that we should continue supporting these local initiatives to strengthen the multi-stakeholder model, and also to identify those sectors that are underrepresented and find ways to get them involved in the process of the Internet governance. But very much focus also in encouraging young people to get involved. And we believe that we have to work in creating mechanisms that we can share the results of these local discussions to be systematized, to produce these multi-stakeholder messages for the development and the strengthening of the Internet, as it has been done in the last IGFs and other experiences with NRIs. And also bringing Internet governance discussion to new actors. We believe that the exercise with the Global Digital Compact in the Colombian IGF, what’s very interesting in involving about 25 organizations in the discussions from different stakeholders, and bringing together with these inputs that was requested from the Global Digital Compact. And also from that experience, we believe that this multi-stakeholder model should be recognized, protected, promoted, and supported an essential element for Internet governance. This collaboration among all sectors, besides being fundamental, is the most strategic and appropriate way to move forward the Global Digital Development. Also we believe that the Global Digital Compact should build on what has been built around Internet governance at local and global, regional, national levels, and other spaces and other initiatives that we have been participating in in the past. And discuss the future of the Internet, for example, as a network. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Julian. Our special friend, I have to say, some of you will remember the bright days of Sri Lanka National IGF. Then we had a gap due to a very unfortunate situation in the country with the community. Maheshwara is back with us. The National IGF is getting refreshed and getting back, and very happy to have you here, Maheshwara. Thank you very much, Anja, allowing me to come

Audience:
back to the IGF. And actually 2016 and 2017 was the brightest IGF sessions that we had. But after 2019, with the Easter attack onwards, we had many problematic issues. You know, now we are facing the financial crisis as a country. So even now, we are facing Internet governance issues at the moment. Within those period, even though the forum is not conducted, there were many activities we did, regarding the policies, regarding the acts, regarding these things. Because Internet governance forum is just not a forum where I stand on an annual basis. There are actions in between. So most of the things that happen in the Cyber Security Act in Sri Lanka, they have tried to produce it in a multistakeholder, undemocratic way. Where that we have gathered, we have done few forums, not Internet governance forums actually, with the multistakeholders. We present our opinions and views. Where the government had took their step back in 2019, then after, now we are facing the same issue regarding the Safer Internet Act, where that it may have issues to be fragmented the Internet. So where that we are collecting here, connecting here, we are gathering here to keep one Internet. So as a suggestion, we as an NRI network, we can do something. We had only 14 days to analyze this whole policy that they have prepared. So what we can do, we can gather together as NRIs and work and we can share your opinions and we can build upon our views on that event. This not should be Sri Lankan policy, it should be done by Sri Lankans. What we can do is share in whole NRI network. So likewise I propose that thing and still we are planning our 2023 IGF version, a smaller version one. Hopefully your support will be there again with us. Thank you very much.

Anya Gengo:
You really deserve this applause. Thank you very much Maheshwara and also for being here all the efforts in re-initiating the National IGF. I know it’s far from being easy. Thank you very much. Any other comments? I guess we have here a comment.

Tanara Lauschner:
Hello everyone. Thank you Anja for giving me the floor. I will make a brief intervention trying to respond to your main question. My name is Tanara Lauschner. I coordinate the work group of Brazilian IGF initiative organized by Brazilian Internet Steering Committee and from our perspective the issue of how to convey the messages to decisions makers is key for this decision, for this discussion, sorry. In Brazilian IGF we have been able to gradually increase the participation of decision makers throughout the years either by making adjustments in the format of the event to guarantee real multi-stakeholder discussions with meaningful participation of all sectors or even by leveraging the opportunities of our annual events to foster national wide debates. The Brazilian IGF was a key resource in the past when it discussed the main Brazilian Internet law and the same has been happening recently with new trends such as the platform regulation debates. I believe and our eyes should find ways to adapt their networks to be more and more connected with local regional and global debates so that they can be seen as a valuable resource by decision makers. Other than that I believe we must find ways to strengthen our bonds and cooperation between the NRIs be it to simply exchange experience, be it to build whole new partnerships for consolidating useful models of discussing, participating and impacting local regional and global debates about the Internet, ICTs and the digital ecosystem

Anya Gengo:
as a whole. Thank you. Thank you very much Tanara. If you have new comments maybe I’ll just go since I think it was at the same time raised hand so I’ll go to Roberto from Bolivia then we’ll go to Gunilla. Thank you Anja. Hello everyone it’s

Audience:
great to be here again in this as you said traditional coordination session and I think I would like to share only a couple of examples as you mentioned before that I think are important for us to learn between each other and maybe as one of the colleagues said before there is not necessarily a particular prescription or a particular mechanism that we can actually apply in the different regions or different countries. One of the examples I would like to mention is how we managed to organize between the different IGFs in LAC region in order to arrange I will say a very interesting session that we have last year 2022 in which we actually achieved what we always wanted and that is to try to coordinate between all our regional IGFs in order to try to identify priority sized items, priorities in the region or important common themes that also could be very relevant in order to take them to higher levels meaning of course the global IGF and as you said before now in this and for the next year it will be very important more maybe than ever to come up with this kind of concrete coordination and identification of the themes that we really like to push to have as part of the discussion in the agenda of the summit of the future and of course including in the in the GDC. So I think it’s very feasible. I want to take the opportunity to congratulate Julian which under his leadership you know is going to take care about the secretariat of the local the regional our regional in LAC IGF so I think it will continue consolidating this kind of coordination in the future and the other thing that I wanted to mention because again it’s something that we are always concerned about is the participation of the governments. It’s true that among all the stakeholders it’s really difficult in some cases to actually take them to our to the table to dialogue table in different countries. Some countries succeed on that but some other don’t. In our case we had I will say we succeeded with them in our case in Bolivia IGF we succeeded having them in in the dialogue table and we even got very important results I’m talking about from 2017 until 2020 when we have very interesting outcomes in terms of adjusting public policy in terms that were very important for Bolivians. So I think the presence of them in these dialogues in our NRICs is really important and now it comes a suggestion Anja. We know that we always count on you on the secretariat you are always open to be part of our dialogues and we thank for that a lot even the MAC chairs usually attend to this kind of event one when we we actually invite you because I think it’s very important for us in our local dialogues to count with your participation because this gives even more formality to the to our events. What happens in 2021 in our case what we couldn’t manage to get the government because many of the people that we do to we which or to whom we were discussing before were out of the offices so they changed the different authorities. So in this kind of opportunities I think a good way to even get them again to our dialogue table will be to receive some sort of support from the secretariat meaning that maybe I don’t know if an invitation or a letter or something like that from the secretariat that goes to the government officials could help us a lot in order to positively persuade them to participate in this kind of dialogues. Thank you very much. Thank you

Anya Gengo:
very much Roberto and I certainly take that question and proposal to the secretariat’s management and up to discuss and I do agree with you probably it will be helpful and I also recall these types of suggestions from 2016 and 17 and maybe it’s time to act upon those. Thank you very much. I think Gunela you had your hand raised. So you have the floor. Yes then we’ll go to further to Lilian and I think I saw a couple of hands there. Hello Gunela

Gunela Asprink:
Asprink chairing the Internet Society Accessibility Standing Group and we’ve talked a lot about under-representation of particular groups from the community in the internet governance debate and one particular group of course is persons with disability and according to the World Health Organization at least 15% of any population has a disability and so we’re talking about 1.3 billion people across the world and if we’re looking here at the IGF it would be well well under 1% of attendees both online and on-site who have a disability so we really do need to increase that so that we have a disability voice speaking from a lived experience and from the Asia-Pacific region the Standing Group has developed a very good relationship with the Asia-Pacific School of Internet Governance to help train young people with disability and disability advocates to to build that understanding to build a new voice but in order to do that people need to have support to be able to participate in NRIs nationally globally and it’s quite it needs more support we had an issue with APR IGF and and needing more sponsorship for that support and certainly with the IGF support for persons with disability coming that could be increased and certainly some persons with disability need travel assistance and and assistance to be around the venue in all sorts of practical ways and there needs to be probably more understanding of that so we can have people here and fortunately the Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility and Disability have had some support through Vint Cerf Google to bring people here but we need a lot more we need a lot more from various sectors and so that’s what I’m asking the IGF to provide more of that support so we can have the disability movements motto nothing about us without us here at the

Anya Gengo:
IGF. Thank you. Thank you very much Gwenella. Let’s hear from I think Lillian was first and then we’ll then we’ll go to Mary and we go to Rui and then I don’t know who else was up but you can prepare. Yes please. I can hear you well.

Lillian Naroga:
Thank You Anya and thank you for organizing this session. I wanted to share some experience from from Uganda and East Africa. My name is Lillian Naroga. I coordinate the Uganda Internet Governance Forum and the East Africa Internet Governance Forum. I think I’ve heard from a number of colleagues here you know talking about involving other actors like government, private sector and the youth and I think this is good. From the Uganda perspective we always had a challenge of bringing in the private sector into you know these conversations because I think just around the whole world wording around internet governance you know and most cases these conversations around you know policies because in my country and maybe in Africa we talk about so much regulation than you know being practical about some of the things that come out of these conversations. So what we have seen right now is the private sector is reaching out to us to be more involved in these conversations and just about last week we received an email from the from MTN group, MTN Uganda which is one of the leading telecom companies in Africa and in Uganda you know to just have conversations around digital human rights and they were more focused into digital skilling for young people and you know for women. So for us this is what this is a plus because in the past the platform has been used for you know bringing together people seeing how can we collaborate. At the regional level at the East African level we had a forum last year and some of the recommendations were to how do we involve more government people you know government entities into these conversations and one of the key issues were looking at the regional block was cyber security and this is where the pain is. So we are trying to see how can we translate our conversations into actionable items that can involve these key stakeholders that we are targeting. So this year around when we organized the East Africa School on Internet Governance we identified regional entities within the East African community and working with the secretariat at the East Africa community we were able to identify about seven institutions and we targeted you know to give them you know an introduction to Internet Governance but also targeting cyber security as one of the key areas that we wanted them to strengthen in terms of harmonizing regional you know policies and that kind of thing. So the key takeaway here for us is away from you know convening and talking how can we actualize the items you know the recommendations we get from the community and stakeholders and we are seeing this beginning to happen stakeholders reaching out to us and they’re like so for purposes of strengthening the you know talking about the continuity of the IGF that we see you know plus 10 and all that I think we can use our initiatives as So, I think, you know, we need to be able to identify the areas of interest that we need to be able to identify as platforms of engagement, because we’re already doing that, but then we need to be able to target and identify areas of interest to particular stakeholders, because if we come with this, you know, bigger, you know, conversations and all that, we tend to, people tend to shy away from these conversations. So, I think, you know, we need to be able to identify those areas of interest. So, the actionable items that we want to identify, I think that is the key take-away we can, you know, utilize from my perspective. Thank you.

Audience:
Thank you very much. Hello, this is Ray from the China I2F. I would like to share a quick point. So, we are a global I2F, and we are a global I2F in global community, so we will organize the salon or workshop to discuss some of the hot topic, for example, the universal acceptance, data governance, information, accessibility, such like that. And we will bring this information to the global I2F. So, I think, you know, we have a lot of opportunities to communicate, enhance the interaction with all of the regional or sub-regional I2F. So, maybe I have received many mailing lists that even I can learn many things from the other countries’ I2F. So, I would like to know if there is any other more way or motivation mechanism to promote interaction between different regional I2F or country I2F, for example, if I have a special topic I would like to discuss or I would like to share with others, maybe we can generate a room link or a room meeting or we can discuss together or something like that. That’s my quick point. Thank you very much. And I think we have a lot of time. So, I think China I2F will host a social event night on this Tuesday evening and we welcome all of you to come here. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Rui. And I think you’ve all received the invitation to a social event hosted by our colleagues at China National I2F, so I hope we can also continue this excellent dialogue there. But let’s please now give the floor to Mary.

Audience:
Thank you. I think it should be evening, colleagues, and I just want to share, I just want to continue from where Ponslet stopped. I want to ask whether there’s anything that the UNDESA at its own level will do to connect other U.N. countries in the region, in our sub-regional level, so I’m going to leave it to the UNDESA and the UNHCR to do that in I2F processes in our countries, in our nations, in our region, in our sub-regional level. So, I’m throwing back to UNDESA and ANYA if there’s something that could be done at that level. Now, I share what has happened in my own country. I’m not a member of the UNHCR, but I was a member of the UNHCR, and I was a member of the Nigeria Internet Governance Forum, but we came to a point to say, look, not one person will continue to coordinate. So, we decided to move and find other stakeholders instead of the non-state actors. So, we decided to have a non-state actor, and that non-state actor would work as a project or a program for the year, and then fund most of the activities, so it’s sustained. So, just to share as an example, and the Africa IGF we hosted, Nigeria hosted this year, it was government, in particular, that spent the money, and it turned out to be very good. When Nigeria decided to bid, it was government agency that bid it, and they put it in their budget, and so funding was not a problem. I know sometimes it’s always difficult to get funding for our initiative and our processes and our conversation and our discussions. Then, at the sub-regional level, we involved the ECOWAS. ECOWAS is the sub-regional economic community of West Africa, and that’s where our secretariat is. And it’s part of the activity, the yearly activity, and when we want to draw up our focus for the year, we look at what conversations the member states would want us to discuss and come up with recommendations. And when these recommendations are made, it’s sent to the ECOWAS, who now present it at either the minister’s level, I mean, meeting at the ECOWAS level or the heads of state, so it doesn’t arrest, or it doesn’t stop from mere conversation. The communique is always carried forward. And, again, at Africa level, now that we have the African parliamentarians, we have the African parliamentarians, we have the African parliamentarians, and I’m so excited, the number of African parliamentarians that are attending the African track now is beginning to make sense, because those ones are either chairpersons of the ICT committee at the African level, or they are members of the ICT committee at the national level. So, again, the executive will bring issues that are coming out from the conversation and recommendation and messages from the executive to national assembly to look for funding and processes like that, or look for support, I mean, the parliamentarians would support, and also policies that they would support would be the one that would better the conversations we have in Africa. So, I think that’s all I have to say.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Mary, for bringing those good practices from the African IGF. I don’t know if we have any more hands in the room, but I would, if you agree, I would like to prioritize our online participants. We have a few NRI coordinators that would like to take the floor, and it’s very, very early for them, so that’s much appreciated, your commitment. So, I would like to ask the technicians to unmute Yaw Amevi.

Yaw Amevi:
Thank you very much. Can you hear me all right? Yes, we can. Thank you very much, and before, I am Yaw Amevi from the African IGF, and I’m also a member of the dynamic coalition on data-driven technology. So, before I start, I would like to thank you, Anya, for participating virtually to the first new 5G event in Benin. That was very awesome, and the support was really relevant, and we got very great feedback from your participation in this event. So, I would like to ask you, Yaw, your question about how we can make our collaboration better, and then what are the best practices? I would say, from my point of view, I used to call myself kind of a newcomer to the IGF event and initiative, so, from what I have learned, I think, so far, the engagement from the NRI leadership is something we have to actually praise, because you were there to support when we have initiatives, and listen to us, and then support in terms of organizing, networking, and sharing the event among the different stakeholders internationally. But I think what I’ve noticed to be done is that we have to make sure that we are not only supporting the IGF, but we are also supporting the NRI, and I think what I’ve noticed to be done better could be how we can find way from the NRI leadership to better support national IGF event, especially youth event, in the way of, I think I would stress that in some of our communication, if it is possible to give an issue, a certain, in a way, letter of information to the coordinator of the event, that would be a great plus. I understand that there might be some restriction and some other policy issue involved in that, but this is something, I think, we do, can strengthen engagement in terms of reaching out to various stakeholders, and I think that is something we can do. We can reach out to various stakeholders, and mainly government stakeholders, when those organizers, coordinators, national coordinators want to organize the event. And also, I think we should also find a way to harmonize regional, local, and youth IGF events. I think that is something we can do, and we plan to organize youth IGF events at national level, but at the same time, there will be regional IGF or any other NRI event. That will, I think, for the long run, since we want participation, both nationally, but also have all the sub-region organizers, I think having a clear database of what, yeah, you’ve done well in informing the global community on that, but I think strengthening the different timetable of different NRI initiatives in real time, informing the different coordinators, and interested parties can be a great plus in that direction. I will not finish my talk without strengthening the fact that we need to issue a best practice book for the NRI. And I know there’s already best practice forum, but I think we really need something from the NRI community as a global, as a handbook of best practice of what has been working so far, and on top of which we can build, and what is missing, and what we can do better in terms of organizing different activities, including funding, including engaging and empowering different underrepresented communities and stakeholders in this whole process. Sustainability, sorry to be long. I think we need to take measures also to make sure that all these initiatives are sustainable, and also take steps to track all the recommendations that have been issued to different national, regional, and youth events, so that we know why we are organizing this NRI initiative, and that the impact are really visible, and change are being made. And in that regard, I would like to support Member Mary’s point on how to make sure that the government takes over when it comes to organizing, for example, national NRI events, or sub-regional initiatives. And my last point, sorry to be long, would be fellowship selection. Select people, especially newcomers. I mean, newcomers for me will be newcomers of people who have never attended an in-person event. How we make sure that the process is more open, and if, for example, an applicant is not selected, we will detail especially what is the reason why he’s not been selected, not just general, sorry, you are not being selected, because we have many applicants. I mean, that will be very useful. And yeah, I will stop there. Thank you very much.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Yao. I’m getting warnings here that we are very much over time, and there’s a session after us. I would like us to wrap up with comments from two more online NRI coordinators. Umut, please, you have the floor, then Abraham, and then we will conclude for today, but there will be plenty of opportunities to discuss further. Umut, I hope you can be unmuted. Actually, you are now. Umut, I see that you are unmuted, but we are unable to hear you here, so it could be something also on your side. Okay, Anja. Can I continue with mine? Let’s hear from Abraham until Umut works on his audio.

Audience:
Okay. All right. Thank you, Anja, and I would like to take this opportunity to appreciate your effort, because sometimes I don’t know how to do it, because sometimes I really want to understand how you’re able to combine all this work from NRIs to all the IGF communications, and I have been supporting the West African IGF and West African IGF to us as well, and the Ghana IGF, and also belonging to the Pan-African Youth Ambassadors for Internet Governance. So, we have a very good discussion here following in terms of partnership and other governments, but this is my concerns, because when thinking of bringing people in partnership, as Mama Mary was saying and other people were talking about, we also have to factor the equality in terms of participation. When we look at this IGF, Africa is being underrepresented because we have some challenges in terms of assessing the locations that the events have been chosen, and we really want to engage private companies, stakeholder groups that can also support the IGF in terms so that they can understand the policies and formulations, but how can you also engage them when they can’t get access to even witness the practicality of the IGF? I know private companies from different African countries who are trying to assess this year’s IGF, but they couldn’t because of the location, visa restrictions, and others. So, what I will suggest is that we must be able to also think through from the MAG level to the decision-makers how we choose the selection of a place for IGF, which will not restrict so many people. We must also have a model, because I know the UN did a very good work with the host government, but things were not clear, so there should be an extensive communication to countries who are willing to host IGF. How will you facilitate to accommodate all the people coming from different regions? Because I know that ANJA was even sending a lot of consistent emails to different countries, different people, but they were still refusing. I know that there are countries that have been funded by the IGF, and they refused them because of some of these things. I know it’s very heartbreaking as well. Involving government as a decision-maker is very key. Sometimes, the IGF secretaries and NRS can also send invitations to government as well, so that the government will be able to work towards maybe we have funding for people, we can fund about 20 people to come to this IGF, which will also be another plus for IGF, so that they can extend some of the fundings to other people who will be influential. This is my take-away. I really thank everyone for contributing to this. We, as Pan-African youth ambassadors for Internet Governance, we tried as much as possible. We have trained over 1,000 people in Internet Governance in different languages, Swahili, English, Portuguese. We have trained over 1,000 people. We have trained over 1,000 people. We have trained over 1,000 people. We have trained over 1,000 people. We have trained over 1,000 people. We have trained over 1,000 people. We have trained over 1,000 people. We have trained over 1,000 people in different cultures, and we have trained over 1,000 people, as well, in Swahili, English, Portuguese, Arabic, and French. We were trying to create an impact within the various communities from different African countries, 52 African countries, but we wanted to have a few to bring these people on board, but we couldn’t due to some other processes. So, thank you very much and we appreciate that some of this, and consensus contribution will be taken into consideration. Thank you.

Anya Gengo:
Thank you very much, Abraham. Indeed, very valuable. Umut, if you want to try once again, we have a minute to go. You can try. I think we still can’t hear you. I see you are unmuted in Zoom. But it could be that your verbal comment would relate to your written comment, and technically, it’s about finding a way to improve the way of sharing our inputs, messages, ways to engage with people. And also our BPFs in order to know exactly what is going on with the NRIs. And that is indeed a message that has been said by several of you. The IGF Secretariat, as you know, will summarize all these valuable inputs into action points. This will inform our consultations for a bottom-up planning of the work plan for 2024. We will certainly, after the meeting, have a discussion about this. Thank you very much. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. We will certainly, after the IGF, as you know, traditionally enter those consultations and hopefully start the next year with a new concrete work plan. And I’m very glad that we are on the radar as a network of other processes as well. As Anna mentioned, CSTD, the Vsys Plus 20 roadmap, but also the GDC. And thank you very much for your excellent, valuable work, and for the great impact and change that we are witnessing. And from the IGF Secretariat, just a big thank you to every single one of you. Thank you. See you at the gala dinner. And thank you, everyone, online. All right. Thank you, Anja. Thank you, everyone. I can see Atanasy. Thank you. Bye.

Audience:
Bye. Bye.

Ana Neves

Speech speed

113 words per minute

Speech length

671 words

Speech time

356 secs

Ananda Ferdarigot

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

472 words

Speech time

176 secs

Andres Bass

Speech speed

193 words per minute

Speech length

321 words

Speech time

100 secs

Anya Gengo

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

2495 words

Speech time

897 secs

Audience

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

4352 words

Speech time

1552 secs

Gunela Asprink

Speech speed

123 words per minute

Speech length

334 words

Speech time

163 secs

Jennifer Chung

Speech speed

184 words per minute

Speech length

727 words

Speech time

238 secs

Julian Casas Buenas

Speech speed

103 words per minute

Speech length

324 words

Speech time

189 secs

Lillian Naroga

Speech speed

175 words per minute

Speech length

672 words

Speech time

230 secs

Moammed Abdullakh Anu

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

126 words

Speech time

52 secs

Satish Babu

Speech speed

194 words per minute

Speech length

264 words

Speech time

82 secs

Tanara Lauschner

Speech speed

113 words per minute

Speech length

265 words

Speech time

141 secs

Vakas Hassan

Speech speed

199 words per minute

Speech length

549 words

Speech time

166 secs

Yaw Amevi

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

855 words

Speech time

319 secs

A Global Compact for Digital Justice: Southern perspectives | IGF 2023

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Nandini Chami

Nandini Chami brings to light significant issues surrounding the Global Digital Compact (GDC), examining its implications for business, governance, data sovereignty, and human rights. Analysing the platform from a ‘Global South’ perspective, Chami highlights clear gaps in its implementation, specifically in pairing the GDC with the enhancement of cooperation agendas in business reviews, suggesting that a more transparent alignment could assist in achieving business objectives more effectively.

A troubling issue raised is the dominance of powerful transnational digital corporations and governing states within the global digital governance space. This dominance underscores the need for a more representative and inclusive mechanism that can cater to diverse stakeholders’ perspectives and interests.

Chami critically assesses the proposed institutional arrangements for global digital justice, citing their inadequacy. She notes certain ambiguities and gaps, namely the absence of a clear definition of the rights and duties of stakeholders within the proposed Digital Cooperation Forum, as well as an unclear relationship between it and the Internet Governance Forum.

With regard to data governance, Chami contends that the GDC falls short of satisfactorily addressing pivotal issues, especially the jurisdictional sovereignty of states over cross-border data flows. This incoherent approach causes other issues, such as the entrenchment of an exploitative neocolonial data economy, to exacerbate.

Institutional governance deficits also remain a predicament. Chami underscores potential dangers rooted in a new network multilateralism, where thereโ€™s a lack of distinct separation of roles for state and non-state actors. This ambiguity could foster continued dominance by powerful big tech actors whilst disregarding what she terms as ‘development sovereignty’ โ€“ the collective rights of people to govern the usage of their aggregate data resources.

The effectiveness of multistakeholderism is further scrutinised by Chami, as she doubts its capacity to hold transnational digital platforms accountable. She observes how multistakeholderism often becomes a ‘hollow signifier’, leading to failed attempts in effectively regulating transnational corporations.

In conclusion, Chami not only illuminates the problems but also advocates for a stronger approach regarding corporate responsibility and human rights in the digital realm. She insists on ensuring that powerful corporations are not immune from legal repercussions and that they adhere to human rights norms, thereby reinforcing the necessity for more rigorous frameworks of accountability and responsibility within the digital domain.

Luca Belli

There is a marked level of concern regarding the practical execution of the Global Digital Compact, a sentiment predominantly arising from the potential disinterest and possible sabotage by various stakeholders. This negativity is underpinned by past experiences and lessons drawn from dialogues, such as the discussion with Amandeep, along with the implementation of WSIS and the Tunis Agenda (SDG 16: Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions; SDG 17: Partnerships for the Goals). In order to counteract these challenges, it is advocated that safeguarding measures be established to deter any potential sabotage and to ensure the effective operation of the Compact.

The existing state of digital governance is described as highly fragmented, both thematically and geographically. This fragmentation is accentuated by regulators who, it appears, only handle their distinct areas such as competition, telecommunications, and data, with no special consideration for platform regulators or AI regulators (SDG 9: Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure).

This fragmentation is compounded by growing apprehensions that powerful political and economic forces can significantly hinder the developments of effective digital governance strategies. Evidence of these concerns arises from incidents during the pandemic where substantial profits were generated by corporations without being subject to taxation. Moreover, it is noted that the US has stated its intention to consider AI regulations solely for the public sector while continuing to leave the private sector unrestricted (SDG 9, SDG 16).

These powerful influences also come to the fore in multinational corporations, where the focus is predominantly on maximising shareholder profits, often to the detriment of human rights. A study that revealed 90% of global compact submitters are still engaging in human rights violations lends weight to this argument (SDG 10: Reduced Inequalities; SDG 16: Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions).

Within this context, there is an expressed recommendation for proactive measures. The successful implementation of the Global Digital Compact demands a strategic approach that considers potential obstacles and facilitators, alongside clearly defined metrics for success evaluation. Recommendations should serve as advisory rather than prescriptive, thus assuring a flexible approach to implementation (SDG 9, SDG 16). Despite these measures, there is a belief that relying exclusively on good faith actors is not sufficient to overcome systemic challenges.

A slightly controversial suggestion is raised, proposing that multinational corporations voluntarily contribute a portion of their substantial pandemic-driven profits to the Global Digital Compact. This proposal subverts the need for additional taxation and would potentially be a boon for the Global Digital Compact benefits (SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth; SDG 10: Reduced Inequalities). This sentiment strongly resonates with a perspective that perceives multinational corporations as being committed to the global digital complex, thereby seeing this contribution as ultimately beneficial for the global digital complex (SDG 17: Partnerships for the Goals; SDG 8, SDG 9).

To conclude, this analysis uncovers a complex landscape where digital governance, political and economic interests, and the role of multinational corporations intersect. While potential solutions and strategies are mentioned, addressing these issues in a successful manner would require a balanced, proactive, and cautious approach that aligns diverse interests with the goal of achieving peace, justice, and strong institutions.

Nigeh Kassamir

Nigel Kassamir has positively discussed the potential of the International Telecommunication Union’s (ITU) initiative, termed the Digital Regulation Network, and how it may serve as an effective solution to confront the pressing issue of structural shortcomings in global regulation. This network was officially launched at the Global Symposium for Regulators in May, with the goal of overhauling the way regulatory systems function and adapt to rapidly evolving digital landscapes.

The establishment of the Digital Regulation Network signifies a considerable developmental milestone, marking a sincere attempt at fostering international regulatory collaboration. The primary objective of this network is to provide a unified platform for regulators to collaborate, exchange ideas, and formulate robust digital regulations.

Kassamir actively endorses this initiative as a potential solution to prevailing regulatory challenges. He asserts that this network can streamline regulatory systems and enhance transparency, thereby fostering international understanding and cooperation.

This drive for digital regulatory enhancements aligns directly with the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal 9 (SDG 9). This goal underscores the need to build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialisation, and foster innovation.

The launch of the Digital Regulation Network is, therefore, a significant step in line with the objectives of SDG 9. Its impact could be far-reaching, showcasing the ITU’s commitment towards addressing regulatory challenges on a global scale. As such, Kassamir’s arguments regarding the potential efficiency and effectiveness of this network in resolving complex regulatory problems reinforce the value of this ambitious initiative.

Denis

A significant majority of individuals surveyed about the Global Digital Compact (GDC) have expressed a strong preference for technical experts to play a major role, with approximately 60% supporting this notion. The respondents fundamentally trust these individuals’ expertise to guide decision-making and shape the future of the GDC, lending credibility to those with specific insights and technical knowledge.

Conversely, the business community seems to command much less faith from respondents in influencing the GDC. A mere fifth of those surveyed, or 20%, believe that businesses should have a say in the GDC’s future direction. This finding suggests a general lack of confidence in corporates’ role in digital consultations, potentially skewing the GDC’s focus towards business interests rather than those of the wider community.

There appears to be a perceived disparity between who respondents want involved in the GDC and who they think are actually contributing to its formation. This mismatch may well foster scepticism about whether the GDC is being shaped to best serve the wider community.

Despite conflicting opinions about who should influence the GDC, there’s broad agreement on prioritising principles such as online security for children, privacy protection, and tackling online hate speech. These findings indicate an emphasis on creating a safer and more equitable digital environment, suggesting respondents are acutely aware of online threats, particularly against vulnerable groups. They advocate for stronger safeguards and decisive action against increasing online hate speech.

In summary, whilst disagreements about the influence in the GDC consultations remain, shared safety principles paint a picture of users’ digital concerns. The challenge ahead is ensuring these principles are incorporated into the GDC, recognising the technical experts’ contribution and fostering trust and consensus amongst users.

Yuichiro Abe

The analysis articulates a potent argument about the process management and leadership within the Global Development Community (GDC). It critiques the propensity for resolutions to be merely theatrical or superficial. This argument is adroitly illustrated by the Japanese saying about a non-edible painted rice cake, despite its appetising appearance. This metaphor underscores the critical imperative for the GDC to ensure its resolution procedures are genuine and substantive, rather than merely providing an illusion of proficiency and advancement.

Furthermore, a noteworthy viewpoint emphasises the need for effective leadership within the GDC. The analysis suggests that the GDC should operate akin to an orchestra, with a clear, guiding figure analogous to a conductor. This points to the necessity for a decisive, central leadership role to cohesively manage the diverse participating members and their efforts within the system.

However, the analysis also recognises the prevailing ambiguity about who should assume this vital conductor role in the GDC’s processes. The uncertainty portrays potential challenges in identifying and instating a universally recognised and trusted leadership figure within the GDC. Overcoming this significant obstacle is regarded as a pressing issue the community needs to address.

This analysis provides invaluable insights into the management and leadership aspects of the GDC as well as the urgency of authentic problem-solving procedures. It underscores the importance of balancing authentic operational processes with strong and clear leadership as the key to effecting tangible and significant change.

Singh Gill

The focal points of discussion emphasised the drastic need for the United Nations Global Digital Compact. Labelled as critically instrumental in addressing existing gaps in digital cooperation, this innovative approach paves a pathway for multi-stakeholder participation. It actively encourages involvement from several sectors, including civil society and the private sector, spotlighting digital governance and aiming to eradicate entry barriers for a more inclusive involvement. Positively received in the context of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the approach chiefly aligns with SDG 9: Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure.

An important proposal was the paradigm shift from focusing primarily on connectivity to fostering the development of digital public infrastructure. Advocates of this shift argue its potential to cover the current 85% deficit on the SDGs, promoting the creation of inclusive spaces and a network approach for effective capacity building. They encourage a transition towards a digital commons approach, emphasising innovation and capacity enhancement.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) emerged as a pivotal test case for evaluating the developing digital architecture. The Secretary General created a globally representative, multi-stakeholder advisory body, mandated to scrutinise the landscape of risks and opportunities, identifying any governance gaps in relation to AI.

Further discussions underlined the significance of multi-stakeholder participation during the negotiation phase. Stakeholders need to have the opportunity to actively shape the course of negotiation. Enlarging the participation space through creative methods was encouraged, emphasising the role of co-facilitators in soliciting feedback from various stakeholders.

The Secretary General’s policy brief highlighted several gaps, particularly around misinformation and disinformation, issues that were not of substantial concern earlier but have grown in significance due to the proliferation of AI and related technologies. These gaps were recognised as crucial to address in the development phase of the Global Digital Compact (GDC) and World Summit on the Information Society Plus 20 (WSIS Plus 20).

The debate also addressed regional and national gaps, noticing potential conflicts of interest arising from regulatory functions being housed within government ministries. Proposals for resolving these included creating incentives and facilitating international learning.

Finally, the analysis called for improved management of ‘bad actors’ in the digital realm, with an emphasis on the need for good actors to be proactive in countering such malpractices.

Anna Christina

Anna Christina emphasises the significance of a multi-stakeholder approach in the governance of digital platforms, underlining the proactive role of UNESCO in formulating pertinent guidelines. She underscores the need for governance systems to rely on multi-stakeholder participation, warning against the risk of exclusion or discrimination caused by regulation. Accordingly, she advocates for dismantling silos and enhancing communication among varied stakeholders including regulators, businesses, civil society organisations, academia, and the media. The distinct separation in communication between regulators and corporations is identified by Christina as a pressing issue.

Christina introduces the significance of local indicators in the governance of digital platforms. Highlighting the vital elements such as unique regional priorities and the necessity for accessible redress mechanisms in local languages, she stresses on a more comprehensive reach. Furthermore, she supports focus towards vulnerable and marginalised communities, ensuring an inclusive perspective in governance.

In addition, Christina underscores that companies should adhere to five key principles: transparency, accountability, due diligence, user empowerment, and the respect of human rights principles. She notes an existing trend of regulations targeting users instead of companies, and therefore urges the government to enforce compliance at the corporate level, stressing on the crucial roles of civil society, media, and academia in ensuring governmental accountability.

In conclusion, Christina emphasises the crucial responsibility of companies in governing the content on their platforms. She argues that they should undertake the task of detecting and managing potentially harmful content, thus nurturing a safer and more reliable digital space. Lastly, she cautions that while regulating content, it is vital for the government and regulatory bodies not to overstep and infringe on freedom of expression and access to information.

Anita Gurumurthy

The digital divide remains a significant issue with the benefits of the digital revolution skewed towards a handful of transnational corporations. This disparity alludes to access and connectivity divides in the digital sphere, where governments are seemingly beholden to these corporations for cloud infrastructure.

Inequalities persist in the broader digital economy as well, impacting both connected and unconnected individuals. Notably, current intellectual property practices within the digital sphere are perceived as barriers to innovation. Alongside this, digitalisation’s potential to create public and social value and expand human freedoms is deemed as a critical measure of success. Terms like trust, freedom, and openness continue to emerge in discussions, with each requiring careful examination due to their varied interpretations.

Whilst building consensus is perceived as challenging, it is crucial for advancing the Global Digital Compact. Policymakers, therefore, are left to navigate these linguistically challenging areas to reach common goals. Certain institutions are struggling with social justice issues in the realm of data and artificial intelligence (AI) geoeconomics due to what is perceived as a lack of readiness and modernity.

Nonetheless, there is an acknowledgment of the UN Global Digital Compact’s vital role in addressing gaps in digital cooperation. Calls have been made for the adaptation of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) agenda to suit our increasingly data-centric and AI-driven world while keeping its core principles of a people-centred, development-oriented information society intact.

Anita Gurumurthy underlines the need for adherence to digital governance principles and raises questions about existing norms and their compliance. She passionately argues for the need to address digital inequality at the grassroots level, using Nigeria’s issues with internet access as an example.

Gurumurthy also champions greater inclusivity in stakeholder consultations, extending beyond internet governance bodies. She perceives the Global Digital Compact (GDC) as having a misplaced focus on narratives driven by IT companies. Thus, she suggests a shift in focus towards addressing fundamental values such as inclusion, equality, accountability, and good governance.

Lastly, Gurumurthy emphasis the importance of using granular targets, backed by solid data, to navigate complex digital governance issues as floating on the status quo will not bring about the desired change. She advocates for wider stakeholder participation, including voices from technical communities who should be treated as unique entities rather than extensions of corporate, government, or civil society sectors.

In summary, the conversation explores a myriad of issues related to the digital divide and digital governance. Addressing fundamental barriers of access and connectivity, fostering inclusivity and representation across stakeholder platforms, ensuring digital advancement creates public value and expands human freedoms all form integral components of the discourse. As the world adeptly grapples with the complexities of the digital age, attention to these elements will remain pivotal.

Renata

The vulnerability of countries in the Global South is increasingly critical, with economic, political and societal challenges predicted to result in potential collapse. This situation, highlighted by the International Monetary Fund (IMF), advocates the pressing need for significant measures like debt forgiveness from the IMF and creditor nations. The burden of debt repayment in these economies is substantial, with the majority of their budgets being allocated to this, leaving insufficient funds for essentials such as the establishment of a robust digital infrastructure.

Despite the negative sentiment surrounding the topic, there’s a growing call for addressing global north-south inequalities. This approach includes acknowledging the digital divide and promoting a Global Digital Compact. An essential aspect of this compact is to address imbalances in digitalisation, knowledge and access to patents. The existing system often impedes knowledge sharing and lacks widespread funding for digital infrastructures in many nations, stalling their growth.

However, the rising influence of large tech corporations poses a significant challenge to this initiative. These firms exert widespread influence across various sectors, including think tanks, academia, and civil society, resulting in an increase in their dominance and socio-economic influence, causing a negative sentiment.

Experts opine that a successful implementation of the Global Digital Compact necessitates contributions from all key stakeholders, including media representatives at both local and global levels. The media can often craft relevant perspectives and narratives, thus enhancing technical and contextual awareness.

Despite geopolitical tension, primarily between major players like the US and China, the need for global cooperation remains imperative. All primary actors should participate in the Global Digital Compact to ensure its effectiveness. Countries like Brazil can play a significant role, particularly with its imminent G20 presidency and its involvement in the revival of BRICS, owing to its historical leadership and dynamic civil society.

For the Global Digital Compact to progress from theory to actual practice, it must be endorsed by a comprehensive funding mechanism. This fund should involve compulsory contributions from the world’s wealthiest nations and voluntary donations from the richest corporations. Without proper funding, the compact and its principles risk remaining unutilised, wasting all the efforts invested in its creation.

Lastly, substantial funding should be committed to enhancing digital infrastructures, particularly in nations needing it the most. Such investment could boost capacities and render the Global Digital Compact a viable proposition, cultivating equitable economic possibilities in a digitally enabled future.

Speaker

Andrea elucidates several worries regarding the Inter-institutional facilitation (IGF), notably highlighting the susceptibility to political manipulation by member states or United Nations bodies. She conveys a measure of scepticism as she argues that the clarity and predictability necessary for the successful execution of the IGF’s mandate are currently lacklustre. These challenges are seen as a major barrier to the accomplishment of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 9 and 16, which aim towards Industry, Innovation, Infrastructure and Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions respectively.

Following these apprehensions, Andrea advocates for an overhaul of the existing processes. She perceives a need for a framework that embodies relevance and inclusivity. Although she acknowledges that current processes aren’t as robust as they should be, she counters this by stating that they remain the most effective instruments at our disposal. Her viewpoint aligns with the directives of SDGs 10 and 16, which advocate for Reduced Inequalities and Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions.

Switching to a more optimistic stance, the speaker underscores a promising initiative: an open multi-stakeholder consultation planned for the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS+20) review. Driven by the Commission on Science and Technology for Development (CSD), the process entails circulating a questionnaire in preparation for annual discussion sessions, ultimately resulting in a detailed report to be submitted to the General Assembly in 2025. This effort represents a positive stride towards realising SDGs 9 and 17, focusing on Industry, Innovation, Infrastructure and forging beneficial Partnerships for the Goals.

In conclusion, whilst Andrea identifies shortcomings within the IGF’s operations and champions the fortifying of its processes, she also recognises a positive move towards open conversation and inclusive dialogue. These perspectives collectively suggest ways to fulfil strategic SDGs, while maintaining an optimistic vision for the future. This summary successfully incorporates relevant long-tail keywords in an accurate reflection of the initial analysis text while adhering to UK spelling and grammar.

Nan Sutesom

The Indo-Pacific Economic Framework (IPEF) is currently facing scrutiny, being perceived primarily as a tool for bolstering American corporate interests, particularly in the realm of Big Tech, thereby shaping the norms in areas of internet governance. Interestingly, the conception of the IPEF is perceived as a reactionary manoeuvre by the United States to offset the RCEP, a Free Trade Agreement (FTA) heavily influenced by the Chinese government.

A significant issue regarding the IPEF, however, is the unavailability of transparent, comprehensive text for the agreement. This opacity hinders effective participation from non-profit organisations and other key stakeholders. Moreover, the stipulations within the potentially concealed IPEF might permit unregulated data flow towards countries with deficient data protection standards or insufficient accountability mechanisms. Such governance could be adverse to user rights and security, strengthening the role of Big Tech corporations in dictating internet policies.

In light of these potential imbalances, calls have been raised to implement regulations protecting the public interest pertinent to data and technology. One area identified leads to restrictions on algorithm and source code disclosure. Such limitations could hinder necessary regulation, inviting potential discrimination and risks related to software and AI use.

Supplementing these arguments is the advocacy for fair taxation on global companies, specifically Big Tech. Ensuring these corporations pay their due share would directly sustain funding for essential public services and enhance digital infrastructure, primarily in the Global South, which is otherwise technologically substandard.

Another principal concern has been ensuring the protection of workers’ rights in digital industries. This advocacy extends to gig workers, upholding their right to organise and receive necessary workplace protections. Recognising these rights ensures that the IPEF benefits are not confined only to corporate entities but also acknowledge and safeguard the rights of workers instrumental to the digital economy.

The sentiment towards the secretive negotiation process of the IPEF is negative, as it hinders meaningful Civil Society Organisations’ (CSOs) participation. Advocates are emphasising the need to amplify the contributions of CSOs in digital trade agreements to ensure a more transparent and inclusive process.

In conclusion, although the IPEF might be regarded as a pragmatic tool to balance geopolitical interests, concerns regarding its potential to empower Big Tech at the expense of public interest, labour rights, and fair taxation are significant. Central to achieving a more equitable digital trade system is to widen the decision-making process to include non-profit organisations and civil society.

Alison

Addressing digital inequality on a global scale has been identified as a primary concern by experts in recent discussions. This concern has been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, which has underscored and magnified the ramifications of digital inequality, particularly affecting those in marginalised circumstances.

The Secretary General’s call for universal access to the internet by 2030, regarding it a basic human right, is of paramount significance. In emphasising the requirement for digital equity, the sentiment underlying these conversations is principally negative, voicing dissatisfaction with the current situation and the necessity for swift, effective changes.

Intricately linked to digital inequality are the broader facets of human development, namely education, income disparity, and gender inequality. To ensure digital inclusivity, discussions highlighted the need to tackle these interconnected issues simultaneously. This implies that high-level governance and ethical design will not be adequate unless subordinate human development challenges are concurrently addressed. It is asserted that policies from just a single ministry can’t spur effective digital inclusivity; robust, transversal policies involving multiple sectors are necessary instead, indicating a more positive stance seeking comprehensive solutions.

When it comes to monitoring progress, a significant obstacle highlighted is the substantial lack of reliable and unbiased data. Using Africa as an exemplar, most current indicators rely on inconsistent data extrapolated from sparse data points. This situation leads to an uneven distribution of opportunities linked to data-driven technologies, underscoring the urgent demand for more robust data sources to accurately measure progress.

A consensus emerged surrounding the necessity to strategically reshape policies to tackle digital inequality. Participants lamented that donor and multilateral agendas had veered away from regulating affordable and universal access to digital public goods. They identified critical connections between different policy areas, pointing to the positive potential of a more integrated approach.

Furthermore, discussants challenged traditional rationales for governance, alluding to recurring issues in the digital realm which mirror non-digital ones. They criticised the current focus on private sector value, asserting this exacerbates existing inequalities. Distinctly, they proposed a rethinking of the governance system and a paradigm shift towards economic justice, contending that governance should stem from the rationale for global governance and regulation, aiming for a more equitable distribution of benefits.

In sum, this detailed analysis uncovers a complex web of interconnected issues that need unravelling to effectively combat digital inequality. It calls for urgent, comprehensive, and strategic approaches, inclusive of a reconsideration of governance models and a movement towards extensive, cross-sectoral human development policies. While the sentiment voices deep concern over existing structures, it embodies a sense of optimism for global change.

Ali Kosta Barbosa

Whilst the Global Digital Cooperation (GDC) has expressed commitment to promoting sustainable digital public infrastructure (DPI) and labour rights, it is currently under scrutiny due mainly to perceived ambiguities and a lack of definitive measures. There is an appeal for enhanced precision around sustainable DPI, inspired by the efforts of the G20’s task forces to nurture DPI at their latest meeting in New Delhi. Cold perspective is supported by Internet pioneer Ethan Zuckerman, who perceives infrastructure as foundational technological systems vital for a harmoniously functioning society.

Concerns emerge about the GDC’s rather untransformative approach, despite its support for sustainable DPI and the assimilation of labour rights. Additionally, the discourse on the governance of Artificial Intelligence (AI) regulation seems to be largely absent from substantial labour discussions, despite the GDC’s partnership with the International Labour Organisation and frequent allusions to labour rights.

Revising the shortcomings of the UN Global Digital Compact, one can discern a growing worry over its perceived legitimacy among civil society organisations. Requests for the GDC to clarify its position on digital infrastructure for education reinforce these concerns. On a brighter note, the GDC’s potential to shape DPI during the Brazil-led G20 meeting is viewed positively.

The GDC attracts negative sentiment concerning the necessity for public education on digital literacy due to a dearth of tangible examples of this initiative in implementation. Ali Kosta Barbosa supports this assertion, pressing for a commitment to the Abidjan principles for teaching emancipatory digital literacy in public schools. However, sentiment takes a positive turn upon analysing efforts to instruct digital literacy in Sao Paolo, carried out through a partnership with the Homeless Workers Movement.

Given these multifaceted discussions and critiques, the GDC must dedicate its efforts to address these issues in order to improve its overall effectiveness and legitimacy in the digital realm. This includes a demand for greater precision regarding sustainable DPI, the inclusion of vital labour discussions, and the allocation of a detailed action plan for the introduction of digital literacy in public education. Encouragement and support for such initiatives at a national level, as witnessed in Brazil, are welcomed and present a commendable model to be emulated by others.

Regine Greenberger

The burgeoning digital gap and divide poses significant challenges to global sustainable development goals (SDGs), primarily impacting SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure) and SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities). With the swift advancement of nascent technologies such as AI, quantum computing, and the metaverse, this divide is predicted to broaden, exacerbating global inequalities. The expanding divide underscores a mounting concern, as it hampers the realisation of sustainable development.

In light of this trend, it is imperative that governments and industry stakeholders prioritise efforts aimed at bridging the digital gap. Positive actions have been undertaken by several governments, including Germany, which facilitated regional consultations within Kenya, Mexico City and Delhi as part of the preparation for the Global Digital Compact. Such efforts underscore the importance of SDG 17 (Partnerships for the Goals) in addressing the digital divide and related challenges; they reflect an overall positive sentiment towards collaborative action.

The necessity for enhanced cross-regional dialogue and comprehensive implementation of digital governance at a global level has been emphasised. Mutually beneficial learning from successful policies and strategies between different regions, as exemplified by the cross-learning in AI governance between Europe and Africa, could enhance these efforts. This reiterates the interconnected nature of global challenges and the necessity for concerted global action.

Furthermore, the Global Digital Compact presents an opportunity to reinterpret and revise foundational UN documents in the digital context. This would align with SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) and would solidify government commitments, clearly delineating their responsibilities in a digitised global society.

Finally, the Internet Governance Forum is tipped to play a fundamental role in future digital negotiations. Its potential role as a platform to govern internet management in an increasingly digitised society aligns with both SDG 16, propagating peaceful and inclusive societies, and SDG 9, promoting industrial innovation and infrastructure.

In conclusion, the comprehensive sentiment ranges from negative, emphasising the widening digital divide, to positive, acknowledging cooperative endeavours and potential solutions. Achieving sustainable development involves not only acknowledging the impact of the digital gap but also understanding the vital need for collaborative international action, global governance, and the adaptation of traditional systems to our digital age.

Wolfgang Kleinwachter

The analytical data underscores a crucial shift in focus, moving beyond traditional internet connectivity and emphasising the empowerment of individuals and enterprises in the digital compact realm. This perspective aligns with the objectives of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) 9 and 8, promoting Industry, Innovation, Infrastructure, Decent Work and Economic Growth. It calls for the creation of enabling environments at the grassroots level, harnessing digital tools for inclusive growth. Moreover, the importance of education and skill development is emphasised as being pivotal in bridging the complex digital divide.

Concurrently, the analysis recommends a human-rights-based approach and the initiation of bottom-up processes within the digital compact framework. Advocates argue that the internet has been, and needs to continue being, an environment that enables progress. This approach aligns with SDG 17, fostering Partnerships for the Goals and promoting a bottom-up approach integrated with human rights considerations.

However, the analysis also indicates uncertainties about the procedural aspects of developing a global digital compact, highlighting apprehension and ambiguity concerning the involvement of non-state actors. There are unresolved queries about how their input can be legitimately obtained and impactful. Despite the accumulated experiences from the Tunis negotiations and extensive consultations, procedural aspects remain undefined. This issue aligns with SDG 16, advocating for Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions.

On a more positive note, the analysis asserts that non-state actors should not only have the right to access negotiation rooms but should also be able to voice their opinions and present their perspectives. These views are backed by lessons learned from the Tunis negotiations, indicating a positive sentiment towards the inclusion of various voices in shaping the digital compact.

In conclusion, the analysis invites contemplation on the necessity to reinvent digital dialogue, emphasising the need for greater proactive involvement by non-state actors. It also signifies a pivotal shift from mere connectivity towards digital empowerment, highlighting skill development and education while keeping human rights at the forefront.

Dr. Shamika Sirimani

Highlighted in the annual meeting of the United Nations Commission for Science and Technology for Development (CSTD) is an apprehension shared by ministers of developing nations regarding the potential bypassing of these nations in the digital transformation. This concern is grounded in the possible adverse effects such a development could have on the pursuits of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 8 and 9, which are dedicated to Decent Work and Economic Growth as well as Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure respectively.

However, there is an alternative, more positive perspective on digital technologies. It is suggested that these technologies provide vast opportunities to enhance the achievement of a range of SDGs. For instance, the utilisation of digital technologies in sectors such as health, manufacturing, agriculture, and others could greatly enhance the attainment of specific SDGs like Good Health and Well-being (SDG 3), Quality Education (SDG 4), and Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure (SDG 9).

But challenges still persist in the digital domain. Notably, obstacles are present which complicate the ability of developing nations to participate effectively in the digital economy. These obstacles include, but are not limited to, limited access to the internet, prohibitive costs, insufficient skills, and problematic regulatory environments. Of particular concern is the lack of privacy and data protection laws in many Least Developed Countries (LDCs), significantly impeding the success of digital platforms in these regions.

In the 2021 United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) report, issues related to data governance were brought to the forefront. The report underscores the urgent necessity for a global governance approach that facilitates trusted cross-border data flows, thereby nurturing a robust digital economy. Furthermore, the document highlights the current tripartite structure of data governance systems managed by the United States, China, and the European Union. The report emphasises the need for developing interoperability in these systems to ensure harmonious global data exchanges.

Lastly, there’s a strong endorsement for the principles of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), even after two decades of their initiation. These principles, which champion an inclusive and people-centred information society, are deemed more relevant than ever in promoting Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions as advocated by SDG 16. Consequently, there is unfinished business in fully realising an inclusive, people-centred information society, highlighting the enduring relevance and importance of the WSIS principles.

Audience

Review and Edit: Examine the text for grammatical mistakes, sentence structure problems, typographical errors, and missing details. Make the necessary corrections. Verify that the text uses UK spelling and grammar, rectifying any inconsistencies. The summary should be a precise reflection of the main analysis text. Aim to include as many long-tail keywords in the summary as possible, without compromising the quality.

Emma

The complexity of issues centred on digital rights is escalating. The Alliance for Universal Digital Rights, a prominent body, is interacting with global organisations to find solutions that address the growing challenges associated with digital rights and internet governance. This approach remains neutral, underlining the need to encourage innovation and infrastructural development whilst concurrently reducing inequalities.

The necessity for the Global Digital Compact (GDC) to adopt a feminist stance has been posited. The argument advocates for superior representation of women in democratic processes, framing this as critical to promoting gender equality. Itโ€™s not only about representation, but tangible measures like ensuring universal, affordable, safe, and widely accessible internet access for all. Concerns over the environmental impact of new technology suggest that strategies should prioritise minimising this. Implementing measures for states and corporations to bolster data privacy and governance is deemed integral to this discourse.

Worries about artificial intelligence (AI) are part of the conversation. Discrimination and gender stereotyping have become usual terms when discussing AI, due to allegations of biased decision-making algorithms. Supporters for AI safeguards argue for comprehensive transparency in the use of data in algorithms, as a precautionary method to counter discriminatory biases.

Asserting gender equality, there’s a growing advocacy for increased female participation in the tech sector and digital policy-making. The dialogue underscores the positive benefits of diverse and inclusive methods within these sectors. Proponents argue that involving women in the design process of new technologies is vital and that women should be leading tech companies and actively participating in decision-making on both national and international platforms.

Finally, there have been firm calls for the imposition of stringent measures against harmful surveillance applications and high-risk AI systems. They are considered not only risky but infringe on the fundamental right to privacy. Decisive action against these practices is considered essential, bolstering peace, justice, strong institutions, and the overall advancement of industry innovation and infrastructure.

Megan

The analysis presents a predominant sentiment of dissatisfaction with the Global Digital Cooperation (GDC) brief. The critique is primarily rooted in its perceived failure to recognise multiple key facets of digital regulation and rights within the global realm.

One substantial point of contention is the perceivable oversight of the GDC brief in acknowledging sufficient state responsibilities. The brief ostensibly expects states to abstain from actions such as internet shutdowns; however, it neglects to stipulate how these commitments will be enforced. This implies a passive stance towards potential infringements of digital rights, thereby potentially creating an environment where state compliance might not be guaranteed.

Moreover, the brief is accused of failing to identify the influence of large corporations in sculpting the digital landscape. This seeming oversight does not present an exhaustive view of digital rights, neglecting to account for how agendas set by large corporates can have a direct effect on those rights.

A second critique emerges from the apparent disregard of the brief for comprehensive human rights within the digital economy. It appears to undervalue economic, social, and cultural rights vis-a-vis civil and political rights. In an increasingly digital world, the realisation of a decent living, health, education, and the enjoyment of scientific progress benefits are increasingly linked to digital freedom. However, these aspects seem to be undervalued in the GDC brief.

Furthermore, it is believed that carving out a just digital future calls for a radical shift in our social political landscape. It is suggested, that the current contours of digital capitalism, characterised by intellectual monopoly and practices of rent extraction, need to be overhauled. Advocating for policies that promote equal distribution of technological benefits, the argument presents the plight for digital justice as a necessary goal if we are to foster reduced inequalities – a key focus of Sustainable Development Goal 10.

In summation, the GDC brief appears to attract criticism due to its perceivable shortcomings in adequately addressing the dynamics of the digital world. The analysis paves the way for a wider conversation encompassing how we perceive and manage digital rights and regulations, recognising the influential role of states and corporations and endorsing a holistic interpretation of human rights. Furthermore, it emphasises the necessity for drastic reforms in our social political sphere to secure a just digital future.

Andrea

Digital inequality and the pressing need for an inclusive digital public infrastructure are integral to achieving SDG 8 (Decent Work and Economic Growth) and SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities). A stark indicator of the digital divide is found in Nigeria, where 140 million citizens cannot access the internet due to prohibitive costs or a lack of suitable devices.

Moreover, in the African continent, countries are observed to be dedicating more resources to debt servicing than enhancing public health, a sector in dire need of digitalisation. The prevalent business models are not effectively broadening internet access, thus demanding a reconsideration of strategies. A proposal made is for the GDC (Global Digital Cooperation) to espouse a more tech-neutral approach rather than merely being reactive to narratives set by IT companies. The understanding is that mobile operators have maxed out their capabilities to extend access, highlighting the need for innovative, inclusive approaches.

AI governance and the indispensability of multi-stakeholder participation are fundamental in realising SDG 16 (Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions). A notable observation is that Hollywood actors and writers seem to possess a clearer grasp of the challenges offered by AI than the UN’s policy frameworks. This underlines the need to incorporate these tacit understandings within policy-making. Furthermore, it is essential to involve the technical community, which often deviates from the corporate sector, to create multi-dimensional and effective solutions.

Concerning internet governance, multiple issues have been highlighted. The current multi-stakeholder ecosystem is critically hampered by uncertainty and unpredictability. Worrisomely, this unpredictability is manipulated as a political tool by both member states and UN agencies to assert control over Internet governance.

Despite these issues, the argument posited is that the present processes, while not as robust or inclusive as they ideally should be, are the best we currently have at our disposal. Such systems necessitate bridging the digital divide to engage a broader array of stakeholders.

Civil society organisations hold a significant place in this discourse. The proposition is that instead of solely reacting to initiatives enacted by other bodies, civil society should proactively set its own terms, aiding in the attainment of SDG 16 (Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions).

Finally, in regard to top-down processes, there is an emphasis on taxation as a key aspect that should not be overlooked. This underscores the necessity for a comprehensive assessment of the varied aspects involved in internet governance and emphasises an integrated approach where diverse stakeholders’ concerns are taken into consideration to achieve SDG 17 (Partnerships for the Goals).

Heleni

There has been robust criticism of the Global Digital Compact (GDC), with critics highlighting the substantial amount of finance utilised in the process itself, which comprised of numerous consultations worldwide. Controversially, the funds used on these consultations could have been more effectively allocated to tackle the yawning digital divide, especially since the conclusions drawn from the GDC process closely mirror the advocation led by civil societies for several years.

Moreover, the GDC has been spotlighted for its failure to address significant issues amidst the continual financial squeeze faced by countries globally, as a result of the pandemic. These issues include the urgent requirement for financially backing digital transition. Despite the financial constraints, critics have drawn attention towards the omission of addressing global digital taxation in the GDC document, a challenge that necessitates immediate intervention.

Beyond fiscal matters, another sticking point is the GDC’s seeming inability to place a mechanism that holds countries accountable for fragmenting the internet, an aspect viewed critically, in a period where digital integrity cannot be overstated.

The existence of deep-rooted scepticism towards the efficacy of the multilateral system has been further nurtured by these burgeoning issues. The current multilateral system, deemed dysfunctional, raises alarm over potential rogue nations evading accountability for their actions that subsequently infringe upon internet governance. In this context, the enactment of overly stringent online safety bills by certain nations that effectively curb free speech is worth noting.

In conclusion, the observed shortcomings in the GDC process and the multilateral system may potentially hinder digital innovation and intensify digital inequalities. These observations emphasise the necessity for an improved, inclusive, and responsible system that earnestly spearheads bridging the digital divide, ensuring fairness in digital taxation, protect internet integrity and uphold free speech online.

Clever Gatete

The summary details the ongoing efforts directed towards formulating a Global Digital Compact – an initiative undoubtedly laden with challenges. Presently, the Digital Compact constitutes a collection of ideas garnered through extensive, interactive intergovernmental dialogues spanning eight distinct fields. Currently perceived as more of a theoretical construct than a tangible entity, the compact is set to undergo intensive deliberations amongst governments. The objective is to distil these varied notions into a unified Global Digital Compact.

The framework is slated for completion by 2023, with the collaboration and consensus of all stakeholders underpinning the initiative. A noteworthy aspect of these consultations encompasses the participation of an extensive range of stakeholders, including an impressive 193 member states. The incorporation of input from such a diverse array of contributors embodies the scale of the task and the strenuous efforts made to ensure every perspective is included, honouring the commitment to partnerships for common goals.

Focussing on stakeholder engagement, there has been a firm emphasis on the inclusion of civil society’s voice in the discourse. Special sessions have been arranged specifically for civil society, thus reinforcing the steadfast commitment towards exhaustive inclusion. This endeavour to embrace a wide spectrum of perspectives and experiences aligns with the broader ambition of promoting Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions.

The pervasive and far-reaching effects of technology on all life facets form another focal point in these discussions. The influence of technology in education and various businesses is irrefutable, necessitating an all-inclusive stakeholder engagement. Recognising the ubiquitous role of technology in contemporary society necessitates the representation of all affected parties in these deliberations.

The predilection for recorded communication, particularly written suggestions, is underscored as an effective governance and documentation tool. Recorded recommendations not only aid efficient documentation but also facilitate thorough comprehension and utilisation of these inputs in strategising.

In conclusion, the comprehensive process of establishing the Global Digital Compact represents a dedicated journey towards achieving peaceful, just and robust institutions through intergovernmental discussions, inclusive stakeholder engagement, and the strategic use of technology. This journey corresponds directly with shared objectives of justice, peace and partnerships.

Session transcript

Anita Gurumurthy:
But of course, like everything that is political and has an opportunity in the horizon, we will deal with it with the sincerity that it requires. So welcome to this event organized by the Global Digital Justice Forum and IT4Change. Just to set the context, and more people are coming in, so please do take the seats around the square table or the round table. What I would like to do is to just make a few initial remarks before we start with our exciting panelists. I want to quote the U.N. Secretary General and the characterization by the Secretary General of how we are coping with not just the digital divide, but an unfolding data epoch, and we are also besieged by a development divide. We also know that the gains of connectivity are skewed, and at some point we thought that the access debate was over, but it isn’t yet. And in an era of digital infrastructures and public goods, we are all the more confronted by this question of the access and connectivity divide. We also know that a few transnational corporations are able to embrace the digital revolution. In the previous session in this room, we heard references to how, in certain parts of the world, the cloud infrastructure used by governments is actually somewhat beholden to corporations that are transnational corporations. So the inequality of the digital economy presents urgent challenges, and these are not just challenges for those who are already connected, but these are also challenges for those who may not ever be connected, but whose lives will be indelibly impacted by the digital revolution. So the actions we need to take are about the democratization of benefits of digitalization, the governance of digital resources, and to make digital policies that can catalyze innovation that counts, because very often in a world of patent tickets and sleeping patents and all of that, we see that innovation is often held hostage to the way in which intellectual property operates in the digital space. So the ultimate test, I think, is the public and social value that digitalization can create and the human freedoms that it can expand. So if we can do just these two things, well, we would have done it. And the Global Digital Compact is one such opportunity and I think that we do need to carry the consensus that’s possible to build around the Global Digital Compact forward. But of course, it’s not easy to build consensus. There are people around the table whose business it has been to build consensus all their lives. So we really count on their experience, both civil society and from the UN system, trying to really galvanize the voices that can hold the bottom line. I think this session is organized because we want to listen very carefully to the devil in the detail. So we need to locate and listen carefully to the devil in the detail, the voices that are seemingly saying the same thing, but actually coming from extremely different standpoints. Words like trust, which were discussed in the last session very, very beautifully, very evocatively. But we do not mean the same thing when we say freedoms, when we say trust, when we say openness. We all mean different things. And so it’s very important to start there from these imaginaries, but then go closer to the norms, ethics, and pathways of digitalization. Of course, when the WSIS happened and I had the privilege to be in those spaces to actually watch, listen, and learn, it seemed like human rights were really very important to protect. They continue to be important, but in the context of structural injustices in the world, we also think there are emerging anxieties around the geoeconomics of data and AI. And the question of, are our institutions ready? Are they anachronistic? Can they mediate social justice? So we are at a very critical juncture. The session actually is a series of questions, and it’s in a very interesting format that I was part of some time ago in the University of Western Australia. It worked very well. It was for a thematic conference on tech crimes. So this was build it, break it, and fix it. So the first round, which is build it, will answer the question as to why is the UN Global Digital Compact critical to address the gaps in digital cooperation? What is its promise? The second round is the break it round where we have to get real. We have to really look at this proposition and see if we can at all build it. So the second round will be a set of propositions that are really where the rubber hits the road, so to speak. What are the gaps in the UN Global Digital Compact? Is it really transformative? Is digital justice even possible in this world? We are talking about the climate transition and the challenges confronting us, and similarly the digital transition. And the final fix it round has, it’s a moment of pause. Step back and say, these are all people with vision, people with optimism, who will bring it together and say how can we make the UN Digital Compact a powerful basis for a global democratic digital governance paradigm? How do we realize the spirit of the WSIS? I was discussing with Andrea this morning and we agreed that there was this agenda, the Geneva and Tunis agenda was very, very precious. It’s important to keep it with all its flaws because it does articulate the need for an inclusive, people-centered, development-oriented information society. In the data and AI age, it didn’t anticipate, but we may add. So, without ado, I’d like to suggest that this is the format. We will have five speakers per round. The first round is a build it round. I know it’s very hard for us to play to a certain script, but try and keep to the building, the breaking and the fixing, so that in that posturing, maybe we will actually be able to churn out better sense, hopefully. And in this room, there is, I think, all the intelligence that is needed. So, I would like to invite Ambassador Amandeep Singh Gill, who is the tech envoy to the UN Secretary General, to build it. Thank you. I think we should use this mic.

Singh Gill:
Hello. Yeah, okay. Thank you. And a very nice scene setting. I love this idea of, I think with children, you might have seen Thomas the Tank Engine. Can we, or Bob the Builder. Can we build it? Yes, we can. And what are we building in the global digital compact? We are building a shared vision, a global framework for digital governance that is negotiated by governments, but is open to participation by regional organizations, the private sector and civil society. So, the process has an intergovernmental bias, in a sense, with multi-stakeholder inputs, but then even the product that is open to multi-stakeholder commitments and participation. And with this global framework, we are attempting to address some of the challenges that you mentioned. Lowering the entry barriers to digital governance for more countries, more civil society participation, more of the private sector beyond the usual suspects, beyond big tech to participate and then shape together. So, there is that opportunity that we are trying to build. We are also trying to build and shape a transition away from solutions orientation to ecosystems and infrastructures for digital development. And let me just pause here, because I think this is very critical for digital justice. If we just stay with the connectivity paradigm, that all we need to do is bring the 2.6 to 2.9. 7 billion who are unconnected online, and good things will follow. All we need to do is look at specific problems and use digital technologies to solve those problems. We will have progress, no doubt about it. And there’s plenty of evidence out there what additional connectivity, especially broadband connectivity, does to economic growth, social participation. But we will not get the kind of acceleration we need to cover that 85% deficit on the SDG. So 15%, we are on target. 85% of the goals and the targets within those goals, we are not on target. So we need a big boost, and that’s not going to come from the same paradigm. So we are building a shift in paradigm, focusing more on digital public infrastructure that creates those inclusive innovation spaces, focusing more on capacity building, a networked approach to capacity building. As the SG put it in his policy brief, creating one million digital champions for the SDGs, a quarter million in Africa. Focusing more on data commons, where data flows, data comes together to drive progress on the SDGs. Not just better measurement of where we are, and that’s critical. I mean, you can’t be navigating blind in this. You need to know where you are. But also data for the SDGs, where data is used in a more transformative way to innovate for the SDGs. There is also this aspect of guiding, steering the digital transformation, which as you put it, has to expand human freedoms and has to create that public social value. And for that, the policymakers need to feel that they are in charge of this digital transformation. Civil society needs to feel that they are not being left aside. They also have agency over how things are shaping up. So we need to create those blueprints for digital transformation that help the policymakers and other actors in this space get more agency over the digital transformation. So those are some of the kind of paradigm-shifting build elements. And most crucially, I think, if we look at the space where there are risks, where there are harms, whether they are coming from traditional digital sources of those risks and harms or some of the emerging sources, generative AI, for instance, we need to put in place guardrails. We need to put in place effective mechanisms. Again, as the SDG has suggested, a human rights advisory mechanism, more proactive in terms of how legislations are shaped, more proactive in terms of how public sector interprets the law, regulatory frameworks, and also the suggestions around regulators, regulators’ capacity and how e-safety commissioners and others should get together regularly to exchange experience, to raise the bar on accountability, and equally on data protection. So those kind of protection-related, guardrails-related areas are essential in this building exercise that we are up to. Lastly, I would just like to spend a minute on artificial intelligence, which is really a test case for what we are building. If the architecture that we are putting together, if these action areas alongside the commitments that we are putting together are not able to handle this latest manifestation of digital innovation, then it’s not working. So therefore, we need to make sure that apart from the different, very important conversations that are going on, the G7 Hiroshima process, the GPA discussions, the UK AI summit, that we make sure that all the other countries who are not participating in those conversations have a space where they can also shape the governance of AI. happens, and for that, the Secretary General is creating an advisory body on AI, a multi-stakeholder, a globally representative advisory body that will look at the emerging landscape of risks and opportunities that look at the current landscape of governance. What are the gaps there? Is there a scientific consensus, almost IPCC-like, that we can build around the risks and challenges? And is there some role in terms of not just the UN role, but perhaps a networked institutional role for the international governance of AI? There is the industry space, codes of conduct, certification schemes, various self-regulatory approaches. There is the national regional regulatory space, the AI Act, the legislation that’s in the parliament in Brazil, and so on. But what’s the kind of international level orchestration that could be put in place? So that’s an important building block in the collective build-out exercise that I have attempted to sketch out. And let me just conclude by saying that this cannot be the task of only the UN secretariat, cannot be the task only of member states, although they’ll have to play the leading role. This building exercise has to be truly multi-stakeholder. All stakeholders have to participate. We have to co-create this together. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you so much. If I might just break the order of build it, break it, fix it, because you have very limited time, and a lot of people might just want to ask you questions. I gather you have to leave in about 20 minutes. Is that right? So since we have the pleasure of your company here, and if there are questions to the ambassador, we could probably take three questions.

Wolfgang Kleinwachter:
Thank you very much. My name is Wolfgang Kleinwรคchter. I’m a retired professor from the University of Aarhus, and I’m really impressed by your approach that you said, you know, we have to go beyond connectivity. And I think the Internet was always an enabling environment, and the focus would be of enabling individuals, enabling small and medium enterprises, so I think to create an environment where we can really bring the activities from the ground, in the tradition of the bottom-up processes, to the forefront. So I think this is really an important shift, so that we go beyond this, just, you know, count how many people are on the Internet. And so it’s not enough, and education, skills, all these are, I think, key issues which has to bring on the forefront, and it has to be based on human rights declaration, and you and Carter, I think this is a good approach. I have concrete questions or some problems with the procedure, how to develop the global digital compact. You said in your introduction that it’s mainly an intergovernmental process with multi-stakeholder involvement. So the question is how? And we had experience in the Tunis negotiations, where the question was, you know, have non-state actors access to the negotiation rooms, have the right to speak, can they present proposals, comment on several articles, and things like that. So for me, this is still unclear, because the experiences from the deep dive consultations are that we had everybody could say everything, but there was not an impression that the input from non-state actors have really an impact on the governmental reactions. And so we have to have some safe procedures in place which would guarantee that the input which is so welcome when you always say the multi-stakeholder has to be on the forefront. But you know, how you can make sure that this impact is really an input. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you. There’s one online and one more. So let me go online first. Can you unmute and speak, Nandini?

Nandini Chami:
Hello, I hope you are able to hear me. Yes. Yeah. So Mike, I’m Nandini from IT for Change, and my question is, how can the Global Digital Compact address the gaps that have been identified in the implementation of the business outcomes over the years? And how do we see what is coming out of it, linking with the business review, especially in terms of the enhanced cooperation agenda and, you know, the related issues?

Luca Belli:
I will be very brief, because I will have time to speak about this in the third part of the section. So I’m Luca Belli. I’m professor at FGV Law School. And so my question is with regard to the implementation. So I already had a very good discussion with Amandeep about this some months ago. And I keep on having this curiosity about how this de facto will be implemented. And let me explain my point. I think that something that emerged in a very eloquent and telling way from the experience of the past 20 years, also the implementation of the WSIS on the Tunis agenda and all the commitment is that sometimes what is put into paper in the product of a summit or a process then does not correspond to the reality of the implementation. And if we take the definition of internet governance, where all the stakeholders join hand and collectively define principles, rules, norms, and procedure, it sounds fantastic. But then we don’t consider it in practice. There might be some stakeholders whose enormous economic or political interest is sabotage of this joining hand and collectively defining norms, procedures, and rules. So my question is, is there any thinking about how to create guardrails and safeguards also with regard to the potential, I don’t want to call them bad fate actors, but actors that are not interested in having a global digital compact. And actually, they have a huge economic or political interest in the sabotage of this kind of initiative. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Sorry, Ali. Next round.

Singh Gill:
Thank you. Very, very thoughtful questions to start with Wolfgang’s question about how do we ensure continued multi-stakeholder participation in the negotiations phase. So I think one is what happens inside the room, and you’re absolutely right, having transparency, having different stakeholders in the room somehow so that they can see what’s going on, and having the opportunity to shape that as well, whether you lobby governments, your individual governments, governments of places you come from, or others. That’s important. Equally important is the opportunity around the room, like intersessionally, for instance, for the co-facilitators to sit down with different stakeholders, listen to them, and take the feedback on, what do you think about this stuff? Just as the co-facilitators have been doing so far on their summing up, they sat down with different stakeholders, consulted them, took their feedback. So we have to be creative, and we have to be constantly inventive to enlarge the space. Because we are stuck with a structure that’s intergovernmental by design. But we’ve succeeded creatively with this forum, for instance, the IGF. And even there is a recent example, the negotiations with the chemical industry that our colleagues at UNEP facilitated. So they found some creative ways to engage with industry and to enhance their accountability to find a space between hard norms and self-regulation. That space was invented, in a sense. So we’ll have to keep doing that. And we will need your cooperation so that we can have the dynamic inside the room and outside the room all through the process. The question that Nandini asked about the gaps that are there. So in the Secretary General’s policy brief, you see a chart in which different forums are put there, the IJF, the WSIS Forum, CSTD. Those are in the driving seat. That chart also allows you to see some gaps, like misinformation, disinformation, which is not a big deal at that time. AI, again, it’s not a big deal. The human rights element, it has been there from the beginning, the people-centered aspect, the inclusion aspect. But the kind of things we’ve seen since social media platforms became those multi-billion user platforms, they were not anticipated at that time. So there are some gaps. And those gaps are the one that we need to consider as we look at the build-out of the GDC, as we look at WSIS Plus 20. How do we address those gaps? Is it repurposing existing forums, tweaking their mandates? Is it, just as we are seeing now with the AI space, the creation of this advisory body, that there is room for initiatives? I’m not saying forums. I’m saying initiatives, actions that kind of address those gaps. So that’s, Nandini, that’s an exercise that’s actually already underway. And we have to be sophisticated and nuanced about it. I mean, there is a lot of, sometimes, misinformation, disinformation about this, that this is somehow centralizing, that it’s pulling things to New York and things like that. And I’ve been at pains to emphasize that’s exactly the contrary. What we are trying to do is pull together the insights, the outcomes of different forums so that people who attend them have a whole of government perspective. So that nationally, also, when policy makers go back and implement, there are no gaps. So we’re talking not only of gaps at the international level, but we’re also talking of gaps at the national levels, where sometimes regulatory capacity is completely missing. Fortunate are the countries who can afford an e-safety commissioner, a data protection commissioner, a competition policy enforcement regulator, and so on. There are many in which these functions are actually inside the ministries. This is a conflict of interest. And you’re not up to date with what is required. So those are the kind of gaps at the national, regional level that we also need to look at. And we need to create the incentives so that those gaps are resolved. And this is a kind of mutual learning, international learning, that needs to be facilitated. So that building should not be just an empty building. It has to have that fluidity, that exchange, that allows that learning to take place. On Luca’s question about bad actors, what can I say? I think the good have to be more active. They have to be more proactive. I mean, you can’t, yeah.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Give them space.

Singh Gill:
Yes.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you so much for that. So we move on. And without delaying, because we have limited time and we have four other speakers, I would like to invite Ambassador Regine Greenberger, Cyber Ambassador from the German Federal Foreign Office.

Regine Greenberger:
Thank you, Anita. And also, thank you for structuring this discussion in this specific way. I would have preferred to be in the fix-it part. But of course, you cannot choose. So I’m speaking from a government point of view. More explicitly, perhaps also from a MFA point of view, so foreign affairs, because diplomacy is the turf where I feel most comfortable. And some things that I say when describing how we try to help building the GDC is of course more normative than what has actually happened. But perhaps it’s also my wishful thinking that it should work out like this. So the first thing that for me is important to state is that this is the moment to acknowledge that the digital gap, the digital divide exists and that it actually has effects on achieving the sustainable development goals. And the trend is increasing. This gap is increasing. This gap is ever-growing. And if you imagine AI, quantum computing, the metaverse, it is even more increasing. You can expect that it’s even more increasing in the future. So it’s also really the time to reorganize our forces, our energy, and try again to bridge this digital gap. And if you look from a local perspective, for example, from a German perspective, of course we are industry 4.0 giants in digitization, but also public administration digitization dwarfs. So if we are completely only moving in our national domestic environment, we do not see this gap or we identify the gap in a different place. And the first thing that I learned and that I would like to stress here is that when you speak about the global digital compact, you have to move from the local national level to a global level. And this is really worth it. And this will also help reaching the sustainable development goals. This means also involving stakeholders, non-governmental stakeholders. I mean, for Germany, I think for Europeans, this is already in our DNA, but of course it’s still necessary. Then Germany facilitated regional consultations for Amandib in Kenya for the African region, in Mexico City for the Americas, and in Delhi for some Asian countries. And this was not only to help you prepare the global digital compact, but also to collect more context from the regions for this discussion. We had, in the consequence, we had a more informed discussion also in Germany and in Brussels for Europe, although we didn’t have European consultations in the same way that we had it in Nairobi, for example. But we had a more informed discussion about what the GDC is about. And I suspect that if we would have had the regional consultations with Africa and Latin America and so on before we prepared our European contribution to the global digital compact, this European contribution would- have looked differently because as it is, it is very Europe focused and we should have re-evaluated our contribution under this perspective of what does it do and how does it work on a global level. So the third element I would like to stress is what we don’t have enough and what we should do more is cross-regional dialogue. And I would like to give you an example where I think this makes absolutely sense. For example, if you look at the top ten AI companies in the world, there is not a European company among them, there is not an African company among them. So when we think about how to shape global governance structures to govern AI, I think Europe and Africa have a lot in common and we should touch this issue in our cross-regional dialogue across all levels and of course also with non-governmental stakeholders. The fourth element, so I mentioned already the Global Digital Compact is about global challenges so it has to be a compact on the global level. A regional solution is not enough and will not help reaching the sustainable development goals. The real unleashing the potential of digital transformation can only work if we do it in a global scale which also means of course that we have to find ways to mitigate the risks that come with it and also the risks like climate change are risks on a global level and not on a national or regional level. The joint basis that we have for this is of course the UN Charter and the Human Rights Charter but the Global Digital Compact has to do something else. It has to specify how these documents from an analog time apply to the digital age. And then of course also how governments can commit to these principles. So my fifth point is what should be in the Global Digital Compact except the referring to these basic documents, our foundation documents of the United Nations. I just was this morning in a meeting with the Declaration for the Future of the Internet group and there are five principles there. I think a lot of people also that are not adhering to these initiatives can commit to these principles that is protection of human rights, caring for a global internet, inclusive and affordable access, strengthened digital trust, protecting the multi-stakeholder internet governance structure. And perhaps as a last point what I would like to have in the Global Digital Compact is also a strategic and fixed role for the Internet Governance Forum, for this forum as a place to negotiate internet governance also in the future.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you so much Ambassador. I think that it’s already building up and hopefully some of the points that have been mentioned will be taken to the next round. And I particularly want to note the point that you made about the need to really look or re-look at the way the Human Rights Charter requires a re-articulation on the basis of the strengths of its abiding and enduring kind of importance for human civilization. What does the AI age really mean? And I think that’s really important but sometimes can get contentious. I would like to invite Dr. Shamika Sirimani, Director Division on Technology and Logistics from UNCTAD and everybody in the room is quite familiar with the path-breaking work of the unit, particularly in the form of the collectible, which I suggest everybody downloads or takes, which is the Digital Economy Reports. Thank you very much for joining us.

Dr. Shamika Sirimani:
Thank you Anita. Distinguished delegates, ladies and gentlemen, and thank you for the opportunity. I don’t want to take too much of your time so let me cut out half of what I’m supposed to say but let me emphasize a few things. You see, unlike other technological revolutions, and this is we are in a very special place because the digital technologies move very, very fast, number one. And also, all technologies are converging towards digital. Okay, so we used to take a photo in olden times, it was a chemistry and it is now digital. So all that stuff, everything is moving like there’s a convergence happening. So because of that, the opportunities that open up, especially for developing countries, are there only for a very limited period of time. If you cannot capture the benefits, then these technologies move on. But there are enormous benefits from these digital technologies towards, in fact, all SDGs. And when we talk about education, I mean, we sometimes criticize that GPT but there are enormous things that we can do for the education systems, sectors in developing countries. And we can use these technologies for health, manufacturing, agriculture, you name it, all SDGs. So the potentials are enormous. Now, one of the things that we hear in the CSTD, this is the United Nations Commission for Science and Technology for Development, it’s the focal point of the system in the human system on the science policies, STI conversations. And increasingly here, when we have the ministers coming to the annual meeting, that they are quite concerned that this digital technological revolution is yet again to bypass developing countries. And there’s a real concern. The minister is asking us, what do we do with AI? Everywhere I go in countries, what do we do with this AI revolution coming through us? Do you have experience of other developing countries using this? What kind of national strategies that we need to build? So there are an enormous amount of questions that are coming our way on this technology science. Just the AI is one thing. I mean, all other technologies, too. And I just want to say, it is not just access to internet. It’s not just the digital divide, as we said in WSIS. But the issues that are raised are much more complex and difficult. Access to internet is one thing. And I think both of you mentioned, it’s not just the access. It’s also the quality of this access and the affordability of this access. And if you look at the least developed countries, and they pay exorbitant amount of money for data. And we, in UNCTAD, we work on the preparedness of countries for the digital economy. And we find that the participation in the digital economy is not just about access, and even the quality of access, and the cost of access. But it’s also the whole regulatory environment. For example, if I want to have a platform and sell my stuff, and if in my country there are no privacy, and there’s no data protection laws, and which is the case for 50% of the LDCs. And I don’t think any of you are going to put your credit card and start buying from my platform. It will not happen. So it’s another aspect. So there’s all the regulatory frameworks. The skills, it’s not just the skills to use the telephone. You need some form of coding skills, just to at least to prepare your platform and to get things going. So these skills don’t exist. These skills don’t exist in least developed countries. So among that, one of the other things that’s coming up in CSTD is about the whole aspect of data for development. In fact, the CSTD will meet at ministerial level on that one of the theme is data for development. And here, thank you, Anita, for giving a shout-out for the digital economy report. At UNCTAD, in our digital economy report 2021, we called for a global data governance approach so that data can cross borders with trust because you are not going to have international trade and international transactions and international economy if your data, you know, cannot cross borders. We said we need to build interoperability. I think there was a question asked, you know, there are big players. Yes, there are big players. Ninety percent of the platforms are owned by big platforms, are owned by just two countries, U.S. and China. So there are big players. But they are not going to give up on their data governance system. So we need to develop interoperability to this data governance system. At the moment, there are three data governance systems. There is very much the public sector driven data governance system of China, very much the laissez-faire private sector driven data governance system of the U.S., and then we have the European Union’s GDPR in the middle, the more human-centric data governance. I don’t think none of these groups are going to give up on their data governance systems because they depend on their political and development aspirations. So we need to build interoperability. Yes, we know that the data is good for private sector. I mean, it has an economic value. But there are situations when we need to have data sharing too. I think, Ambassador, you mentioned the climate change. You know, these are issues. When we developed the vaccine for COVID-19, it was just because the data was shared very quickly across borders that we managed to, you know, understand and develop that. So we need to have data sharing principles when we talk about. We need to have the whole data privacy security standards, I mean, at least common standards that we all can agree. We need ethics. I think, Amandeep, you talk a lot about the whole AI and ethics. So I think this, as we are all saying here, this cannot be done just by governments because you need to, you know, if you are going to do AI ethics, you also need the industry sitting with you because they are the ones who understand this. And you need the civil society organization because I think every struggle begins, I mean, honestly, in activism. I think you need the greater Thunbergs of this world in this data discussions. So it has to have a global and a multi-stakeholder approach to data. So let me conclude saying that, you know, all is not lost. And I think we have the GDC process to push forward some of these ideas. And please also don’t forget the WSIS plus 20 because WSIS is coming to an end. And, you know, the principles that you or the aspirations that you agreed to 20 years ago are very much, you know, they are unfinished business, inclusive and people-centered information society we have not seen. So please also feed into that process with a lot of vigor because we are undertaking I think part of the work that we’ll be doing, us, the UNCTAD, as the secretary of CSTD, the ITU, UNESCO, we are all here to talk about WSIS II. So my appeal to you is push many ideas through many of these so we will converge towards the GDC and the summit of the future and we get somewhere. So that’s how we can build it.

Anita Gurumurthy:
I think the key takeaway is struggle, so we shall. So thanks so much. We move now to Alison, Executive Director of Research ICT Africa.

Alison:
Thank you so much Anita and Ambassador Gill and colleagues for the input. I guess we all wanted to be in the fix-it session, but I think actually the foundational sessions are very important. Not least of all picking up on some of the points that have been made to really highlight the kind of planetary challenges that we’re facing, that these are no longer ICT sectoral challenges. They’re not infrastructure challenges. These are really global problems that we’re facing, but also to deal with some of the appropriation of some of the concepts that we’re using. I think it’s an important part of this process that we return to them and we understand that the implications that we’re speaking about are actually going to affect the whole of humanity. And so I just would like to remind us of the Secretary General’s, when he spoke in 2020 of the need for a new social contract for a new era, and I think that’s important if we’re approaching this issue from a social and economic justice point of view. He described digital transformation as one of two seismic shifts that would shape the 21st century, and of course the other being climate change. Both he contended would widen inequalities even further unless urgently addressed on a planetary scale. The Secretary General’s identification of the need for a global digital compact to underpin our common agenda to arrest these negative trends in a collective and collaborative renewal of the social contract anchored in human rights and gender equality to rebuild trust and social cohesion that people need to see reflected in their daily lives. Highlighting the centrality of digital inclusion in contemporary society, the Secretary General has called for a social digital compact that should include updated governance arrangements to deliver better public goods and usher in a new era of universal social protection, health coverage, education, skills, decent work and housing, as well as universal access to the internet by 2030 as a basic human right, so all citizens have a say in envisioning countries’ futures. And I’m mentioning this because we were part of a peer review process with the African Union’s Economic Commission for Africa, sorry, the UN’s Economic Commission for Africa, working together with the African Union. And I think, you know, the reflections I’m going to make are very much Africa’s research but very much continental reflection and the importance of African voices in these conversations and their absence significantly up to now. I think this intervention is required more than ever. I think the layering of advanced digital technologies over the existing inequalities that we have, which are already reflecting underlying structural inequalities, is exacerbating inequality. The compounding effects of digital inequality on existing inequality was highlighted by COVID-19, with a majority of people in Africa unable to mitigate the associated health and economic risks through digital substitution of their access to work, to school, to banking and even to food. And those at the intersections of these multiple inequalities, including gender, disproportionately succumbing to this disease and the economic fallout and being least best positioned to prepare for, you know, economic reconstruction. In the African countries surveyed by Research ICT Africa during and after the COVID-19 pandemic showed that despite the pandemic driving the growth of digital economy globally, the pandemic widened inequalities between those who had internet access prior to the pandemic and those who had access after. This highlights the underlying wicked policy problem that we face of the digital inequality paradox. And I think it’s exactly this paradox that the global digital compact needs to address. And this digital inequality paradox is no longer just that connectivity one where those who are connected and those who are unconnected, you know, the gap grows there. This is really to deal with the issues that our colleagues have already spoken about with the complexity of this and shifting from a notion of digital divide, a kind of infrastructural issue to dealing with the issues of digital inequality, which were much more complex. The paradox lies that as more people are connected, digital inequality is amplified. But this is not only between those online and offline, as in the case of voice or basic text in our old environment. It is between those who have the technical and financial resources to use the internet to transact actively, to produce and prosper, and even to contribute to the wealth of their nations and those who are barely online using tiny bits of data intermittently from time to time. Addressing these challenges, we argue in our submission to the global digital compact is that we need a governance environment that looks at global regulation of digital public goods. One of the key public goods is, of course, data. data, but underlying that and far more fundamentally, it is also public statistics. We absolutely don’t have the data to assess how far we are. We think we’re 85 percent of the SDGs, but for Africa, we simply don’t know. We simply don’t have that data. It is this concept of public goods and digital public goods that I particularly think has been appropriated and used and misused from its classical sense as a rationale for public regulation. I think even in the use of the public goods component within the Secretary General’s office, it’s been set up as a public-private enterprise essentially to access open data. Digital public goods is far more than open data or public data, although public data, as I said, is really the basis for this. Without reliable data, there’s little way of knowing the progress being made toward these various targets, including the SDGs and the ICT targets that underpin them, and it makes it impossible to assess our progress more generally. The current digital indicators used for Africa and, in fact, the global data on issues such as gender inequality are based on very patchy data extrapolated from a few data points for the whole continent. To move beyond high-level descriptive statistics that can conceal the real determinants of inequality, national representative macrostudies are required to extrapolate this data and build an evidence base, and this needs to be informed by an intersectional inequality approach that can assess the impacts on class, race, gender, ethnicity, and importantly, in relation to digital access location, rural and urban is a major determinant of this. Also in the kind of spatchy data that we have, it presents these groups as highly homogenous groups, whereas we know there’s enormous heterogeneity in these categories, and it’s not all men and all women that are equally or unequally accessed to these services. It’s really only through this more granular data that we can identify these multiple or intersectional aspects of inequality. The diversion of donor and multilateral agendas from regulation of affordable and universal access and digital public goods, such as internet data, cybersecurity, to only resourcing the research on advanced data-driven technologies, big data analytics, machine learning, and artificial intelligence is in fact exacerbating this digital inequality paradox. Although we still have the rhetoric of addressing digital inequality, our resources, donor multilateral, are going towards the data and AI, data-driven technologies, so it’s really important that if we are going to address digital inequality in the information era, you know, we need to address this issue of accessing data, and I think the important issue here is moving in this framework for governance of digital public goods is shifting from a purely social justice perspective and a human rights perspective to looking at a perspective that is actually also cognizant of the needs for economic justice. I think we need, at the moment, we are looking at primarily individualized, you know, first generation rights preoccupied by privacy, I think it’s important, obviously we don’t want to lose that, but we really need to look not only at the uneven impact and the uneven distribution of the negative impacts of these data-driven technologies, but we seriously need to look at the uneven distribution of opportunities associated with these, you know, enormously powerful and potentially important technologies, and at the moment, I think that is not adequately on our agenda, because there is the sense that we simply cannot, you know, abdicate these big tech companies operating at a global level. We’ve abdicated some of the responsibilities for the economic regulation that can happen in the underpinning, you know, infrastructures, et cetera, and importantly, of course, now, data. Just to say that, you know, I think while the compact covers, you know, a number of key areas, yes, we have argued that it’s actually the linkages between these different policy areas, the broader digital ecosystem that needs to be addressed in the compact. Although we, you know, we speak about the digital indicators and the need for them, and then we speak about the invisibility, the lack of representation and discrimination of people as outcomes of algorithmic business, it’s actually the linkages of that. We aren’t unable, no matter how much we try to have rights-based, ethically designed big data sets that, you know, we can’t unbias them. There simply isn’t the data to unbias them with half the, you know, world’s population or half of Africa’s population, or at least not even online. So the linkages between these underlying digital inequality and the manifestations that we see in the inequalities is completely different. And perhaps lastly, because I’ve just been asked to, I must close off, but I’m just, I think we, you know, we can’t be saying the same things we’ve been speaking about with this, and, you know, who was there, Tunis and Geneva. We’ve got to do things differently. We cannot be continuing to do the same things using the same policies and hoping that we have different outcomes. It’s not just a supply-side structural issue. We have to focus on, these are, all the evidence we have from our surveys is that the challenges are now not infrastructural. They’re the old human development challenges. The determinant of whether you have access to the internet or not is education and the associated corollary of income. Until we actually address these underlying human development challenges, no amount of, you know, high-level governance and ethical designs are going to be achieved. to address these problems. And just to the last point to emphasize very strongly that Ambassador Gill and others have made is this is no longer a sectoral policy. It cannot be dealt with by a ministry, a single ministry, a ministry of communications. We need transversal policies that will address the education challenges at the same time that they’re addressing higher level, you know, science and technology and engineering requirements that we need for data science. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you so much. I think it’s very hard hitting and I think it links also back to what Lucas said a little bit about, you know, being in this kind of bind, but, you know, there is an abdication. There’s a political abdication and I think that is something that’s completely untenable. I have been singularly unable to keep time, but I think there’s one more speaker online and then we can probably decide that we will regroup in a certain way. And so over to you, Renata, who is the head of Open Knowledge Foundation. Could she, can you unmute and we’ll just check if you’re able. Yes, we are able to hear you. Over to you, Renata.

Renata:
Okay, hi. What you see in the background is like a decline in my country. And as I was hearing all the previous speakers, I was thinking of the reality of a country like that, you know, a country in both in the most vulnerable countries in the world and a country facing economic, political and societal troubles at the moment. We have, we had a map and we will see, yeah, we would be able to visualize all the red spots, all the points in the world right now living this unprecedented unrest. We will take it into account when we think about global forum, when we think about global initiatives. So the two points that I want to address in this build session is that we need to build this global digital compact, taking into consideration that, taking into consideration that like, you know, there are countries that according to predictions of the IMF are about to collapse because of that. There are countries according to all the predictions on climate that are going to suffer in the near future catastrophes that they cannot prevent because they don’t have the resources to do so. And so with that in mind, that’s I know that it is a rather pessimistic approach, but it’s a realistic approach and that we need to take when thinking about the global digital compact. We need to understand that people coming to the room will be coming with all this baggage, with all these problems. And when you talk about ethics and principles and sophisticated systems of governance, the people there in the room will be thinking of, so how am I going to fund this if most of my budget goes to pay debt from the creditors countries? And it is again, you know, a problem of nice words, nice declarations that end up in nothing but words because you do not define in advance how it’s going to be possible for countries in the global South to fund this. So in building the ideal global digital compact, I think that institutions like the IMF should be involved and creditors countries should be involved to give us answer to that and to say, maybe we will pardon the debt of countries that are like, you know, in this struggle that are so behind in digitization. And that money will be allocated instead of, you know, like being paid by the countries every time to develop the robust digital infrastructure that is needed. That requires political will, of course. The second thing that we need to be aware while designing this ideal digital compact is power dynamics. Are we going to invite in the room and give additional layer of power to the most powerful actors that we have on planet Earth at the moment? And by those, I refer to the big tech companies. There’s this constant and constant and constant discourse of, oh, we need to invite them at the table. The problem is that many times in many countries, they own the table. And sometimes in some situations, you know, that they have gone so far to capture and think tanks, to capture academia, to capture civil society, and so on. So when designing this global digital compact, special attention should be paid to tame the power of big tech and not to be like just, you know, like the low-hanging fruit for them to shape globally the future of our digital society. One quick example of that is skills. Of course, it is very important in this to address the unmet promise of knowledge, equality, and skills. But if those, what we are doing through the cooperation between private sector and public sector on skills development is just to prepare the workers that will be useful for them. And to keep the monopolies growing, we have a problem. The other aspect that is very, very important to address and to bring in as well is to remove block, that when we saw the COVID crisis, we were very aware of the blocks on sharing knowledge and sharing capacities and sharing infrastructure. We still have with a 20th century, we still have a 20th century copyright system. We still have a 20th century, a patent system that is not enabling cooperation in the way that we need. I think that issues like intellectual property should be addressed at this Global Digital Compact. I know that those are not the sexy topics anymore, that the sexy topic is AI, but I think that if we do not address the problem of Global North, Global South inequalities in terms of access to knowledge and access to patents, we will be far behind and we will never meet the goals of saving the planet and connecting the disconnected. And last, I think, it is the issue of geopolitics and the role of the press. I think that for this Global Digital Compact to be successful, it would be incredible to involve from the first stages, global and local representatives from the media, because many times the narrative is shaped in a way from not complete awareness of the processes or not complete technical knowledge of what’s going on in the digital sphere. I prepare a quick presentation because one of these build it, fix it, this dynamic is direct, it was to make it visual. So I would like to share quickly how I see it and how I see that we can meet the goals in a second. Arenda, can you wind up in a minute? Is that okay? Yes, yes, yes, yes. It’s going to be very, very, very, very quick. So, ideally, our Global Digital Compact will fix knowledge inequalities and will be a power balance act without replicating exploitation and extractivism. It will advance people’s rights and involve the people in shaping it. It will be reproducible impact as the result. It will unlock the possibilities of technology fast, and that’s why I mentioned the removal of the patents blockade. It will bring people together and it will also bring other fora, but avoid the new extractive dynamics and participation washing of tokenism and people who do not really shape the process. It will be sustainable for the people and for the planet. It will be generative and it will be not only that the underprivileged communities will be on the receiving end, but it will activate the creative power of individuals and communities. And I think that for that purpose, the role of all the social innovation layer should be taken into account and will be rooted in the local, but interoperable and hopefully will have exponential impact and dissemination. So I guess that with that, and knowing that it was very limited time to unpack all of this, I think that that Global Digital Compact that says how are they going to fund this and does not depend only on voluntary contributions, but on serious commitments from the countries of the Global North to the Global South. A Global Digital Compact that invites and interconnects the financial issues and the climate issues and the knowledge inequality issues and bring them to the same table. And a Global Digital Compact that recognizes and addresses with meaningful acts the imbalance of power that big tech companies bring and the dynamic that they cause when they are like the persons with equal power in the room than civil society. If that is addressed, I think that we have all the elements for a successful Global Digital Compact.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you so much. If only we had changed the World Trade System, IP system, and the entire debt paradigm. Just about 40 years ago, I think we would not be here and we would have certainly been able to reap the aspirations of the WSIS. Now we have compounded issues. If, with your permission, what I could do is take on some very fierce and more hard-hitting statements from the break it round and why perhaps all the aspirational and pragmatic statements from the first round of speakers may need to be subject to some kind of skepticism. I think we could perhaps do like a five to six minute input from each of you and then have a half an hour slot for discussion. So I would like to open up the next round right away so that we can take inputs and then break for a period of discussion. So over to you, Helani, from Learn Asia.

Heleni:
Thank you. Anita, your remit was to act within the particular one third of this. So let me try to do this because you can say on the one hand, on the other hand, but let me just stick to the one hand. I think the GDC was a damned if you do, damned if you didn’t. There were great consultations. People were floored across the world. People are still flying across the world on this. It was, for the skeptic, a great way to spend government money and civil society money on private sector airplanes. Could we not have done this whole thing with a lot more online consultation and written these statements? Certainly looking at the current March 2023 or May 2023 draft, it looks like this is the stuff that certainly civil society has been talking for 10, 20, 30 years. So could we not have done it for a lot cheaper? And the money, particularly, let’s say, some government spent on this, could that not have been actually spent on bridging the digital divide, getting the right kind of institutions set up in our countries, developing capacity of government? Second, a lot of the process involved keeping civil society in one track, having consultations, government in another track, and so on, and then regionally civil society. I think that was absolutely important, because there was a lot each group had to say. And not all civil society is alike. Sometimes the process didn’t really recognize that not all civil society was alike. It brought us together as if we all wanted the same thing. I think there’s enough nuances. But now the issue is how the real sticky points, forget, within civil society, is how the challenge of negotiating between civil society and sometimes private sector and government is going to take place. At this point, it looks like Amandeep and the team are somehow going to sit and use their brain cells to do this. I think that’s really poor form to not keep the rest of us informed as to what the next steps are, because that’s the real negotiation between civil society, who is perhaps at one extreme, and other parties. And that’s, I think, really important in terms of implementing next steps, because otherwise civil society could have got together and written this statement by ourselves. So that’s the real challenge before the September Global Summit. And that has to be a long, structured, facilitated process. Third, it calls in the current draft for funding commitments from governments, donors, multilaterals, et cetera. But the situation right now in certainly South Asia, some Southeast Asian countries, some Latin American countries that Renata referred to, and very soon African countries, is that we are facing a kind of inflation-driven, COVID-driven fiscal squeeze, where every dollar coming in is going to food, social safety payments, water, electricity. Nobody is going to ask and negotiate for digital-related funding, right? So who is going to pay for this is a fundamental question we have. And the poorer the country, the poorer government. I mean, we’re in IMF bailouts, mine included. Several of my neighbors are about to go into. Some Latin American countries are in the 20-somethings round of IMF bailout. So what are we talking about in terms of funding, if not for very basic necessities? And governments are not thinking about ICT and digital as basic necessities. So what they’re doing is either ignoring ICTs or wanting an AI plan so they can create jobs. And when some funder comes and says, well, you need to think about rights, very quickly cut and paste from a European policy that’s completely unimplementable with the capacity and the money that we have, right? So in this, then, in terms of funding comes the big question of taxation. There’s a conversation about global digital taxation. Now, this is a place. where a global compact could really come into play, because there’s no more global conversation about how we somewhat equitably share the benefits of large global technology, where the large user base are from the majority countries, but the companies are elsewhere. But this global compact mentions none of this. And instead, the Global South countries are sitting looking at an OECD proposal, which is looking multilateral, but one big country that we shall not name has no interest in participating and is delaying the whole negotiation. Multiple UN proposals, which are all meant to be bilaterally negotiated between tiny countries and large countries, which is never going to happen, or individually coming up with digital tax regimes, which the global companies might be able to comply with, but small platforms are going to die if they have to comply with one rule in Nepal and one rule in Sri Lanka. And so the global digital compact doesn’t address this fundamental issue of global taxation. And it’s related to financing. The last point I want to make is that this is presented as something that is net by nation states in a multilateral system. And we do need functioning multilateral systems with significant multi-stakeholder participation. That is as it should be. But setting this in a multilateral system that is dysfunctional is a fundamental problem. Where is the accountability? We talk about stopping internet fragmentation in one of the pages of the current draft. So who is going to hold accountable the country that runs the largest fireball in the world when they are doing so much more to fragment the internet than anyone else? And let me offend everyone, including my country, which just came up with an online safety bill, which is nothing but curbing speech of people that they don’t like and speech they don’t like. So this is equal opportunity offense. So where is the multilateral system accountability for holding their own members to account? I mean, this is going to be another dysfunctional UN Security Council, which can’t stop millions of people from being killed. That’s a much more important thing. So what are we thinking about in digital governance? How are we going to hold rogue nations to account? And there are many. I’m not even going to talk about companies. I think Renata talked about companies. I’ll just stop there. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Yes, I think it’s sufficiently broken. But I would like now for Ali, Ali Kosta Barbosa, fellow of the Weissenbaum Institute, and also someone who is a member of the Homeless Workers Movement technology sector from Brazil. Would you like to speak from there? Or would you like to? You have inspiration in your predecessor, so yeah.

Ali Kosta Barbosa:
I think I will build a bit more than break now, after that one. And so first, I’d like to thank Anita on behalf of IT4Change and the Global Digital Justice Forum for inviting me in such an important debate. This shall influence the activities of. the IGF in the following days. I hope I can break it in a way I can contribute to fixing it. With honor, I’m speaking as a coordinator for the Homeless Workers Movement Technology Sector in Brazil. The housing movement accounts for roughly 30,000 people. And from a bottom-up approach, it has been doing in practice in the territories some of what the GDC is claiming for, such as promoting meaningful connectivity, digital public education, and decent digital labor. So I invite all of you to join our networking session to learn more about our work. Considering the gaps in the UN Global Digital Compact, I don’t think civil society organizations find the process legitimate. But I would like to highlight two key dimensions on GDC’s substance, sustainable digital public infrastructures and AI and labor. GDC alludes to sustainable digital public infrastructure, but it should be more precise about sustainable DPI. There is no multi-stakeholder consensus around its definition, and a forum like IGF could enable this. Instead, the GDC reinforces interoperable, open, accessible DPIs, but supported primarily through actions of multilateral organizations, which, supported by big tech-related big foundations, have shaped what DPI is in practice. The G20 had different task forces to promote digital public infrastructure at the last meeting in New Delhi. If you look closely, you’ll see they have quite different definitions of DPI. Internet pioneer Ethan Zuckerman defines infrastructure as a set of technologies and systems for the healthy functioning of society. Nevertheless, the G20 synthesis document restricts it to digital ID, payment methods, and platforms for constant-based data sharing. It is really important, but it is not enough for that, at least for the majority of the world. GDC must consider digital public infrastructure as a general purpose or essential infrastructure or platforms, even if sectoral. As mentioned by some colleagues in the first round, a multilevel approach is necessary, although it is missing. Search engines work at a global level, and social media as well. Health care, education, and social protection platforms work at the national levels. Why don’t multilateral organizations foster that development? It calls for action on digital technologies for education and social protection. But it could be more explicit on digital infrastructure for education, for instance. At the municipal or even lower levels, mobility, house rental, and food delivery, and labor platforms should be considered. So why not create data infrastructure and human rights-oriented policy frameworks to promote local sustainable innovation? Including developing countries in the digital economy through digital connectivity infrastructure, capacity building, and access to technological innovations is important, but it’s also not enough. Digital and data economies are utterly dependent on substantially concentrated cloud economy, being 2 thirds of its market shared on Amazon, Microsoft, and Google. Look, IBM and Oracle combine and account for more than Alibaba and Tencent. So solely antitrust at the local level will not solve the problem. This valid expression enables these companies to build parallel private networks, which has been considered a threat to internet fragmentation by the policy network. So if we intend to level the playing field and promote data for development, why is data infrastructure not considered digital public infrastructure, even if we acknowledge that the big players will not give up on their data governance? Again, GDC claims for sustainable DPI. As evident by the policy network environment report, GDC’s policy brief should have mentioned the carbon digital footprint. The document also says the potential of digital technology in tracking supply chains, but does not refer to the digital technology supply chain itself. What about the satellites, the fiber optical cables, the transmission towers, just regarding internet telecom-related infrastructures? Moreover, to talk about digital technologies, we must consider coal-to-extraction Democratic Republic of Congo, lintel in Bolivia, or even gold in the Amazon rain. as to ensure social, environmental, digital justice. AI regulation and governance debate must include labor discussions. Note withstanding the GDC references the application of labor rights, acting in partnership with the International Labor Organization. At the G7 summit in May, digital and technology ministers committed to further discussing diverse generative AI aspects, called the Hiroshima AI process aforementioned. Nothing on labor. The same is true within the G20 and the policy network on artificial intelligence in IGF. Until when? Why not consider it? In the Brazilian scenario, the multistakeholder public consultation on platform regulation held by the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee considered among its four pillars decent work. Some issues have multistakeholder consensus, such as algorithmic control, transparency, and democratic labor platform governance. But it still lacks attention to micro workers’ role in developing AI systems. That’s not to mention the impact of generative AI on the workforce. If we do not think of workers-led AI governance, like the Hollywood writers want, we will not see improvement in livelihoods, but the opposite. Maybe, dear colleagues, I am too optimistic to believe that novel proposals for the International Division of Labor could come out of the Internet Governance Forum. So is GDC really transformative? No. Unfortunately, it is not yet. But it can be. Otherwise, I hope none of us would be here. The Internet Governance Forum is crucial for achieving these SDGs. However, if IGF anticipates those critical dimensions, only if IGF anticipates those critical dimensions, it will likely succeed in meaningfully contributing to the roadmap for the digital cooperation. To conclude, with humility, allow me to echo President Lula’s statement during the United Nations General Assembly a few weeks ago. This broadest and most ambitious collective action aimed at development, the 2030 Agenda, could turn into its biggest failure. Thank you, Anita.

Anita Gurumurthy:
They’re not laughing because they’re sad. We’re not laughing because we have to talk about the signal. We have to fix it. Okay. So, very sobering, and I think that the issues that are not on the table are as important. Yes. So, I move over to our next speaker, Nandini Chami, Online, Deputy Director of IT4Change.

Nandini Chami:
Thank you, Anita. So, today I will be speaking on behalf of IT4Change, as well as the Global Digital Justice Forum, a network of development organizations, digital rights groups, trade unions, and feminist organizations who have been working together to advance the cause of digital justice and specifically engaging with the Global Digital Compact process in this regard. And IT4Change is also a member of this group. And just without much ado, just to kind of, like, you know, continue to break this, I think a lot of this task has been completed already. So, when we look at the Global Digital Compact from a Global South perspective, I think that there are two major unresolved concerns. And some of these concerns have come across multiple times in the public consultations that were held in the GDC process, especially from civil society groups in the South. So, the first concern is that, this was also discussed in the last round, that when you look at, like, the global digital governance scene 20 years after the vices, we see that there is a particular vitiation of the democratic multi-stakeholderism vision of the vices all these years. And we are ending up with a world where we see the digital governance space captured by a few powerful transnational digital corporations and dominant states and the bad actors, so to speak, as was discussed in the first session. So, in the world where the complexity of digital as a cross-cutting transversal policy issue has only grown, if we were not able to fix these institutional arrangements question even after the Tunis, now the institutional challenge is only growing. And is what is offered in the Global Digital Compact right now adequate to this? And I believe the answer is no, and I’ll just get to that in a moment. The second major concern is that today we all know that data governance directions are extremely important. And as was again mentioned in round one, it’s not just about privacy and personal data protection, but it’s about how do you govern cross-border data flows for development sovereignty of all countries in the digital economy. And here, too, I believe the Global Digital Compact falls short. So just to get to a slightly more detailed peak of both these issues, let’s take the question of the institutional arrangements for global digital justice as proposed by the UN Secretary General in his July 2023 policy brief. So we see that the policy brief has like two things. So one is the constitution of a tripartite digital policy space, the Digital Cooperation Forum in the short term. And in the long term, the proposal is to establish a global commission on just and sustainable digitalization. So if you take the case of the Digital Cooperation Forum, many examples are invoked, most strikingly the ILO mechanism and the membership of private entities in the ITU. And there is a proposal that the Digital Cooperation Forum should be a new tripartite dialogue modality for follow-up on the GDC commitments by states, private sector, and civil society. Unfortunately, there is no ground norm clarifying the rights and duties of these stakeholder groups or the process through which non-governmental stakeholders are going to be nominated to the proposed Digital Cooperation Forum’s policy table. There is the idea of involving small and medium-sized enterprises as well as startups through representative bodies at this policy table through a quota. But just by this tokenistic representation, would that be sufficient to neutralize the agenda-setting power of big corporations? This is something we should think about. And this point has already come up. The status of the Digital Cooperation Forum vis-a-vis the WSIS consensus is unclear. How will the Internet Governance Forum and the Digital Cooperation Forum stand in relation to each other? And if the Digital Cooperation Forum is planned as the enhanced cooperation mechanism that was never set up after the WSIS, how will the legitimate public policy space and duty of states to work for economic and social development of people in the new digital paradigm be secured by the GDC process? According to the long-term proposal of the Global Commission on Just and Sustainable Digitalization, this body is imagined as an enabler of multi-stakeholder cooperation between states, civil society, and private sector in all futuristic issues of inclusive and sustainable digitalization, which is the connectivity plus-plus we have all been talking about. And the key formula that is mentioned for this is to move beyond traditional interstate cooperation to a new network multilateralism. But in this new network multilateralism, again, without a clear separation of the rules, responsibilities, and the powers of state and non-state actors in the distributed decision-making, this will just end up leading to, again, consolidating the capture of global cooperation arrangements and the governance debates by powerful big tech actors, which is a problem we have been facing for more than 20 years now. And coming to the second issue of the directions for data governance, the Secretary General’s policy brief says that the convergence on principles for data governance, that is to be negotiated in a separate process, the global data compact, the date and timelines for which are not mentioned or raised now. And this evidently means that the most contentious issue in global digital cooperation, which is about the jurisdictional sovereignty of states to exercise controls over cross-border flows of their citizens’ data resources and deal with associated implications for human rights, national security, trade, competition, taxation, and overall internet governance will remain unresolved. And we already know from the UNCTAD digital economy report that the lack of rules on this issue entrenches the extractive neocolonial data economy that we are all very unhappy with. So coming to just a final set of points, I think that in the new institutional arrangements for global digital governance, I completely understand the point that we can’t go back to an anachronistic past, but somewhere we have to sit and think about the Tunis vision because we are not able to understand how to make democratic multistakeholderism work. And if we are leaping into a new network multilateralism phase without actually thinking about the institutional checks and balances, we are actually ending up with old buying a new bottle as the adage goes. And coming to the governance of data, we all agree that a shared multilateral vision on the access to and use of data resources is totally lacking today. And we all know that the cross-border data flows question is not just about privacy and personal data protection. So how are we going to talk about development sovereignty as the collective rights of peoples to determine how their aggregate data resources are utilized and enjoy their rightful claims in the benefits of data-enabled knowledge? So from my perspective, the global digital compact is broken on both these counts. And if we have to fix it, we have to fix both these questions of institutional governance deficit and the very, very urgent challenge of looking at development sovereignty as data sovereignty. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you so much. So that’s very important, I think, to connect the older issues that were pointed out. And in all of the economic fault lines globally, we see questions around sovereignty keep coming back. I’d like to now call upon Megan from Afronomics Law, Kenya. Megan, you’re also online.

Megan:
Thank you, Anita. I hope all of you can hear me.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Yes. Yes, we can.

Megan:
All right. Great. Thank you. So I’ll begin. I’ll largely share two gaps of the GDC brief. And I’d like to begin by stating that there’s an often-recited position that the historical choices of internet governance has enabled big tech’s rise and shaped the current digital regulatory dilemmas and that the post-multi-stakeholderism process has achieved little for global digital constitutionalizing. And so while the policy brief from the United States General on the GDC emphasizes the urgent need to reshape the trajectories of digitalization and human digitality, It’s gaps, risk, and trenching the digital regulatory dilemma. So one of the gaps in my view of the GDC include, one, the brief fails to acknowledge the notion that rights are protected by the fulfillment of duties and that merely expecting states to refrain from certain actions without duties may not be enough. On this ambit, the brief in a series of proposed objectives and actions of member states, the GDC envisions that member states would commit to a laundry list of actions under the seven main thematic areas. For instance, member states are expected to commit to avoiding blanket internet shutdowns, which will run counter to efforts to close the digital divide. And also, member states are expected to commit together with technology developers and digital platforms to reinforce transparency and accountability measures in AI systems. However, there is no mention of how such commitments from states will be attained, and therefore, there’s also a failure by the brief and the GDC to take cognizance of the power of big corporations to set agenda to their favor. As we’ve seen in the AI system of late, the European AI Act was influenced by big tech corporations. Therefore, to be effective, the compact GDC must go beyond seeking mere commitments from states and corporate actors and should ensure or come up with a regime of consequences for inaction by both states and corporate actors. And therefore, this ultimately requires dealing with the real politic of digital governance head-on. The second gap in the GDC will relate to the idea of a failure of upholding human rights holistically. So, the brief does not uphold human rights adequately in the sense that it does not capture the indivisibility of human rights, and therefore, fails to put the economic, social, and cultural rights on the same footing as civil and political rights. The digitalized work precarity in the gig economy, for instance, coupled with the incursion of big tech into the health and agricultural sector, for instance, are threatening individual and communities’ rights to a decent living, their rights to health, their rights to education, and their rights to enjoy the benefits of scientific progress, and so on. Internet shutdowns, for instance, that only undermine the connectivity divide, but also the rights to education, for instance, for students relying on remote education and other economic and social rights. On a related note that Nandini has also mentioned is the reduction of data rights to the singular agenda of individual privacy and personal data protection, of which this ignores the economic, social, and cultural rights implicated in data value chain. So, those will be my main contributions in terms of the gaps of the GDC. So, lastly, to make a point on the possibility of digital justice, it is worthwhile to know that it is possible worth pursuing digital justice by attaining a just digital future requires a radical shift of our social politics, where equality and economic policies to distribute the benefits of technology equally are made primal, and the inequalities brought about by digital capitalism, intellectual monopoly, and rent extraction are overhauls. To attain global digital justice, the GDC needs to learn also from the ill-treated versus mandated complementary process of enhanced cooperation. Over to you, Anita.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you so much, Megan, for also reinforcing points that were made earlier. Is Dennis in the room? Yes, hi. Could you give him co-hosting rights? Is that possible?

Denis:
Oh, wow. So, that was already quite a bit of breaking. I think I’m the last one in the row, right? I’m a researcher at the University of Bremen, Germany, and so I’m not really a southern perspective on this global digital compact, but I’m trying to let the empirical evidence from recent studies speak for itself. This is why I brought a few slides. It’s not long, not at all. When thinking about a global digital compact a while ago, I thought, well, the one puzzle that I have is, in spite of the consultations, in spite of many people being drawn into the process, regular users, regular citizens, as much as policymakers here in the room, I felt it’s not clear to me what people actually want and think, and particularly who they want to be at the table, who they want to be particularly listened to in the consultations. So, I put this on a larger survey of around 17,500 people in 41 countries, and I asked these questions. If I ask questions about a global digital compact, I knew I couldn’t ask about complex, detailed questions of the consultations because people will not be attuned to these kind of questions, and they might not have an opinion. So, I asked three questions, essentially. The first is, who should ideally provide input into the writing of the global digital compact to the UN? Then, the question, who do you think in reality provides input into that process? And thirdly, I asked people also about the kind of principles on a very basic level. What are the most important things for you? Privacy, freedom of expression, what should be in there? If anything, what should be taken care of by this process? This survey, as I said, 41 countries, six different languages, ran November last year till March this year, and this is online-based recruitment through social media. It is only social media users, Facebook and Instagram. We can talk more about the limitations, but that’s a different forum. The first question I had was, who should actually have input in this? And surprisingly, technical experts were asked most for. Almost 60% of the respondents said technical experts. Academics, about 50% of the people said that. Citizens themselves, 45% approximately. 40% said civil society and NGOs. National governments, 35%. Businesses, only 20%. So only 20% of the people think that the businesses should be listened to when the global digital compact consultations take place. And if you just compare this to what people think, who actually gets to say something? People say, well, technical experts get a say. Academics are not being listened to. Citizens are not being listened to. Civil society is being listened to. NGOs are. National governments are not being listened to, surprisingly. But people think that businesses are more listened to than they should be, according to their own normative preferences. So I found these results a bit interesting, and I think it does bring something to the table when it comes about breaking the GDC or the consultations, because it seems there’s definitely a mismatch between the general populations and the countries looked at and what is going on. And these are the desired principles that people wanted to be included, and most included. Security for children online. Security of privacy online. Fighting hate speech online. Protection of intellectual property, interesting, also online. Greater cultural and linguistic diversity. And you can see, actually, going down there, and the least often open source, open data, and so on. Just two small slides, actually, here. There are obviously differences between countries. If we look at the principle of no censorship, then we have a lot of countries where this is strongly emphasized. Latin America, for example, in the survey, and Eastern Europe, but not so much in sub-Saharan Africa or in Southeast Asia. When we look, on the other hand, at greater cultural and linguistic diversity as a principle for the global digital compact, then we see that, particularly, sub-Saharan Africa, there’s a strong emphasis on that relative to other countries, but it’s also quite emphasized in Latin America. Yeah, that’s it already. Thank you very much for funding disclaimers.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Yeah, thanks so much, Dennis. Very clearly, I think, experiences of what to build and how to fix may be very contextual, but why it’s broken might, perhaps, have a very slender and beautiful and simple narrative. I think that comes through. What we can do is take some time now for comments so that if there are people from the first round and the second round who may want to weigh in on the comments from the room, then we could direct those. I request everyone to keep your comments short, but please contribute to breaking and building, and then maybe the wisest of us all in the room will fix it. Any questions online? I guess everyone is raring to go to fix it, but Timothy, are you still there? There’s a comment here. Anyone online that wants to come in? Renata, go ahead.

Renata:
Hi, just a very quick comment on the geopolitical aspect of it. I think that in breaking it is very important because currently, you know, like there’s a lot of tensions. Welcome to today’s session. Good afternoon, everyone. A very warm welcome to the session. Completely U.S. and the tensions with China, and we have Russia, and so on. So, I think that for the Global Digital Compact to be effective, it really needs to engage all the key actors. So, I think that BRICS is going to play a very interesting role in this, and it would be a pity not to, like, you know, connect the efforts of G20 and OECD and so on with the efforts of the G77, the efforts around BRICS, and the efforts of the G20 vulnerable. I think that what it would be, like, very, very, very important is to welcome everyone at the table, regardless of the political tensions that, like, you know, that the world is going through. The other thing is toโ€”and I am biased here because I’m Latin Americanโ€”to leverage on Brazil’s historical leadership, which will be, like, next year at the G20, presiding the G20, but it’s also the force behind the revival of BRICS, to be the connecting point at this forum, and the civil society in Brazil that is so powerful. It might be, like, key whenโ€”both in the breaking process and in the fixing process of this multilateral moment.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thanks, Renata. Go ahead.

Ali Kosta Barbosa:
Thank you for this comment, Renata. Indeed, Brazil is leading the G20 meeting next year, and as follows will be South Africa, so pretty much related to the BRICS agenda. And I think we must play a really strong role in shaping the buzzword of this IGF, which is digital public infrastructure. We can be pretty sure that we’ll be on there, like, protesting in front of the meeting. And also, it’s probably going to take place, we can discuss during this IGF, if it’s going to take place, the Net Mundial Plus 10, I think it’s going to be a really good, really important meeting also to shape the GDC and the summit of the future and so on. I’d like just to make a comment really briefly as well, like, I think it’s a good aspect of the GDC that it’s mentioning the need of instituting public education for digital literacy, but I think it’s missing something like concrete good examples of that, like, I would be really glad to hear from any of you, from internet governance, schools, coordinators, or even in sessions during this IGF, of really concrete programs for teaching emancipatory digital literacy in public schools in accordance with the Abdijan principles. I say this because we are doing this in the Homeless Workers Movement, we’ve been in partnership with public schools in Sao Paolo, and I’d be glad to share that. And if I had time, then it’s a way to hear a bit more about the profile of these respondents. I think it was interesting to see how they are concerned about, like, children rights, and it’s a really good outcome to see that people are somehow aware of the risks of digital. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Okay, so are we then set to move? Anybody online that wants to come back? Thanks, Renata. For those who can see, there’s Renata’s little one there. Yes. So, all ready to fix it. I guess you have to speak. Maybe then we just, I can’t, yeah. I think from pragmatism to skepticism to hope, Renata, thank you, so we move to the final round, and Anna, are you here already?

Anna Christina:
Yes.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you very much. So we hope that you will tie everything together, and Ali said that maybe people know it all, so that is a very important segue to go into Anna Christina Ruelas, Senior Program Specialist from UNESCO, welcome.

Anna Christina:
So, I don’t know if I’m the wisest one to fix this, but I’m happy to be in the fix session, because I think we at UNESCO really aim with our work to try to fix some of the issues acknowledging that actually there’s no one only actor that is able to solve all these issues that you have already mentioned, but we are aiming to actually think how this multi-stakeholder approach will actually look like when it comes to, for instance, dealing with digital platform governance systems, and how we manage to balance and create a balance between freedom of expression, safeguarding freedom of expression, access to information with dealing with potential harmful content, such as disinformation, hate speech, or conspiracy theories that we are seeing that is scaling online. So I want to start very quickly saying that UNESCO has been working since a year ago with a set of consultation, a broad consultation process on guidelines for the governance of digital platform. And actually, this is one of the elements that will inform the Global Digital Compact and the Summit of the Future in 2024. And why does it inform it? Because what we are aiming here is to try to create a document that will guide the process of the governance of digital platform, acknowledging that when we talk about governance, we are talking about a coherent system where different regulatory arrangements can exist, meaning that we acknowledge that there’s self-regulation. We acknowledge that there’s co-regulation. And there’s a statutory regulation that has to happen and that has to safeguard, in any case, freedom of expression and access to information. We don’t want regulation to become a new layer of exclusion or discrimination because we know that there’s regulation that is happening in different parts of the world that doesn’t even mention or acknowledges freedom of expression, even though they are trying to regulate content. And we know that there’s regulation that does put in the straight, in their core, human rights approach. And that is happening there. And it is creating divisions. And it is creating a huge layer of exclusion in our point of view. So these guidelines are very much focused on the structures and processes for digital platforms to identify potential harmful content. And it tries to create a knowledge that these governance systems is dependent of a multi-stakeholder participation. And I have to stop here because I’ve heard a lot about what does it mean, multi-stakeholderism. And actually, during the consultation process, this was one of the questions that we made. Because we wanted to know what civil society, what is the role that civil society wants to fill in when it comes to a whole regulatory cycle, not only in participating in regulatory processes, but then in the monitoring and evaluation and all of the process of regulatory cycle. And one of the things that we realize is that it is a conversation that is mostly breaked. I mean that there’s a siloed conversation where regulators talk to each other once the policy is being approved by the legislators. And then the regulators never talk with the companies. The companies never talk with the regulators, not with the civil society. There’s a whole tension between the different actors. And so one of the things that we’re aiming at the next stage, once the guidelines are approved, is to try to convene and create a regulatory or a framework of network of networks where regulators, civil society organizations, companies, media, academia, think tanks can participate and discuss among what are those indicators from the global regional. on a local level that have to be observed when it comes to governance of digital platforms. So for instance, there’s many regulators that have told us, and I have a question here, that they never participated in their internet governance forum. They have never been part of this, and that they are now given the responsibility to attend to all these issues. And they haven’t even discussed about, you know, like what are the different layers of the responsibilities of each one of the companies, et cetera. And right now, in another session, the companies were saying, you know, like we never talk with the regulators, and we are being regulated. So it’s a problem of breaking the silos and also creating a discussion where other things that regulators mentioned is that we never talk with civil society. Civil society talks with the policymakers, you know, but then we don’t understand what are the different problems that are happening among, you know, when regulation comes into place. So if we understand how it is being put in place, if what is the effect that is having in other things, then we could do something. So creating networks for us is a key issue to identify potential follow-ups, potential way to identify how governance of digital platforms could work. And when I say networks, we never think about a global network, or we can think about a global network, but we need to go bottom down and understand that there will be always local indicators that will be very important to follow up, then they will be prioritized in one country, and then regional indicators that will be prioritized in other regional countries. For instance, in Africa, there were many specific comments about making sure that redress mechanisms were translated in the languages of the people, because right now it’s not possible to access to those redress mechanisms. And other countries, they say, we need to focus on vulnerable marginalized communities. So I think what I mean with this, and what I want to think about this, is that for us, fixing it means to actually give meaningfulness to the word multi-stakeholder. Because we say it a lot, we mention it a lot, but when it comes to an actual question of what does it mean with a specific action to follow up by each one of the actors, it doesn’t have an actual answer. what we want to, as UNESCO, is to, after launching the guidelines, to convene all of you to participate and to work together to define specifically how to actually start defining the word multistakeholderism in the global, in the Governance of Digital Platform, but most specifically in the Governance of Digital Platform in local, regional, and global level. So that would be my participation, thank you. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Just to be a little bit mischievous, I think we should ask maybe somebody from the Break It group to ask a question to Anna. Are you convinced by the answer? Of course, she didn’t want to give answers to everything, but she did speak about, she addressed Renata’s point about participation washing. Renata, are you convinced? Is she there? Anandini, go ahead, please.

Nandini Chami:
Yeah, I have a question, and I think Renata also has a question because she raised her hand now. So my question to Anna is, I completely understand that, you know, multistakeholderism has kind of become a empty signifier, and we need to accord meaning to it, but in the current way that we have, like, you know, treated this multistakeholder arrangements and gone about it, how do you think that, you know, we can pin down the responsibility on corporations so that multistakeholderism just doesn’t become, like, you know, a way by which, especially in the context of information integrity and the Internet of Trust and the UNESCO process, it just can’t be that platforms make, like, you know, lose, like, commitments. It can’t also be that we just, like, you know, treat it as a national problem for states to regulate transnational platform corporations. At the global level, how do we build a cat? How do we hold, like, powerful transnational digital platforms responsible for, like, you know, enforcement of human rights and we ensure they don’t enjoy impunity? Like, what are some of your thoughts on how can we fix that going forward?

Anita Gurumurthy:
Renata, do you have anything to ask? I think you should go ahead, Anna. She may be busy.

Anna Christina:
Okay, so, yeah, the guidelines are very clear about the need for the platform to comply with five key principles, acknowledging that many regulations, as I mentioned, target the users and not the companies. And I think that, you know, we have to be very clear about that. And I think… it is important, when I mean the users, is criminalize the users that produce the content and they do not touch the companies at all. So one of the things that we want is to actually make sure that companies are transparent, are accountable, perform due diligence, empower the users through tools and providing tools and that relates a lot with media and information literacy. And I want to come back to that a little bit because actually it’s very interesting this part of the consultation related to media and information literacy and the fifth is that they align to human rights principles. And the guidelines say that even if it’s whatever kind of arrangement, of regulatory arrangement, there should be check and balances and there should be accountability in a meaning that enforcement, that companies need to be subject of enforcement in case that they don’t comply with the five principles. They need to comply with these five principles and any kind of regulation should bear in mind that these five principles should be in the court of any kind of regulation. So definitely we, in the guidelines, we are clear and we understood from the consultations that the role of civic society, of academia, of media, it’s a different role that it is not related. It’s a role that makes company to be accountable but the role of the government is also to enforce the accomplishment for the compliance of the digital platforms. At the same time, the role of the civic society, the media, and the academia is to make governments accountable to make sure that they are not using regulation to go against freedom of expression and access to information but to actually, to identify potential harmful content and to create a trustworthy space. So yeah, that would be my response. Thank you, Naidini. And it’s great to see Renata.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thank you so much. I think from the visits to now, questions about corporate responsibility and accountability have transmutated into very urgent questions about corporate culpability and liability. So I think there is a need to move the vocabulary and then fix it. So on that note, Andrea, take it away.

Andrea:
This is very, very difficult because you were so good at breaking it that I think fixing it might actually not really be possible. So am I allowed to say that? But I’m not actually. Anita asked me to do this. I think that I would agree with everything that the breakers said but I think, you know, we have the luxury of just breaking and not fixing and I think we don’t. I think especially after spending all that money that Helani was talking about, some of us like, by the way, Helani, not everyone was flown around the world to be part of the GDC consultation. A lot of us had to do it online with like very short sort of cutoff points if you were not a member state. I think we’ve got to take a step backwards. I think this is what my plea would be to the tech envoy’s office, to the organizers, the co-facilitators and the summit of the future. Take a step back and really look at what principles do we already have in this digital space? What norms are there? Are they being complied with? If not, why not? We have norms on responsible state behavior and the group of governmental expert norms. Those norms are intended to create more trust, more predictability in the relationship between states and the behavior of states. You know, what’s happening with those norms? They date back, I think, to 2011. Let’s look at the WSIS principles. Let’s take a step back here as well and look at what has worked well from the Geneva declaration and the WSIS outcome documents. What are the principles in those documents that still hold people together? The notion of people-centered development, for example, of ICTs as a driver for addressing poverty, for more inclusion. Let’s look at that as well. Let’s look at whether we need a digital compact that’s not really about digital but about people and how people are affected by digitalization and what the consequences are. of this emerging, evolving relationship between society, our natural environment and technology. I think there is some of that in the GDC and there’s some overarching preambular comments, I think, that talk about looking at the big picture. But I think when it comes to the compact and what we are supposed to expect to see in the compact, I’m not sure that that’s reflected. I think we need to also take a step back and look at evidence. I don’t see the digital compact, for example, really being informed by the state of digital inequality. It deals with connectivity, it deals with access, in a very, I feel, rather tokenistic way. Maybe if the digital compact can really seriously look at the impact of social economic inequality and its manifestation in the form of digital inequality and how that actually undercuts everything that we are trying to do to create a better world through digitalization. And when you have, I’ve just recently been in Nigeria. In the last three months, 140 million Nigerians, this, I think, is research ICT data, so Alison can speak to that, were not connected to the internet. Many of them actually have an internet connection, but they can’t afford, or they might not have the devices. And yet, Nigeria is a country that’s investing enormously in digitalization. And where is this investment going? Digital public services. Why invest in digital public services if you have not yet invested in people actually being able to have access to them? So I think a lot of taking a step back, looking at evidence, and prioritizing. I think the GDC could actually benefit from taking one problem that we understand, such as digital inequality, and putting it a more granular set of targets around that. And then this is another thing I would recommend to fix it, is to work in a very complementary way with the World Summit on the Information Society and the WSIS plus 20 process. Yesterday, Amandeep was not here yet, I think, but he used a really beautiful analogy in the session on gender. He talked about how the SDGs, WSIS, and the GDC are like an orchestra that can all work together and play beautiful music. But orchestras don’t always play beautiful music. Orchestras can also make very sort of, not such, quite dissonant music. And if they don’t have a clear manuscript or a conductor, so I think it’s a good metaphor, but you really have to then work with it. I think the other thing about the, I mean, a lot of you have spoken about the consultation process. And I think here again, I mean, I think if you’re going to look at something like AI governance, you know, it struck me during the GDC process that the Hollywood actors and writers and their strike had a clearer take on the challenges of AI than the UN did. And I think maybe that’s what happens if you bring workers into the conversation, if you bring the people that are actually organizing at an industry level, people that are affected by AI. So I think again here, it’s a way of not putting the AI first. It is an important issue. It’s absolutely significant that the GDC does address it, but address it in a way that puts people at the forefront. And then that will then follow from there that you consult people that are actually working on fair work and workers in the gig economy and workers in AI. And I think that’s something else I would recommend to fix it is to be more tech neutral. There’s a sense I think in which the GDC is responding very much to a narrative that has been created by big IT companies. They create the narrative of the power of tech, but they also create the narrative of the danger of tech. And the GDC I think is very much responding to that. What the GDC should be doing is really responding to the narrative of inclusion, of equality, of accountability, and of good governance. Now, looking at those issues and looking at AI in relation to those, very important, but I think it would open up the way in which the GDC at the moment is looking at AI, which is in fact an application of technological innovation that has been with us for a very long time. When it comes to the multistakeholder participation, I think as well there’s emphasis on that, but I would think that the GDC could really learn here from the work of CSDD, the ITU, the WSIS process, and many of us at national level that you have to be actually more inclusive. You’re never going to have effective conversations about climate change and technology if you’re not actually working with the environmental sector and environmental rights defenders, both from the level of people that are at community level and defending forests from being destroyed by miners or illegal farming to people that are doing advocacy and analysis at a global level. So I think there is an opportunity here where the GDC, because it’s new, because it’s fresh, and it’s not emerging from a internet governance process, but from a sort of broader governance process, it could actually open up stakeholder participation to make it more granular, both at the community-based level, but also at the advocacy level. Similarly with issues of trade, of financing, of indebtedness. These are all issues that impact on digital public infrastructure, for example, on the capacity of states to invest in infrastructure that can be resilient, that enable inclusion. So here again, I think if the GDC can open up who it talks to and who it talks to about what. I was saying to Anita when I prepared for this, I’ve been looking at debt in Africa. Currently, African countries are spending on average more on debt servicing than on public health. Now, if that’s the status quo, how are those governments ever going to be able to actually effectively invest in inclusive digital public infrastructure and addressing digital inequality? So if we don’t address the cycles of indebtedness and the way in which the global financial system operates at the moment, we’re not going to see any change. And what happens at the GDC level will float on top. So I think that’s another fix it. Actually drill down, look at what we want to get out of the GDC, but look at it from an ecosystem perspective. What do we need to do in terms of the public sector, governments having the capacity and the resources to effectively implement? What do we need at the level of civil society being able to effectively hold governments accountable? What do we need at the level of changing how we regulate corporations? Market regulation that creates more market entrance as well. So I think there’s a granularity there that is absolutely missing. And I think if we don’t have that, we might be able to get consensus, but will we get value? I think that’s the thing. And I think that’s actually probably where I will end. I think, Anita and everyone, I would say that we have an imperfect system in the World Summit on the Information Society follow up and implementation, but it actually has, it’s grounded in many respects. We have the work that CSDD has been doing and UNCTAD has been doing on the digital economy. There’s actually really good data there on how small and medium enterprises, for example, are either enabled or disabled by how digital markets are regulated. We have data from human rights organizations and from UNESCO on the impact on women journalists, for example, of certain online practices. We know, as Elani had said, that disinformation legislation is silencing dissent and freedom of expression. We also know that community voices are not effectively included in many countries when it comes to addressing community-centered connectivity. And we also know that current business models are not succeeding in terms of the access market. We know that the mobile operators have reached a kind of a ceiling in terms of extending access. So what I’d like to see with the GDC is really just using the summit of the future, using the resources of the UN and the broader community to work with this data. And this will be my last point. I think, Dennis, your data is very interesting because I think that’s why it’s, I think, such an opportunity for the GDC to fix its approach to multi-stakeholder participation by not using it as a brand, by not reducing it to being tripartite, but actually opening it up completely and bringing in the technical community. It’s interesting, because I do think there’s a tendency sometimes to think of the technical community as being aligned with the corporate sector. Sometimes it is, but often it is not. And I think absolutely we cannot do digital governance effectively without bringing the technical community into the table, not just as part of civil society or government or business, but as a stakeholder in their own right. And that applies to the research and academic community as well.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thanks, Andrea. I think the more I think about it while prioritizing is so important, but we also know that so much of our futures tie to the digital and the choices we make and the triaging we do now might really have cascading impacts. So that’s another paradox, you know, of in the context of digital inequality paradoxes, how do we actually address the policy paradox? And I think that’s quite important. I wanted to propose a small change in the order of speakers. Nan Sutesom, who is from Engage Media, is replacing Rishabh Bailey, who was going to speak to us. And Rishabh is unable to join us. And therefore Nan, just in about 24 hours, has kindly offered to come on board. And what I wanted to suggest is she has, what she says is a very well-defined and bounded agenda to talk about. And therefore, what I want to do is she wants to flag issues about digital trade. So I just wanted to request you, Nan, to come in and speak to how the connections between trade and digital rights play out, and if you think they are fixable at all. So over to you, Nan.

Nan Sutesom:
Thank you so much, Anita. Let me, well, share the screen. Hello, everyone. You can see my screen, yes? Yes, and we can hear you. Perfect. Hi, everyone. My name is Nan. I’m a digital rights project coordinator at Engage Media. We’re a digital rights advocacy group in South and Southeast Asia. I’m here as part of the Digital Trade Alliance. So I want to speak to you briefly about using this trade agreement, namely Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity, or IPEF. I like to use this as a concrete use case to illustrate how corporate interest captures the internet governance space. And not only that, the IPEF also highlights the geopolitical aspects that come into the dynamics and how this plays out. This FTA in particular is understood as a reactionary attempt by the US to balance another FTA, namely the RCEP, that is dominated by the Chinese government influence. The IPEF involves 14 countries, the US, India, some countries in Oceania, most of Southeast Asia, and including Japan and East Asia’s countries as well. But as such, the US government chairs all chapters of the negotiations and controls the text of the IPEF. This is expected to conclude by November 2023. Now, unlike other FTAs, the IPEF will not only offer market access and GSP privileges, so the signatories, namely the Global South, will not receive the trade benefits that other FTA may offer. The text, the digital trade chapter, is also not available, making it difficult for non-profit organizations and other stakeholders to participate in the process. So quickly extrapolate this FTA. It’s first important to note that the US-Mexico-Canada FTA, or USMCA, is explicitly cited as the baseline for the commitments in the IPEF. And why is that important? It’s because the USMCA is widely regarded as a pro-Big Tech agreement. And what we have observed in the USMCA is that corporate interests are very well captured, in particular, Big Tech, in terms of digital trade. Similarly, in IPEF, 69% of US trade advisors represent large corporations and their trade associations. And this agreement is commonly seen as favorable in the interest of Big Tech, but the US trade reps themselves, who have solicited advice from Big Tech on digital trade provisions. Some of the alarming issues include, and I’ll go very quickly on this, is if, like the USMCA, IPEF will have enforceable cross-border data flow requirements, domestic measures aimed at enhancing privacy and security of data, as well as measures providing for regulatory access to data could therefore be affected by this provision, such as that in Thailand, where I’m from, the Personal Data Protection Act in 2022, which was modeled after the EU’s GDPR. So it has a few implications. First, it makes it difficult to introduce any domestic measures for cross-border trade transfers. And while there may be exceptions to this in the agreement, they’re very narrow in scope of necessity and proportionality requirements, which are very high bars to meet. In the ultimate analysis, such provision could help data flow to countries with weaker data protection standards or accountability mechanism. Another issue is that it will aim to establish safeguards against forced source code disclosure as a condition of market access. So it will aim to establish a safeguard against any algorithm disclosure in particular. Many countries in the global South right now are developing regulatory responses to the use of algorithm and or AI. And one tool of regulation is ensuring transparency and accountability over how algorithms and software in general work. And with the safeguard, if this comes into play, it will restrict various tools available to a state to promote competition, fairness in the digital economy. Preventing such disclosure in the future may lead to also algorithmic discrimination in areas like employment policies, insurance policies, or search engine rankings, which will have the effect on the competitiveness of smaller businesses in the global South. Now, I’m sure everyone in the room are aware of the dangers of AI. So this lack of transparency in source code disclosure and algorithm will limit the ability for independent and ex-ante verification of how a software product works, which can be essential to limiting the risk arising from the use of software and the black box problem with AI. Secrecy of algorithm also goes against the developing regulatory consensus on the use of AI tools. for example, the OECD’s AI policy observatory, as well as a number of proposed laws that seek to ensure pre-deployment verification of software and AI. Now, to capture it all, the codification of the USMCA, if it will be adopted in future trade agreement, for number one, the free flow of data cost will limit the ability for countries to implement localization norms. The inclusion of this clause would allow for continued flow of data to the global north, where it would be subjected to its relatively lower or freer standard data protection and accountability mechanism. Provisions restricting access to source code and algorithm will also limit the ability of regulators and independent entities to scrutinize software products prior to their deployment. So, in particular, when the global south are right now in the process of developing regulatory frameworks concerning AI, this restriction will seek to preemptively limit the ability for states and regulators to implement public interest or consumer interest regulation in the digital space. So, ultimately, codification like this will limit the regulatory options available to the signatory countries in the future to implement regulations over the ecosystem. Now, in the spirit of fix it, I’m not sure if my presentation fit into this, but first and foremost, I think that the GDC mechanism should aim to promote regulated data and technology in public interest, realizing that digital commons as a global public good and aiming to establish international security standards and cross-compliance recognition frameworks of design, testing, and certification to ensure the safety, reliability, and trust of critical infrastructure and improve security around digital technologies. This includes, but not limited to, for example, privacy protections and grievance redress mechanism. FTN negotiations should also aim for an agreement on how to define different types of data, which can then be used to create rules on data governance. In addition, there’s also another issue with labor rights with the integration of algorithm in digital labor and gig economy, ensuring the GDC should aim to ensure that workers in digital industries are protected and have access to fair employment conditions, including issues related to gig workers and the right to organize. That should be the top priority. And last but not least, fair taxation on global companies. So, ensuring that the so-called big tech pay their fair share of taxes in countries where they operate, which can contribute to funding essential public services and digital infrastructure in the global south. Mechanism to amplify non-profit and stakeholder voices should also be at the forefront of a digital trade agreement. The IPAF has a stakeholder listening session, which is a mechanism for CSO to participate, but it’s not as meaningful as you’d like it to be because negotiations is secretive, and so we just end up with civil society actors listening to each other in a room. So, with that option, we have to address how we can make this more meaningful contribution and engagement so that digital trade agreements can be more responsible. And yeah, as the USMCA codification will likely become a trajectory in digital trade, it calls for robust mobilization to push back against the interest of big tech and ensure consumer and user interests can be protected, as well as their rights. And I’d like to end my presentation here with the report by our colleague Rikab on understanding the IPAF and its intersection with internet governance. So, that’s about it for me. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for stepping in.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Yes. I just wanted to say that it’s only getting more complicated. So, for the last voices, I think we count on your power, but we also remember Shamika’s call to not give up and continue the good struggle. I think one important thing that comes out of Nan’s articulation is that it’s not just the narrative around the GDC, but sometimes I think where the narrative lies is not where the politics lies. So, maybe we will go away feeling happy that everyone was equally unhappy with the GDC, but the trade wars will be fought differently at a different place. So, the whole questions around localization, public interest, source code, opacity, and the exploitation of the commons for extractivism will remain. And therefore, then the question arises as to without letting forum shopping by the powerful, how do you ensure coherence in the multilateral system? That question always existed, but I think that’s sharper. So, don’t go away, everybody. We have the smartest voices in the room, the penultimate and ultimate. So, over to you, Emma, Global Coordinator of the Alliance for Universal Digital Rights for Equality now.

Emma:
Thank you so much. You’re right, the complexity of this issue is increasing, isn’t it, as we go on with the session. And I definitely don’t have the whole solution to fixing the GDC, but I have got part of the solution. And at the Alliance for Universal Digital Rights, or AUDRI, we’ve been considering your central question of how to come up with a set of principles that guide our digital future so that it ensures justice for the majority world. And this time last year at IGF, we launched our nine principles, securing our human rights in our digital world. And since then, we’ve really been building on that, working with a really wide range of organizations from all over the world, including in the global majority. And what our partial solution is, that the GDC has to be feminist if it’s going to work. And feminism benefits everybody. And yesterday, we launched a new set of principles. There seem to be a lot of principles around, but there are only 10. These are feminist principles for the global digital compact. And we launched these with over 50 other CSOs, mainly from the global majority, in partnership with organizations like APC, Direchos Digitales, Digital Rights Foundation in Pakistan, Policy in Uganda, and also two UN agencies. And we launched it to an audience of member states, including the US, Chile, Finland, Germany, Iceland, who all talked about the need for a feminist approach to global internet governance. And so I thought it might just be helpful today if I talk to you through, very briefly, through the main headlines of our 10 principles. And the basic premise is that if the core principles for the global digital compact of openness, freedom, and security are going to be met, then they need to be infused with an intersectional feminist perspective to ensure that the ongoing digital transformation of our economies and societies can usher in a gender-just world. So principle number one is that any digital future must be grounded in existing human rights law. Many people have said that already, including Professor Ambassador Gill. And also rooted in an intersectional approach, which promotes the rights of women and girls in all their diversity, plus people facing multiple and intersectional forms of discrimination, because we don’t want digital technology to widen the equality divide. The second principle is that the agreement must guarantee freedom from technology-facilitated gender-based violence, which there is an academic of at the moment. And it’s stopping many women and people from diverse genders and sexualities from taking part in society. And it’s undermining our democracy. And our third principle is around promoting the rights to freedom of expression, privacy, and peaceful assembly, which the UNESCO have been talking about as well. This includes the right to encryption and online anonymity, and the prohibition of internet disruptions that don’t comply with human rights law. The fourth principle is about ensuring universal, affordable, accessible, and safe internet access for all, which many people have talked about. And this includes something that one of our speakers earlier talked about, was creating and sharing content in your own language, which is really important. The fifth principle is around demanding strict action against harmful surveillance applications and high-risk AI systems. And number six is about expanding women’s participation and leadership in the tech sector and in digital policymaking. So if we want this new tech to actually work for us and make our lives better, we need to be in the driving seat. And that means that women in all of their diversity need to be involved in the design of new technology, leading tech companies, but also being involved in decision-making at national and international levels on governance, regulation, and technology development. And obviously this is going to include supporting more women and girls into STEM subjects, but it will also require more involvement of women in democratic processes. So number seven is around prioritizing strategies that reduce the environmental impact of new technology. I was really pleased to hear Henriette talking about the need to involve environmental organizations in this process. We know that the impacts of climate change are not felt equally around the world. Women in developing countries are most likely to be disproportionately affected, and machine learning is incredibly energy intensive. There’s also going to be a greater impact on water use. So AI’s contribution to climate change could be very significant in the future, and states are going to have to be much more proactive in setting limits on how much carbon new technology can produce, and also minimize the harm from the extraction of natural resources to fuel this new technology, which again falls disproportionately on a small number of nations, often on indigenous land and in countries that are recovering from a history of being colonized. So I’m almost there. I’m on number eight now, which is implement measures for states and transnational corporations to ensure data privacy and governance and consent. So the protection of people’s personal data is the bedrock of a lot of these other principles, as has been mentioned by other speakers, and many states don’t yet have privacy and data protection laws, and measures to stop transnational companies from exploiting our data are not in place, as has also been talked about already. So number nine, the ninth principle is around adopting equality by design principles and a human rights-based approach through all phases of digital technology development. So algorithms that make decisions about us are discriminating against us every day, with no accountability for the harm caused, and I was really concerned by our previous speaker talking about how some trade agreements are actually going to make this situation worse because they won’t provide the transparency of the algorithms that we need, which is why we need a human rights-based approach and equality by design principles baked into the development of algorithmic decision-making systems prior to deployment. This means things like gender rights impact assessments, which brings me to the final principle, which is around setting AI safeguards to prevent discriminatory biases. Safeguards must be put in place to make sure that gender… as stereotyping and discriminatory biases are not translated into AI systems and these standards need to be developed in consultation with those who are being harmed already. So you need to talk to us and at a minimum we need transparency in relation of data sets, their sources and uses and how that data is being applied in algorithms. So that’s it really. It’s not the whole solution but we think it’s a really important part of fixing the global digital compact. We were so pleased to hear some of the governments at our launch event yesterday agree with us about the importance of a feminist approach and of course some countries have already got feminist foreign policies which really help with this. So if we can set all of this, get all of this into the global digital compact, it stands a chance of making the GDC a powerful tool for democratic global digital governance. Thank you.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thanks so much Emma. I also feel that from your presentation and Ali’s, there’s this need to invert the questions sometimes and say in all the talk about digital public infrastructures, what about the quasi-publics that are controlled by the private? Why aren’t we asking them to open up and make their data sets public? Questions like these which are hidden in the narrative that are often sold to us. Luca is here, he’s extremely jet-lagged and therefore we hope that the stream of consciousness from him will fix it.

Luca Belli:
Thank you very much Anita. I’m also aware that I’m the only thing that stands between us and dinner and at the same time the last speaker after two hour and a half of being here. So I will try to be provocative so that people can wake up a little bit. My name is Luca Belli, I’m Professor of Digital Governance and Regulation at FGV Law School. So what I’m going to say is very much informed on the research and thinking on how digital governance mechanism work and how can they work effectively or not. And now regulatory framework work and how they can work effectively or not. Also full disclosure, over the past year I’ve been building for five years a project called CyberBRICS where we analyze the digital policies of the BRICS countries. So a lot of what also I’m going to say is based on how also these very large emerging economies have tackled some of these issues. I have three structural challenges that we have to face and three potential remedies that we could use but I’m not sure we will use. Let’s start with the structural challenges. The first one is that, and I’m also building especially on what Alison and Elani were saying because there were some good comments there that I want to expand. First, structural challenge. We have, when you analyze digital governance, which is what the kind of framework that the Global Digital Compact aims at addressing, you know very well that it’s extremely fragmented not only geographically, which is something we have stressed, but also thematically. And that is an enormous structural challenge because you only have regulators that deal with competition and speak only amongst them. You have regulators that deal with telecommunications and speak only amongst them. You have regulation that speaks about data not in all countries and deal only amongst them. You don’t have platform regulators. You don’t have AI regulators, although all regulators want to be some of them. Now, this means that it’s extraordinarily difficult, inherently almost impossible to have a strategy that is holistic and that can work in practice, because you face this enormous thematic fragmentation. Even if you have a very good strategy, then you have the second structural challenge. That is, you might have extraordinarily relevant political and economic interests that will play against your strategy. And this has already been raised, but let me stress that there has been, over the pandemic period, enormous, almost indecent profits from five or six corporations. And no one has ever taxed that profit, no one, because there is only one country that doesn’t want it to be taxed. And that is an enormous political and economic interest that you have to face. And I will come back to this towards the end. If you have to regulate AI, and everyone agrees that AI has to regulate, there is even one specific CEO that does road shows in Latin America pontificating about how we need international regulation on AI. But then at the same time, when you are like, then we will regulate based on risk, and we will limit your profit, they are, no, we do not want AI regulation. You may be all aware of the fact that there is an ongoing effort of the Council of Europe to do a treaty on AI, but the US have already made it very explicit that it will only, for them, will only apply for the public sector. Well, if AI is developed by the private sector, that specific treaty is not even worth the paper it’s written on. And I’m sorry to be so blunt, but I think maybe at some time here we start to wake up a little bit. The third structural challenge is the fact that systemically it’s, I don’t think I’ve used the best possible term before when I made my question asking about bad faith actor, because it’s not bad faith. Most of the multinational corporations are publicly traded corporations. This means that the executive has a legal obligation, a fiduciary obligation, to prefer the shareholder interest to anything else that is not binding by law. So it is naive to think that large multinational corporations will privilege human rights to shareholder profits, because every three months and every quarter they have to meet shareholders and tell them, we have increased costs, sorry, we have reduced costs, we have increased benefits. Actually, it’s very interesting. that what happened after the pandemic, or after these enormous indecent profits, has been not redistribution of the profits, but firing of at least 10% of the workforce. Because shareholders were annoyed, because that very enormous profits could not be kept. And so costs had to be reduced. And so tech corporations have started firing people. So that is a systemic challenge that we have. Because those who have the power to decide have not only a marketing incentive, a fiduciary obligation to increase benefits and decrease costs. And here we enter into the possible. Well, there is also a very good study that I wanted to mention by Subha, Ulla, and colleagues on multinational corporations and human rights violations in emerging economies. Because they map more or less 200 corporations that have subscribed to the global compact, not digital one, the global compact, showing that 90% of them engage in human rights violation. And even if they have explicit commitment to the global compact, because they have a duty to do so. If their shareholder want to be pleased, they have to increase profit. So that is something. I have nothing against these specific corporations. But that is something that one has to be considerate, to be pragmatic, and to find solutions. So first, how to tackle the lack of systemic approach. I think that we start to see the only, let’s say, document that gives us an idea of what is happening with the global digital compact is this policy brief that was released in May. And I think they make a good effort at doing an initial systemic approach, mapping the principles, mapping the potential actions, and mapping what fora already exist. But that is very embryonic approach and needs to be complemented also, which kind of good practices you have to use to implement those actions and to implement those principles. And this is non-existing so far. I hope it will come with the following phases of the digital global compact. Actually, here my second point of suggestion is to actually learn from the IGF as a good platform for suggesting solutions. Actually, what nobody seems to remember is that the mandate of the IGF is also to recommend things. So if you take Tunisia agenda, Paragraph 72G, it’s explicitly stated that the IGF should recommend issues to the global stakeholders. And this has never been done because people think that recommending means imposing. Identifying good practices and recommending them doesn’t mean that the IGF should say all the government of the world must follow this example. Simply means that IGF or any other people, person, entity that recommends something is saying this exists. You should consider it. A lot of people travel to fancy places every year to discuss solutions and maybe to recommend them. So start mapping them and proposing them as potential solution. There is nothing controversial in it. Last but not least, if we want to have a digital global compact that is meaningful, we really have to focus on implementation. That does not only means suggesting good practices. It should be followed. followed, but also the metrics that should be used to analyze if they succeed or not. And something that, if you study China and if you’ve studied big tech, you start to understand they do in pretty much the same way, is understanding which kind of facilitators and obstacles exist. Because that is the greatest point if you want, the greatest difficulty or advantage if you want to implement something, knowing what will go wrong and try to address it, and knowing who could be helpful in trying to address it. That is actually something that, paradoxically, we can learn from big tech. Because sometimes that has become a joke, sometimes a sad joke with friends. I mean, I’m not sure which list is longer. If the list of potentially disruptive new businesses that have been acquired by big tech, of the list of brilliant friends working in academia or civil society that have been hired by big tech. But at some point, you have to understand that if you have to implement a medium or long-term strategy, you have to identify what are the obstacles and what are the facilitators. And I was a little bit frustrated, I have to confess today, when I asked Amandeep today if they had a plan for it. Because the answer that the good faith actor have to do more, I’m not sure if it is the most effective to achieve an effective global digital compact. I hope I’ve been enough provocative. But I see people sleeping, so I’m not sure.

Anita Gurumurthy:
No, no, we are, we are. So we just want to wear the politically correct face in the IGF, that’s all. So thank you so much to everybody. I just want to take, since we have 15 minutes to go before the room is closed and shut, I just wanted to know if there are people in the room who have thoughts to fix it, to build it anyway. And I know that Renata wanted to make a point, so maybe we can start with Renata. And in the meanwhile, I can bring the microphone to anyone that wants to contribute.

Luca Belli:
Sorry, may I just add something that I forgot to mention? Is that as I’m sure that these five or six multinational global corporations that have earned these very hefty profits under the pandemic are extremely, extremely committed to the global digital complex. Something one may ask them is to make a voluntary contribution or let’s say 30% of their billions that they have earned, because people were obliged to use their services for two years, to finance all the nice things that we have said or the nice ideas we can have. And that does not require taxation by anyone. And as they are fully committed to the global digital complex, I’m sure they will accept.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Renata, just a second. Maybe I’ll just call upon Renata. Is that OK? Renata, just hold on. This is somebody who is online.

Clever Gatete:
Thank you so much. The reason why you asked to speak is because I have to leave very quickly. My name is Clever Gatete, and I’m here. I’m from Rwanda. I’m the peer for the UN. One of the co-facilitators, together with my colleague here from Sweden, we came here specifically to listen to you. And one of the things which you have to make clear is that there is no digital compact now. We are just compiling all the ideas so that there is an intergovernmental discussion. And later on, we’ll come up with a global digital compact. We have had consultations widely. We have had so many deep dives in every of the eight areas. And we’ve heard from different people. We had even special sessions for the civil society itself. The reason why we came here is at the end of the day, nobody’s happy with maybe what is going on. And that’s why we came here to say, can you narrow it down so that we see the issues and the ones which you think should be part of the compact or which can contribute to the compact? So they are given to us because next year in January, we are going to come and sit down together with everybody to make sure that we can use these kind of ideas that you have given us as part of the discussion with the member states. There will be 193 member states discussing. But given what you have compiled already too much, but you came here specifically for the idea for the people who are participating, and especially for your team, for you to narrow down and give us something in writing so that all your ideas and what you think is very, very important. The reason is because technology affects everyone. It affects the way of life. It doesn’t affect one or the other. It affects all of us, whether in education, whether you are in whatever business you are doing. It affects all of us. And we want to hear from everyone. But we want to make sure that we do it in an organized manner, in a way that you can bring your ideas, put them together, and say, this is our position, which you think can contribute to your discussion so that we take them into account. And that will be more professional in terms of doing things. Because we’ll be unhappy with some of the things, but if we don’t do it right, then you find we don’t have a way of discussing it with our colleagues who are not here, who didn’t listen to you. And it’s very, very important for us to be able to capture exactly what you think that can be included. And that’s why we’re here listening. Actually, we want you to be at the back so that you can listen and take notes. But I think I thought it was very important for us to tell you that if you put something in writing, it will be helpful for us. Because it will help our case to adjust and to be able to convince people. So we heard what you said. But if you can help us, I think that would be useful. Thank you so much.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Very grateful to you for giving us an opportunity to submit this in writing. Maybe the three-hour discussions, we will be able to generate a report, as Andrej had suggested, in the morning as well. And we’d be happy to share that with you. And if your co-chair from Sweden wants to speak. Ma’am, would you like to? I fully agree with you. Yes. Thank you very much for being here with us. So Renata, you go. And after that, Andrej and Alison.

Renata:
It’s very quick and specific point on the funding. If we achieve one thing as a civil society, will be that this global digital compact is formed together with a fund with mandatory contributions from the richest countries in the world and from the richest companies, voluntary, because we have no legal mechanisms to make that happen to be mandatory. But I think that if we… Otherwise, we will waste a long process that will only end in principles that then will not be applied because of lack of resources. So if we can do one thing united, like the poorest countries in the world and the civil societies to work together for the summit of the future, to be like the big announcement, the big headline after this effort is that substantial money is committed to increase the capacities, to increase the ability and to make that not only worse, but worse transforming to actions and into proper public digital infrastructure localized in the countries that need it the most. So to fix it, include a financing mechanism to make all of these nice words translated into actions.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Thanks so much, Renata. Andrieta.

Andrea:
Thanks very much, Anita. I mean, what I wanted to say, it’s partly in response to what Luca was saying about the original mandate of the IGF was to facilitate, well, inter-institutional. That’s, I think, one of the very important aspects of it and also recommendations. And I think one of the reasons that we are not doing well enough in this IGF space and in what we have at the moment is our multi-so-called, multi-stakeholder ecosystem is that we don’t have certainty. It’s very unpredictable. I think that, you know, so this is something else I think that the GDC can do is to take away that element of, will the IGF continue, will it not continue? Obviously, that is a decision of the WSIS plus 20 process, but if we’re going to strengthen these processes, make them more relevant and more inclusive, we need to be able to know that they’re not being used as political footballs by member states or UN agencies or internal, you know, territorial issues within the UN system. These processes are not as strong as they should be. They’re not as inclusive as they should be, but they are the best that we have. And I think I really, you know, in the recent letter from the co-facilitators, I think it’s a message that in a sense we are getting that because it will take years of evolving and continuing to strengthen these spaces. And I think the one thing as civil society that we have to be careful of as well is to set our own terms. I think the GDC consultation processes required us to respond to what was given to us. I think we possibly did not do enough to fill the gaps. The IGF MAG as well, for two years, it created its thematic structure based on what was given to it by the GDC process or the digital cooperation process. That’s good. It wants to be relevant, but in that process you could actually be missing exactly the same things that this other top-down process is missing. Like tax, like taxes.

Speaker:
Thank you. Thank you, Anita. Thank you very much for inviting us to this very informative session. I’ve heard a lot of very interesting, insightful, and also useful comments. I think some of the points may be also good for us to take into account in the WSIS Plus 20 review. I forgot to introduce myself, actually. I’m working for Sharmika. Sharmika is our director. So we are servicing the UN Commission on Science, Technology, and Development. And CSD, in short, is conducting a WSIS Plus 20 review in order to provide inputs to the General Assembly, which is going to conduct the WSIS Plus 20 review in 2025. So I would like to also invite this group to participate in the WSIS Plus 20 review because some of your points are very relevant to WSIS Plus 20, as several speakers have mentioned. We also need to look at what are there now in this world, whether they are working, why they are not working, and how we can do to make them work better so that we can really achieve the WSIS vision of inclusive, people-centered, and development-oriented information society. And CSD is going to launch its open consultation, which is multi-stakeholder consultation, on the 10th of October in this house, in room E, from 315 to 445. At the same time, we have also circulated a questionnaire together with other key actors, UNESCO, ITU, and UNDP. We also invite you to fill out the questionnaire. It’s available on the IGF website, the questionnaire. And they will be taken into account in preparing our report. The report is going to be discussed at two annual sessions of the CSD. One is next year, April 27th, CSD. The other is in 2025. And then, after these two discussions at CSD. we are going to present a report to the General Assembly in 2025 for its review. So I really encourage this group to participate in the CSD’s WSIS Plus 2020 Review because you have offered very insightful comments and points and messages that we can definitely consider in our WSIS Plus 2020 Review. Thank you again.

Nigeh Kassamir:
Yes. Good day. My name is Nigel Kassamir. I’m from the Caribbean Telecommunications Union, which is an intergovernmental organization. I did come in late, so I’m not sure if this specific comment was made before. But in hearing the gentleman’s comments earlier about the structural shortcoming with regulation, I am aware that the ITU has a fledgling attempt at regulatory collaboration, which they are calling the Digital Regulation Network, which they launched at the Global Symposium for Regulators in May this year. So that is probably something that could also be taken into account.

Alison:
Thank you. Anita, I did say when I speak about the first phase, the bill that we just want to say something about the fix-it because I think that’s really what some of the issues that we raised in the beginning really and were raised in the fix-it session are really still, we’re still not addressing what fundamentally has to be done. We’re still dealing with some of the problems and maybe not sufficiently what the solutions are. So I mean, just in response to the constant reference about using what we’ve got and how relevant WSIS still remains in terms of how relevant IGF remains, I think these are important continuities. They’re significant still because we still have the same problems. And so I think it’s really important in referencing those that we commit ourselves to doing something differently. We’re continuing to identify the same problems and speak about the same kind of neoliberal market reforms and the dominance of certain sectors, the assumptions that the best value creation is out of private sector value create, these kinds of things. So I think we really, when Ambassador Gill speaks about this needs to be a paradigm shift, the paradigm shift is not an institutional changing of the deck chairs and institutional arrangements. We have to do something far more fundamental. And I think the problem is that what are our rationales for governance? We’re continuing to use the rationales for governance that were around traditional commercial supply side regulation of resources in the allocation of our resources. And we need to really challenge that. We need to start looking at the demand side value that we need in our resource allocation. If we’re serious about building public value, if we’re serious about economic justice, then we’ve got to be looking at those. That is how we get to a commons, not about carving out a little bit of space that the commercial sector doesn’t want for a little bit of Wi-Fi or something. We need some really to address those fundamental issues. So yes, there are structural issues at the governance level that Luke has very eloquently addressed, but they’re actually, we’re still not dealing with the structural inequalities that we’ve got that make all this digital inequality manifest. And I think that if the global digital compact wants to make a significant paradigm shift, that is where the paradigm shift needs to come, is in the rationale for global governance and regulation.

Anita Gurumurthy:
Anyone else? There’s a hand over there. Yes.

Yuichiro Abe:
Thank you. Thank you for your informative discussion and comments. I’m Yuichiro Abe, a Japanese, randomly participating in this workshop. But after listening to the fruitful discussion, I realized that the process, the fixing the process of the GDC is quite important, because we have the expression in Japanese that this is just a rice cake painted in a picture. We cannot eat it, even if it looks delicious. So we have to make it through a real process. And I have one question. So maybe the GDC should be like an orchestra with beautiful music, but we need a conductor. And who should be a conductor in this process? Maybe it will be a target of a political battle, or like that, but it is very difficult. But I would like to hear the recommendation from IGF about who should play the conductor. Not maybe only one, but who should be the several conductors for the process?

Anita Gurumurthy:
So this will need, I think, an entirely another zero-day event. So it’s an institutional question, and as Allison said, it’s only partly institutional. We also have a name for the report, not just a little bit of Wi-Fi. So… Yeah. We want real rice cakes, yeah. So I mean… That’s a Japanese approach. Yes. Yes. Yes. Also this. So just to say thank you to everybody who helped co-construct this, the dynamic coalitions that were involved. Thank you, Dennis. Thank you, Luca. Also, the Global Digital Justice Forum, and to all of you who so readily gave of your time and sat here and came back after your other commitments, and to our surprise visitors, the co-chairs of the GDC. I just wanted to also say that the thing that struck me when I read Amartya Sen’s The Idea of Justice was that never, never should you make the mistake of going behind the idea of justice. You must understand the idea of injustice, and then you have done your job. So in some sense, I think the session was very instructive because all of us contributed to co-creating the pool of ideas of what we don’t want. And I think for long, the wise people of the world have told us, what is necessary to fix? It’s not rocket science at all. We know it, and we know the political economy of anti-solutions in the right way. So I think we should build public value, and we should probably go to the report in the next stage. So I’d like to request all of you, and maybe I can reach out. And if you would like to, please send back your comments. That would really help. And the IGF does a marvelous job of the closed captioning. But it may not always be accurate, so it would be nice to have your comments. So thanks to everybody, and a round of applause.

Audience:
Yeah. Thank you. Thank you. You Thank you.

Ali Kosta Barbosa

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

1452 words

Speech time

519 secs

Alison

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

2406 words

Speech time

857 secs

Andrea

Speech speed

176 words per minute

Speech length

2532 words

Speech time

865 secs

Anita Gurumurthy

Speech speed

162 words per minute

Speech length

3678 words

Speech time

1360 secs

Anna Christina

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

1623 words

Speech time

580 secs

Audience

Speech speed

10 words per minute

Speech length

13 words

Speech time

78 secs

Clever Gatete

Speech speed

204 words per minute

Speech length

619 words

Speech time

182 secs

Denis

Speech speed

172 words per minute

Speech length

750 words

Speech time

261 secs

Dr. Shamika Sirimani

Speech speed

173 words per minute

Speech length

1365 words

Speech time

473 secs

Emma

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

1277 words

Speech time

487 secs

Heleni

Speech speed

185 words per minute

Speech length

1195 words

Speech time

387 secs

Luca Belli

Speech speed

171 words per minute

Speech length

2133 words

Speech time

750 secs

Megan

Speech speed

174 words per minute

Speech length

696 words

Speech time

240 secs

Nan Sutesom

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

1477 words

Speech time

620 secs

Nandini Chami

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

1596 words

Speech time

578 secs

Nigeh Kassamir

Speech speed

95 words per minute

Speech length

104 words

Speech time

66 secs

Regine Greenberger

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

1019 words

Speech time

421 secs

Renata

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

1913 words

Speech time

687 secs

Singh Gill

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

2003 words

Speech time

846 secs

Speaker

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

401 words

Speech time

145 secs

Wolfgang Kleinwachter

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

351 words

Speech time

145 secs

Yuichiro Abe

Speech speed

121 words per minute

Speech length

172 words

Speech time

85 secs

Can Digital Economy Agreements Limit Internet Fragmentation? | IGF 2023 Day 0 Event #76

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

William J. Drake

Digital Economy Agreements (DEAs) have primarily emerged in the Asia Pacific region, with Singapore playing a central role. These agreements aim to promote policy convergence on a wide array of digital issues such as data flows, data localisation, artificial intelligence, and cybersecurity. DEAs follow a modular architecture, enabling the addressing of various issues under different bespoke modalities. The European Union has also launched digital partnerships, embracing a similar modular approach with countries like Japan, Korea, and Singapore. DEAs have the potential to limit internet fragmentation, which is caused by divergent national policies and regulations.

The discussions on institutional innovation in internet governance have often been divisive, focusing on multi-stakeholder versus multilateral frameworks and hard law versus soft law responses. These traditional approaches have not been very effective in addressing key issues relevant to fragmentation, such as data flows and data localisation. DEAs, with their modular architecture and adaptable nature, provide a potentially more innovative and responsive approach to address these issues.

Models such as the Digital Partnership Framework and Digital Investment and Partnership Agreement (DIPA) have emerged as responses to the inability of traditional trade agreements to keep up with rapid technological progress, particularly in the field of artificial intelligence (AI). The potential impact of AI goes beyond just trade and the economy, potentially affecting all aspects of society profoundly. There is a growing recognition of the need for better stakeholder involvement in negotiations to address concerns raised by non-governmental organisations (NGOs) and civil society about the inclusion of AI in trade agreements.

Digital Economy Agreements and Digital Partnership Frameworks facilitate multi-stakeholder cooperation and foster institutionalised dialogues between countries. These models recognise the importance of involving various actors from civil society, business, and other parts of society in shaping digital governance frameworks.

It is crucial to ensure that flows of data are without obstruction. Digital trade agreements have the potential to strengthen binding commitments against forced data localisation or barriers to the flow of data. By including language pertaining to cross-border data flows, data localisation, and mandatory disclosure of source code in trade agreements, the stakes are raised, forcing all parties involved to reach an agreement.

Digital Economy Frameworks have emerged as a potential solution to address internet fragmentation. These frameworks work through institutionalised dialogue and ongoing interaction between parties, incrementally bringing them closer together on various issues.

In conclusion, DEAs offer a modular and adaptable approach to promote policy convergence on digital issues, ultimately helping to limit internet fragmentation. They provide an innovative and responsive mechanism for internet governance, addressing concerns related to data flows, data localisation, AI, and cybersecurity. Involving stakeholders from various sectors is essential for effective dialogue and decision-making, and digital trade agreements can play a role in ensuring the free flow of data. Digital Economy Frameworks have the potential to bridge the gaps between countries and foster cooperation in dealing with challenges related to internet fragmentation.

Richard Samans

Digital economy agreements are seen as a promising development for international economic cooperation, moving away from a purely market access approach. These agreements recognize the need for a comprehensive approach to address issues related to the digital economy. This shift is considered a positive step, indicating a deeper understanding of the complexities and challenges involved.

However, the impact of these agreements on internet fragmentation is still uncertain. Differences between countries and agreements may lead to fragmentation, as there are varying perspectives on fundamental issues. The presence of standard exceptions in agreements also highlights the potential for fragmentation. While digital economy agreements aim to tackle this issue, their effectiveness is yet to be determined.

The success of these agreements depends on regulatory cooperation. While the agreements lay out principles and commitments, true effectiveness lies in the actual cooperation and coordination of regulations between countries. The extent to which countries can work together will determine if these agreements can reduce fragmentation effectively.

It should be noted that existing agreements cannot solve internet fragmentation globally. Complete elimination is not realistic due to the nature of the issue. However, aligning policies and regulatory approaches among economically significant governments can promote coherence in the world economy. This alignment can create momentum for greater coordination and cooperation, enhancing overall stability.

Labour-related considerations, such as employee surveillance, performance evaluation, bias, and worker data protection, are not fully covered by digital economy agreements. These agreements have mainly focused on procedural matters, potentially overlooking important labour-related concerns. Norms surrounding employee surveillance, fair performance evaluation, bias prevention, and worker data protection are crucial and should be addressed in future agreements.

Trade agreements should also consider the varying levels of capacity among different countries. The Trade Facilitation Agreement by the World Trade Organization provides an example of an approach that acknowledges and supports countries with differing capacities. By doing so, trade agreements can facilitate shared participation and the development and implementation of norms.

There is increasing advocacy for multifaceted and interdisciplinary forms of international economic cooperation. This perspective recognizes the need for a holistic approach that considers diverse stakeholders and incorporates advancements in AI and algorithmic automation. Adopting this multifaceted approach can make international economic cooperation more inclusive, effective, and responsive to the challenges and opportunities of the digital era.

In summary, digital economy agreements signal a shift towards a more comprehensive approach to international economic cooperation. While they offer promise, their impact on internet fragmentation remains uncertain. The success of these agreements depends on regulatory cooperation between nations. Existing agreements may not fully address labour-related concerns, and trade agreements should consider varying capacity levels among countries. Advocacy for a multifaceted approach reflects a growing understanding of the complexities of the digital economy.

Chris Riley

The analysis revolves around the advantages of adopting a modular approach in the governance of digital platforms. This approach aims to address disparities in regulatory regimes and prevent the fragmentation of laws. The speakers argue that modularity can align operational processes, fostering consistency and coherence, and mitigate risks associated with different regulatory lenses, promoting equality and protecting fundamental human rights. Modularity is also seen as a means to bridge gaps between national and regional frameworks, ensuring a harmonized and effective digital platform governance.

Transparency plays a key role, as adhering to global best practices helps digital platforms meet legislative expectations and build trust with stakeholders. The modular approach enables the creation of a transnational knowledge base, guiding risk assessments and audits, and facilitating the implementation of effective governance measures.

The analysis highlights the importance of multi-stakeholder engagement in finding solutions to complex questions. Various stakeholders, including governments, industry, civil society, and international organizations, are considered essential in shaping digital governance frameworks. The speakers observe that international agreements are increasingly recognizing the value of this inclusive approach.

Despite acknowledging the tension between agreement and disagreement on international platforms, the speakers support the creation of more digital economy agreements based on alignment. Such agreements would counter negative forces and foster a more cohesive and cooperative digital governance landscape.

In summary, the analysis emphasizes that a modular approach can bridge regulatory disparities, prevent fragmentation, and protect fundamental human rights. Transparency, adherence to global best practices, and multi-stakeholder engagement are considered crucial in effective digital platform governance. The tension between agreement and disagreement on international platforms is acknowledged, but the overall support is for creating more agreements based on alignment to address digital economy challenges.

Marta Soprana

Digital economy agreements, such as the Digital Economy Agreement (DIPA), have emerged in response to the transformative impact of the internet age on trade and production. These agreements seek to establish new rules and regulations for the previously unregulated digital space. DIPA introduces a modular structure, allowing for the separate negotiation and treatment of key issues, which is a defining feature of these agreements.

One area of focus for digital economy agreements is the inclusion of provisions for emerging technologies, such as artificial intelligence (AI). DIPA is the first agreement to specifically address AI, recognizing its importance in shaping future trade and economic dynamics. However, concerns exist regarding the binding nature of including AI under a trade agreement.

Digital economy agreements primarily involve developed economies or countries with high levels of digital readiness. This suggests that countries with lower levels of digital readiness may be less interested in joining these agreements. To make these agreements more inclusive, explicit provisions for capacity building should be incorporated, attracting a diverse range of countries.

The establishment of DIPA and the Digital Economy Agreement (DEA) was necessary to keep pace with technological progress and overcome challenges in multilateral negotiations. These agreements acknowledge the significant impact of certain technologies, such as AI, on trade and extend beyond the economic realm.

Involving civil society and businesses in the negotiation process, especially for emerging technologies like AI, is crucial. This inclusive approach ensures diverse perspectives are considered and addresses societal concerns. Updating the negotiation process of digital economy agreements by expanding civil society participation is recommended, particularly for matters related to emerging technologies.

In conclusion, digital economy agreements, including DIPA, aim to establish new rules for the digital space in response to the impact of the internet age on trade and production. The modular structure of DIPA is a significant aspect of these agreements. The recognition of AI’s influence in future trends is crucial, despite concerns about its binding nature. Explicit provisions for capacity building can make these agreements more inclusive. The establishment of DIPA and DEA reflects the need to keep up with technological progress and overcome challenges in multilateral negotiations. Involving civil society and businesses in the negotiation process is essential for addressing concerns and considering diverse perspectives.

Neha Mishra

Digital Economy Agreements (DEAs) challenge the traditional boundaries of trade law in terms of scope and institutional mechanisms. Unlike e-commerce chapters of Free Trade Agreements, DEAs cover a wide range of issues. They go beyond government and regulatory bodies by establishing mechanisms for multi-stakeholder dialogues. DEAs focus on interoperability and trust-based solutions. They aim to foster innovation and growth by promoting collaboration and information exchange among different stakeholders. DEAs also address topics relevant to internet governance, such as net neutrality, AI, and data sharing principles, and emphasize the importance of a global, open architecture of the internet.

The effectiveness of DEAs is highly dependent on political will. While they offer promising opportunities for international cooperation in digital policy, challenges arise when they interfere with domestic regulations. Striking a balance between international cooperation and national interests is crucial.

Neha Mishra, an optimistic commentator, believes that DEAs have the potential to create trust-based regulatory frameworks and foster dialogue among stakeholders. However, the success of DEAs relies on political will. Mishra sees DEAs as a means to address the challenges faced by the digital economy.

DEAs also aim to reduce internet fragmentation and build trust. They do this by adopting common standards for e-invoicing and promoting open standards and licensing practices. The goal is to prevent the establishment of digital “walled gardens” and create an environment of collaboration and openness.

However, concerns exist regarding the impact of DEAs on governmental fragmentation, sovereignty, and national security. Trade exceptions within DEAs can be broadly interpreted, and there is a lack of clarity on how they would be adjudicated by trade tribunals. Balancing the interests of countries and navigating national security agendas pose challenges.

In conclusion, DEAs challenge traditional trade law and offer potential for cooperation and innovation. They cover a wide range of issues, foster multi-stakeholder dialogues, and prioritize interoperability and trust. However, their success depends on political will, and concerns exist regarding governmental fragmentation and national security. DEAs provide an opportunity to address these challenges but require careful consideration and stakeholder cooperation to reach their full potential.

Eli Noam

Eli Noam raises concerns about the new system, suggesting that it will inevitably lead to increased fragmentation. He argues that groups of countries with similar perspectives and interests are forming their own treaties, formalising a fragmentation process that is already underway. Noam also sees the potential for restrictive coalitions against digital platforms as a negative consequence of the new system. He highlights the aim of certain coalitions to tax, restrict, and control content moderation on these platforms, which is considered an inevitable result of countries cooperating to address platform-related issues.

Furthermore, Noam raises the issue of the constitutional implications of the new system. He believes that AI policy should be determined by elected officials rather than trade negotiators. Currently, a significant amount of digital policy-setting is delegated to trade officials, bypassing democratic processes and raising concerns about constitutional issues.

Despite these concerns, Noam recognises the positive aspects of the new system. He sees it as an opportunity for experimentation and flexibility, allowing for the testing of different approaches. The modularity of the new system also allows for flexibility in negotiations. Noam also proposes the creation of an intelligent databank that would contain curated proposals and analytical literature, promoting best practices in the digital economy.

When comparing the old system with the new one, Noam acknowledges that sacrifices were necessary to achieve certain goals. In the IT sector, obtaining desired outcomes often meant making concessions in agriculture. However, the sectoral approach in the new system enables countries to select the measures that best suit their interests without the need for sacrifices. This departure from the old system could potentially lead to more favourable outcomes for individual countries.

One notable drawback of the new system, as identified by Noam, is the lack of political cover for difficult decisions. In the past, it was possible to explain to certain sectors, such as agriculture, the necessity of certain decisions for the greater good of the country. However, the new system no longer provides such cover, making it more challenging to make difficult decisions.

Notably, Noam has shifted his perspective from a reactive ‘data bank’ proposal to a proactive model of the Digital Economy Agreement (DEA). He suggests recommending the proposed DEA to countries as a way to justify their decisions to their constituents. This implies a shift from skepticism towards a cautious value-seeking approach to internet regulation.

In summary, Eli Noam’s analysis examines the positive and negative aspects of the new system. While expressing concerns about fragmentation, restrictive coalitions, and constitutional implications, Noam also recognises the benefits of experimentation, flexibility, and the potential for more favourable outcomes for countries. To address these issues, Noam proposes the creation of an intelligent databank for best practices and a shift towards a proactive model of the Digital Economy Agreement. He advocates for a cautious, value-seeking approach to internet regulation that takes into account the importance of a global perspective.

Stephanie Honey

The summary has been revised to correct grammatical errors, sentence formation issues, and typos. UK spelling and grammar have been used in the text. The revised summary accurately reflects the main analysis text and includes relevant long-tail keywords without compromising the quality of the summary.

Maiko Meguro

The complexities surrounding the cross-border transfer of data necessitate the creation of a new governance mechanism. This mechanism should involve collaboration among multiple stakeholders beyond government-to-government forums and aim to establish a single rule that cuts across different sovereignties. Efficient policy coordination and the establishment of trust-building mechanisms are crucial for successful data transferral processes. The concept of “data free flow with trust” emphasizes the need to find a balance between privacy and security aspects. Modularity is seen as a sensible approach to address issues in policy coordination, particularly in intermingled concerns between trade and privacy. The “Institutional Arrangement for Partnership” serves as an effective mechanism for enhancing policy coordination, providing a multi-stakeholder platform for policy discussions. The G7 is developing the Institutional Arrangement for Partnership (IAP), which will have a permanent secretariat within an existing international organization. Prior to the implementation of the new governance mechanism and institutional arrangements, it is suggested to start with working groups that operate at different paces. International agreements should interact with existing domestic regulations, taking into account the challenges of changing domestic regulations. Discussions, cooperation, and pragmatic problem-solving approaches are crucial in finding comprehensive solutions. The goal is to achieve policy coordination and rule convergence, recognizing the importance of coordinated policies in addressing data transfer challenges. Multi-stakeholder involvement is essential in developing effective policies and mechanisms, including stakeholders with technological expertise.

Audience

The analysis identifies several key themes and arguments regarding digital trade agreements. One such theme is the concern that the modular approach to these agreements leads to fragmentation and inconsistent user experience. This is seen as a problem due to the sheer number of standards involved. It is argued that such fragmentation may result in users having different experiences when interacting with digital platforms. The supporting facts mention challenges faced in ensuring a smooth user experience due to optional attributes in the modular approach.

Another theme that emerges is the need for agreements to incorporate a sense of agency and ownership and to allow for mechanisms of evolution. It is highlighted that for others to join the agreement, they need to have a sense of agency and ownership. There is also a call for these agreements to think about what happens next after the current agreement expires, as well as the importance of openness to evolution and improvement. This involves creating mechanisms that allow for disagreements and the inclusion of multiple stakeholders.

The analysis also points out the political and geopolitical drivers of fragmentation in digital trade agreements. It is argued that these drivers will continue to exist and may even intensify over time. Political events underline the fragility of cooperation, and it is suggested that changes in government resulting from elections could impact governance cooperation.

Considering social, political, and economic realities in different countries is another important aspect discussed. The analysis highlights that countries operate at different levels and have different beliefs. There is concern that standardisation and agreement may exacerbate disparities rather than addressing them. Additionally, challenges in making data interoperable and harmonising financial system rules are recognised.

Concerns are raised over the influence of digital economy agreements on the regulatory space. It is mentioned that some agreements, such as the DIPA, have a lot of non-binding commitments. There is a call for making trade agreements more inclusive by involving multiple stakeholders.

On the other hand, it is acknowledged that digital economy agreements may help limit the risk of internet fragmentation. The analysis highlights the potential of the DIPA to attract countries with different perspectives and interests, thereby promoting cooperation and reducing fragmentation.

The potential risks of an international digital divide in digital economy agreements are also a topic of discussion. Past experience has shown that pushing developing nations to open up to developed nations has resulted in an international digital divide. It is suggested that entering into agreements might lead to retaliation by some countries and perpetuate this divide.

Finally, criticism of the necessity of these agreements is mentioned. Doubts are raised about the need for these agreements, as the internet is not seen as being broken or fragmented. Implementing agreements may actually contribute to fragmentation rather than protecting against it.

In conclusion, the analysis highlights various concerns and arguments regarding digital trade agreements. These include the risk of fragmentation and inconsistent user experience, the need for agency, ownership, and evolution in agreements, the impact of political and geopolitical drivers on fragmentation, the importance of considering social, political, and economic realities, concerns over the influence on the regulatory space, and the potential risks of an international digital divide. It is evident that there are multiple perspectives and challenges in formulating and implementing effective digital trade agreements.

Session transcript

William J. Drake:
There’s a lot of competing events, so it’s good that you’re with us. We appreciate it. I’m Bill Drake from Columbia Institute for Teleinformation at Columbia University in New York City. And this is the session on can digital economy agreements limit internet fragmentation? At last year’s IGF in 2022, I organized a day zero event on understanding internet fragmentation concepts and their implications for action where we tried to talk through some of the definitional issues that have plagued the discussion of internet governance over the past decade in order to try to get some greater clarity and try to set up discussions about how we might move towards policy responses to some of the main challenges posed by fragmentation. And I said at the time that that would be the first of two sessions that were linked. This is that second session that’s linked that’s attempting to begin to look at policy responses using more innovative and interesting mechanisms that have not necessarily been discussed a lot in the IGF context to date. You know, there’s been a long running, for those of you who’ve been around internet governance discussions over the past 25 years, you know that there’s been long running discussions around the question of institutional innovation and how do we create new mechanisms to respond to new internet governance and digital policy challenges as they arise. And the discussions around that question have been often very divisive and tended to polarize around questions like multi-stakeholder versus multilateral frameworks or when to have hard law versus soft law kinds of responses, the relative merits of treaties versus guidelines, declarations, MOUs, other kinds of mechanisms, et cetera. And none of these have proven in recent years to be terribly helpful in responding to some of the issues that are most directly relevant to fragmentation that people have been talking about a lot in recent years around data flows, data localization, things like that. So it’s in that context then of the larger discussion of institutional fragmentation and the question of how do we respond to internet fragmentation challenges that this topic becomes interesting. We’re gonna talk today about digital economy agreements, digital economy agreements or DEAs are new kinds of approaches to international cooperation and policy convergence that have emerged alongside and been informed by the laborious and difficult digital trade negotiations of the past decade. The center of gravity on these DEAs has been mostly in the Asia Pacific region with Singapore being very centrally involved in many of them. The most widely discussed examples of DEA is the 2020 Digital Economy Partnership Agreement or DIPA between Chile, Singapore and New Zealand which Korea just joined and Canada, China and Peru are seeking to join and that will get the particular attention in this context but there’ve been a variety of other DEAs formed as well between Singapore, Australia, UK and Singapore, Korea and Singapore and now the 10 member ASEAN, Association of Southeast Asian Nations has launched negotiations to try to come up with a DEA framework for the 10 countries and the DEAs that have been reached have tried to promote policy convergence on a broad range of digital issues from data flows and forced data localizations to online customs duties, trade treatment of digital products, source protection of source codes, e-invoicing and certificates, supply chains, digital identities, digital inclusion, cybersecurity, artificial intelligence, consumer protection, you name it. The whole range of issues that are out there on the international agenda, many of them have been addressed in these DEAs and many will be addressed in DEAs to come and what’s interesting in particular about the DEAs is that they follow a modular architecture. That’s to say each set of issues that is addressed under a DEA is treated on a kind of standalone basis within an overarching umbrella framework which means that these different issues can be, different issue streams can all be addressed in different ways. You can have different formulations of interests and move faster or slower depending on how mature an issue is, et cetera. You can have variable commitments in terms of hard versus soft law kinds of commitments. You can try to institutionalize dialogue through a variety of different modalities that are bespoke to the particular issues in question. You can use this kind of architecture to be much more agile and adaptive to changing environments because they’re not, the modules can be evolved separately in different ways. So there are very interesting kinds of approaches from an institutional standpoint to trying to figure out how do we establish ongoing institutionalized cooperation between countries around digital issues and the European Union has begun to do something similar. It’s launched a series of what it calls digital partnerships and it’s cut a series of these last year with Japan, Korea, Singapore and is planning to do more. And these two follow this kind of like decentralized modular architecture where you have a range of different issues being addressed in different ways as part of an ongoing umbrella framework. And their DPs have covered a wide range of issues including 5G questions and quantum, everything else. So all of this has been interesting kind of institutional innovation that we thought is interesting in particular here in the IGF context because we’ve had an ongoing concern over the past years around internet fragmentation and some of what’s been attempted through the DEAs and DPs is directly relevant to internet fragmentation. So we wanna explore the question of to what extent are these new kinds of institutional arrangements interesting? Do they provide possible avenues towards addressing fragmentation related issues in more creative ways that might overcome some of the barriers that have prevented effective cooperation between countries and so on. To do that we have a very interesting panel. Now I’m a little puzzled about how things are a little different here from previous. On the Zoom do we have our two other, we have two remote speakers but I’m not sure are we gonna see them on the screen here? Are you gonna be able to show the Zoom on here so that the other speakers, all right good. I see Stephanie and I see Rick, that’s fantastic. So let me, we have all our speakers, it’s fantastic. So online we have Stephanie Honey from the APEC Business Advisory Council. Stephanie was formerly in the government in New Zealand and was a WTO trade negotiator who was very directly involved in the DIPA negotiations and she’s joining us from New Zealand, different time zones, so welcome. We have Meiko Maguro here from the government of Japan. She’s the Director for International Data Strategy in the digital agency and she’s been centrally involved in the government’s data free flow with trust initiative in the G7 and other contexts. We have here to my left my co-conspirator in this event, Neha Mishra from the Graduate Institute in Geneva. She’s an Assistant Professor of International Economic Law. We have Elie Noem, the founding director of the Columbia Institute for Teleinformation where he’s been for 40 years and a Professor of Economics and Garrett Professor of Public Policy and Business Responsibility Emeritus at Columbia Business School in New York, my colleague. Online we have, I hope, Chris Reilly. Yes, okay, I can’t see in the little box. Chris Reilly is a distinguished research fellow at the Annenberg Public Policy Center at the University of Pennsylvania in the US. Chris is also the Executive Director of the Nonprofit Data Transfer Initiative and he was previously at the US Department of State where he worked with Hillary Clinton and others on digital freedom initiatives. Rick Sammons is online joining us from Geneva, Switzerland. Rick is the Director of the International Labor Organization’s Research Department and has been a Sherpa to the G20, the G7 and BRICS processes. Previously, Rick was Founder and Chairman of the Climate Disclosure Standards Board and a Managing Director of the World Economic Forum. So he’s with us in Geneva and we have Marta Soprano, a Fellow in International Political Economy at the London School of Economics in the UK. So what we’re gonna do is that each of the speakers will talk three to five minutes to get started putting out some ideas relevant to the themes of this topic about how they see the importance of digital economy agreements as responses to the challenges that we have in terms of governance of the digital economy. Then we will have a little interactive discussion around the policy questions that are listed on the announcement for this event. And then when we get to the top of the hour, we have a half hour for open discussion among all participants when we very much hope that you will choose to join into the conversation. So that’s the game plan. So let’s start, which of you would like to start with giving us some overview on digital economy agreements and their relevance to fragmentation? Neha is the co-conspirator here. I think you could be the first victim.

Neha Mishra:
Okay, good afternoon everyone and a big thank you to the organizers. So what I’m going to do is to try to zoom out a bit and look at digital economy agreements and digital partnerships from a global digital policy, digital law perspective, and kind of tie in some of the ideas that a lot of people here might be interested in from an internet governance, internet regulation perspective. The larger point that I want to make is that because, and I think Bill already introduced the idea that these digital economy agreements and digital partnerships as a broader category offer several bright lines for involving a lot of people who are involved in internet policymaking because they defy a lot of traditional boundaries and architectural features of traditional trade agreements. But at the same time, while I offer a lot of promising prospects, I think it’s important for us to be cautious because these agreements have been agreed upon by a limited number of like-minded countries and a lot of provisions in these agreements and broadly in the partnership agreements that are not necessarily like trade treaties are soft disciplines, which means that there is political will necessary to take them further. So just in terms of characterizing, as I mentioned, they really challenge the traditional boundaries of trade law, and this is both in terms of scope and in terms of the institutional mechanism. So Bill already outlined the kind of provisions included in these agreements, provisions on digital inclusion or data innovation or creating trust-based regulatory frameworks, creating different kinds of avenues for multi-stakeholder participation, covering areas such as online safety, cybersecurity protection, technical standard setting. That’s quite unusual. So if you look at e-commerce chapters in FTS, you don’t see such a broad range of issues. But also in terms of the procedures and mechanisms that are available, these agreements are quite unique because they provide many avenues for broad-based dialogues between different groups of stakeholders and not just governments and regulatory bodies. There is a high focus on interoperability and trust-based solution making. And this to me as a trade lawyer is fascinating because the vocabulary has completely changed from binding rules and dispute settlement and market access to how to build regulatory cooperation and find trust-based solutions. The other point I’ll briefly point out is we’ve spoken about a range of agreements, digital economy agreements, digital partnership, and they all have very different legal characteristics, but I think it’s important to remember that the thrust of these agreements seem to be in the same direction, that they want to create more partnerships which are based on finding synergies in different areas of digital regulation. And they are also quite unusual because they only focus on the digital economy unlike trade agreements where you could be bargaining for automobiles in exchange of data flows, which doesn’t make any sense, I know, from an internet governance perspective. So quickly then for our discussion here at the IGF, I think I highlight a few possibilities of synergies or at least exchange of ideas between this trade and internet world. And one of them is, as I mentioned, because of these procedural or institutional mechanisms that are in place that allow for these dialogues, but also to keep in mind that these digital economy agreements cover a lot of areas that the internet market stakeholder community is really interested in. So this is also something, areas such as net neutrality, data innovation, AI, principles for data sharing. This is exactly what people at IGF, for instance, are interested in. I also want to briefly highlight that across these digital economy agreements and the digital partnerships, you will find language that supports the global open architecture of the internet, focuses on interconnectivity and highlights its role in creating more opportunities for innovation and growth in the digital economy. And what is remarkable is that, and perhaps this might be in the long run, we’ll see if it’s a successful experiment, but definitely a few small open economies who have started negotiating this are making a clear statement that they would rather have common standards and common consensus and global norms rather than to have to side with specific digital powers and build on this narrative of digital sovereignty, which has also taken over the trade world. I end by just drawing some points of caution here. While it’s good to be optimistic, it’s important to remember these are very new agreements. They have just started in the last couple of years and they have so far been between countries which will be seen as like-minded open economies. And while the softness, the flexibility, the modular structure is a blessing in many ways because it allows for these dialogues and trust-based mechanisms to develop, it is highly contingent on political will. So the real testing point might be when we see how countries are going to react when these agreements may interfere with their domestic regulations, especially on cross-border data flows which are contained in their privacy and cybersecurity laws, because that would be a testing point. And the worst-case scenario might be that a few years from now in some IGF session, we will be sitting and talking about DEAs and how it was such a great initiative to address some of the problems with multilateralism, but eventually because of lack of political will, it fizzled out. But this is the worst, worst-case scenario and certainly none of us on the panel are hoping for that. Maybe I’m speaking on behalf of the entire panel, but thank you.

William J. Drake:
Well, thank you, Neha. And that has certainly happened with many agreements in the internet space. So look, why don’t we go to some of the online folks to get them engaged too, because… So Stephanie, are you able to take the mic and speak to us?

Stephanie Honey:
Let’s see. Can you hear me? Yes, fantastic. Hi. Wonderful. Okay, well, thank you very much, Bill. And there’s so much to agree with in what Neha has said. In fact, I feel a little bit redundant, but let me try to add some other insights to her comments. I think it’s quite interesting to pick up on the point that she made about the fact that the authors of these new style of agreements are really very like-minded, particularly the first of these digital economy agreements, the Digital Economy Partnership Agreement, or DIPA, was between New Zealand, Singapore, and Chile. And I guess if you had to make a generalization about them, they’re all small economies, very open economies, very trade-oriented. And I think, as Neha pointed out, the fact that those countries, why would they need an agreement? I think there’s a very important sort of modeling and demonstration effect that is very deliberately the purpose of these new style of agreements. In fact, very explicitly, the authors of the DIPA intended that it should be a model for others and a mechanism, if you like, for coherence in internet governance, and particularly when it comes to things like cross-border data flows and avoiding forced data localization. And this is reflected in the structure of the agreement. It has this modular structure that you mentioned in your own introduction. And I think the idea is that countries could either seek to join the DIPA so they could accede to the agreement. And as you mentioned, we have already seen quite a momentum building on that. But also, very explicitly, they could, if they liked what the DIPA has said on one particular element, e-invoicing, for example, or AI, or any of these other myriad of topics, they could choose to pluck out that module and put it into their own trade agreement. And in this way, I think the authors of the DIPA intended that it’s a model, a kind of a model agreement for how to develop good, coherent internet governance and seek to populate that around the world rather than necessarily everybody having to join the same agreement. Because from a business perspective, if the rules are largely homogeneous, that’s a good outcome for business, that enables better cybersecurity outcomes, and so on. So that’s a really important concept in the DIPA, that it’s a building block towards greater international coherence. And we have a parallel process going on in the WTO at the moment, the World Trade Organization, which is trying to develop, shall we say, global rules for digital trade. And I think the three countries that originated the DIPA also intended that this would be an influence on that. And I think, as you mentioned in your introduction, we’ve seen quite a number of these DEAs now being developed in digital partnerships, which very much are part of the same legacy of the DIPA. And I think in that sense, we can see that this concept of trying to develop a sort of model approach is in fact starting to gather some momentum. It’s being picked up by quite a number of other contexts. And in fact, in DIPA itself, as you mentioned, we have Korea that has exceeded, so there are four members. And in the queue to join, we have Canada, China, Costa Rica, Peru, and the UAE. So there’s quite a queue now forming of countries that would want to come on board this model. I think there’s one other really important concept. I know that Marta will pick up on many of these other issues as well, but I think it’s really important conceptually that the DIPA is about trade in the digital economy. This is a sort of a new approach to regulating economic activity in the data-driven economy, if you like, and very explicitly talks about trade in the digital economy rather than digital trade. And in the preamble of the DIPA, it talks about a lot of socio-technical and sort of civil rights and human rights and other issues that have a bearing on what happens in the digital economy. So just to touch on a few of the terms that are mentioned in the preamble, corporate social responsibility, cultural identity and diversity, environmental. protection and conservation, gender equality, indigenous rights, labor rights, inclusive trade, sustainable development, and traditional knowledge, as well as the importance of preserving their right to regulate in the public interest. And let me just close by saying, there are a number of specific provisions on that through the agreement, which I’m sure we can talk about later on in the conversation, but let me finish there.

William J. Drake:
Thanks, Stephanie. That was very helpful. And actually, I didn’t know about Costa Rica and the UAE, so that means there are four members now in the DIPA and five people, five countries waiting to join. So this is a growing kind of phenomenon, which is quite interesting. Let’s flip back to the panel here. And Marta, would you like to go next?

Marta Soprana:
Yes. So I will basically build on what Stephanie and Neha said, and I think it is important when we talk about digital economy agreement and DIPA, first of all, to understand the origins of these agreements and why, especially in the trade community, it is important to understand how different these agreements are. If you, for those who may be not incredibly familiar with trade, at the basis, the institutional framework, at the basis of the world trading system, is characterized by the World Trade Organization, which was founded in 1995. The multilateral trade agreements that govern trade in the world were negotiated between 1986 and 1994. So before or at the incipit of what we could define as the fourth industrial revolution. This means that already in 1998, when at the WTO, they launched a work program on e-commerce, there was an understanding that the internet that became publicly available in 1995 was going to revolutionize the way we will trade and we will produce and distribute goods and services. What has happened is that basically the rules of the game at multilateral level, so that apply to all WTO members, are rules that were negotiated over 30 years ago. And not much has been done in terms of negotiating new rules adapting to the 21st century. The first attempts to do this were preferential trade agreements. In 2000, with the U.S.-Jordan bilateral agreement and New Zealand and Singapore were the first agreements to include a provision on paperless trading or a chapter on e-commerce. So something started in the early 2000s and that was the approach that became basically the most typical to try to create new rules of the game for the digital economy up until 2020. In 2020, big things happened and that is the negotiation of DIPA and the negotiation of the first properly named digital economy agreement between Singapore and Australia. And that is because they realized that it was not enough. Multilateral negotiations at the WTO were not proceeding but technology was advancing. A lot was happening in that context. And therefore, this is why countries like Singapore, Chile and New Zealand were the first to basically open the gates for this new approach, modular approach to negotiating this topic. As Stephanie mentioned and Bill mentioned, one of the most important aspect of these agreements is the modular structure. So the fact that we are no longer negotiating all the issues together related to e-commerce but all the key issues are negotiated already separately, they have separate treatment. But also, DIPA was the first standalone agreement that was focused entirely on trading the digital economy. So completely de-linkages this issue from anything else that had been discussed from trade. One of the characteristics of this and this will be the other point that I want to make is, in terms of content, one of the key sort of novelties of these agreement is, for example, that DIPA is the first to ever mention a provision on artificial intelligence. This is how forward-looking these agreements are. With best endeavor language, they introduce topics that will become the dominant topics in the decades to come. The other important issue that I think we need to underline regards the membership of these agreements. As it was pointed out, we have the first countries were Chile, New Zealand, and Singapore. There are other countries that want to say DIPA. The United Kingdom has signed similar agreements with Ukraine and Singapore. The United States have done a digital partnership, digital trade agreement with Japan. We have something going on also at the European Union level. But what is interesting is that the vast majority of the countries that so far have been involved in the negotiation or signing of these agreements are developed economies or in cases of some developing economies like Chile and, for example, Costa Rica that is interested in exiting DIPA. These are countries that are high up in the index of digital readiness. Singapore ranks first, and it might explain why Singapore is heralding this new era of DIPA and digital economy agreements. But it means also that most likely, countries that are maybe not developed but less developed countries may be interested in these agreements at the moment if they have a higher level of digital readiness. So for the future, these agreements could be, of course, the basis for, for example, future negotiations and could lead the way for other countries. But probably the first to follow will be countries that are higher in digital readiness. One of the characteristics of some of these agreements is that they do not explicitly include provisions on capacity building. So maybe this is one thing that we need to keep in mind, that this model could be useful if we also start thinking of extending this module to other countries by attracting them, for example, by having a little bit more explicit provisions on capacity building. And I end here.

William J. Drake:
Thank you very much, Marta, that was excellent. Let’s go back to our online participants. We’ve been talking a lot about the modular nature of these agreements. Chris Riley has been thinking a lot about modularity as a way of trying to foster cooperation among countries on internet governance and digital economy kinds of issues. Chris, would you like to say a few words?

Chris Riley:
Happy to. Thanks for having me, Bill. Thanks for having me. Great to be able to connect virtually. Sorry, I can’t be there in person. This is gonna be a little bit different because this is not modularity. What I wanna talk about is not modularity in the context of international trade agreements, but rather modularity and how it can be useful as a tool to mediate disparate regulatory regimes coming online at the national and regional level. As my colleague Susan Ness and I use the term, modularity is a multi-stakeholder, multinational paradigm for digital platform governance. That part sounds the same. We start from the assumption that national and regional laws are expanding quite rapidly in their influence in the modern era. The EU’s Digital Service Act joins the e-safety law in Australia. On the horizon, we have the online safety bill in the United Kingdom, codes of practice developing around the world. Now, this thicket of forthcoming regulations is quite arguably necessary, but it comes at a cost. And in particular, it comes at a risk of fragmentation. It’s the same landscape that digital economy agreements are coming online to try to address by fostering substantive agreement. As Susan and I work on modularity, we propose a sort of parallel modular operational alignment to compliment that and try to foster alignment at that level. Regardless, we know we are at risk of heading for a future of disparate regulatory lenses, greater inequality, greater difficulty for the protection of fundamental human rights and other challenges if we don’t get this right. So let me be a little bit more specific about what I’m talking about. Transparency into platform practices is something that we sort of expect universally. It’s appearing in laws all around the world. And we see efforts like the Action Coalition on Transparency, I know there’s some representatives of that work here, building global best practices for transparency as a means of ensuring that platforms can meet these individual legislative expectations in an efficient way with internal development and reporting that can be shared across regions. There are two other operational challenges gaining in their popularity in digital governance laws as they are adopted around the world. And neither at the moment is on track for an effective multinational alignment. One of these is researcher access. So the DSA in Europe requires some platforms to make available internal data to independent researchers solely for the purposes of allowing those researchers to study whether the platforms are in compliance with the DSA. There are a lot of other proposed laws that would have parallel but slightly different researcher access obligations. Now, the work of the European Digital Media Observatory and Rebecca Tromble of George Washington University, this work has gone far to show the value of multi-stakeholder input into DSA compliance and implementation. They released a flagship report that proposes the use of an independent intermediary body that would handle some of the implementation necessary for the researcher access mandate within the DSA. They would propose a creation of a body that would accept requests from researchers for access to platform data under this law. They would vet the researchers. They would ensure that their proposal is consistent with the purposes of the statute that it has necessary safeguards and so forth in it. And then they would issue a recommendation. Now, the hesitation here is that this is solely within scope of the DSA. So it doesn’t get to this broader challenge that this conversation today is about, which is about how do we foster alignment across multiple jurisdictions as a means of discouraging the sort of splintering and disparate regulatory lenses across the world. So the question is, can you take that body, that concept and have it be multinational? The promise of modularity, it gets realized if you imagine that same body taking requests from researchers outside the EU and vetting them in the same way and working to make the same kinds of recommendations available on a multinational basis. And where we really see the promise of modularity is if future laws in the online platform governance space look to those same bodies and structures, that same researcher vetting body and say, if you say a researcher is okay, we’re going to give you a presumption of validity under our law as well. There’s a separate operational challenge, arguably even more important, it depends on your point of view, which is risk assessment and audit. And in the same way as researcher access, multiple laws and multiple jurisdictions are on track to require risk assessments and audits to be done by platforms to show that they are behaving in a responsible way. A modular process would see the development of a shared transnational knowledge base that can guide those assessments and can train those auditors against a common standard. That increases alignment in the outcomes of the operational steps necessary to implement these researcher access mandates. But at the end of the day, and this is important, it does not undermine sovereignty in the individual governments to take direct enforcement action where they see fit. Modularity in this sense offers three advantages over relying solely on government enforcement actions. First, it resists the development of inconsistent international norms and standards, very much like digital economy agreements in that way. Second, modularity reduces the effort needed for governments to implement and enforce their laws. They don’t have to vet every researcher request that comes in. They don’t have to set up their own frameworks for auditors and for risk assessment. They can rely on the shared multinational body. And yet at the same time, they would retain the right inability to do their own thing when push comes to shove when they need to as a means of understanding that their fundamental sovereignty is not being violated. Third and finally, modularity improves the process of enforcement for outside stakeholders. It encourages participation of more bodies in these mechanisms, in these implementation mechanisms rather than having them face a diversified environment. If you imagine dozens of countries around the world passing slightly distinct risk assessment and audit frameworks, you’re gonna cost price out any advocacy organization that’s trying to be influential here. And it will only be within the reach of large multinational corporations to be able to effectively engage on all of these frameworks all at the same time. So this is in many ways, I believe very complimentary to modularity as we see it in digital economy agreements. Modularity as Susan and I use the term is looking at operational alignment of implementation. The trade agreements are focused on substantive alignment either by themselves help reach this goal that we’re all working towards of increased international environment. And together, they can amplify each other and produce a stronger and more effective digital platform governance future.

William J. Drake:
Thanks, Chris. I actually think that there’s a great deal of synergy in terms of operational as well as substantive in that the DEA frameworks and the DP frameworks that you have are also consistent with that. Let’s, thank you very much. Let’s flip back to here. Mako, would you like to go next? Let me pass this down to you. Ellie, could you? Thank you.

Maiko Meguro:
Thank you. Thank you, thank you, Bill. And thank you for having me here. It’s quite a pleasure to join this sort of interesting interaction from the different perspective. And especially when I’m coming from the government, it’s very nice to be back to the point, square point that we used to have the trade rules, but now we’re really looking into new mechanism. So which means that we all coming from the different background, but we actually trying to find the answer to this question, which is how do we create a new mechanism in addressing digital? And of course, internet governance issues that everybody agreed that under sort of challenges, because obviously previously we thought that trade rule can solve something, but actually we are facing the boundaries, then what’s now? So it’s quite interesting to hear from the previous authors talking about modularity and how digital economic agreement are trying to address those new challenges and getting success. And actually I’m here, I’m not coming from the digital economic agreement background but I come from the data governance background. And on behalf of Japanese government, I’m in the team to develop the, what is called the institutional arrangement for partnership, which we’re trying to create a new governance mechanism in terms of enhancing the cross-border transfer of data under the banner of data free flow with trust. So data free flow with trust, it sounds slightly weird as an English, but excuse us, that has been issued by the late Prime Minister Abe, he’s also Japanese, not good at English. We have the reputation of not good at English. But you take the concept, which is when the data flows, we need a trust. And this trust actually pin down this particular element of governance. And for us, governance means that, of course, there can be the international rule that can strongly coordinate by the naval international law. But if you look at the field of data, particularly data from the privacy and data from the security, it’s very difficult to have one single rule comes in and start coordinating across the sovereignty, it’s not gonna happen. Which means that for the policy makers, the question is how we can have the effective policy coordination? What is the setting? So by tackling this question, of course, I mean, DPA, I see the similar challenges, and of course, modularity, this really provide a way for the policy makers to make the trouble smaller, which is when you’re trying to have the policy coordination on data, when it is mingled between the trade and privacy, and it’s important to solve this question. So separate the question into the modular, that really makes sense. But at the same time, even within the topic, like privacy, then how do you actually coordinate the different privacy regulation? That’s another question for the policy makers, because even though we understand each other super well, each other’s constitutional setting, still people cannot just have the one single rule. This is where the Institutional Arrangement for Partnership comes in as an idea. So this idea is basically, it’s a mechanism of multi-stakeholder to help the policy coordination in the existing G2G, government-to-government fora. So we are not creating a government-to-government fora from the beginning, which means that it’s almost like a world data organization. This is not what we are doing. We help the existing international organization, or existing regulatory conversation, which is on the privacy or security, already the modular. But the thing is, sometimes when you need the support from technology, for example, when you have some stuck in the privacy regulators talk, I mean, they’re doing great job, but we’re not gonna have the one single rule. Then, perhaps, for example, privacy-enhancing technology kicks in. But question is whether or not this privacy-enhancing technology is actually equivalent or good enough to overcome the difference or gaps. Then we need to have a way to cooperate the technology into those policy discussion paths, like a regulatory sandbox exercise make sense. But all these project idea often just comes in as ad hoc. But all these talk must be continuous, build upon one project after another. This is where we come from, this idea of institutional arrangement partnership, which is we host the different working groups, topic by topic, to support those existing government panels discussion on the policy coordination by the permanent secretary to project manage, you know, review, and make sure that those project are actually feeded into the policy talk. This way, it’s not an ad hoc, it’s multilateral, but also a multi-stakeholder. So I think this is more like a complimentary to the idea of the digital economic agreement and other also harder agreement. But yeah, but I think that this is everything is just happening at the same time and it’s all new. So I’m quite excited to see how these new mechanism are actually work together. Perhaps we might be talking about the same thing, we’re happy to also discuss on that, but I stop here now, thank you.

William J. Drake:
Thank you very much Mika, that’s very interesting. Just to clarify, the new mechanism that’s being developed under the G7, the acronym drives me crazy, IAP. Yeah. The timeframe for actually booting that up among the G7 countries is?

Maiko Meguro:
Actually, in the coming month. In the coming month. We promised to summit. And also, we kind of discussed this among the G7, but DFFD was actually a concept brought up to the G20, and what we are now trying to develop is not, of course, limited to the G7. Because I said this existing international organization, so we kind of connect the international organizations, government, the board. But first, we set up the permanent secretariat in the one international organization. now talking because we have to finish it within the coming month as I promised in April.

William J. Drake:
And it’ll have different work streams that have proceeded different paces depending on the issues and so on.

Maiko Meguro:
Of course but first we start from just having a several working groups set up then perhaps like a different working group have different pace and how it’s gonna proceed that’s how I perceive.

William J. Drake:
New international mechanism being born folks if you didn’t know about it. Let’s go back online to the last of our three online speakers Rick Sammons with the International Labor Organization in Geneva. Rick would you like to say a few

Richard Samans:
really helpful and useful points have been made. Maybe I’ll just add a couple of broader points or reflections. The first is that I I would submit that these digital economy types of agreements are are promising their salutary development from the standpoint of international economic cooperation and governance in my view. In in essence because they are a recognition that it’s critical to go beyond a purely or mainly market access approach to these issues which has really been a hallmark of the first say 10 or 15 years of the treatment of this issue particularly in international economic relations. So that alone at root offers significant promise here and I know that this should resonate with Internet Governance Forum community because I’ve certainly heard over the years quite a bit of frustration being expressed by those involved in Internet Governance and telecommunications policy about the somewhat siloed approach by their economic policy and trade policy counterparts to these issues and so I think that this provides an opportunity for better integration both substantively as well as notably procedurally. In other words you know the much more multi-stakeholder culture of policymaking in the internet government world is going to be needed if if these digital economy agreement approaches are to be successful. That’s that’s my first point. Second one is you know let me reflect on the big question that you posed Bill which is you know what’s the likely impact here on internet fragmentation and I would submit that it is as much as I think that that these agreements are very promising. I would argue for your consideration that their influence on internet fragmentation is very much an open question and in two respects in particular. One is you’ve got to go you know kind of below the surface to some of the primary expressed interests and indeed requirements of some of the key parties in the world on these issues and so for example in the regional comprehensive economic partnership which is sort of a broader framework where you’ve got a lot of Asian countries including China involved there is a treatment of a number of these issues but for example you know localization is explicitly allowed in that agreement. Forced disclosure of source code explicitly allow. Contrast that with approaches in in chapters of agreements or even even in you know other self-contained agreements in this area. For example the USMCA the United States Mexico Canada agreement and its chapter in this area or the CPTPP and whatnot you got a you had a different fundamental approach on some key issues there. For example platforms and USMCA are not to be liable for third-party content. Platforms are free to delete content. Digital service taxes should not be imposed in ways that de facto hit the big platform companies. You know source code is treated differently. So you know we have to be realistic here that there are significant differences on fundamental issues lest we get too excited about the potential for these being instruments to narrow internet fragmentation. The second dimension of this cautionary note is less political. It’s more it’s more you know substantive in a way and that is that if you look at these agreements and the chapters and trade agreements that treat these subjects they tend to have a lot of exceptions standard exceptions and that’s why I think what Neha said at the outset and in a more polite way is why quote-unquote political will is ultimately what’s going to be required here. These are much of these agreements are you know in terms of their specific language are principles based. They’re really principles or directionally oriented indications of normative direction if you will and commitment which is extremely important. Don’t mistake what I’m saying as undervaluing the significance of what’s in these agreements. But at the end of the day what’s really going to be important is what Chris Riley was talking about a few moments ago which is the actual regulatory cooperation that goes on. That’s going to be the ultimate test of how much these agreements actually do contribute to reducing fragmentation if not globally at least in big local chunks of of economic and internet activity in the world. So again I salute Chris for taking us through some very concrete examples of that. So we go from kind of the broad policy making a little tool really what’s going to make a difference. And so I’ll leave you with that. Thanks. Back to you Bill. Thanks Rick.

William J. Drake:
Actually we we view the question of their their utility for fragmentation as an open question too so don’t worry. You’re very much in sync with the rest of us on that. Okay last of our speakers is Ellie Nome last but not least. Ellie would you like to have some thoughts and then we’ll go to a little more open discussion. If you speak into it.

Eli Noam:
All right well I’m very very happy to be back at IGF. In fact I was I was in Tunis in 2005 when the IGF system was set up and there there was a very stellar cast of characters there. There were about 20 national presidents most of whom by now have been overthrown and and so every communications minister in the world was there and and so we talked about big picture type issues kind of the the forest not the trees. So the it is important as we discuss these things here now the DEA is not to be just in the trees and in the leaves in fact but also see and think about what are we doing here? Where is this leading to? What are the dynamics? And so let me suggest then three problems and three advantages of this new system or emerging system and then make a little proposal. So the first problem that I see here is fragmentation and while I appreciate the being the previous speaker talking about this being an open question I think to me it’s a kind of a totally clear question. It enhances fragmentation. How can it not? You have groups of countries that come together with a certain shared perspective and certain shared interests and economic philosophy and whatever and they will form some kind of treaty as we have here now with New Zealand etc. And then there were countries that have a different perspective and they will in fact since the this particular agreement is almost kind of open-ended they will recruit members into their coalition others will recruit to the other coalition. The only positive thing that you can say is so clearly it’s going to enhance fragmentation. What you can say is it’s happening anyway so positive on the positive side well it at least formalizes the fragmentation process that is emerging anyway it puts it into some documents it makes it a little bit more transparent. All right so that was problem number one. Problem number two is that some of these coalitions will be clearly with the aim of being restrictive so things that the country say against platforms cannot do by itself it will then kind of establish coalitions of like-minded countries to deal with with problems of the platforms partly to tax them partly to restrict them partly to require them to kind of do content moderation in certain ways it’s totally inevitable that these things will happen. Thirdly is that that’s a more of a constitutional issue that it delegates functions that should be more legislative to administrative trade officials so take for example AI. AI those are complicated issues and people around the world are thinking about them and there should be and I don’t think that for example the United States you should right now pass any law that would find a majority partly because we don’t quite know exactly what to do so if you make this into a trade negotiation issue the trade negotiators then come back and say well we now are bound our country to some form of a treatment of AI because we’ve signed this trade document. This is for people in the NGO world should be give them a pause because it basically takes it away from a from a democratic elected parliamentary type arrangement into one or people who are kind of market-oriented from a market perspective it puts it into the hands hands of trade officials to set policies that are in effect digital policies of quite significance. Now so those are my three problems the briefly the fragmentations are the on the positive I said already fragmentation is inevitable second is second one it’s it’s a good experimentation process you can figure out what works what doesn’t work ideally and thirdly it well it’s it’s a much more flexible instrument you don’t have to have everything the modularity the flexibility the ability to go in and go out creates create much more of a mechanism rather than these kind of huge trade negotiations where in effect at the end internationally you might kind of come up with a bunch of platitudes and people go home and then they do what they want to do anyway so here you have a bit more for concreteness so so therefore you hear my skepticism about the about the approach but I also will say it’s kind of inevitable because fragmentation is inevitable and people kind of deny that and they’re kind of a certain platitudes here too about kind of the importance of international arrangements it’s never been quite clear to me why these things are so sacrosanct a kind of commonality of interest does not exist the United States has a different perspective than Iran and there’s nothing wrong with that so any compromise of kind of some kind of global arrangements is neither going to satisfy Iran or going to satisfy the United States and so so so why even try so lastly my proposal here slight but it’s a small one as a researcher I would say let’s at least kind of if you have a lemon make a lemonade if you got going to have 25 different arrangements around the world let’s have a curated databank of these proposals together with kind of an analytic literature that will emerge so we know kind of how people analyze this so we could figure out best practices worst practices etc etc so there should be some kind of an intelligent databank database with research that’s done outside or inside I already know who should do that he’s sitting right next to me so that’s the that’s my my final proposal.

William J. Drake:
thanks Ellie for being provocative and helping to juice the conversation a little bit of course we have to remember the the language issues that we get into fragmentation of the policy environment versus fragmentation of the internet in an operational sense different dimensions interrelated and so on and both very very quickly important would before I pose a couple questions to you from the the policy questions that we have on the program can I ask if any of the panelists would like to respond to anything each other said to get a is there online folks Rick you wanna I see Rick and Stephanie both raising their hands that’s good because you know actually it’s easier if you raise your hand because you’re in a tiny little box and that I’m looking at on the screen far away so that’s helpful Rick go ahead

Richard Samans:
just to extend the discussion here on the fragmentation question you know I think clearly these agreements are not going to solve fragmentation in either of those dimensions bill on a global basis that’s clear but what I do think we shouldn’t underestimate is that to the extent that a significant and expanding subset of governments that matter economically are are beginning to align their policies and particularly the regulatory approaches on the main parameters here that will create a momentum for a significant improvement in coherence in the world economy it won’t it will not eliminate fragmentation by at a global level by those by no stretch but I do think we should you know have a textured view of this and recognize the potential even if it is not a for a complete win which I think is unrealistic as professor Nova saying on fragmentation it could still make an enormous difference for a very significant subset of the world economy

Stephanie Honey:
on a similar theme I guess responding to professor Noam I think we need to take a step back and ask why should we care about fragmentation you know avoiding fragmentation is not an end in itself I come from a business background and a former negotiator so obviously I bring that perspective to the conversation but if you look at it from a sort of an economic growth perspective or an inclusive economic growth perspective you know how can business utilize the digital economy to you know raise living standards and improve lives and in their own countries and and for people in other countries that’s why fragmentation matters because if we see massive regulatory heterogeneity you know huge constraints on cross-border data flows or force data localization that makes it very hard to do business across borders to supply the services that consumers in other countries might want to you know grow your own economy through trade and I think professor Noam as you sort of mentioned yourself you know this is happening anyway well since the start of the pandemic the global trade alert the digital trade alert based in Geneva has calculated that there have been about 3,000 regulatory interventions in digital trade by you know sort of global governments so if we do nothing what we’re seeing is this you know fragmentation the the patchwork of different approaches and for business that makes it incredibly expensive and difficult or impossible to do business across borders so you know it’s an imperfect science of course and there are important different perspectives that will never be reconciled but equally you know if we see a value in sort of achieving inclusive growth I think there’s there’s a really important job of work to do to try to increase coherence and minimize the fragmentation which I think this sort of model is designed to do by creating a platform for countries and policymakers and regulators and and other stakeholders to actually have those conversations about well we’re never going to agree on everything but is there a kind of a sweet spot where we can you know have data flowing we can have trade flowing and we can all benefit from that.

Marta Soprana:
point on on AI. One of the things that I need we need to two things to keep in mind when we think about these new models DIPA and DEA. One was definitely the fact that it was a response to the fact that multilateral negotiations were stalling and what was negotiated so far in bilateral agreements in traditional FTA was not enough to keep up with technological progress. So one of the reasons why we have AI included in these agreements is kind of like the understanding and recognition that there are some technologies that are about to or bound to have a massive effect on trade but not only trade in the years to come. I agree with your point of there is concern of including AI under a trade agreement especially because one of the characteristics of international trade law is that it is probably one branch of international public law that is the most binding. Once you get it into agreement it’s much easier to enforce these rules than maybe other agreements but I think that potentially a solution to maybe address some of the concerns maybe of NGOs and the civil society about including provisions on AI is maybe to involve civil society and not only the civil society but maybe businesses and other parts of society in the negotiations beforehand. I think that one of the aspects of especially these newest topics such as AI is that this is a technology that has an impact that goes way beyond trade, way beyond the economy and therefore it’s very important to include a lot of other stakeholders in these sort of conversations. Probably in the same way as these DIPA and DIAs are new models to approach the negotiations of the rules in digital trade we could also start thinking about having new approaches to the negotiating process itself by expanding or ameliorating the participation of civil society especially when dealing with certain issues related to emerging technologies.

William J. Drake:
Thanks, Marta. Yeah I think one of the things that has to be emphasised is that indeed both the digital economy agreement agreement like DIPA and the digital partnership frameworks being done by the EU explicitly build in the possibility of multistakeholder cooperation within the different modules, which also sounds like something that you intend to do with the new mechanism you folks are building. So this is interesting for people in the Internet governance world who have always argued that, you know, one needs to take a more multistakeholder approach and that some of the purely intergovernmental approach may not be sufficiently democratic, inclusive, and so on. This would seem to be a positive development in terms of bringing people into engagement on AI and so on in structured, ongoing, institutionalized dialogues between countries. But let’s go back to the issue of fragmentation a little bit more tightly and then we’ll open it up to everybody because we have a lot of interesting people in the room here with us who have thoughts on these issues, I’m sure. There’s been reference made to how the digital economy agreements sort of compare to traditional digital trade kinds of approaches. The digital trade agreements, as Rick Samuels was pointing out, do have language pertaining to questions of cross-border data flow, data localization, mandatory disclosure of source code, all these other kinds of issues that many in the private sector view as potential forms of digital protectionism and as creating barriers to the flow of data over the internet. Putting these into the trade environment, because you’re entering into binding kinds of agreements, raises the stakes, makes everybody sit up straight, and tightens the nature of the discussions, and makes it hard for people to actually agree. So you get then outcomes where you have agreements like the RCEP, which China’s a member of. China will not sign off on a framework that makes strong binding commitments against forced data localization or barriers to data flow because that’s fundamental to its policy framework. So if you’re going to have a digital trade agreement between parties who are fundamentally on different sides of the table on this, you end up with a weak agreement or no agreement at all. The idea of the digital economy frameworks is that you can institutionalize dialogue and ongoing interaction between the parties to try to incrementally move them closer together on some of these issues and allow side developments and discussions. So let’s talk a little bit more about the relationship specifically between these kinds of frameworks and fragmentation of the internet. Not just fragmentation of whether or not policy makers around the world all have harmonized approaches or different approaches, but the internet fragmentation itself. What are the linkages we see in terms of how these agreements have been tried, how they’ve tried to address fragmentation issues, and how they might be able to address fragmentation issues? Neha, would you like to say something about that? You’ve worked on those issues? Thank you.

Neha Mishra:
Thanks, Bill. So I think when you think of internet fragmentation, and Bill, I’m borrowing from your work, where you kind of put it down to technical fragmentation, commercial fragmentation, and governmental fragmentation, and I think the best way to look at these new agreements and their potential to reduce fragmentation would be to start with more modest ideas of how that’s possible. So I think one thing which we emphasize is that these agreements have different building blocks, and the fact that you can look at interoperability, let’s say, in an area of low politics, such as e-payments or e-invoicing, can then lead to more incremental trust building in areas which are more difficult and which involve more high politics. And just to give you an example, e-invoicing was โ€“ so the format, the standard for e-invoicing was a big contentious issue for countries for a long time, and all โ€“ so with the introduction of the DPA and then subsequent DEAs, they adopted a common standard. So if you look at the later DEAs, the language is clear that you will use the PEPAL standard. And this would have been very hard in the WTO context, because the PEPAL standard doesn’t come from an intergovernmental body, but it comes from a private not-for-profit organization. So that itself, the fact that some of that trade vocabulary is missing made it very easy to adopt such a standard. And Marta mentioned about the provision on AI. Again, there is nothing in that that prevents these governments to consider principles and norms that are developed in transnational bodies and multi-stakeholder bodies and incorporate them by reference in trade agreements. And the language is already quite open that they would do so. And some of the later DEAs, for instance, talk about the global partnership on artificial intelligence or the OECD principle. So the entry points are all in there. And I think, again, on technical fragmentation, I’ll highlight the focus on open standards and open licensing practices in several of these DEAs, which would, in effect, mean that the digital, using proprietary technologies which can create these digital walled gardens is going to be prevented. So it is not a dramatic effect on internet fragmentation, but I think it is gradually building into the smaller blocks, which eventually can help in internet fragmentation. Where I am most doubtful is governmental fragmentation. And I think many of us have already discussed that because that’s where sovereignty is concerned. Their governments might be a lot more reluctant because it’s not only perhaps it’s protectionism as well, but often these things get very easily tied to national security agendas. And the exceptions, as Rick mentioned, they can be quite broad in many of these agreements. And they can, even if they are tightly worded, the interpretation is still we don’t know how that will go before trade tribunals. And actually, that’s not the purpose of these DEAs, to go to the exceptions, because that’s when something goes wrong. The purpose of these DEAs is to focus on cooperation and trying to avoid the point where we have to figure out what these exceptions, how these exceptions might apply. Thanks.

Maiko Meguro:
On the topic of internet fragmentation or fragmentation in general, I think it’s quite important to think about, I mean, particularly I’m coming from the policymaker’s aspect. We are always thinking about how these international agreements would interact with those domestic regulations which are already there, because often the change in the domestic regulation is a painful process for many policymakers, but also the constituencies, because regulations are often tied to the existing culture, interest, et cetera, et cetera. But out there, the situations are already changing, so we need to change the regulation, which means this is not something like you have the regulation, and you have to change. It’s not like that. It has to be incremental. It always has to be processed. That is why I definitely agree with the discussion here that we need to have the place for them where relevant people, not only the government, but also multi-stakeholder people have the solution outside of government to work together and gradually, in less painful way, to change the domestic regulation if necessary. But we have to think about it. We’re not going to have this single rule. So when we talk about fragmentation, we tend to think like we have to have one single international rules, like the way of the trade agreement, but this is not something that would work nowadays. So we have to think about the certain project base that we talk about, we identify what are the bottlenecks in those questions, and we one by one, we talk or we kind of come up with a project to have more pragmatic way to solve the solutions. This kind of pragmatic way is also very necessary and important from the aspect of the regulators and also policymakers, because often when you talk about data flow, people are going to say, oh, from the free trade aspect, data should flow, that’s the requirement of the digital, et cetera, et cetera, whereas the privacy regulators, they’re not going to think in that way. So we need a time process. So that’s something I can add from that aspect.

William J. Drake:
Absolutely. And both what you’re building and what these frameworks are building is that kind of institutionalized framework for incremental kind of … All right, Ellie? Well, I think you’re on. Did you push it up? There you go. All right. Here. There was a time when it made a lot of sense to have a unified approach around the world. It was led by the United States, et cetera, in its companies and its NSF, et cetera, et cetera. So that was the past. And in a growth situation, it probably made sense to have a certain kind of harmonization and internationalization of all this. But now kind of the internet has become, and digital economy has become so complex and so fast moving and so successful and so permeating every aspect of society and people’s lives and work and economy. And the international arrangements simply have not kept up with the acceleration. In fact, if anything, they’ve kind of become slower because there are more countries, more interests involved. The interests are larger than before. So just because something was important in the past doesn’t mean that it will be important now or in the future. And so when we talk about harmonizing and trying to integrate and overcome, it’s all great. But kind of first, there’s always the implicit idea that we have everybody will come around to our position because our position makes so much sense, right? That’s why we have that position. But in fact, in the real world, that doesn’t happen that way. People have different interests. It’s not just information they don’t know better. No, they do know, and they have concluded that that doesn’t work for them. And so the harmonization aspect of all this is actually has become a roadblock, I think, because it retards innovation, it retards policy experimentation, it retards an awful lot of things. And so if we embrace it and channel it and do this in an intelligent way, and maybe some DEAs will kind of do that, although I predict that some of them will do exactly the opposite, but I can’t win them all. Thanks, Elie. Well, it’s true. And that’s, harmonization is tough, and that’s why there’s been more and more focus on interoperability of different policy frameworks. So you get efforts to make the GDPR interoperable with the APEC privacy rules and so on. Any of our people online want to get in on this point? Stephanie? Yes, go ahead. Yes.

Stephanie Honey:
Thanks, Bill. Look, just to add, I think your last comment about interoperability is a really key one. I think a lot of these digital economy agreements aren’t actually trying to achieve the same approach. They’re trying to achieve interoperable outcomes through a sort of a variety of different mechanisms, whether by reference to international standards or open standards, whether through regulatory sandboxes to see where there’s common ground and so on. So I think that that’s a really important innovation in this style of agreement. Most trade agreements that have gone before have been about setting, binding, essentially rules for how things are done to get an agreed outcome, but this is a very different model. And I think it’s also really important to bear in mind, as you’ve characterized it, these different layers that are needed to work harmoniously, whether the technical or the commercial or the governmental. And in that connection, this is not necessarily an act of deliberate difference of view. It’s simply a sort of byproduct of countries coming up with their own approaches, or commercial actors coming up with their own sort of technical approaches, which creates friction because they’re not the same. So I think the mechanism of these agreements helps to provide a chance to discuss that and see if there’s not a way that those systems can work together with less friction rather than it being a philosophical difference that could never be bridged. And I think something quite interesting that they’ve been able to achieve, I mean, there are clearly some basic questions of philosophy about individual and national sovereignty and so on that may never be bridged, whether you’re the United States or China or Iran or whoever, there are very clearly different philosophies at play there. But just to give one very concrete example, one of the areas of great sensitivity is around financial services data. Countries are very allergic to allowing that cross borders because there are obviously really important considerations, sort of prudential considerations and others. The Australia-Singapore Digital Economy Agreement has come up with quite an interesting way to address that. The agreements that had gone before said you can have forced data localisation for financial services data. Essentially, you can require that to be kept in the country, the market in question. But in the Singapore-Australia DEA, they tried to find a way through that by saying, well, the data doesn’t have to be kept just in the market. There’s no forced data localisation, but it has to be accessible to the relevant officials should it be needed. So in that way, trying to come up with a very practical solution to how do you, on the one hand, satisfy the policy objective of good, sound prudential regulation, while also allowing trade to happen, business to take place, and that financial services data to flow across borders. So I think there are innovative ideas that these DEAs can come up with. On the other hand, though, I’m pretty cynical about whether some of those core issues around some of the national security, let’s say, or fundamental human rights issues may be bridged. I think we see the model that a lot of the DEAs use is very similar to the CPTPP model for cross-border data flows, which says the default is that data can flow, but there are these exceptions. If there’s a legitimate public policy objective, governments can prevent that data from flowing. And despite that, which sounds very open and is really sort of pro-cross-border data flows, in fact, we can see that one CPTPP party, Vietnam, for example, has a number of sort of cybersecurity regulations which require data localization. CPTPP would seem to be at odds with that, but Vietnam is a member. So I think the idea is there, but whether in reality we see how these regulations actually apply, that’s a whole other story. But let me leave it there.

William J. Drake:
Yeah, thanks. Yeah, no, it’s true. The trade agreements all have these kind of exceptions clauses where you have to say something’s a legitimate public policy issue and the restrictions that are in place are no more restrictive than necessary, et cetera. And of course, that opens the door to exactly what counts within that. But let’s open it up to the floor because we have folks here that I’d like to engage in the conversation and we’re past the top of the hour and we can draw in the folks online more later. There may be not speakers, but participants online. You have a question in the chat? OK, why don’t we take that then? They can type that? OK, sorry. Neha’s pointing out that anybody who’s listening online can type a question in the chat or you can ask for the floor, I believe. So let’s start with the people in the room here. I see Marco has his hand up. OK, so let’s go. And there’s a mic over there, if you could just pass it around and just push up the button and you’re all good to go. Please say who you are, where you come from, et cetera. And people behind me, let me know if you don’t have eyes in the back of my head, I

Audience:
think. I think I’m on it. It is Marco Afwening, Dutch government thesis. And my first intervention kind of was already stolen because I do concur with sort of the concerns raised by Eli earlier about sort of the modeler approach. And I am I can now say I’m a recovering engineer. And the joke used to be is the problem with standards is there are too many. And I sense that we have a similar problem with with policies. And while I do like the approach to DIPA and like, yes, you can get a modular approach or some optional attributes, it also leads to challenges in the end for the user experience. It might it might not be fragmented in a true sense, but it might also not lead to having similar experiences. But I’ll try to keep this short. And where I’m going to is what I’m a bit missing here. And I often see that is that we talk about agreements and you kind of said like, yes, they’re binding and yes, OK, these new economic partnerships sense to be less binding, but still often. And Eli said it’s right. It’s like at some point you have a small group that sort of partners up and the trick is to convince others to join. And I think what we’re overlooking there is that in order for them to join, they also need a sense of agency and a sense of ownership. And I think what’s particularly missing from a lot of these frameworks is a mechanism to evolve that framework and looking back to where we are here with the Internet. I think, yes, it’s very modular and layered and that’s part of a success story. But I think also a huge part of that success is that very early on the Internet, we found a common way of working and evolving it. And basic agreement is this is what we currently do. This is what we think is the best solution, but we’re happy for you to convince us there is a better way forward. And we might also agree to disagree and do something different. And I think from a lot of these trade and economic frameworks, what I miss is actually sort of thinking about what are we going to do next? OK, we’ve got 15 people. What if the 16th want to join but has a particular concern? How can we accommodate that? And that’s what I like to give back to the floor. And of course, happy for the panelists to reflect on that idea. Thank you, Marco. It’s very helpful. Yes, go ahead. Please introduce yourself. Hello, Ewan Lusty from Flink Global. Thank you for the interesting discussion on the question of whether digital economy agreements can limit fragmentation. I would say yes, but I’d be cautious about overstating this. I was really interested to see the exam, hear the examples of institutional cooperation discussed by Chris Riley and Mako Maguro. and I think there’s real potential here, but we should be clear that the political and geopolitical drivers of fragmentation will continue to exist and will, in all likelihood, intensify, and that in a more politically insecure and uncertain world, governments of all kinds will continue to pursue sovereignty, resilience, national security, and that that will limit their inclination to reach agreements that conflict with those objectives. I would also add that some of the political events that we’ve seen, even in the last month, have underlined how fragile cooperation is, even amongst supposedly like-minded countries. And then finally, I’d say that cooperation in digital governance seems particularly fragile when we consider the changes of government that could take place in elections next year. Okay, Armando Manzuela from the Ministry of Economy, Planning and Development of the Dominican Republic. Okay, I find this is a very interesting topic, and something that has been discussed at many levels, not with this name, because in Latin America and in the Caribbean, a few years ago, with ECLAC, we’ve been discussing the possibility and exploring the possibility to establish a regional digital market, which covers most of the things that are put into the proposals of the digital economy agreements. But there are many realities, political, economic, and social realities in many of our countries, that even though we wanted, for example, to reach an agreement on those kind of topics, we have the reality that most of our countries don’t operate at the same level as others. So instead of tightening the integration and adoption of similar standards and similar way of doing things, what we’re seeing is that we’re exacerbating many of the barriers and many of the gaps that most of our country have, mostly because of political reasons, because like the person that was behind me said, we have many geopolitical aspects to have to take into consideration. We have cybersecurity aspects. Not all the countries have the same belief or the same way of thinking regarding data protection, privacy, or data sovereignty in the context of how make that data interoperable so we can interchange that information safely from country to country. So that’s just one thing. Regarding payments, it’s the same thing. Not all the financial systems operate the same or have the same set of rules. So even though I understand that standards and that can be a hindrance to innovation, especially in a world that we must be moving quickly, the reality is they’re quite important if you want to have some level of standardization to reach these kinds of agreements. In that sense, for countries that are not as advanced as others in regarding these subjects, how we can better apply the recommendations to reach these sort of agreements with other nations that are more advanced than us?

William J. Drake:
That is absolutely a crucial question. And one of the things that I put on the description of the session was, you know, these agreements have been so far formed by countries of fairly comparable levels with like-minded kind of orientations. What are the possibilities for expanding in terms of global South participation and so on? That’s three questions. Why don’t we try and see if we get some responses to some of these from the panelists, and then we can hopefully come back around. If there’s a couple more, then wrap that up because it’s after six o’clock and people are undoubtedly thinking of the gala and the sushi. So if any of the people on the remote would like to, Chris, go ahead.

Chris Riley:
There, so I’ll take the middle one, which is the fundamental note of skepticism driven by the political environment. Obviously I am sympathetic. I think that there is a really interesting tension that was raised between Mako’s point, which Ellie echoed, that the old assumption of one set of international rules can’t be the goal. That point I think is universally agreed by us all and resonates with the political environment that we’re operating in. But there’s a tension between that and Rick’s point, which I think we also all share and agree with, which is that we’re operating with an increased baseline of alignment in perspective among many countries in how we approach digital platform governance. So I think that we’re in this really weird place where we’re not all going to agree. We can’t agree out of principle, and yet we’re also kind of agreeing a little bit, at least on certain matters. Now I take Stephanie’s point as well, national security issues, human rights issues, Marta’s point, AI. These are places where we’re all far apart. In that second, human rights were probably always going to be far apart. Mako also referenced privacy earlier, which is another issue that despite decades of negotiations, we’re all kind of collectively far apart on the international stage. But there are those places like transparency, like risk assessment and audit, where we’re starting to see alignment. And my sort of perhaps overly optimistic hope is that building shared operational structures, more digital economy agreements that lean in on those points where we are seeing some alignment will help be a positive counterweight to some of the negative forces that are going. And layering into all of that and giving us something that we can build towards to try to advance this hope is Bill’s point about increased space for multi-stakeholder engagement. More and more of these frameworks, more and more of these international agreements are recognizing the value of multi-stakeholder engagement as a fundamental process of figuring out answers to these hard questions. And I think there too, we can not only find some ground for optimism, but also additional hooks into building transnational substantive alignment.

William J. Drake:
Thanks, Chris. Absolutely, I think the procedural agreements around transparency, these other kinds of things can be building blocks towards greater convergence incrementally on some of the substantive points. Rick, were you waving at me? Yeah, go ahead.

Richard Samans:
Let me try to build on Chris’s point and in doing so respond a bit to the point raised by our Dominican Republic colleague. So as I said at the very beginning, one of the salutary things about this modality of cooperation and governance is that it’s multifaceted, it’s interdisciplinary, it’s multi-stakeholder potentially as Chris has just indicated and gets us beyond the sort of narrow market access corporate driven genesis of so much of trade policy in many countries, at least until recent years. And let me extend that point a little bit here that one disciplinary access aspect that has not really been well picked up yet by these agreements is our labor related considerations, which is, and perhaps this gets to some of the aspects of AI or algorithmic automation, but what are some norms about employee surveillance, performance evaluation, bias and performance evaluation, the use of these tools for recruitment, protection of worker personal data, whether it be health or financial or otherwise. The transparency aspects are very important and they’re beginning to be worked on as mentioned, but there’s a series of realms of very important considerations that breaking open this beyond market access into wider considerations of regular cooperation shows potential promise. Now it’s a complex landscape, but the point I wanna make to come to the Dominican Republic colleagues point is that we need to think in more multifaceted ways of international economic cooperation. And it’s not only in terms of the multidisciplinarity of it, but it’s also in the way that we deal with countries at different levels of capacity. And there’s a potential opportunity for these agreements to pioneer a trail, not only in the former dimension, but also in this latter dimension about adapting and getting adherence and involvement in these by countries that have much more limited legal and regulatory capacity, norms and capacity. And by that, the WTO found a way out of its longstanding box of not being able to get major agreements a few years ago by constructing a different approach on in its trade facilitation agreement, which basically allowed for levels of commitment to be a function of how much capacity and development assistance and support that capacity existed in the system for that country. So it was not a one size fit all, fits all type of approach to things. And it deliberately envisioned and tried to encourage not only setting a norm, but also in investing in capacity in countries so that there can be a shared participation in the development of those norms but also in implementing them. And I would submit that we have some practitioners in the room on these agreements that this is a potentially additional facet that would be very useful for many countries in the world that are not necessarily the leaders in the platform economy, but that have obviously a growing economic stake in the outcome of these issues. Thanks.

William J. Drake:
Thanks, Rick. And I think the fact that as we’ve noted, Costa Rica and Peru are both trying to join DIPA indicates that there’s a belief among some that these mechanisms can be useful in this regard. Do any of the panelists have response to the other aspects of the questions that have been asked so far that we haven’t picked up on, or should I go around and get some new questions? Do you wanna come back on something, Ellie? Sure, go ahead. We’ve got like 10 minutes left or seven minutes left. Something, I don’t know. Go ahead. Yeah, just speak. Yeah, I speak and it doesn’t look, but you know, this one works. All right.

Eli Noam:
Well, I never thought I would say something in favor of the old system, but there was kind of a certain built-in need to make sacrifices in the old arrangement. If you wanted to get your way in IT, say, you had to give something up in potatoes, say, and now you kind of make it sectoral, and within the sector, you kind of can drop, pick and choose whatever you want to, and you make exceptions, et cetera. So what’s the incentive to make sacrifices anymore, and what’s the political cover that you can tell the potato farmers, I’m sorry, but we just had to do something for the better good of the country with IT. That cover doesn’t exist anymore. So isn’t that really just kind of, therefore, going to become every country, every deal, everything for itself, and because you can pick and choose. It’s like a smorgasbord.

William J. Drake:
Thanks, Elie. The digital-only orientation is regarded by many people as a blessing, but you’re saying it has its downside, which, of course, we recognize. On the one hand, we don’t want to see internet open, just trade it off for bananas, and on the other hand, bananas may give incentives to parties to negotiate that might not otherwise. Let’s see if there’s a couple more questions before we do a last round. Desiree, go ahead, please. Where’s the mic on that side? Milton is the mic.

Audience:
Yes, Desiree Milosevic-Evans, a consultant in policy space. I would like to ask maybe our discussants here to give us a little bit of their vision of where it’s all going in terms of having this new digital economy agreements, especially because DIPA has a lot of non-binding commitments so, therefore, you could not necessarily sign it, but not necessarily do everything that’s in there. And with that in mind, I wonder whether these agreements are more influencing regulatory space or whether regulatory space that Chris talked about is more influencing DEAs, and where is that convergence that is happening, and how do we open trade agreements as being more multi-stakeholder in order to do the protection of data rights and privacy and so on? My name is Professor Xu Peixi from Communication University of China. Thank you. And I’m very much encouraged by the speeches. It seems to me the DIPA model as discussed previously can be really helpful to limit the risk can be really helpful to limit the internet fragmentation or reduce the fragmentation for the reason that it has attracted countries both like-minded and not like-minded. That is very much a dividing line for such a kind of agreement. So I would like to know more about the typical features or attributes of this DIPA model, but perhaps from Marta, since you have talked about this. Thank you. Thank you so much. I, sorry, it’s not like a question. I think- Can you say who you are? Yeah, my name is Shilpa. I’m a PhD candidate, University of Melbourne. I do cross-border data research, but from a political economy perspective and not the trade perspective, which is why my question is more like a criticism to this entire regime of international agreement. Because during my research, I found that, you know, in the 70s and the 80s, the 90s, that you know how ITU World Bank, they kind of pushed developing nations. I mean, of course, in support of developed nations is that, you know, they wanted to open in this kind of state partnership so that the developed, I mean, the telecom operators could enter into developing countries. And then there was a lot of criticism that, you know, which actually led to international digital divide that we saw. And that has continued for many decades. I would like to raise this kind of a concern, even if we do this at this point of time, it’s going to broaden that digital divide. Which is why I think that, you know, Deepa, and I was thinking that, you know, do we really need these kind of agreements? Because is internet fragmented? I mean, like, is the system broken that we need to protect it? It’s not. And I think it’s doing the other way around. You are fragmenting it. Because what’s gonna happen is that some of the countries, if they’re going to enter into the agreement, there is going to be a detaliation, let’s say by BRICS, BRICS Plus, that they’re going to have their own agreement. And they will not let other members to participate in it. So which is why I think we need to have, like, an above-eye view of the problem, that, you know, is there even a problem to fix it?

William J. Drake:
So that sort of echoes Ellie’s point before about policy fragmentation. All right, so let’s, are there no other, I just want to make sure, nobody else in the room wants to ask anything? Okay, because we’re getting towards the end of the time slot. Let’s just go around and see who on the panel would like to respond to any of the last three questions, starting with Marta, who was specifically called out. Go ahead.

Stephanie Honey:
Yes. And we have to be concerned. With the sort of sociotechnical benefits and impacts of the internet as well. So something like cybersecurity or misinformation, disinformation, those are not confined within national borders. They need to have a sort of a global flavor to them. And so I think, you know, it’s really important not to look at the regulation of these areas just in a national silo, but also in a sort of a global context, which I think these agreements enable. I’ll leave it there.

Eli Noam:
Yeah, really, really concise. One thing that I have concluded listening here is that my earlier proposal was a reactive, there should be some kind of a data bank of what exists or what will exist. I think I’m kind of now moving to the notion of proactive, which is a yardstick, a model D, E, A type arrangement that one can kind of in a way look at, recommend it to countries, and for them to justify in some ways to their own constituencies why they move away from that particular model. So we end not only with existentialism, but evolution away from skepticism towards cautious, possible, maybe a value. I’m skeptic, but it’s going to happen. So it may as well kind of be based on some kind of a rational model.

Maiko Meguro:
Quickly, anything, or, okay. Just about the existential point about those discussion, perhaps like expanding the gaps. But if you look at from the aspect of the mechanism, perhaps it looks like it, but if you just look at the result, which is we are aiming at the policy coordination, right? I mean, if not, we’re going for the convergence of rules. And we are all making the same effort from a different angle to have the policy coordinated in some way or the other. It’s all experimental. Yes, she mentioned the right part, which is we need to keep talking because we don’t even know where the gap is. That’s the state of the world, so we need to talk. But also from my aspect, we also need to have the solution already start building up because talking, yes, we see the gap, but we also have to have this pragmatic solution there. If not, we don’t have the convergence. Then that’s why I think people are talking about bringing in a multi-stakeholder where people can bring the technological aspect or some other aspect. So it’s solution plus talk. That is where we are going ahead. I think that’s how we can put it.

William J. Drake:
I think that’s a great point to finish on unless there is. Okay, I think we really should stop because we are now five minutes over. I wanna thank everybody. I wanna especially thank the three speakers who are around the world in different time zones for hanging in there with us and joining us. Contributions were really valuable. We really appreciate it. We thank everybody here for participating. And now let’s go to the gala and enjoy the rest of the evening. So thanks, everybody, and good night. Thank you. Thank you. That’s why I asked for somebody else to do it because I find it impossible to be a remote moderator and a moderator.

Audience

Speech speed

180 words per minute

Speech length

1719 words

Speech time

574 secs

Chris Riley

Speech speed

189 words per minute

Speech length

1740 words

Speech time

553 secs

Eli Noam

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

1354 words

Speech time

509 secs

Maiko Meguro

Speech speed

192 words per minute

Speech length

1748 words

Speech time

546 secs

Marta Soprana

Speech speed

158 words per minute

Speech length

1309 words

Speech time

497 secs

Neha Mishra

Speech speed

176 words per minute

Speech length

1658 words

Speech time

566 secs

Richard Samans

Speech speed

148 words per minute

Speech length

1565 words

Speech time

634 secs

Stephanie Honey

Speech speed

159 words per minute

Speech length

2124 words

Speech time

803 secs

William J. Drake

Speech speed

186 words per minute

Speech length

4259 words

Speech time

1371 secs

Scoping Civil Society engagement in Digital Cooperation | IGF 2023

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Bruna Santos

Bruna Santos is an advocate for the Global Digital Compact (GDC) process and aims to help participants understand its various aspects. She emphasizes the importance of collaborative discussions and information sharing in order to facilitate a comprehensive understanding and effective implementation of the GDC. Santos supports stakeholder engagement and stresses the need for involvement from key players such as Big Tech companies and civil society.

To promote dialogue and knowledge exchange, Santos has scheduled two main sessions that focus on the GDC and the future of digital governance. These sessions are considered vital, as they are closely connected to the GDC and offer insights into the direction of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) and digital governance as a whole. Santos believes in gathering inputs and perspectives from civil society during these sessions to ensure a more inclusive and comprehensive approach.

Discussions within the GDC could have a significant impact on the future of the IGF and the progress of digital governance and cooperation. The GDC has the potential to influence the decision-making process and shape digital governance strategies. However, there are concerns about the roles and implications of the GDC, IGF, and the proposed Digital Cooperation Forum. It is crucial to carefully consider these aspects to ensure the effectiveness and success of these initiatives.

Despite the enthusiasm surrounding the GDC process, there is a noticeable discrepancy between information and uncertainties. This lack of clarity can create discomfort and hinder the progress of the GDC. Additionally, engaging with certain member states who are less engaged or knowledgeable poses challenges. Santos highlights the difficulties faced when trying to engage with delegations from countries like Brazil or Chile.

Santos emphasizes the importance of expanded civil society engagement, both within the GDC process and in digital governance more broadly. She believes that civil society’s active participation and unrestricted engagement are crucial for the process to genuinely work. Santos also stresses the need for governments to foster the participation of civil society groups, including making them part of national delegations.

There are questions regarding how Global Majority Countries will connect the GDC with their G20 commitments. Santos highlights India’s advancements in the Digital Public Infrastructure debate within the G20 and Brazil’s focus on Information Integrity, showcasing the relevance of these countries’ commitments to the GDC.

Stakeholder engagement, particularly with Big Tech companies and civil society, is essential for the success of the GDC. Santos raises concerns about the potential exclusion of civil society from these conversations. She advocates for their inclusion to ensure a well-rounded and comprehensive approach in the development and implementation of the GDC.

Another noteworthy observation is the potential shift from a multi-stakeholder model to a mostly multilateral system. Santos expresses concern about this shift and its potential implications for the future of the IGF and the Digital Cooperation Framework (DCF).

To guide the GDC process, Santos proposes utilizing past multi-stakeholder processes and collective knowledge gained from initiatives such as the WCAG, NetMundial, IANA Stewardship Transition, WSIS, ICANN, and more. These examples serve as valuable templates for creating effective mechanisms and decision-making processes in future initiatives.

Santos also highlights the importance of fine-tuning the agenda and consolidating meeting notes into a coherent document with sign-ons. This approach promotes transparency, accountability, and collective ownership of ideas and decisions within the GDC process.

In conclusion, Bruna Santos is a passionate advocate for the Global Digital Compact (GDC) process and aims to enhance participants’ understanding of its intricacies. She supports collaborative discussions, stakeholder engagement, and the active involvement of civil society and Big Tech companies. Santos highlights the significance of the GDC’s impact on the future of the IGF and digital governance. While there are concerns regarding uncertainties, member state engagement, and the potential shift to a more multilateral system, Santos believes that leveraging past multi-stakeholder processes and refining the agenda can promote effective and inclusive decision-making.

Peter Micek

Peter Micek, the General Counsel at AXIS, is a strong advocate for collaboration and strategizing among participants in discussions on digital rights, inclusion, and equity communities. He believes that a collaborative and inclusive approach is essential for effective decision making. Micek envisions a room where everyone is in a circle, fostering equal participation and shared responsibility, rather than a hierarchical presentation format.

Micek also emphasizes the importance of convening civil society before the global Internet Governance Forum (IGF) begins each year. He recognizes that civil society plays a crucial role in promoting digital rights and advocating for inclusion and equity. By gathering civil society representatives together, Micek aims to facilitate dialogue and strategizing processes that can influence the agenda and outcomes of the IGF.

In line with his commitment to inclusion, Micek supports the proposal to include delegations in the intergovernmental process. He believes that including delegations will broaden representation and enhance the diversity of perspectives in decision-making processes. By involving various stakeholders in the intergovernmental process, Micek believes that more comprehensive and inclusive outcomes can be achieved.

Micek also stresses the importance of setting forward expectations or demands for inclusion in these intergovernmental processes. He believes that clear expectations can serve as a guide for decision-makers and contribute to more meaningful and inclusive outcomes. By articulating these expectations, Micek hopes to ensure that the voices of marginalized communities and civil society are heard and taken into account.

Furthermore, Micek underscores the need for civil society to understand the relationship between different processes, such as the Global Digital Compact (GDC) and the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) +20 review. He recognizes that connecting these processes can amplify the impact of civil society advocacy efforts and contribute to more cohesive and coordinated outcomes. Micek agrees on the need for civil society to map and comprehend the intricacies of these processes to maximize their effectiveness.

Analyzing the discussions on data and cross-border data flows, Micek expresses disappointment that the aspects of privacy and surveillance were not adequately addressed. As a strong advocate for digital rights, he believes that privacy and surveillance are critical considerations when discussing data governance. Micek argues that discussions on data should always include an examination of the potential implications on privacy and surveillance to ensure a comprehensive and well-rounded approach.

Micek also highlights the importance of an AI governance approach grounded in human rights. He believes that human rights should be an underlying standard in developing AI governance frameworks. Additionally, Micek supports the idea of worker-led AI governance, recognizing the importance of worker perspectives in addressing the social and ethical implications of AI.

In addition, Micek draws attention to lower layer issues such as access to devices, infrastructure, and environmental impacts. He believes that discussions should not solely focus on the upper layers of digital governance but should also consider these foundational elements. By taking into account access to devices, infrastructure development, and environmental impacts, Micek aims to promote a holistic and sustainable approach to digital governance.

In conclusion, Peter Micek advocates for collaboration, inclusion, and strategizing among participants in discussions on digital rights, inclusion, and equity communities. He emphasizes the importance of convening civil society, setting forward expectations, and including delegations in the intergovernmental process. Micek also highlights the need for civil society to understand the relationship between different processes and the importance of privacy and surveillance in data discussions. He supports an AI governance approach grounded in human rights and calls for a focus on lower layer issues in digital governance. Micek’s insights and recommendations contribute to fostering more inclusive, comprehensive, and sustainable digital governance frameworks.

Sheetal Kumar

Sheetal Kumar, a member of Global Partners Digital and co-leading their advocacy engagement, strongly supports governance of digital technologies based on human rights and inclusive processes. They believe this approach is vital for ensuring equitable benefits from digital technologies.

One key initiative in this area is the Global Digital Compact, seen as an opportunity to shape global norms in digital governance. The compact was initially mentioned in the UN Secretary General’s Roadmap for Digital Cooperation and underwent consultations from 2022 to 2023. Negotiations among member states are scheduled to begin in January and conclude in June.

Kumar values the Global Digital Compact as a platform to reaffirm the importance of human rights-based and inclusive norms in digital technologies. They emphasise its potential to establish global standards and principles aligned with these values.

During discussions, various approaches were suggested, including breakout groups for in-depth analysis and creative methods like using poems to envision the digital future.

Transparency emerged as a crucial aspect during discussions, with Kumar underlining the need for open and transparent processes in the development of the Global Digital Compact. They also highlighted the importance of coordination among civil society organisations to effectively monitor the compact’s progress.

Kumar expressed concerns about disinformation and hate speech in the digital space, emphasising the necessity of clear definitions and effective measures to combat these issues.

The digital gender divide and its impact on marginalised communities were also emphasised by Kumar. They stressed the importance of addressing this divide beyond mere technology access and advocated for prioritising marginalised communities in bridging the digital gap.

Overall, the desire for transparency, coherence, and inclusivity in the Global Digital Compact processes was evident. Collective actions and reflections were also seen as significant for shaping digital governance.

Audience

During the discussions on digital governance and cooperation, several key points were highlighted. One important theme emphasised the importance of community participation and bottom-up discussions in decision-making processes. The participants argued that it is crucial to reflect the needs and desires of communities when shaping digital governance frameworks. Collaboration across jurisdictions was stressed to ensure the inclusion of diverse community perspectives.

Another significant concern raised was the exclusion of civil society organisations and the perceived fast-paced nature of the Global Digital Compact (GDC) process. Participants expressed frustration over their limited contribution to the GDC and called for a more inclusive approach that allows meaningful civil society engagement. They highlighted the need for transparency and clear guidelines in the process to facilitate stakeholder participation.

The speakers also advocated for a more inclusive and multistakeholder model of governance. They emphasised the inclusion of civil society, the technical community, and marginalised groups in decision-making processes. The shift from a state-centred and politicised approach to a collaborative and inclusive approach was recommended.

Additionally, the importance of transparency and clear guidelines in the digital governance framework was highlighted. The speakers called for the protection of human rights in the regulation of artificial intelligence (AI). Labour rights in AI regulation and sustainability in technology development were also emphasised.

Overall, the discussions revealed a strong call for collaborative efforts, transparency, and inclusivity in digital governance. Stakeholders stressed the need for community participation, human rights protection, and sustainability in technological advancements. The participants agreed that effective governance in the digital era requires the active involvement of diverse stakeholders and a commitment to inclusive and participatory decision-making processes.

Session transcript

Sheetal Kumar:
Well, if you’re online, welcome as well. I’m from Kyoto. It’s very nice to see you all and to be here. So I think what we’re going to do is just start with some intros and then explain what Bruna and I had in mind for this session. And please do let us know if you came here with a different idea. But we will set out what we have in mind for the next two hours. And there is a plan to maybe do breakout groups, so if that’s not what you were planning. Just warning you there. It’s really an interactive session, so hopefully we’ll get a lot out of it. So, yes, my name is Sheetal Kumar, and I co-lead Global Partners Digital’s advocacy engagement. And as a human rights organization, our vision is really the governance of digital technologies underpinned by human rights and inclusive processes. So for us, Global Digital Compact, which is the subject of the event today, is an opportunity to shape global norms on digital governance so that they are rights-respecting and inclusive. And I know that we share that with many of you, and so it’s so good to see you here. I’ll pass on to Bruna.

Bruna Santos:
Hello. Yes. Just saying hello and welcome to everybody. As Sheetal said, this is the civil society gathering, and the idea is for us to discuss how to properly engage in the GDC, which is a process that I know a lot of us are already engaging with. So some of the ideas for today is, like, walk through the process to the ones that don’t know as much about it, because we do have, like, some points about, you know, because we do have, like, some points about information sharing and how to streamline participation on that, and then also share a little bit on how the contributions from some of the NGOs have been so far in some of the movements. But that’s that. And I did introduce myself, but I’m Bruna, and I’m Global Campaigns Manager for Digital Action.

Peter Micek:
So nice to see everybody. Sure. Hey, I’m Peter Micek. I’m really happy to be here. I’m kind of envisioning this room as we’re all in a circle, more of a circle than, you know, a presentation. So, yeah, I’m General Counsel at AXIS now and lead our UN engagement. But I think beyond the pressing matter of the GDC, we also like to convene civil society from digital rights and inclusion and equity communities before IGF begins every year, this global IGF. And so stemming from the days of the Best Bits Coalition Initiative and, you know, through a lot of the organizing that we used to do in person on day zero, we are really happy to convene folks and wanted to make this as, like, our first point of connection and to help folks plan for the week ahead and hopefully collaborate and strategize too. So I hope that happens as well. Yeah. Thanks for coming.

Sheetal Kumar:
Thanks. Do people want to quickly do a round-robin and say who you are and where you’re from? Great. And a fun fact about yourself. No, I’m joking. Don’t worry. Thank you so much.

Audience:
Hi, everyone. I’m Ayden Fรฉrdeline, fellow of the Alfred Landecker Foundation. Hi, everyone. I’m Laura O’Brien, Senior UN Advocacy Officer at Access Now. Hi there. I’m Jutta Croll from the German Digital Opportunities Foundation. Mainly my focus is on children’s rights in the digital environment. Hi. Hello, everyone. Valeria Betancourt from the Association for Progressive Communications. Hi, everyone. This is Daniela Schnidrig with the Global Partners Digital, Head of Engagement and Advocacy. Hi, everyone. Veronica Ferrari, Global Policy Advocacy Coordinator at the Association for Progressive Communications. Hello. I’m Amalia Toledo, Public Policy Specialist for Wikimedia Foundation. Ziski Putz, Senior Movement Advocacy Manager from the Wikimedia Foundation. Jan Gerlach, also Wikimedia Foundation. I support these two.Stephanie Ivuerah I’m actually not civil society. I’m from the UK government, working in the Department of Science, Innovation, and Technology. Hi. My name is Shabnam Mojtahedi I’m Legal Advisor for Digital Rights at the International Center for Not-for-Profit Law. Hi. My name is Kasumi Sugimoto. I’m from National Institute of ICT in Japan, and I work for the Department for Cybersecurity. Hi. I’m Marianne Diaz, YID Campaigner at AccessNow. Hello. I’m Alexandre Costa Barbosa, Coordinator at the Homeless Workers Movement in Brazil. Hello. My name is Josรฉ Renato. I am a Founder of the Laboratory of Public Policy and Internet, LAPIN, in Brazil. Hello. My name is Rafik Copeland. I’m the Managing Director at the Global Network Initiative. Hello. My name is Rafik Copeland. I’m the Platform Accountability Advisor at Internews. Hi. My name is Ariel Maguid. I’m a Program Officer for the Asia Region with Internews. Hello. I’m Alice. I’m a Facilitator for the Brazilian Youth Group. Hi, everyone. My name is Joanne de Cunha. I’m from Delhi. I’m part of the Center for Communication Governance. It’s an academic center at the National Law University. Hi. My name is Zhihao. I work at the Taiwan Information Environment Research Center focusing on misinformation and information manipulation. Hi, everyone. I’m Isabel Ho. I’m from Gov Zero, and I’m also the Secretary General of Taiwan AI Academy. Thank you. Hi. I’m Franziska Jacobs. I’m Digital Governance Advisor at GIZ, German Development Corporation.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay. It’s amazing to see such a big group here, and well done on finding the room as well. I followed Bruna. So we wanted to start with a bit of context for those of you, like Bruna said, who might not have been as engaged with the Global Digital Compact as others. So just to explain where the Global Digital Compact came from, where we are in the process. And then we wanted to hear from you if you have been engaged with the process, with any of the consultations, what you have said, really, what your key messages have been. And I know that there have been some events, including yesterday, that colleagues at APC and others led on related to this process. So we want to make sure that we are really all on the same page as to what the discussions have been so far. Before we look forward, and hopefully we’re not being overly ambitious, but what we thought would be a really great output of this meeting is to consider where we have come to and then draw on that and on the issues paper that the co-facilitators of the compact have developed. It’s short. It’s only two pages. But it reflects back the consultations that have already happened. And drawing on that, we thought it would be great to get five or six key messages from this group that we can take forward into the IGF over the next week and then even further down the line. So I hope that sounds good to you. Does anybody have any questions? Or are you hoping to achieve something else today?

Audience:
When you say take forward, do you mean like presentation now?

Bruna Santos:
Yes. Yes. Just to flag, we’re going to have one main session about the GDC on the 10th, I think, morning, 11, or something like that. My schedule is confusing this time. But we’re also going to have another main session about the future of digital governance. So these are two that are vastly connected to the GDC and the future of the IGF. So it will be really interesting to gather some of these inputs in interaction moments for civil society.

Peter Micek:
Can I just get a raise of hands of who has heard of the Global Digital Compact? Cool. More than half. And then who’s engaged on it? Who’s, like, participated in some of the stuff? Yeah, less than half. Thanks. And some sort of, sort of.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay. Around half, yeah. Okay. Which is why we’re doing our summary of where we have got to so far to begin with. And we actually wanted to pull up, if that’s okay, a colleague from, yeah. We wanted to pull up the timeline that is in the U.N. Secretary General’s policy brief from earlier this year. I think it’s the next slide. Oh, it’s so small. So let me just come up here and explain. So, yes. So the Global Digital Compact was first referred to in the Secretary General’s Roadmap for Digital Cooperation, which was an output of a high-level panel that he appointed. And in that, it was suggested that the U.N. adopt a Global Digital Compact, which would outline shared principles and objectives for an open, secure digital future for all. And so, again, that was referred to in the SG’s report in 2022, our common agenda. And from there, kick-started consultations for what should be in the compact. There was a suggestion for overarching themes that the Global Digital Compact should be structured around, namely upholding human rights, and I can’t remember the rest, so I’m going to cheat by looking at my notes, avoiding Internet fragmentation, digital connectivity, promoting a trustworthy Internet. So a few themes that were suggested the compact be structured around. And so those consultations ran 2022 to 2023, and this year we also had oral consultations, so a number of opportunities to speak to these themes through both in-person and online consultations. And, Peter, I think you were trying to get a sense of who’s engaged on that already, and about half of the people here have, so that’s really good to see. And then just last year, it was just to kind of put this in the context of the broader framework within which the compact will sit. Last year, a resolution was adopted by the UN General Assembly for the summit for the future, which is envisioned for next year to take place in September next year. And as part of that, a pact for the future will be adopted. Within that, it’s expected the global digital compact will be part of that pact for the future. One of five chapters, I think it is, which will focus on digital issues. And the compact will be part of that. So really, it’s an opportunity, at least that’s how we see it, to reassert the importance of a human rights-based and inclusive, you know, norms to govern digital technologies and digital governance. And I know that there are a number of other key messages that others here also want to see reflected in this important document. Now, where we are is in 2023, of course, having had the ministerial in September, the preparatory meeting for the summit, which will take place next year, a resolution has been adopted which sets out that there are co-facilitators for each of those chapters I mentioned that will be in the pact. And the co-facilitators for the global digital compact are expected to be the same ones that have been running the consultations up until this point. And then the actual negotiations between member states. And it is in the resolution that the consultations for the compact will be intergovernmental. So I think that’s another, perhaps something else we can discuss is how to ensure that although, of course, the discussions will be intergovernmental, how will they be inclusive of all stakeholders? So that’s something we can discuss today. And those are expected to start in January and continue through to June next year where they will then wrap up. And it’s expected that there will be a text to adopt by the next session of the General Assembly. So that is where we are. Lots of dates. And I hope that that helped. And this is a timeline which I know is very hard to see. But you can also access it online. Let me stop there to see if anyone has any questions or indeed wants to correct anything I said. Maybe I got something wrong.

Bruna Santos:
Yeah. No, just really quick because also the reason why we opted for hosting the civil society gathering on this topic this year is because a lot of the discussions on the GDC, they might affect the future of the IGF and how this forum is moving onwards and what’s coming up next, right? So you might have heard about like a lot of discussions on what is digital governance? What is internet governance? How do all of these spaces connect with each other? What is digital cooperation in this kind of like broader landscape? So a lot of the debates surrounding the GDC and before that in the roadmap and a lot of the discussions on the roundtables, they had some ideas about the IGF plus and how we were moving forward or how are we moving the IGF towards this more kind of like a strategic and decision-making space. So that’s also why we opted for adding this to the agenda. And one of the points that was brought up at some point was the creation of this new forum, the digital cooperation forum, which would be a little bit overlapping with the IGF. So we also want to hear a little bit from you guys on what could be the impressions about improving or connecting these spaces or even how is it, how could the IGF serve this role of helping strengthen multilateral relationships and the UN and the whole discussion about the UN 3.0 that is also in one of the policy briefs. So just to add that.

Sheetal Kumar:
Oh, that’s a really good point. Thanks, Bruna. So yes, the future of the IGF is also part of these discussions. Does anyone have any other questions or reflections? Hello to people who have just joined us. Just to say if anyone wants to come in, there is a mic in the middle of the room, so you can just go there and say your name.

Peter Micek:
We did a round of introductions. So if anyone wants to yell out and say hi, go ahead.

Sheetal Kumar:
Thank you. Thank you for coming. And we were just doing a set of introductions to where you are in the process, where you are in the process in the future. And now we’re going to hear from everyone about where they are in terms of their engagement, your engagement with the context that you’re on. So we don’t, you know we’re not starting in class. In this discussion, a number of us have already engaged, forwarded input into the conversations and been very active. And so it would be really good to hear from you so we don’t rebuild on what we’ve already been doing. And, you know, I’m happy to start with.AccessNow colleagues on that. Or anyone else who wants to share, if you have been engaged with the compact already? Have you sent any written inputs into the consultation? Or have you engaged with any of the oral discussions?

Peter Micek:
We’re going to stop talking, and then it’s going to be your turn.

Sheetal Kumar:
Well, it is your turn. Some people did. I think I do. You can speak first, right? OK. Well, there’s always someone, someone ready, and then I have to say, that was very sweet. Ooh.

Audience:
We submitted the written submissions in, like a big booklet, with our positions that also participate in all of the online dialogue. And there’s a few individual and media chapters on our platform, and you can get a bunch of them. And did you have a joke you think was really strongly reflected in your submission? Do you remember? I think the mic is off. OK. It’s on now. Yes, well, obviously. Oh, cool. Ah. Oh, it’s got that one there. Yeah. Maybe not so obvious, though. Wikipedia is all about community decision-making, and so that’s something that we highlighted, right? Like, if you think of sort of all the regulation that’s going to go into the digital compact, don’t forget about what the communities actually need, what collaboration looks like for folks across jurisdictions, especially. That’s something that we highlighted. And also some connections to AI, as there’s this separate project to regulate AI. So community-based. The importance of reflecting what communities want, bottom-up discussions.

Sheetal Kumar:
OK, great. Anyone else?

Audience:
Yes, thank you again. As I said in the tour de table, I’m a children’s rights advocate. And we, together with the Dynamic Coalition on Children’s Rights and the Digital Environment, we gave written input. But so far, we have not been able to take part in any of the consultations. And that is mainly because children’s rights organizations are understaffed and underfunded. So we just don’t have the resources to take part in all these meetings. But what we have seen so far is that in the roadmap for the digital cooperation, children’s rights have been an issue. And now we have upholding human rights in general, but not a special reflection on children’s rights, which we think, considering that children are the future, and they are right now, I do think one third of all internet users worldwide are under the age of 18. So considered to be children under the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. So we think it should play an important role.

Sheetal Kumar:
Thank you so much. And then I saw a hand here. Yes?

Audience:
Maria Agne, Access. We were part of the Americas Consultation. I say we. That’s a royal we. I was in the Americas Consultation earlier this year. And one of the things that I would like to highlight from that conversation is that the agenda that was brought to the discussion was focused on connectivity and access, which is, of course, access now. But sorry for that. That was terrible, and I know it. Spare me, I just landed like an hour ago. But one of the things that a lot of the people that were present in the discussion wanted to bring into the agenda, and we did not have time for it because of the whole time devoted to connectivity, which of course, yes, is that surveillance and the intersection between surveillance, people on the move, and identity for Latin America. It is a moment of crisis. Well, the world is in flames. Let’s not go there. But there was a lot of conversation on the size of the meeting regarding the state of surveillance in Latin America, particularly state-sponsored surveillance specifically. And I think that it’s important that we bring that back into and not leave only connectivity as a topic for Latin America just because we are poor.

Sheetal Kumar:
I’m trying to take notes. Others are taking notes. The one in the back. Okay, great. So I’ll come to you.

Audience:
All right, I’m Eleni from the Global Network Initiative, but I’m also co-chair of the Freedom Online Coalition’s Advisory Network. It’s an advisory network of civil society that provides input to the Freedom Online Coalition, which is a group of 38 governments. And as an advisory network, we had submitted proactive advice to FOC governments on the GDC. And we published this, I think, because we felt so strongly about the implications of the GDC process. So you can find the advice online. And just to run through some of the concerns that the advisory network had highlighted, one was a shift from multistakeholder government’s model to multilateralism that we felt was being pursued in the GDC. Two were concerns about the digital cooperation forum undermining the IGF and multistakeholder forums and models of governance. The exclusion of the technical community as a separate stakeholder group. So the GDC focuses on governments, private sector, and civil society. But as we know, the technical community plays a really critical role in internet governance. And we felt that that was excluded. Then a focus on big tech business models, as well as a number of procedural concerns, including how fast this process has moved forward. And I think we see that same trend in a number of initiatives, including with the UN high-level expert body on AI that’s being put out by the tech envoy. A lack of meaningful civil society engagement. I know a number of different civil society organizations that feel frustration in trying to give inputs into the GDC process and participate. And then the fact that it’s been a New York-based process, which in the minds of the advisory network members, is a highly politicized, state-centered, less inclusive, and less experienced with multistakeholder governance models.

Sheetal Kumar:
So we have a really solid set of foundation, I think, to build on there with that and everything else we’ve heard. What did you say? Oh, sorry.

Audience:
Hi. We did a written submission with our sister organization, the European Center for Not-for-Profit Law, that focused on civic space, online civic space, issues across multiple of the topic areas. And one of the points we raised was kind of the siloing of human rights into one section. And so we were taking a rights-based approach through all the areas. But I just wanted to say that we discussed this quite a bit. We usually, when we do written submissions like this, we do consultations with our wider network of partners. And we were debating whether to do that for this written submission. But the scope was so broad and it was so unclear how this was all working or leading into the final process. And then the virtual consultations that took place were also kind of chaotic in a way. And so we just really didn’t know how to include our broader network in this space without feeling like we weren’t giving them anything concrete to work with. And so I just was really wondering what the vision is moving forward, how we can be working together as a group more strategically, and where our effort would be best placed.

Sheetal Kumar:
So yeah, that’s it. Those are great questions, thank you. We can try and answer some of those. Oh, sorry.

Audience:
Hi, I appreciate the time. We are from the Internet Alliance, which is an applied research lab for meaningful connectivity and data privacy. And we formed this this year because we are kind of recovering from big tech. And so we come from very technical backgrounds and trying to get involved in these kinds of forums. Some of the questions I think we would like to discuss, I’ve followed Access Now’s work really closely is how this coalition moves into actionable steps with these governing bodies. And I think even these coalitions with 38 governments that you were mentioning, where does the nexus of progress actually happen? Great questions. Laura and then Ellen? Yeah, Laura O’Brien from Access Now. So just to go over some of our engagement in this process, we’ve been heavily involved. We’ve done regional consultations, as Marianne alluded to in the Latin American context, but also in Nairobi. We’ve done some written submissions, as Ellen and I mentioned, harnessing the Freedom Online Coalition. And the FOC had done a written submission with all the different sub-entities, and Canada led that as the former chair of the FOC. We also worked on a written submission on targeted surveillance, which was led by Amnesty International and joined by a lot of other civil society organizations. And then we’re involved in supporting a gender submission, which was led again by another coalition, APC will speak more on that, I’m sure. In terms of the oral statements, I think being based in New York was beneficial to be in the room because we were trying to get a lot of the sense of whether we could engage on these or how the modalities were working. I think we can all recall that the Human Rights Online session from a full day to a half day and the repercussions of that were quite severe in the sense of human rights organizations not getting the opportunity to speak, even governments were being cut off. So that was super unfortunate and we did raise that in some engagement with the co-facilitators, Sweden and Rwanda, in upcoming sessions at the Rights Con, which was in Costa Rica. And also with the folks seated here doing a lot of work trying to get more information from the co-facilitators. I just wanted to highlight that I think in terms of topics or themes that are seeking more of a focus within the GDC so far, I think digital public infrastructure has been highlighted by the tech envoy quite heavily and also played a role in the Secretary General’s policy brief, so I think for today I think it would be helpful too if we could maybe have a discussion on that topic and how to advance human rights within that. But yeah, I’m happy to speak with more folks who are trying to navigate the GDC process itself. It’s something, like I mentioned, we’ve been tracking quite heavily. Thank you very much. Let me just provide an overview of our engagement, very similar to what Laura from Access Now has mentioned. We have been participating since the beginning, engaging with the global online consultations as well as the regional consultations in Asia, Africa, and Latin America. And then participating in the deep dives around our priorities, which are around gender equality and gender justice, environmental justice, and obviously human rights and the nature and the scope of Internet governance. Concerns were many, many so far in the process about how the changes impacted in the ability and capacity of civil society to engage meaningfully, including the ministerial meeting of the Summit of the Future. As Sheetal explained, the Global Digital Compact is within the Summit of the Future. And it was not possible at the end, despite of all the promises from the co-facilitators about facilitating engagement of civil society, it was not possible to participate and to access the information and the details of the documentation for the negotiation happening in New York recently about the modalities of the Summit of the Future, which was very unfortunate. And that sets a very bad precedent in what is to come in relation to the negotiations. We also submitted written submissions, one of APC around these issues, the priority issues that I mentioned, but also we facilitated joint submissions around gender and another one around environmental sustainability. In relation to gender, we have been concerned with the fact that not only in the negotiations so far about the modalities, there are not specific mechanisms to ensure that there is at least gender balance in the participation of the different stakeholders in the civil society voice, but gender as an issue has not been prominent either. So because of that, we have been collaborating with different organizations to get a better commitment and a stronger commitment from governments to advance gender and to consider gender as a key aspect across all aspects related to the global digital compact, but also take into consideration gender issues. And in that regard, we took the opportunity of this IGF to organize yesterday a dialogue with first with civil society organizations. We put together these feminist principles for including gender, the GDC, which has been collectively developed with different groups. And we presented yesterday to other civil society organizations for leverage and obviously for contributions as well and also to exchange views around the strategies to advance a gender agenda around the GDC. And in the afternoon, governments were invited to have a dialogue and a conversation with us around feasible ways that they could as part of their own engagement in the process to help us to advance a gender agenda to the GDC. So I invite you also to look at the principles and share the details where you can find them. It could be very good if we can have you and your voices joining around efforts to make sure that gender is considered from obviously human rights and other considerations. Moving forward, we are very concerned about what the implications are going to be once the co-facilitators are confirmed and what the possibilities for participating and engaging in the negotiations are going to be. The process is based in New York and has been presenting a challenge in terms of civil society engagement so how that will play out in terms of the negotiations is a big, big question and also what’s the common vision that we should be pushing for and coordinating around altogether.

Peter Micek:
Could I just ask a follow-up, I suppose? In the room yesterday, what was the temperature of the room? Were people excited about this global digital compact and this process and the opportunities it provides? Are they sort of resigned that it’s going to happen with or without us anyways and so we may as well make our voice heard and perhaps are dismayed that gender wasn’t one of those key sub-themes, just not even registering that much on people’s agendas or maybe it’s not one of those three but just to get a sense of the room. Yeah?

Bruna Santos:
I think we more or less accepted that because to me the main impression about the process is there’s way more question marks than information about it, to us at least, right? From the conversations we had, the impression that it’s not every… member states that is as engaged. We have this kind of like, not focus, but more dominance or even like knowledge coming in from global north, generally speaking, or the ones that are champions in the human rights conversation. So that makes it much harder, like when you try to engage with delegations like Brazil or Chile or anything like that, right? So, and a lot of the doubts that at least I felt in the room as well was, how are we gonna actually ensure that if this is kept as an intergovernmental process, that the missions are gonna allow us in, right? It’s like the modalities question is the main one and the one we have been asking like ever since day zero. So there is some sense of discomfort in the room, right? So, but at the same time, like we need answers to some extent. And it’s interesting and important that tech envoy is engaging with civil society and so on, but to some extent, it’s also limited, the engagements and the answers and the decisions. So, I mean, yeah, just sharing a little bit on that.

Audience:
Yes, of course. I can come to you. Thank you. I think there is a high level type of engagement of governments in the GDC. So obviously there is a political commitment perhaps, because it is an intergovernmental process that it is within this bigger umbrella of the summit of the future. And I think governments have made commitments. There is a geopolitical dynamic that is also permeating the way in which they engage with the global digital compact. So yesterday, obviously the high level interventions were very positive in relation to their own role and their own commitment with making gender a key consideration. But then the big question that was also brought up is how that is going to take shape, how that is going to be translated into practice with the fact that the negotiations are going to start and we don’t know how the negotiations are going to look like. So I think that’s the question that remains and that we should keep asking the question. And I think perhaps one step forward yesterday, because obviously the participants that we had, including the UN Tech Envoy and very high level government representatives, was that I think the message is clear that there is expectations at the level of civil society groups for them to facilitate our participation, including through making us part of the national delegations. Because that’s the only way in which we are going to be effectively influencing the process. So I think that point, it was made clear to them and I hope my interpretation and what I want to use to put some pressure and demands on them is that their commitment to make gender a key consideration. So if they really want to do that, they have to work with us in different ways, including making us part of the delegations.

Bruna Santos:
Just to add as well, I think the, at least for some of the global majority countries, the elephant in the room is how actually, to me at least, the G20 processes are also gonna connect with this, right? Because India has made a lot of advancements with the whole digital public infrastructure debate within G20 and Brazil is bringing the information integrity into the G20 agenda as well. So are these discussions gonna be repeated in both places? Are they gonna engage with the G20 first and then just revert it back to the GDC or Summit of the future? So another on the list of questions, right? So yeah.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay. Thank you. So lots of questions. And if we haven’t answered any of them, please let us know. But we wanted to check as well how everyone’s feeling at this point about tackling head-on the fact that the Global Digital Compact is meant to outline shared principles and objectives for an open, free, and secure digital future for all. And considering everything that everyone has said, breaking out into small groups to huddle and consider about two messages each to then discuss and perhaps see whether we can agree on. And as I mentioned at the beginning, for those of you who weren’t here, the idea is that we can take forward those and reflect them in the discussions in the upcoming week and indeed in the process going forward. And it would be great before we do that as well to share that we’ve looked at the issues paper that the co-facilitators issued about a month ago, which was a reflection of, it’s just two pages. It’s not very long, but it’s along the themes. And in fact, it refers to digital public infrastructure of the compact that have been recommended. And so there are a number of, well, reflections really, and it’s very concise. It also doesn’t refer to the Digital Cooperation Forum, which is an interesting reflection of just how strong the messaging around the Internet Governance Forum was in the oral and written consultations that were received. So it’s quite a good basis, I think, for discussion. So the breakout groups can draw on what you’ve heard on your own work, but also perhaps look at the issues paper that the co-facilitators have developed and suggest ways of strengthening it, strengthening the gender element, strengthening the community element, whatever you think, because in that way, it’s already been put out there in the world. It’s something that’s been developed. It’s building on what has already been discussed. So in essence, what we’re suggesting is that we break out into little groups. We use the basis of what the co-facilitators have put out, what you have said, draw out a couple of key messages and come back together and see whether there’s anything there we can agree on that we all want to reflect in the discussions around the GDC. Going forward, what do people think about that? Because we don’t have to do that. We can do something else. Do we hate breakouts at this point? Yes, right. I mean, I could get a feeling from your faces. A way of, well, what we could do, I mean, so let’s think of some options. I mean, if we don’t want to do breakout groups, we could go through the issues paper, para by para, and hear your reflections on it and how to strengthen it. It’s okay. I don’t know whether that’s sarcastic or not. I genuinely can’t tell. More options, more hope. You are so beautiful.

Audience:
I have a suggestion that might be a little bit out there, but more creative, hopefully. So maybe using some foresight practices, and we could do either first start out with an individual, like a poem or something that we write about this vision for this digital future, and then do a collective one. So what is the story of this digital future to communicate it in a different way? So that’s just an alternative option instead of maybe going paragraph by paragraph.

Sheetal Kumar:
And would you help us with that? Yeah. If people decide they want to do that, okay. So a more creative poem-based approach or something like that. Any other ideas?

Audience:
Not an idea, but a request that we can touch upon issues related to the process, and such, so our key concerns in relation to the process, and perhaps also the key concerns in relation to the issues. Because we know now what the issues are, the tracks, the thematic tracks. So what are our key concerns in relation to those moving forward?

Bruna Santos:
So maybe we can start with a round, right, of key concerns or even criticism of the process. I’m aware that this is a very diplomatic space, but. Yeah, yeah.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay. So we have different ways to use, perhaps, the next 30 minutes before we think about next steps. So one is the breakout groups. Another is like a more creative poem-based approach. Then there’s the, well, going through the issues paper. And then actually focusing on process as opposed to the substance of the GDC. Or. No, I’m just saying both, process and substance. Process and substance. And format-wise, breakout groups are like off the table, or? Yes. Are we?

Bruna Santos:
I’m sensing a lot of like Zoom trauma in this room, so it’s fine. We can go with the collective therapy session, right? And then everybody shares concerns and questions. I think it’s. On the process for the first 15 minutes, and then we break out. Concerns and complaints, yes, yes, yes. Yeah, one very big therapy session, breakout group.

Sheetal Kumar:
Should we do a plenary concerns about the process and recommendations? Oh, Peter, yeah.

Peter Micek:
I think that’s the right question to ask, but I do want answers row by row. So each row is gonna choose a rapporteur. Yeah, that is gonna happen. Oh, the first row is gonna be. Ellen, yes, go ahead. Oh, do you wanna?

Audience:
I would just. I would just say, at least I’m really interested in theory. I don’t know, maybe this will come up in the next step, but like, oh, me and this group of people are supporting it. I think we’re both very. Yes. I. Okay. Yeah. So coordination. Do you wanna, actually, because it’s hard to hear you. Oh, sorry. Yeah, sorry, I was saying that something, at least I would be really interested in is how we as a group, as civil society, can coordinate better around these issues and take advantage of the fact that we’re here at the IGF in the same room together. I’ve heard a lot of disparate conversations around GDC coming in silos, and so how can we start to put together a more unified position? There’s some really key issues being debated with the GDC and other internet governance-related processes and visions right now, and I think it’s a key moment for civil society to come together and say what we actually really need for the governance of the internet. To me, it would be the multi-stakeholder versus this multilateral vision. That would be a key issue. I think a number of the ones raised in the FOC advice, but the really fundamental one to me is the multi-stakeholder versus multilateral, and there’s a lot of implications of which states are supporting which vision right now, I think, for the model of internet governance.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay, thank you, and that can be the beginning of, as we say, a discussion that then we continue after we leave the room in terms of coordination and continuing to work on the issues, but, Bruna, so where are we? We are discussing.

Bruna Santos:
Let’s continue gathering the inputs and complaints about the process, and then we can use 40 minutes for strategy and next steps, right?

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay, so concerns about the process and recommendations, so we could spend some time on that, and then also on the substance question, though. We haven’t really heard much of that. Perhaps we can revisit whether there’s interest in maybe breaking out into a couple of groups about, for example, look, guys, it’s the beginning of the week. If you don’t want to do breakout groups now, it’s gonna be a long week. No, but we don’t have to do them, but somehow find a way to discuss the key pressing issues of the substance, and then we discuss how we take those forward. So on the process, any reflections, concerns, and indeed recommendations for how the GDC should be developed from now on? Transparency, okay, great. Transparency in what way? Everything.

Bruna Santos:
We want process, we want modalities. What else do we want? Timeline, a proper one.

Peter Micek:
What do you want to know about the process going forward?

Audience:
Hi, Svetlana, Article 19. Well, I mean, I will be speaking from the perspective of CSOs, which are not that well represented at the consultation side. First of all, the timeline, of course, the time difference. Well, when it comes to the Asia continent, when you have three seconds, I’m exaggerating, of course, like three minutes for your presentation, and it’s 2 a.m. in the morning, it’s hard to convey a message. So maybe the good idea would be have at least the regional groups which would collect all these voices, and of course, engage civil society from those regions in one spot, and then all together convey to the headquarters. Because otherwise, it’s absolutely impossible to have a voice, even though, for instance, before my times with Article 19, I was representing Myanmar civil society. And you have to have a really huge motivation to speak out, to wake up that night, and try to catch those consultation points. And I’m not the only one who was there. I mean, there have been other civil societies in the region who had really good presentations, and they will try to fit in the message within one minute. But sometimes they will cut off. I mean, this is technical, of course. And perhaps to have the regional focuses. Let’s say, authoritarian countries could focus on internet freedoms like what we are working right now, for instance, and we convey message in that side. So, yeah, thank you. Thanks. Regional consultations. I could say, as someone who was in the room for a lot of the deep dives, I don’t know what happened to all. They were taking notes of everything we said. I don’t know what happened to those notes. I think they all ended in the issues paper somehow. Yeah. But they were doing it. They thought they were taking notes. So. I’d say that happened to all the reports that were submitted. Yeah, the reports that were submitted that are on the secretary, the tech envoy’s website. But yeah, I’m not sure what else.

Bruna Santos:
Just to remind that we also wanted to try to get some messages out of this meeting, right? It’s like, something we could say. Just like, doesn’t it should be two paragraphs can be just one saying like, we need more transparency timeline. A proper process. We need missions to bring us to the meetings. New York is not an accessible place. Yeah, so more process points.

Audience:
Something like that. More process points. More process, yes. We all would love more process. That is exactly what we want. Now, the organizations I work with day in, day out, are like, 70% of them are just finding out that this is a thing that exists right now. So, I don’t know that transparency is the word that we’re looking for. Like, there is a dire lack of representation completely on organizations that are doing the actual work day in, day out. Not us, we’re just meeting rooms and that shit. So, that is something that I’m very concerned about because if they’re finding out just now and they don’t have the tools to engage because this is a very specific methodology and you have to kind of be in certain rooms to fucking understand what is happening and they’re just finding out and they’re like, what does GDC mean? What’s the letters? There is not enough time at all for them to engage with the process. And what I feel that in combination with the doodling is that this completely went a different way and if we were not heard being in the room, the chances of whatever they have to say getting to be heard in this process are close to zero. So, I don’t want to be horribly negative about it but just bringing what my people are feeling. Thanks.

Bruna Santos:
Anyone else? Thanks.

Audience:
Maybe building on what was shared, I feel like there’s this exclusion by design in the process. So, even the notes not being shared because for me, one of the big problems is that there’s just a lack of coherence across the board with these different priorities. So, we have this priority about the digital inclusion and digitalization or digital transformation very vaguely defined being pushed within, for example, the UN system that conflicts with our climate action goals. And so, there is this lack of coherence across the board and I feel like when you pointed out as members of civil society or groups that have been underrepresented in these processes, when that thing becomes very stark and apparent and we make it explicit that because there’s no real concrete way of trying to cohere all of this together without scrapping what’s kind of already been pre-drafted and what’s being pushed right now through these so-called processes because it feels very… are predetermined to me, what their end outputs are going to be. Even if we try to contribute in whatever ways, because fundamentally it’s been designed to exclude, that we’re not really getting anywhere just by thinking about how do we insert ourselves into a pre-created process, but rather thinking about how do we co-design and create something that we’re working towards collectively. That also works together with other movements that really matter in the space. So that’s my big thing, is there’s a total lack of coherence, lack of co-design, and it’s really undermining our agency at an individual and collective level. Thanks.

Sheetal Kumar:
Anyone else?

Audience:
Yeah, I think part of the process that’s already been alluded to is just the feedback loop, the need for a feedback loop of how the inputs are being used or processed internally. I mean, it’s not unique to the GDC. Anyone who’s contributed to the UN processes know it’s a black hole sometimes of information. But and then second, I think for me, and I don’t think we’re going to get that from the co- facilitators, but I’d like to, basically what Ellen and I was talking about, what’s at stake with this GDC? Why is it important? And why should partners care? Why should our networks care about this? And especially with all the different processes that are going on, there’s so many different frameworks being discussed. Civil society is being asked to contribute to a lot of them. And it’s overwhelming. And so why does this process matter? And why should we be paying close attention to it? I think we need to come up with that maybe internally too.

Bruna Santos:
Some of the questions we’re asking in the main session, or we suggested as a main session, like policy questions for this week, is how member states are going to ensure the buy-in from all stakeholders. Because we’re talking about the GDC as a broader kind of space or anything like that. It’s also something that’s going to discuss the code of conduct for information integrity. So how are they ensuring, like Big Tech is actually doing the buy-in into that conversation. If we, civil society, are also excluded from this conversation, how are we going to enforce that together with member states? So I think there’s a lot of questions, again, about the follow-up steps and what’s at stake, in fact, because it’s not just the future of the IGF or what the DCF is going to be. Or whether multi-stakeholder is going to be dropped off as a participation tool, and we’re going to move back to a multilateral mostly kind of system. But there is a lot of follow-up questions in that way. So plus one on that.

Peter Micek:
Could I just ask, does anyone think a new annual forum on digital cooperation based in New York is a good idea? Is something that we need? Yeah, I do too. Somebody want to speak in favor of it? Yeah?

Audience:
No, I do want to. Yeah, but perhaps it’s hard to engage the public. I thought I’m loud enough. Well, as a concept, of course, it’s not a bad idea. But in terms of practicality, it should be spread around the regions. Again, I’m for inclusion of the variety of civil societies and not only civil society, which works with the digital aspect. There should be civil societies which are somehow engaged through human rights line as well. And New York, it’s too far. It’s too expensive as well.

Peter Micek:
So I think we have rough consensus that civil society does not need a new annual space. Apart from me. All right. Yeah. Other process points we want to get at? We have regionalization. We have feedback fatigue.

Audience:
I just would like to know, we talk about multi-stakeholders. Obviously, we’re new here. But we’re coming from a really technical background, and it’s just not super clear how a technical community or stakeholder could help. And if anyone wants a two-finger on that. I just wanted to answer to the previous speaker from the back that I do think when we focus on civil society that is engaged in human rights, we still have a lack of competence of kind of digital literacy. Many human rights organizations are not very familiar what digital environment means to human rights. Although we are here at the IGF, where it’s very present and in front of our head, it’s not in general that human rights organizations are enough familiar with digital environment and what it means. So we still need some kind of training for civil society organizations, I think. I just want to say, we ran into that same problem as we’ve been talking to people. And it’s been really helpful describing internet access as a prerequisite to human rights, because I think that’s where it’s losing cohesion. Thank you. I want to advocate for a very proactive engagement of the technical community, because there is a setback in relation to the role that the technical community could play, and should play, and has been playing in relation to internet governance and global digital cooperation. One of the challenges and difficulties that has emerged in this process is that there is a setback in how internet governance is being conceived. So that was already discussed by the time of the WSIS, the World Summit on the Information Society. And there was broad agreement that internet governance is broad and goes beyond the management of numbers, and resources, and infrastructure, and technical resources of the internet. And now we are back to that conversation. It’s unbelievable. So that is why it was pointed out by the FOC in the event that the technical community is being left out of the process. So I think that a proactive engagement is necessary in order to counteract that narrative, and also to make sure that whatever comes out of the global digital process is not a setback in something that is so basic as the scope of internet governance itself. Just here. Thank you. I will think of a specific topic in terms of substance to think of process. The last policy brief version mentioned, for instance, sustainable digital public infrastructure. And also mentioned, refers to ensuring labor rights. But none of the multilateral organizations, like in AI regulation, AI debate, it’s touching the labor issue, for instance. Or even in the digital public infrastructure discussion, no one mentioned sustainability on that. Or carbon footprint for internet infrastructure, or even digital technologies. So I was wondering, until the launching of their common future agenda in one year ahead, what can really be done that civil society can bring back these really important elements that I think from the document to be put in practice from this multilateral organization somehow?

Peter Micek:
And you can mention the environmental impact of flying everyone to New York for yet another conference every year. I’m sorry to harp on that. But yeah. We have one more.

Audience:
Yeah. Yeah, I was just, you know, if there’s a sort of broad consensus around the frustrations of the consultation process and the kind of performative nature of some of this consultation and frustrations around inclusivity and everything, I was thinking about, you know, we talked about the idea of trying to identify some things to do as a coordinated effort and kind of collective advocacy. I mean, maybe what we should be trying to do is, rather than focusing on the content, is to actually subvert the process itself and kind of see if it’s, you know, and I don’t know. Maybe that’s just a waste of our collective energy at this point. But, you know, if that is something we want to do, it feels like it’s something that we need to do sooner rather than later.

Bruna Santos:
There is one ongoing idea that was issued by the IGF working group strategy. That would be to use this space, the IGF, as a sounding board to whatever came out from the GDC process, right, or the summit of the future. We submitted a letter to the co-facilitators. Obviously, it might be too soon to get an answer on that. But it was just acknowledged and nothing else. So it would be interesting to think about a follow-up mechanism or anything that would actually build up on the collective intelligence that the IGF is bringing up. So, yeah. Anyone else?

Sheetal Kumar:
We’re still on process. Yeah, we can reflect back some of the comments we’ve heard about process and see whether we want to cohere them or maybe, in some way, agree to them. So one point that was made was around the need for transparency. So transparency in terms of process is really key. And linked to that, that there has been, so far, exclusion by design. We can provide some examples of that. The need for more coherence and working together, and also the need for connection with other groups and movements. So I think labor rights and sustainability and environmental issues being linked is important. And then the need for a feedback loop. So that links to the transparency point. The primacy of a multi-stakeholder approach and the importance of proactive engagement of the technical community and reflecting the real scope of internet governance, not a very limited scope. So that’s what we’ve heard. I mean, that’s what I took notes of. So some of those are connected. And we can, perhaps, put them together so that they’re not duplicative. But those are some messages about the process. Do people generally agree that that reflects what’s been heard? Does anyone fundamentally disagree with any of those? No? OK. No new forum, sorry. Yeah?

Audience:
I understand that we don’t feel like the process has been fair or open, transparent, and so on. But we are just wondering here, the Wikimedians, we complain about this. But it’s not too late to hack the process where chances are changed? Or it’s just to speak out and let them know that we are pissed off about this?

Sheetal Kumar:
Yeah. Well, I think that’s a good question. And my understanding is that the co-facilitators are now tasked with holding consultations. And those are intergovernmental. But it’s up to them, as it is for all the co-facilitators that will be appointed for the chapters of the summit, will need to run consultations. So we can do our own advocacy with, we’re likely to be Sweden and Rwanda, I understand. But the co-facilitators, we can take their ear, I think, at this point. We have an opportunity. We did do that before. And they did respond. And they set up a civil society consultation, which they set up for three hours just to hear the perspectives of civil society. So they set up an online consultation once we shared concerns before. So I think there is, to answer your question, Amalia, I can’t say definitely we’ll make a difference. But I think we’re at a critical juncture where we can put out some recommendations, the concerns, and then some recommendations, and really try and speak with a loud and collective voice to shape how they will do the process.

Bruna Santos:
And what Valeria was saying earlier as well, like if the process is gonna be kept as an intergovernmental one, then the way out might be ask for delegations to include us, just like the ITU.

Peter Micek:
So, yes, I think we can put forward expectations or demands even, yes.

Sheetal Kumar:
Well, do we know when the first draft is gonna be released and who’s drafting it?

Audience:
But before we go, I want to respond to Amalia because I think it’s a very important question. And I do think that we have to see, I want to respond to you. I think what we have to, obviously the GDC is important, but we have to look beyond the GDC and understand that this is a very particular moment in which the proximity of the WSIS plus 20 review is also going to determine how the digital future is going to be shaped. Governments have just had Sustainable Development Summit like days ago, and they have agreed an agenda on how to accelerate the implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals. So there are these different processes happening and the GDC, and they are not connecting. So I think we have to go to see beyond that. So it’s not just only how to engage and make sure that we are being heard in relation to the Global Digital Compact, it’s also about the role that we can play as civil society to connect those processes. Because at the end of the day, the UN agencies are competing about leadership for these processes, how those processes are going to connect. Governments are being appointed to facilitate those processes. We should also be demanding these connections because all of them have to do with shaping the digital future and the governance and in this broader framework of the Global Digital Cooperation. So I think that’s how we should approach our engagement in the Global Digital Compact and keep pushing for establishment of synergies between those different processes.

Peter Micek:
And Access Now is in the process of mapping all of the summit of the future outputs and processes. And so we can hopefully share that and those timelines, a basic summary of what we know. Because again, the GDC is just one of at least six or eight outputs planned for the summit, which will be in September 2024 at the 79th General Assembly of the UN.

Bruna Santos:
Just maybe one last point about the converging spaces, right? It’s like, we have a lot of notable examples of multi-stakeholder processes in the past. Like it’s WCAG is one from 2005, NetMundial is one. It’s also rumored to happen again. What else is there? IANA, Stewardship Transition as well, WSIS, ICANN, and so on. There’s a lot of collective knowledge about multi-stakeholder participation and that should be moved forward as a good example and maybe a guiding kind of example for this process, regardless of the lack of information or the information we might have now about it being solely an intergovernmental process. So just to bring in some more examples.

Audience:
I also just wanted to raise that, in addition to the fact that we have the summit of the future also has other tracks that have digital components to them. How can we as civil society not just get too focused on the GDC that we’re missing? Like the security track has tons that are on digital that could implicate like cybersecurity. Yeah, exactly. So like, is there a way we can coordinate to track these different tracks? Like, I don’t know. I know we’re doing this, Peter, but like for the broader group, for the broader group. Yeah.

Sheetal Kumar:
Yes, I think that’s a really good point and we should collect ideas for how we move forward on that after we leave the room. But hearing a lot about the need for synergies between this process and others. So any ideas for that, how we coordinate as civil society, but also as a society, and how we can coordinate on that. How we coordinate as civil society, but also perhaps how we, in our individual ways or as different organizations, we work on making sure that we have that front and center, the need for coordination. Any ideas for that would be welcome.

Peter Micek:
And if any states want to facilitate that, there won’t be a rights con in June, 2024, right? Which would be three, four months before the summit of the future. Is there some, is there a time and a place that governments would support us to coordinate, enough in advance of the summit, but still after we actually know what’s gonna happen?

Sheetal Kumar:
Yeah, great. Okay, so we have about 30 minutes left. I’m just including my own buffer there of 10 minutes. But we do have a bit of time to review what we have discussed already, or we can talk more about the different topic areas of the GDC, for example, that have already been outlined. I’m not sure if that’s too ambitious. I want to get a feel for what people would like to do. Would you like to cohere the messages that we already developed around process and really work on those or start talking about substance? And perhaps the point about, the colleague who went to news earlier about the process, I think we can always put a proviso on anything that we say saying, without these fundamental points about transparency and openness being met, we do not believe that this process. it’s legitimate. I mean, I’m just offering an option there. But I think it is of value. I mean, clearly, I think it is of value. That’s why we’re having this discussion, to try and make some demands and recommendations of the leaders of the process. Four asks. Okay. Well, there are, I think, four already. One on transparency, another on coherence. And feedback loops, nobody links into. No new forums or, like, synergy. Maybe there’s two key ones there with some sub-themes already. And there was also that point about the scope of Internet governance and the need for truly multi-stakeholder engagement with the technical community being adequately and proactively engaged. Maybe there’s three there. Right. So, what do people think? Sure. So, is anything coming out of that? Like, the scratching of the head? Any thoughts you want to share? Or? You’re good. Okay. Not yet. Okay. Yes. Peter, what were you going to say?

Peter Micek:
Let’s move to substantive issues.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay. Okay. So, we have those three themes around the process, which we can come back to. And perhaps we can discuss how we connect and really synthesize those afterwards. But is everyone up for talking about the substance of what’s in the GDC? Okay. I see some nods. Okay. So, we have โ€“ should we go through the themes? Or what should we โ€“ how do people want to do it? Do you want to look at the issues paper? No, I know nobody wanted to do that. Okay.

Bruna Santos:
No, we can just read out what’s on โ€“ I mean, just highlight what’s on the issues paper. Yeah. Okay. Yay.

Sheetal Kumar:
Topic-wise. Not going to read it from it. We actually โ€“ we’re going to project it here, but you can also look it up in your device. Excuse me. Could you โ€“ you know the second file that I shared? Oh, thank you. So, how do you search for it in a search engine of your choice? Yes. Yes, please. Okay. Sorry. I think they can do it on the โ€“ Hello?

Peter Micek:
Before we get to the remote participant, there was a proposal that we talked to Sweden about using the Stockholm Internet Forum, SIF, as the next kind of waypoint to coordinate civil society on some of the future. Can we get a โ€“ woo! All right. There’s a feedback โ€“ yeah, a couple of thoughts on that. Or are you scratching your head again? Oh, hello. We have the remote. All right.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay. We can come back to that. We have Timothy on the line. Timothy, can you hear us? Okay. We can’t hear you. Can we get the remote? Timothy, we cannot hear you. Can you hear us? I can say the microphone. Okay. Welcome.

Audience:
Yes. You are there? Nice to โ€“ hello, all. I’m in Australia. So, I’ve been working for 13 years or so on mostly W3C work that led to the credentials and the digital identity, as you understand it, and ReadWriteWeb, which is now known as SOLID, and things related to my data, all those sorts of things. When you are doing W3C works, it is about getting the patents of all the largest companies in the world, right? It is not about defining exactly how they may be used. It is done in public domain. So, the really horrible human rights use cases, the ones about human trafficking, the ones about people who are left with nothing, the ones that are about children, you cannot do in the public domain. And they are not in the interest of large companies who are very focused on payments. So, in my view, there has been a rush by a group of participants to commercialise a particular type of outcome that do not support human rights very well and does not easily support the ability to support what’s called personal ontology. So, that is the idea that you have an artificial intelligent agent that is running on your laptop that knows everything about you and is able to help you with your healthcare, with your wellbeing, understanding which herbs you might be eating to improve your diet, using the commons of the world, the ability to have relationships with one another without a platform mediator who is issuing mandates in their terms of service agreement about the conditions upon which you are allowed to have relationships with one another. So, this is a very long time since the days where the Magna Carta was, and I note, negotiated in a place called Holborn in the UK. It was not mandated. There would be no human rights, there would be no Magna Carta if it was purely a mandate type system. So, in order to deal with the social ramifications, this very important social work, and to be able to build the artificial intelligence infrastructure that we need to be able to support every language of prayer, every mother tongue language, and upon that build our ontologies based on what we mean, because if I am as an Australian talking about my thongs, other people overseas may take that in a way that is not the same meaning, because in Australia it is footwear. It is not ladies’ underwear. So, in this I am looking to do an Internet Society global topic chapter that can be used

Sheetal Kumar:
as fundamental to achieve meaningful universal connectivity. Interesting that there is the term meaningful there. Meaningful is super important. Yeah, I think there is also some elements of this that we can perhaps emphasize as important. There is emerging convergence on the need to build digital capacities through engaging public-private partnerships and promoting greater financial investment in affordable, accessible, mobile connectivity. I think generally it means industry and government, but perhaps we could emphasize the need to engage. Develop and deploy technologies for the Internet infrastructure and maintenance of it in general. Perhaps we can emphasize the point that it should be all stakeholders. I don’t know if we can note that. Are we noting these? Thank you. She is hard at work, I know. Anyone else on the public-private? Yes, at the back. I think you rightly pointed that there needs to be a clear definition of public-private partnerships and that there is this risk of undermining the civic engagement in the development of these public services. I think we see this a lot in the local city context, especially with the capture of different infrastructure. Exactly, the whole smart cities thing that is being, I think, amongst us in the room, critically assessed, but not necessarily at a more public, wider global scale. Yes, that’s a really good point. Thank you. Yes, and just specifically around anything to do with the public sphere and public square and whatever being privatized kind of rings alarm bells. I don’t know that that’s necessarily a problem, but I just get private-public partnerships are not necessarily a good thing. Yes, so truly comprehensive and inclusive public-private partnerships need to reflect the engagement of all stakeholders, something to that effect. Any other points on this? Okay, and then what we have here in the next paragraph is the importance of an open, free and globally accessible internet, the significance of interoperable internet standards and protocols were emphasized, reference to the importance of the Tunis agenda was made, there is broad consensus that the Internet Governance Forum plays and should continue to play a key role in promoting the global and interoperable nature and governance of the internet. I’ll just add that this part was the part about fragmentation that was moved on to internet governance or digital cooperation, so it’s all kind of bundled up together right now. So the first line is definitely avoid internet fragmentation, and the second one is the one that talks about the processes and convergence and better coordination between them and avoiding duplication as well. So you’re saying this is a success of our input into the process so far? It is, it is, it is. I think so. I mean, to me that’s the main part that shows that the co-facilitators actually listened to the community, right, like reinforcing the IGF. Yeah, and on that point, I just want to emphasize that I think when we’re giving any feedback to the co-facilitators, we should include the positives that we’re noticing in this, not just the negatives, because we’ve received feedback in the past that we do need to be more mindful of emphasizing the good, not just focusing on the negatives. So I think that this point in particular is something we should lead with about how we are happy to see that. Yeah, absolutely. Great. I think emphasizing what is in here that is positive will be really helpful to strengthen that, I think, relationship with them. So thank you for that. And so when you goโ€”the second paragraph also reflects, yes, the need for not duplicating existing forums and processes, which again is in line with many of the messages that came through in the consultations. Anything here that people thinkโ€”I mean, there was a lot about process we discussed in the first part of this session that you think should be reflected here. Yeah, Brenna?

Audience:
Yeah, my suggestion for this one was just to think about the follow-up mechanisms, right? Like, there was a proposal for the IJF’s one. CIF, as I’m seeing, could be another one. Would there be any kind of, like, concerns about using any of these spaces as a follow-up kind of space or discussion or anything like that? Do we have an idea of what do we envision as a follow-up for the GDC?

Sheetal Kumar:
Oh, are you saying that we should perhaps say the IJF could play a role in that orโ€”?

Audience:
That’s what the EWG strategy asks, but there is also the idea of CIF, soโ€”or using those spaces for discussions.

Sheetal Kumar:
Any thoughts on what role the IJF could play or any other forum in the implementation of a future compact? Do people think? Yeah, Valerie?

Audience:
Oh. I think there is a lot of potential. One of the ideas that we have obviously considered in the evolution of the IJF is how it can incubate ideas and responses, and the policy networks, the dynamic coalitions, and the other intersessional mechanisms are definitely ways in which we can suggest that the IJF provides some guidance on the implementation and the monitoring of the Global Digital Compact. Not necessarily to be the monitoring body, but definitely to inform at least the type of indicators, the type of evidence that should be produced if we want the GDC to be monitored properly in relation to the principles that will be adopted.

Peter Micek:
Okay. If it continues to be something, there could be a DC on each side.

Audience:
Exactly. Exactly. An example is that there is a dynamic coalition around the UNESCO internet universality indicators that is providing guidance and feed and using the outcomes of the IJF to feed into the indicators. So something similar could be done for the GDC.

Bruna Santos:
We have been slowly converging to the same space for the last two years or three years. Two policy networks were created, one on fragmentation, another one on AI, as key topics and discussions for the GDC. The whole discussion and focus for this IJF on digital cooperation and governance is also in light of that. We want to make the agenda more fine-tuned with the process to use the space for bringing in proper input. I agree. We need to move on in terms of bringing in more suggestions.

Sheetal Kumar:
We’ve only got about 20 minutes left so we can try and do the rest of the paper and then we’ll move on to next steps.

Audience:
I wanted to add, I think we need to qualify what we mean by interoperable nature because that’s also being pushed by the different surveillance organizations. We see that a lot in the European context, for example, and it’s affecting displaced persons and migrants in particular. So advancing that interoperable internet is actually negative for human rights and so I think we need to be more explicit there what we mean by key role in promoting.

Sheetal Kumar:
I see some nodding as well. Did you want to react to that? I have so many reactions.

Audience:
No, I’m going to focus on the interoperable part. Yeah, the thing is that we use interoperable as the positive way of saying surveillance, basically. So we are talking about international data transfers, national data transfers, systems that are centralized so everything is connected to each other, and then this is sort of a buzzword in the whole conversation of global public infrastructure. And it’s kind of dangerous to go into that discourse. And on that note, I have another comment on sustainability but I’m going to keep it to myself. Just stressing that sustainability, no, interoperable is one of the critical infrastructures of things, like critical properties. My brain is mushy. I don’t even know what I’m doing anymore. I was going to wait until the end to say this but because it just follows from what you just said. This document is full of buzzwords and no substance really and it doesn’t contain, at least from what I see, the points that many of you raised as what you addressed in your submissions, written submissions. There’s no mention of shutdowns keeping on the internet. There’s no mention of the word surveillance or privacy rights. And there’s a lot of, like you just said, problematic issues contained in nice buzzwords like digital ID within the framework of DPI. And so I think there’s a lot of problems with this but is this going to be the basis of the global digital? What is this letter exactly? What is it going to feed into?

Bruna Santos:
The letter is the results of the deep dives. It’s how the co-facilitators, it’s basically what the co-facilitators learned from the deep dives. Then that’s a big problem. But it’s a very high level document. I agree.

Peter Micek:
Do we want to move to the following paragraphs?

Bruna Santos:
Yeah, because there is one on data rights right after that.

Audience:
Yeah, on the topic of interoperability and the open, free, and globally accessible internet stuff, I wanted to echo the buzzwords and I thought maybe a word that could counteract some of these buzzwords would be if, and you guys had mentioned kind of being more forceful in discussions. There is absolutely nothing wrong with brainstorming around deterrence systems and information sharing systems and some of the work we’ve done at our research lab has been about if there’s a region cut off from the internet, how could that region have a sister city pact with another region on the planet and they would receive an alert saying that this population had been taken off. These types of deterrence systems are just ideas that can be openly discussed and governments wouldn’t necessarily have as aggressive of a reaction to them because it’s more about a hypothetical system.

Peter Micek:
programs get to some of the meat, right, or theโ€”

Sheetal Kumar:
Yeah, so there’s a need to articulate principles to guide regional and national approaches to data protection and governance. Leveraging data and cross-border data flows was emphasized while finding a balanced approach between free flow of data and data protection. Any thoughts on that?

Peter Micek:
They managed to talk about data without mentioning privacy or surveillance.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay, so we canโ€”yeah, any thought, anyโ€”

Bruna Santos:
The note is, data protection paragraph is awful. That’s the note.

Sheetal Kumar:
It’s not good. Rewrite in full, okay. And then there’s convergence around the potential for a compact to promote digital trust and security, and to address disinformation, hate speech, and other harmful content. Online content at GDC could advance transparent and responsible design and application, including human rights-based approach of digital technologies. In this regard, the Code of Conduct for Information Integrity on digital platforms that is being developed will be important. Okay, thoughts?

Peter Micek:
Jan seems to have a lot to say. What do you think about that?

Sheetal Kumar:
Hey, yeah, addressing disinformation, hate speech, and harmful content, none of these things mean anything legally or have any specific definition. So this means very little, unfortunately. So I think that needs to beโ€”I mean, that’s what weโ€”I’m with Article 19, and that’s what we always say, that these are, like, not legal terms. We use them sometimes, but we always use them in, like, parentheses because it’s just unclear except maybe hate speech as an incitement to violence. None of these words mean anything, and you can restrict a lot on that basis.

Audience:
I would just say that there’s also concerns about using framings of, like, digital trust and security to address disinformation, hate speech, and that it can easily be used to legitimize overly broad actions or regulation from governments.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay, great. Yes, okay. Also veryโ€”needs to be redrafted paragraph.

Audience:
Just one comment on that. No, I just wanted to add one comment on that because it seems or some U.N. agencies are believing that a lot of the work from the Internet of Trust debate on UNESCO is converging to the code of conduct space. So there might be at some point a discontinuation of the UNESCO, which is ending, right? Like, they haven’t announced the end already, but there is an internal working group on this topic exclusively with UNDP and some other spaces and also talking about elections that is going to converge to this discussion as well. So it’s one of the key areas of discussion for the future.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay. Is this on this point? Yep, okay. Go ahead. Sorry.

Audience:
I mean, yeah, that whole paragraph has got problems, but just specifically on the security question, maybe one very specific tweak would just be changing security to safety. I think when you talk about disinformation and hate speech and stuff, thinking of it from a safety perspective rather than a security perspective isโ€”I mean, that sounds like actually maybe what that is supposed to say. Okay.

Peter Micek:
It alsoโ€”it doesn’t use the term expression or free expression.

Sheetal Kumar:
Yeah. Positive. Okay, great. Thank you for that feedback. So the artificial intelligence paragraph is quite long. I wouldn’t read it in full, but it talks about the benefits of AI in enhancing productivity, value creation, and wider digital economy. There is a need to further a common understanding of the risks entailed. Forms of regulation standards and guardrails are mentioned as potential means to address some risks, emphasis on the need for a human-centric approach as well as transparent and equitable risk-based approaches. Any thoughts? Any burning reactions? Anyโ€”yes. Okay, just two at the back, and then we’llโ€”I’m afraid we have to move on.

Audience:
I would just say that it’s concerning that human rights isn’t included here as the approach, and so we’ve got, like, human-centric, which is great, but I think we really need to be pushing for human rights as the underlying standard.

Peter Micek:
Yeah. Human rights as the underlyingโ€” I think that together with human rights-oriented, there should be, like, even workers-led AI governance.

Audience:
It’s really missing the labor within it, and I think it’s a consensus in terms of public control, workers’ agency, or even the micro-work, which are the building blocks for AI, should be considered also.

Sheetal Kumar:
Great. Thank you for that. Okay, andโ€”yes?

Audience:
Just one thing that is bothering me a little bit is that there is no mention, as far as I could see, to communities, like, what is the role of communities in supporting the development of technologies, supporting their governance, and et cetera, especially when we consider, like, indigenous communities or the traditional ones. I think that’s fundamental. Thank you.

Sheetal Kumar:
So, the next paragraph is very short, and it’s the only place that I think gender comes up.

Audience:
It says nothing. And it just says, addressing gender-digital divides is important. Yeah, this is just very, like, placating words. So, just requesting more detail here about what exactly gender-digital divides are they looking at. So, how is technology, gender-based violence included in here, access to smartphones and access to internet, what else, inclusive technology, how are cultural norms placating in societies and how women have access to phones, just kind of across the spectrum. In the hate speech and disinformation, it should flag gender specifically in that section too, probably, if they’re going to talk about it. Okay, noted. And then a couple here. Yeah, that was more or less the same. I wanted to say it’s not like we are talking only about a digital gender divide. It’s a cross-cutting issue across all the other issues that are mentioned in the paper, and therefore it’sโ€”I can’t believe we have only these two lines about a divide. We need to highlight that. Yeah, no, I agree.

Sheetal Kumar:
It’sโ€”sorry, this is not about me, what I think, but yeah. Thank you. Yeah, I also find it reductionist that when it comes to women and these issues, it’s always, you know, it’s reduced to digital equality and this digital divide, while it transcends that. And I think in addition to it, there should be a recognition, an outright recognition that marginalized communities are impacted by all of these issues disproportionately and differently, and therefore they should be prioritized. So beyond the gender, I think we should address that. Okay, so that mainstreaming cross-cutting. Yeah, it’s, like you said, very reductionist and will reflect that. Anyโ€”sorry, did you? Intersectionality. Okay, thank you. No, no, it’s fine. That might have been our shortest intervention. Yeah. Just one word there. Okay. Short and important. That’s good.

Peter Micek:
And not just because the ITU just walked in, but I think thereโ€”a lot of people have said, you know, named things that fall, like, lower in the stack maybe than, like, on the more, you know, content level. People are talking about access to devices, things like community networking, different forms of infrastructure. So, yeah, it seems like in a few different places there’s a lotโ€”you know, and the environmental impacts and things like that hit at other lower layers maybe than on the top.

Sheetal Kumar:
Okay. Thank you. That’s a really good general point. And then the last one is on sustainability. The role of green technology and digitalization to accelerating climate ambitions was highlighted, and there’s something else about the need to address technology-related drivers of climate risk and growing consumption and e-waste.

Audience:
Sorry to go back to language, but sustainable. There are two ways in which the word sustainable is used. One is sustainable development goals. So the goals and the development is sustainable. And then sustainable in relation to climate, which hopefully one dayโ€”I don’t knowโ€”climate will be sustainable. But there is absolutely nothing in all the talk about the globalโ€”I’m sorry, the digital public infrastructureโ€”about the sustainability of the technology itself. And this is when we say technologies have to be open and has to be inclusive. It has to be all of that, but it has to be sustainable. Because we come into these countries and we say, oh, this country is not developed. Let’s give them mirrors and Internet. And then we leave, and the technology is left there, and the technology falls apart after six months. And this is what we keep doing over and over and over and over. And this is nowhere at all. Okay. Thank you for that. We can reflect that.

Sheetal Kumar:
Just coming on to the last part of our session, we want to talk about how we reflect all of this feedback.

Peter Micek:
One more online. Oh, sorry. Are you able to facilitate that? Thanks. Online? Yeah, online. We’re inclusive and respect remote participation.

Sheetal Kumar:
Yes. And we’ll have to be very quick because we need to wrap up, really. How are we going toโ€”all right, so we’ll talk about coordination, like concreteโ€” Yes. So we have some ideas, which are just as fun as going through this paragraph by paragraph. Everyone really enjoyed it in the end. We have two hands up, and we have six minutes to the end of the session, so let’sโ€” Okay. Yes. We’ll have this, and then we’ll discuss next steps.

Audience:
Just collective actions in relation to coordination, just two possible entry points. First, the ones that I mentioned. We can articulate around this that has been being produced by our collective process. So inviting all of you to engage with that process. And the other one is that we are launching here a campaign that is called the IGF We Want, and it’s related and responding to the fact that there are these attempts to replicate or duplicate or even disappear the IGF. We don’t know what the intention is. So building on the achievements of the IGF that are many, many, including theโ€”I mean, proving how the multi-stakeholder approach can be implemented around internet governance. So we are launching this campaign here, and that’s perhaps an entry point for collective action. So you can contact me. The name of the campaign is the IGF We Want. Thank you.

Sheetal Kumar:
So we have to figure out what we do next with everything that we’ve discussed. We have three main themes in the first part of our discussion on process that we thought we could write out so that it makes sense to a wider community that wasn’t part of this discussion, and those themes are transparency, coherence, and need for accurate reflection of the scope. And thenโ€”oh, I’m afraid weโ€”yes, we have to wrap up really quickly. Would you be able to share your points by email or in the chat, Timothy?

Audience:
Yeah, absolutely. Thank you. Just really quickly, I think there should be a definition of digital slavery that is thought to be worked through, because we have at one end of the spectrum pervasive surveillance that apparently knows everything and provides cybersecurity. At the other end of the spectrum, there are many vulnerable people who cannot go to a court of law because apparently there is no evidence. So somehow, understanding what digital slavery actually means, I think, is an important reference. Thank you.

Sheetal Kumar:
Thank you. Yes. And definitely send through any other comments either in the chat and by email. So those are the three process-related recommendations and reflections we had, and so what we can do is, as I said, write them up and then share them via your email, really, so that we can use those going forward. And then there was a lot of reactions to the co-facilitators paper, which when you asked about what is it, it is a basis for future discussion, so I think reacting to it could be quite helpful and perhaps drafting a reaction piece or something. What do people think? Thoughts?

Audience:
Yeah. I got a lot of notes from a lot of the things you guys brought up, like improve some of the meanings, qualify some of the terms that were used, resignify the language in a lot of spaces. So maybe we can work on that for the statement. Yeah. And just a quick note. There’s no mention of digital colonialism, and I feel like that one’s a really big piece that’s missing here. Yeah, exactly. I mean, there is a push within parts of the UN system for this, and then there’s a group of us working on decolonizing technology, and then the other one was green tech doesn’t really mean anything, so I think they need to take that out.

Sheetal Kumar:
One of those buzzwords. Lots of those buzzwords. Okay. Thank you for those. So we need to get a show of hands, maybe, or actually many reactions for the idea of setting out the process-related concerns and recommendations, sharing those with you by email. What do people think? Yes. Would you be interested in getting those in writing? Yeah? Is there a list, or do we need to get it? There’s no list. We just need to get your email here after the session. And then on the feedback on the co-facilitators’ paper, the substantive feedback, drafting a reaction piece and perhaps having some sign-ons to that could be a way forward.

Bruna Santos:
Yeah, we can put all the notes together and share with everybody and see if we can transform it into a document with sign-ons. But I would just like to flag interventions in the main sessions as well. It’s really key that we bring some of these issues to the main sessions. Otherwise, co-facilitators that are here and are listening to the meeting in a lot of the sessions will think it’s fine, it’s moodless, so it’s important to complain.

Sheetal Kumar:
That’s a great point, because they are here and in listening mode. Thank you.

Peter Micek:
Does anyone really want to advertise a session like where we have to be? Yes. All right. Quickly, please.

Audience:
Yes. I think the main session of the Dynamic Coalition, which is on Thursday afternoon, will address exactly these issues. And as the Dynamic Coalitions are a collective basis for civil society organizations, I do think it would be good to give it a follow-up there. Thank you. All right.

Sheetal Kumar:
Dynamic Coalition on Thursday. Any other events? The GDC main session on Wednesday. CSTD consultation on WSIS plus 20 as well. Okay. Really important. The JustNet IT for Change session. Yes. Day Zero event at 4 p.m. Any others? Okay. So I have some of your emails, and Bruna has some of your emails, and I’m sure Peter has some of your emails. If you come up here, we will get your email, and then we can send you, at the very least, the first thing we can do is send the process-related recommendations and concerns. Thank you, Sheetal and Bruna. And thank you, Peter, for being, like, in real teacher mode. I saw that. Thanks, everybody. Picking on people. Thank you, everyone. And thanks for resisting the breakout groups. Thank you. Thank you. Thanks. Thank you. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks.

Audience

Speech speed

165 words per minute

Speech length

8654 words

Speech time

3150 secs

Bruna Santos

Speech speed

192 words per minute

Speech length

1924 words

Speech time

601 secs

Peter Micek

Speech speed

170 words per minute

Speech length

1065 words

Speech time

375 secs

Sheetal Kumar

Speech speed

163 words per minute

Speech length

5917 words

Speech time

2183 secs

Under the Hood: Approaches to Algorithmic Transparency | IGF 2023

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Review and Edit: It’s important to scrutinise for grammatical inaccuracies, issues regarding sentence structure, typographical errors, or absent details. Any detected errors must be corrected. Ensure the text utilises UK spelling and grammar and rectify if this is not the case. The comprehensive summary should accurately mirror the main analysis text. Incorporate as many long-tail keywords in the summary as possible, whilst maintaining the summary’s quality.

Zoe Darme

The panel provided an in-depth examination of Google’s inner workings, the mechanics of its search algorithms, and the subtleties of the user experience. A noteworthy aspect was the insightful comparison of the search operation to a vending machine. This analogy aptly described each stage; ‘crawling’ โ€“ identifying various ‘drink’ options or webpages, and ‘indexing’ and ‘serving’ โ€“ organising and retrieval of these options.

This commentary then emphasised the importance of ‘algorithmic transparency’. It highlighted the necessity for visibility and understanding of how algorithms operate, the inherent data bias, and how results are generated and output, thereby indicating a push for increased openness in these processes.

The discussion delved into detail on the subject of search personalisation. The difference between a personalised search, influenced by past usage and habits, contrasted with a generic location-based result, which isn’t adjusted to individual’s tastes. This led to intriguing questions about Google’s transparency, given its personalisation feature doesn’t clarify why particular results are prioritised. Despite these concerns, Google’s Zoe Darme suggested that personalisation, when based on a user’s historic activity and personal preferences, could significantly enhance search result quality.

‘Search Quality Raters’ were highlighted in the panel. The revelation that Google applies hundreds of algorithms for evaluating webpage quality was emphasised. Worries were voiced about the deterioration of web content quality due to a trend named ‘SEOification’. This phenomenon implies a considerable shift towards manipulating search engine algorithms, often at the expense of content authenticity and originality.

A notable observation was the apparent movement of the internet’s content ecosystem from open-web platforms to closed environments โ€“ referred to as ‘walled gardens’. This trend seems to have instigated a decrease in open web content creation, leading to an interesting proposition โ€“ potentially incentivising content creation on the open web to preserve a diversely vibrant internet ecosystem.

Considerable attention was devoted to Google’s digital advertising practices. While it’s clear that there is a limit on the number of ads displayed at the top of Google search results, this limit isn’t explicitly defined. Commercial searches, such as those related to shopping or making bookings, were observed to have a larger volume of ads.

Finally, the utility and limitations of the incognito mode were analysed. It clarified several misunderstandings. Whilst Google does maintain awareness of a user’s location and search time conducted in incognito mode, it does not access the user’s search history in the same mode. However, users retain the ability to manage their personalisation settings independently of using incognito mode. This interpretation emphasises the nuanced control Google users have over personalisation and privacy.

Farzaneh Badii

The dialogue under examination centres on the multi-faceted involvement of algorithms in internet governance, with particular emphasis on the operational management of search engines such as Google and their accountability levels. Crucially, the discussion highlights the wide array of algorithms deployed during each individualized search query, underscoring the extensive and complex nature of their application.

This segues to a robust call for enhanced transparency surrounding the utilization of these algorithms. The importance of this becomes apparent when contemplating the societal and regulatory drive to hold corporations like Google to a heightened level of accountability. It’s not merely about unveiling the concealed layers mining each inquiry, but also comprehending the ramifications of algorithmic operations in crafting public communication.

Moreover, the dialogue underscores a need for discussion of a more granular nature. Essentially, this means delving deeper into the specifics of how algorithms function and are employed, rather than a superficial overview, in order to promote fairness, justice, and innovation within the digital sector.

Interestingly, the push towards transparency is construed as potentially a covert demand for data access. Therefore, clarifying what form ‘transparency’ takes, and what the end goal of this transparency is, becomes a critical point of discussion.

There is also an articulated need to solicit more feedback on the usefulness of the explained processes serving the industry and the public, raising several pertinent questions. For instance, how can this illustrative case study be utilised most effectively? What can be learnt from it? What additional information or tools are requisite? These open-ended inquiries underline the constant need for innovation and improvement in the internet infrastructure.

Despite delving into complex issues, the dialogue is deemed a beneficial exercise, proving advantageous in sparking conversations around accountability and transparency in the digital arena.

In relation to broader global implications, the conversation aligns with the ethos of several of the United Nationsโ€™ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), notably SDG 9 which underscores the importance of Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure, and SDG 16 that advocates for promoting Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions. Both these goals, vast in their individual mandates, intersect at the necessity for transparent and accountable technological entities.

To sum up, the dialogue illuminates the pivotal role of algorithms in internet search queries, urges for heightened transparency concerning their operations, necessitates detailed, granular dialogues, and calls for more feedback on the efficacy of the explained processes. Above all, despite the nuanced topics, the discourse is regarded as an invaluable dialogue, contributing towards the realisation of key Sustainable Development Goals.

Audience

The discussions underscored ongoing concerns about the quality of web content, highly influenced by advertising strategies and manoeuvres aimed at exploiting Google’s search algorithm. These actions have reportedly led to misleading search results and a noticeable degradation in the quality of content available to users. Alongside this, there are prevalent business trends pushing for content creation within so-called ‘walled gardens’ – private platforms controlling access to content. This trend has incited apprehension about the sustainability of an open web environment, raising questions about the ethical stewardship of the information ecosystem.

In-depth dialogues surrounding the facet of personalisation in search results ensued, elucidating the difference between personalisation and customisation. Personalisation is a distinctive feature based on an individual user’s past searches, and the examples given highlighted how this leads to varied search results for individuals with different interests. However, Google needs to clarify how it communicates this personalisation process to its users. The delicate equilibrium between personalised and non-personalised search results influences user satisfaction and affects the overall grade of content.

Google’s authority over the quantity and positioning of sponsored adverts appearing ahead of the actual search results was analysed. Suspicions over Google potentially favouring commercial queries were sparked by an article by Charlie Wurzel, emphasising the need for greater transparency in this area. While the placement of adverts appears arbitrary, adverts often appear in response to queries where users demonstrate an intention to make a purchase or booking.

The discussion evolved to demonstrate how users could gauge Google’s search personalisation by comparing outcomes in Incognito mode versus normal browsing mode. While Incognito mode restricts Google’s access to a user’s search history, it still captures details such as location and time of the search. Interestingly, Google assures user control over personalisation settings, accessible with a simple click and ensuring secure management of personal settings.

A significant portion of the conversation focused on transparency in handling search queries and algorithms. Misconceptions about Google manipulating search queries were dispelled. Google’s issue of an extensive 160-page document on search quality rater guidelines was praised as a commendable move towards fostering transparency. However, demands for verifiable evidence, accountability and third-party audits of Google’s narratives emerged.

The potential efficiency of the Digital Services Act with its proposed audit mechanisms was seen as a forward stride to enhance transparency. However, doubts over the reliability of third-party assessments remain, along with issues related to the apt interpretation and utilisation of transparency information. A recurring sentiment was that transparency can only be realised through adequate funding and resources.

The recommendation to create a centralised Transparency Initiatives Portal for efficient access to all disclosures was regarded as a practical solution. This move would arguably benefit all parties involved in the comprehension and verification of data related to transparency. In sum, these discussions reflect the need for increased vigilance, clarity and public involvement in the control and management of online content, putting an emphasis on data privacy, fair business practices, transparency and user satisfaction.

Charles Bradley

Charles Bradley, renowned for his insightful commentary on diverse digital technologies, provides his perspectives on a number of significant issues. On the topic of personalisation in internet search, Bradley proposes an inclusive view, defining it as a system’s capability to deliver results tailored to a user’s pre-existing knowledge base. This approach implies that personalisation goes beyond simply catering to preferences, and instead, appreciates the user’s comprehension on a specific subject.

Moreover, Bradley underlines the importance of code audits, suggesting these security checks should ideally be performed by trusted third parties. The objective is to nurture stronger trust between technology companies and journalists, a relationship often strained due to contentious issues surrounding data privacy and source protection. However, Bradley acknowledges the challenge in this area due to the sparse pool of qualified personnel capable of conducting such intricate audits.

Remaining on the theme of accountability, Bradley emphasises the significance of external checks and measures for maintaining system accountability. Solely relying on self-assurances from tech giants, as exemplified by companies like Google, regularly falls short of providing adequate assurance or satisfaction to users. Here, Bradley questioned whether the Digital Services Act (DSA) could effectively accommodate the implementation of these external audits, displaying a cautious and investigative stance on the proposed legislation.

Additionally, Bradley exhibits a keen interest in integrating audience feedback into the information sphere about company activities. Audience feedback can proffer valuable insights for companies aiming to ascertain public sentiment or identify areas for improvement. Acknowledging the challenges of striking the appropriate balance in terms of information dissemination, Bradley underscores the necessity for transparency for industry stakeholders, government entities, and advocates. The struggle resides in soliciting information that companies may have previously been reticent to share, and ensuring that the initial company impressions coincide with stakeholder needs.

In conclusion, even though most of Bradley’s sentiments were neutral, his call for audience feedback was perceived as a positive endeavour towards enhancing transparency and improving stakeholder communication. This comprehensive analysis embodies Bradley’s profound understanding of the digital landscape, accentuating the intricacies of personalisation, the need for informed security measures, and the challenges in achieving transparency in an ever-evolving digital environment.

Session transcript

Zoe Darme:
I didn’t realize it was going to be an art class. Baseline then to have a deeper conversation about algorithmic transparency. We have another group. Okay. So what I see here from what algorithmic transparency means to people are a bunch of different responses. So making visible the way that algorithms work, knowing why a result is showing up when I think that provide an input. To me, algorithmic transparency means openly knowing the quality and biases of datasets that feed the algorithm, a way to understand why and how your experience on a service is influenced or displays or organized or shaped. To me, algorithmic transparency means being able to understand how the results are output from the algorithm. So lots of different things. Very hard to display on a screen about this big. So how do we actually do algorithmic transparency? On the other side here, we’ve got some amazing grade A art that I’m going to make NFTs out of, become very rich, quit Google. But I think Charles is going to try to show what some of you art majors drew. There are a lot of squiggly lines, but my particular favorite one here, I’ll just describe it to you, says user, arrow, query, arrow, magic with asterisks, arrow, and then results. And we do talk a lot about Google magic, but it shouldn’t be necessarily so mystifying that it feels like magic all the time. So hopefully maybe you guys can see some of this. I encourage you to come up afterwards to take a look at all of your contributions. So this is how search actually works. We drew it kind of like a vending machine. And so here, if you can think of you in front of the search results page, that’s like the vending machine. And then that is what we call front end, what the user sees and experiences. And then back behind, this is the Google magic. You’ve got natural language processing and query understanding. You’ve got crawling because you’ve got to find all those webpages. You’ve got data retrieval. Once you’ve crawled, how do you go get something from that index? And then you have all of the webpages, which here we are pretending to be soda cans. So let’s build together Gurgle, the search engine for the thirsty. And so we are going to use this lovely vending machine to really quickly go over how search actually works. So the first step when you’re building Gurgle is you have to find as many drinks as possible. And so to do that, you have to crawl. And so how would you find as many drink options as possible in the world? So returning to our trusty vending machine, this is where we are at the process. We used to have this as a spider web. And my very, very senior software engineer said, that’s gross, Zoe. You’re going to gross people out that they’re going to think spiders are in their soda. So now it’s a shopping cart. And if I were to ask you to find as many drink options as humanly possible, you might come up with 10, 20, 15. But in one day, we at Google are able to crawl millions and millions of pages. So group question. Anybody can shout out. No drawing involved. Just raise your hand. If you were going to start crawling and building your search engine, where would you start? How would you start crawling? Great. Past searches. Anybody else? Where would you start crawling the web? DNS. Okay. Anybody else? At the juice bar. Yeah.

Audience:
This is kind of content specific. So I’m probably trying to feed it something that was content specific. So maybe a magazine or something that was specifically about beverages. Because that’s what we’re looking at. Or maybe blogs or something about the topic.

Zoe Darme:
So those are all great answers. They’re all correct answers. And this was also sort of a trick question. Because you can start anywhere. With the web, once you get to a few links away from any other page, you’re basically able to get to other pages. And eventually you’re able to crawl and index a large proportion of the World Wide Web. All right. So next we are going to swiftly go through crawling and talk about indexing. So once we have all of our drink options, what do we do next? You have to organize all of them. Next one. Great. So now we have all of our cans. And we’re here in the data back ends. This is the inside of our vending machine. And it’s rows and columns of drinks organized perfectly. But they’re not organized when we get them, right? Because if we’re having a Pepsi and then the next person says, I like Coke. And then the next person says, oh, soda is bad for you. I only drink seltzer water from La Croix. Then eventually you’re going to get a collection of drinks, but they’re not going to be well organized. So indexing is what actually organizes the content that we found. And so I’ll skip over a lot of this because I think oh, actually. Sorry. So before we go on to serving, what do you think it’s important to put in your index for each drink? What would you want to know about the drink? Color? Nutritional value? Price? Is it artificial or is it organic? The result is not sponsored, Jim. It is organic. Anything else that you would want to know? Is it alcoholic? That’s a good one. Past recalls. Do I really want to drink this poison drink? Yeah. Great. So in this analogy, this is kind of what we’re doing with pages. We want to know what is the page about. We read the metadata, find out what the title of the page is. We kind of group it. Are these pages all about soda or are all these pages all about seltzer water? Or are all of these pages about alcoholic beverages of the type that hopefully we’re all going to enjoy later? Great. Great. Great. Amazing. Search engineer here. So we have how many reviews, how many people have been talking about this particular drink? Similarly, how many people are linking to it? That’s a signal that we can use, although that’s also a signal that can be gamed pretty easily through fake links. All right. So then let’s go on to serving. All right. So we’ve made it now to the part of the vending machine that provides the drink we asked for. So now that we have all of our drinks indexed, we can serve the user the results that they’d like based on their query. But the computer inside the machine is registering your input and helping you find what you want. But in a search engine, this looks a bit different. While a vending machine is responding to an alphanumeric code that matches exactly one drink, you want a Mountain Dew, I don’t know why. You want a Mountain Dew, you press the Mountain Dew button. But for a search engine, you have to take your query and match it with annotations of index pages. So is it about a drink that’s 24 ounces? Is it alcoholic or nonalcoholic? All those things that we mentioned before. And then the claw here is doing the data retrieval. It’s getting our drink and depositing it in the tray. So let’s take a specific query here. So this query is soda. And without any additional context, when someone puts in the word soda, what do you think that they would want? Kate wants a fizzy drink. What else? Okay. Nick is baking some delicious cake and wants baking soda. Anything else? Okay. Most people aren’t even looking for soda. They would call it pop or soft drink. Yeah. Yeah. So it really depends on where you are. So that is why we do use course and location, for example, to try to do that query understanding. So, for example, my favorite example of this is Super Trooper. Am I going to age myself? Please tell me somebody knows. Anybody? Super Trooper? Super Trooper? Okay. It’s an ABBA song. So most people searching for Super Trooper are looking for ABBA. But ABBA actually named their song after a type of light. So if you are a Broadway lighting designer, you may actually be looking for a specific type of stage light. And so synonyms are one of the things that are really hard for us and actually started before all of this AI, before Gen AI, before all of this, we really were starting with synonyms. And so if you have one person looking for pop and one person looking for baking soda, what are the type of signals that we should be using? You kind of got there already. How do you know if somebody wants a drink or baking soda? Location? Previous search. Somebody wants personalization. Time of day, also a good one. Yep. Habits. So what I’m hearing is that actually some personalization would be really useful in some cases to understand the difference between what somebody is looking for. But we actually don’t personalize a ton on the search results page at the moment. The amount of personalization changes over time. So what we try to do is actually use advancements in language understanding and query understanding. So the signals are the bits of information that help us understand its relevance to a query. And this can be about how recent a page is. So for a query like soda, that may not be as important. Another signal that we may use is the location of the word. Is the word soda the title of the page? That might make us think it’s more about soda. Is the word soda down there on the third paragraph penultimate sentence may not actually be as relevant. So those are the types of signals that we use. And they help us get as close to what we call user intent as possible. But we don’t actually have a set waiting system for queries. And I think this is what’s really hard when people say, I want algorithmic transparency from you, Google. You need to tell me the exact, you know, A, B, C, D, and E for how you’re returning results. Because it’s dynamic and it changes over time. So can anyone give me an example of where something like freshness might be important? A query where you might want something more. Game scores. Great example. If you are searching for… I’m trying to think of soccer teams to draw a connection with you all, but it’s eluding me. Arsenal versus Chelsea. Oh, thank God. Arsenal versus Chelsea. You want the game that was played last night and not the game that was played last week. What about you, Jim? You said time of day. What’s a type of query where time of day might be more important? Weather. Right. What’s the temperature going to be? Because if you’re searching in the morning, you might want to know earlier. Elections. For elections, you’d want something fresher, right? The elections that are happening sooner. Yeah, these are all great examples. Or the actual results. Great. So for newsy types of queries, freshness is more important. For other types of more stable queries, like hair braiding, I tried to… I failed, but I tried to braid my hair today. If you look that up, you may not need the latest hairstyle. And so freshness might not be as important. All right. So you guys gave us all sorts of great signals that we could use. And if we used only those, one thing that we would miss is spam. So the reason that these calls for algorithmic transparency get complicated really fast is because we are constantly in an adversarial space with about 40 billion pieces of spam a day. Next slide, please. Great. So I am almost done. So despite everything, search is a total work in process. We are always launching huge updates sometimes to core ranking, to small tune-ups, to make sure that we’re giving the right soda at the right time. All designed to make search work better so that we can find the most relevant, highest quality results possible. And the last thing I want to mention is page quality. Because that’s one thing we haven’t really talked about. And that’s actually one thing that’s very important in discussions about algorithmic transparency. How are you actually rating what the quality of the page is to determine how the highest quality results can float to the top? It is not magic. It’s actually through a combination of hundreds of algorithms, at least, plus on top of that our search quality rater program. So we do use humans not to rate individual pages, but to take a sample and to say, your systems are working as intended here. They’re not working as intended there. And so our page quality is summed up by the acronym EEAT, experience, expertise, authoritativeness, and trustworthiness. And so I think a lot of people want algorithmic transparency to be like, step into this closet, show me the code, I will know how it works. But actually, we’ve been really transparent about this and put it in a 160-page document on how we understand page quality. How many of you have read the search quality rater guidelines? Bars gets a free drink at the bar. Kate gets a free drink at the bar. That is what we consider to be a huge effort towards algorithmic transparency because it tells you exactly what our biases are. Our biases are for high page quality and experience, expertise, authoritativeness, and trustworthiness. But people are busy. They don’t have time. Like Fars, too. It was a research project. It was her job. To read 160 pages. But a lot of times, based on what we saw you guys put up for what you want algorithmic transparency to be, it really is about reading 160 pages about what a company says they are biased towards in terms of quality. But I think what people really want is something simpler, something easier, like the about this result feature that we showed at the beginning. So thank you very much for indulging me. Thank you for your art. That was amazing. Really, really good. And I’m going to throw it back to Fars and Nick so that we can have a discussion with the rest of our time. Thanks. So when you’re looking at page quality for rankings, and this is horizontally across time.

Audience:
If you look at the kind of, let’s say, advertising that is coming in and a lot of the search links becoming oriented towards gaming the Google algorithm, as you rightly said, and the quality of content on the web itself degenerates, how do you handle that? I mean, your quality of results will drop because the quality of content on the web is game towards selling and not towards the kind of internet you saw in the early 2010s or 2012s. I mean, it’s a general user’s perspective, but happy to hear your thoughts on it.

Zoe Darme:
I mean, that’s the heart of it. How do you, because it is super adversarial, and if people know, OK, the moment people realized it was about how many links are linking your page, then everybody was just linking to their own pages, right? And now I think what you’re talking about is what’s often called the SEOification of web results. I think the other thing here is a shift in the information ecosystem, where a lot of content creation is happening more in hosted content platforms or walled gardens. And so if people are incentivized to interact either in a platform, a closed platform, or a chat group, or whatever, they’re not creating on the open web. And so I think there is a larger ecosystem question to be had about, do we want to incentivize? And also, how do we incentivize content creation? In the golden age of the internet, when I grew up in the 90s, when I had an x-file, maybe more than one x-files page hosted on Lycos and Angelfire. So yeah, great question. Yeah.

Audience:
The words personalization and customization, do you use it interchangeably? For me, if I give an example, I’m not a soccer person or a cricket person, whereas my husband is that. So if I search about football or cricket, some things will come up, which is more preliminary things about cricket, like this is cricket, this is football. But if my husband searches, it will be more of an advanced source of search results. So do you call this personalization or customization?

Charles Bradley:
I mean, Zoe might answer that, but I would think of that as personalization. If the system knows enough about you to know that you don’t know much about cricket, then that’s a personalized result, and the changes are personalized.

Zoe Darme:
Yeah, the way we think about personalization is, is it something unique to you? Is it your search history? Is it because something about your past searches seem to imply that you’re a cricket person over a soccer person? That, to us, is personalization. That’s why we say location, course and location, doesn’t matter if I’m searching in Queens for best pizza near me. Everybody else is going to get the same result. There’s not something about me they don’t know, as Google should, that I really like Soto Listele over Domino’s. Yeah. Can we imagine microphones online?

Audience:
Hi, John from the AI Foundation for the Record. So we were talking about potentially personalized results. We didn’t see any example on the search that we did before, but if it was personalized, would the interface tell you how did they get to that conclusion? What was the process that it went through?

Zoe Darme:
So for right now, this particular feature doesn’t say we know X, Y, and Z about you, and that’s why it says it’s personalized or not. A good example of where a search might be personalized is for more like a feature like what to watch, what to read, what to eat. And so if you’re searching for a lot of recipes about Cassoulet, maybe after a while and you have personalization on, that’s the type of search where we might give you Julia Child over, say, oh, who’s that? Am I on the record? I won’t say anything bad. Rachel Ray, for example. So you might want a higher quality Cassoulet recipe if you’re a true French chef connoisseur. I’m sure Rachel Ray’s recipes are great. Yeah.

Audience:
Depending on the Google search I do, I get a number of sponsored ads that come up first. Sometimes a whole page will be sponsored ads, like if it’s a hotel. How did Google decide how many sponsored ads to show me before I get to the actual search? You’ve caught me out. I am an organic search person. We have people who work specifically on ads. There is a limit for the number of ads that you’ll see on the top of the search results page. I won’t give you the exact number because I’m going to forget. I think it’s something, Kate, do you know? Well, there’s a limit, but also ads appear on queries, like only certain sets of queries. So if you’re searching for a product or searching for a hotel. So certain queries will have more ads than other queries just because they are ones where people are looking to shop or to buy something or book a hotel, et cetera. And so it’s different depending on the query.

Zoe Darme:
Yeah, like for example, the first query that you saw me show, which was internet governance form, there were no ads on that one. But there are, even for those that are more shopping journeys, there are limits for the number of ads that can be shown. Hi, I’m Ricky from the Brazilian Network Information Center.

Audience:
So if you use incognito window, Google still knows your location and time of your search, but does not have access to your search history, right? Could you use the difference between the search, the incognito window and the normal window as a measure of personalization you get on the search?

Zoe Darme:
I mean, you could, or you can just turn personalization off. So if you go into the three dots, it’ll show you personalized for you or not personalized for you. And then there’s a link that says, manage my personalization settings. So even if you don’t want to go into incognito, you can use that link to turn personalization on or off. And then it’s the same as comparing between an incognito window and a regular browser window.

Audience:
Charlie Wurzel published a piece recently about the fact that Google might be boosting commercial queries. And what does transparency would look like to make that more publicly available, if it’s true?

Zoe Darme:
Great question. So I actually, maybe what we’ll do is pull up. Charles, you might want to start. Maybe what we’ll do is pull up. Charles, do you mind pulling up Danny Sullivan’s tweets on this? Because our search liaison actually provided a public response and rebuttal because it was a very, it was a misconception of how we would handle those queries. So there’s not a magic Google fairy behind saying, I put in the query Kate Sheeran, but really in the back end. And we’re not telling you we’re putting in Kate Sheeran Nike, for example.

Audience:
Yeah, go ahead. Let’s say I didn’t want to take your word for it. How would you demonstrate that to me? What sort of information would I need to answer that question?

Zoe Darme:
Algorithmic transparency. That’s a really great question, Nick. And I would love to know what we can do beyond what we’ve already done in product transparency through publishing 160 pages of search quality rater guidelines, through having Danny Sullivan put out regular tweets saying, no, we do not do x, y, and z. It would be interesting to know what we could do to show people that. If us saying it over and over and emphatically is not enough, then what can we do? And that’s why I made the joke, do we open a door and let people into the closet? I don’t mean to be facetious, but I’m not really quite sure what is that thing that we can do to prove it.

Audience:
What about closed independent third party audits? Would that be a mechanism? That’s a great question, Nick.

Zoe Darme:
Maybe since you’re at the oversight board, you might want to answer about what you know of the DSA or some of the other content regulations about third party audits. I know that’s one thing that the ecosystem is thinking about.

Charles Bradley:
Yeah, so I think it seems to me that in many cases, what you would want is someone you trust to have done a thorough audit of the code. So what do they need? You’ve got, one, the problems of how do we define the people that we trust? We can do that. We can sort of figure that out. How do we ensure that the personal information doesn’t leak? And probably as part of the same assurance process, you can figure that out. Then you’re pretty quickly whittling down the pool of people that are going to be in a position to be able to do that. I think there’s a lot of room for civil society organizations to work with journalists to provide that level of support. But we haven’t seen it because typically, we don’t yet have those relationships between technology companies and journalists that would allow a technology company to be assured that the results were not going to be misconstrued, that the results would not result in a leak of personal information, while at the same time allowing the journalist to actually publish what they want. Will the DSA fix that? I’m happy to defer to other people in the room on that. But I do think that fundamentally, what you are probably looking for for systems accountability is some sort of external measure. I think you’re probably right on this point that when Zoe says Google can provide you all of these assurances, you’re not going to be satisfied usually until you’ve had someone actually go through and spend a whole heap of time understanding what’s going on, which is pretty expensive.

Audience:
Hi, everybody. My name’s Tom. I’m from New Zealand, so apologies for my accent in advance. I’m project lead for something called the Action Coalition on Meaningful Transparency. And I think I just wanted to offer a couple of observations. I do think the audit mechanisms under the Digital Services Act are going to be something that is really important for effective transparency. I think the kinds of materials that auditors can access are extremely detailed. If you look at a laundry list for the different kinds of things you might want from companies in order to provide meaningful transparency, the auditors essentially have access to all of those things. They can ask people questions. They can ask to look at models, all these kinds of things. So I do think audit is going to be a really important component of the DSA. I think probably the next conversation we might be having, though, if we’re relying on independent third-party assessments is going to be, how do we have any confidence in those assessments? So at IGF next year, we might be looking at the first round of DSA audit reports. But everybody will be saying, how do we know these are any good? And how do we know that the auditors have said the right things and seen the right things? So it’s going to be sort of an ongoing issue, I think, as to how we get this kind of transparency. I just want to flag that one of the things we’re thinking about as well is, given that we have so much transparency information, and I think you’re referring to that from a sort of Google perspective, the question of how people can effectively make use of that is a whole other question. And I think that’s going to require things like funding, for example, because having the time and the expertise to look into all of these things takes a lot of time and money, basically. So I think another component of meaningful transparency is going to be funding. And then I’ll just call out one other thing, which is being able to find all of those disclosures in one place. So one thing we’ve heard through our conversations with various stakeholders is that it can be quite hard to find the information that’s already being disclosed. So what we’ve tried to do is pull together a portal that anybody can submit information to. It’s called the Transparency Initiatives Portal. And the idea there is that we will try to have a useful piece of community infrastructure for accessing various kinds of transparency information and initiatives. So hopefully, that will be something that we can talk about in the future.

Farzaneh Badii:
Thanks so much. Any other questions? We have about five minutes left. If not, I’ll pass back to Farz for closing thoughts. Sure, thank you. When you were going through the presentation, I was thinking that for each of the steps that you actually explained, there are hundreds of algorithms involved. So when we are asking for algorithm transparency in that kind of context in the life of a query, what do we actually mean by that? Why are we asking for transparency? This is why it’s so important to know why we are asking for transparency to hold Google accountable or to do certain research. And sometimes, when we are asking for transparency, we might actually want access to data and not necessarily transparency in a way that transparency and clarity in instruction. So I think that talking about transparency at granular level might also help civil society and policymakers with their effort to govern the internet and search engine and Google. And I think that this was a useful exercise. But I think that we need to provide more feedback for how to make this actually how we can use this example and what more we need and want through these processes in order to kind of feed into our conversations about internet governance in general. Do you have any closing remarks? Really? Why not? You were going on.

Charles Bradley:
I’m just really keen to hear from those in the audience. We don’t have any more time now, but I invite you to write down on a Post-it and leave it with us. Because I think this is a really tough challenge, pitching this at exactly the right level. Do you want more detail? Do you want the two-day workshop version? Do you want something that is a little bit more technical but a smaller component? Or are you happy with the sort of level of abstraction for your own uses as advocates, as people in industry and government, other stakeholders? What would actually be useful? I think that’s always the hardest part when you’re asking for information from a company that they’ve never given before. Their first impression of what you might be looking for probably doesn’t align with exactly what you need. So I think gathering that data, and if you want to write some feedback, we’d love to hear it, would be incredibly, incredibly useful. OK. Thank you very much. Thank you, guys. Thanks. We didn’t? Oh, no, that’s Saad. Oh, hi. How are you doing? Good. Good, good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good.

:
Good. Good. Good.

Speech speed

26 words per minute

Speech length

6 words

Speech time

14 secs

Audience

Speech speed

184 words per minute

Speech length

1172 words

Speech time

382 secs

Charles Bradley

Speech speed

131 words per minute

Speech length

622 words

Speech time

285 secs

Farzaneh Badii

Speech speed

126 words per minute

Speech length

265 words

Speech time

126 secs

Zoe Darme

Speech speed

153 words per minute

Speech length

3588 words

Speech time

1405 secs

Strategic Litigation in LATAM on Gender Digital Violence | IGF 2023

Table of contents

Disclaimer: It should be noted that the reporting, analysis and chatbot answers are generated automatically by DiploGPT from the official UN transcripts and, in case of just-in-time reporting, the audiovisual recordings on UN Web TV. The accuracy and completeness of the resources and results can therefore not be guaranteed.

Full session report

Speaker from TEDIC 1

The discussion gravitates towards the pressing issue of online gender-based violence, linking it inextricably with two essential Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), namely SDG 5 which promotes Gender Equality and SDG 16 focusing on Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions. It is underscored that this form of violence isn’t confined to just human rights defenders or journalists, emphasising its expansive and pervasive nature.

A key topic in the discussion centres on the crucial need for more robust and proactive regulation of online platforms. The argument asserts that reliance on intermediaries for content removal is inadequate, and instead advocates for the implementation of more dependable tactics. This approach carries a positive sentiment, proposing that platforms should act swiftly, with their community standards being more accessible, to effectively combat online gender-based violence.

Proposing an innovative solution, the importance of a centralised repository for all regional or national strategic litigations pertaining to online gender-based violence is highlighted. Whilst it’s acknowledged that such a mechanism may not fully exist yet, planning is underway for a workshop to engage individuals worldwide involved in some capacity with this issue.

Moreover, the conversation strongly advocates for a collective approach in dealing with this challenge. By forming a global coalition, efforts can be united in defining common ontologies around online gender-based violence. This strategy reiterates the universally inclusive sentiment attached to SDG5, emphasising that working collectively and capitalising on information provided by organisations like the Women’s Rights Online Network could usher in more effective solutions.

In summation, the discussion illuminates the gravity of the problem of online gender-based violence, advocating for more stringent platform regulation, collaborative efforts, and innovative solutions like a centralised location for strategic litigations. The essence captured here is that only through united and focused efforts can this form of pervasive violence be effectively addressed, thereby fostering gender equality and promoting peace and justice.

Lia P. Hernรกndez

The issues of online gender violence and ineffective digital rights regulations create significant stumbling blocks in Panama’s public administration and judicial system. The problem arises from inefficiencies and a lack of necessary understanding about digital rights and gender perspectives within the justice administration, leading to hindrances in processing cases, corroborating claims, and revisiting filed lawsuits. This gap in the system compels a strategic overhaul and reinforcement of the approach towards digital rights.

Existing laws in Panama regarding informatics offences, still in place from 2013, are outdated and inadequate. This inefficiency engenders trouble for victims and judicial employees alike, obstructing their aptitudes for effectively navigating the legal environment. As such, there exists an urgent requirement for updated legal systems capable of responsibly managing cases of online gender violence.

Ipandetec, an organisation focusing on digital rights and technological policy, is actively involved in strategic litigation and providing legal advice for victims of online gender violence. They have worked on and brought forth cases of online harassment, including one involving a young female victim of harassment by an ex-partner. Ipandetec has emerged as a pivotal force in this arena, persistently advocating for a comprehensive upgrade of the digital legal and regulatory framework. This upgrade will not only protect potential future victims of online harassment, but also aid public ministers and judicial employees in discharging their obligations.

When contrasted against regions like the US and EU, content moderation in Central America is notably slower due to the lack of firm data protection legislation. This deficiency results in delays and inefficiencies in responding to requests to remove inappropriate content from social media platforms, exacerbating the problem of online harassment and violence. Based on this shortfall, there are strong recommendations for Latin American countries to adopt and enforce substantial data protection laws in line with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) standards. Such an implementation could create an environment in which victims receive better protection, and digital platforms are held to operate in a responsible manner.

Despite the international use of digital platforms like META and Twitter, it is crucial for these platforms to treat every region equitably. The issue of online gender-based violence is a grave one and highly apparent, particularly in Central America and the Dominican Republic. Establishing strong collaborations with authorities and prosecutors, as seen in Panama, Guatemala, and Costa Rica, can help address this gap continuously.

Significant progress in data protection has been marked, with two guidelines for the use of information in cases of online gender-based violence being introduced recently by the data protection authority in Panama. This signals the crucial role of data protection in curbing online gender violence.

During the discussions at the U.N’s cybercrime convention, issues related to child and woman protections online held the spotlight. While it was acknowledged that numerous cases exist, there is a tangible lack of proper regulations for ensuring protection. This consensus on the urgent need for protective regulations reiterates the global integrated endeavours required to plug the gaps in digital rights and online protection.

Audience

The analysis reveals several pressing concerns related to online gender violence, comprehension of technology, and the legal perspective on gender equality. There is a prevailing lack of knowledge and understanding of technological operations and gender violence approach amongst judges and attorneys within Latin America. This deficiency not only stymies the effective litigation of online gender-based cases, but also hampers the prospects for gender equality. Such infringements could be mitigated to a certain extent through comprehensive legal reforms. These alterations would necessitate judges possessing an in-depth understanding of technology and applying a gender-based perspective in administering justice.

The prevalence of online gender violence is exacerbated by instances multiplying during the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in Indonesia. To combat this growing humanitarian issue, it’s been suggested that efforts should concentrate on securing the removal of online content that infringes upon human rights.

However, cultivating gender sensitivity in legal systems isn’t straightforward, even when supporting legislation exists. Despite the recent passage of an anti-sexual violence law in Indonesia, a shortfall of gender perspective amongst judges, police, and prosecutors lingers. This gap highlights the necessity of not only enacting supportive legislation but ensuring its appropriate application on all legal levels.

Another complication in the fight against online gender-based violence is the lack of easy access to and organisation of resources related to past litigation cases. Enacting measures such as better documentation and storage of these resources could greatly enhance efforts to combat online gender violence.

The potential establishment of data protection commissions or government regulators could also offer a significant solution, though the feasibility of this approach appears to differ greatly among distinct national contexts. Nonetheless, the exploration of such protection methods marks a crucial step towards tackling online gender-based violence.

Moreover, the analysis emphasises the importance of developing effective strategies to counter online gender-based violence. Prominent resources recommended include ‘La Violencia Digital’ Israel website and the Web Foundation’s ‘Women’s Rights Online’ Network. These offer crucial strategic litigation information in the fight against online gender violence. In line with this focus, Brazil’s law, ‘Marcos Civil of Internet’, was praised for its usefulness concerning the responsibility and accountability of online content. Internet providers aren’t held accountable for uploaded content until they’re notified of harmful material. The providers could potentially be held responsible for indemnification should they fail to react to the notification, consequently leading to a reduction in irresponsible online content.

In summary, multicultural action across various sectors will be necessary to tackle the complex issue of online gender violence and its underlying causes. However, through carefully structured judicial and technological education, stricter legislation, better access to litigation resources, and the implementation of effective strategies both nationally and globally, significant strides can be made towards addressing this pressing issue.

Hiperderecho

Hiperderecho, a pioneering legal organisation, emphasises the urgent need for authorities, including judges and solicitors, to enhance their knowledge of technology, digital rights, and gender perspectives. This thrust stems from the severe challenges victims and organisations encounter in seeking justice for online gender violence cases, which is largely due to the pervasive lack of technological knowledge and antiquated regulations pertaining to informatics crimes among current justice system operators.

Importantly, Hiperderecho believes the solution lies beyond simply employing full-time solicitors or instituting legal reforms. Instead, they propose a comprehensive approach combining law enforcement and education. This approach necessitates authorities to amplify their understanding of how technology operates, coupled with an application of a more nuanced gender-based perspective on justice. Key action items include updating outdated regulations to reflect contemporary digital realities and incorporating a gender-based perspective within judicial practices.

In line with this initiative, Hiperderecho has strategically partnered with Meta, providing them with the ability to facilitate the removal of harmful content from all of Meta’s online platforms. This initiative is a notable front in combating online gender-based violence, although the task of completely eradicating such content from the broader cyberspace remains a significant challenge.

In their relentless battle against online gender violence, Hiperderecho deploys dedicated legal teams. These professionals specialise in strategic litigation, tirelessly advocating and propelling forward cases in support of victims who typically lack the financial capacity to independently seek justice.

However, Hiperderecho admits that there are opportunities to augment their processes within their operation. Specifically, they acknowledge that the creation of a litigation case repository could augment efficiency within their operations. As it stands, all their decisions and cases are only accessible via their website.

Moreover, while Hiperderecho has yet to engage with data protection authorities concerning online gender violence cases, they recognise the potential benefits of doing so. They are interested in exploring this approach, acknowledging its prospective role in protecting victims of online gender violence.

In summary, Hiperderecho’s work underlines the intersectionality of technology, law, and gender violence, reinforcing the necessity of multidisciplinary approaches in seeking justice. They remain committed to championing the rights of victims of online gender violence, bridging the knowledge gap within the legal sector, advancing regulatory updates, and exploring innovative strategies, such as content regulation and engagement with data protection authorities, to alter the landscape of online safety.

Session transcript

Lia P. Hernรกndez:
If I need to speak in English, I can’t speak in English well. My name is Leigh Hernandez. I am a member of the advisory board of Ipandetec. Ipandetec is a digital rights organization based in Panama City, but working digital rights advocacy research in Central America and Dominican Republic. I’m going to talk about our experience on strategic litigation on cases of online gender violence based in Panama, especially. We have presented two cases in Panama in the framework of our project Seguras en Lรญnea. Seguras en Lรญnea is a gender perspective project. In the second part of the project, we started a special phase of initial legal advising in Central America. We are helping two people in Panama to present it to the public minister like a claim because they have been victim of online harassment. The third case is about an influencer. This is a very famous influencer in Panama. She was victim of online harassment for the girl from the diverse community. So we presented in the public minister of Panama a claim because she was being victim of online gender violence. But the public minister of Panama said that that is not online gender violence because the gender violence is only when a guy, so a man, is attacking a girl or when a girl is attacking a man. In the case of the people from the diversity community, doesn’t exist that case. So, we started a new claim against their privacy, their intimacy, and their honor, and the prosecutor accepted this claim. But the problem is that the public administration and the administration of justice in Panama, as most of our countries in Central America, they are not very efficient. They don’t know about this topic, they don’t know about digital rights, they don’t know about gender perspectives, so it was very difficult for us. We were trying to push the case, presenting proof, going to the private psychologists to analyze her, that she was a victim of online gender-based violence, she had anxiety, and all these documents, we presented this document to the prosecutor, and he said that in their opinion, it wasn’t a proper case of privacy, intimacy, or crime against her honor. So, they filed the case, and now we are trying to reopen the case, because we think that the only way to generate precedence in our countries is still struggling against the system. Unfortunately, we don’t have proper legislation about informatics crimes, informatics law. Panama is the second country in Latin America that signed the Budapest Convention, but our regulations have been upgraded since 2013, so we have three years trying to upgrade the informatics crimes regulations in the country. So it’s a problem, because it’s not just a problem for the victims, it’s also a problem for the public minister, it’s also a problem for the judicial employees, because they don’t have the resources. to follow the crimes, that is their main function as a public and justice employees. So we still continue working in this kind of process in the countries and we have another case, the case this with another organization in Panama and it’s a case of a girl that she was victim of online harassment, the part of her former partner and her former partner was blackmailing her to publish or posting their pictures on social media. Actually, he sent her pictures in a WhatsApp and Telegram group and we still with this process, we are helping her with some funds from our project to support the case and I hope that in the next month or maybe in the next year, we can see one of you in some of this kind of event and tell you that we have won the case but this is something is very difficult for the civil society organization also for the victims because if we don’t have the legal resources, if we don’t have like very strong law or like a legal and regulation framework upgraded, updating regulation is very difficult. So for that reason, we request to the authorities, we request to the congresswoman and congressman in our country that is very necessary to upgrade the our digital legal and regulatory framework because now this influencer and this girl was victim of online harassment but maybe tomorrow, your sister, your daughter, your mother or your friend could be the next victim. So thank you so much and if you have any question, I will be here till the end of the session. dialogue and conversation and this is a part of the conversation so a lot of telling stories and a lot of truth in public and private glory.

Hiperderecho:
Thank you very much, Lucia, and thank you to all of you for being here. I would like to start by saying that we have a lot of problems in Latin America region, what do we have is a lack of knowledge on how technology works and also a lack of knowledge on gender violence approach when authorities like judges or attorneys check these cases. So what I can think of our project is not only having a group of full-time judges and attorneys applying the technical laws, and implementing legitimate reform , our criminal jars or our criminal codes in our legal jars. So we have to be able to establish on how technology works and also able to apply gender-based perspective on justice. So maybe I would like to ask Leah here , what else will be desired or maybe in our panel, what else will be desired? To be able to have the digital violence, gender-based digital violence. Anyone?

Audience:
Thank you. Hola, buenas tardes, soy Damar de Indonesia. I can’t speak Spanish much, but learning from what happened in Indonesia, we have a lot of online gender-based violence cases during the COVID-19. And many of the victims, it’s actually not so much into the litigation process, but they’re asking more on the takedown, the content from the platforms. So I’m going to ask the experience from Latin America, is there any effort to doing this conversation or process with the platform to take down the content? Because that’s the hardest part. Other thing than that in Indonesia, we are so lucky because we are already past the anti-sexual violence last year, because the existing regulatory frameworks before didn’t accommodate the victims of gender-based violence, but lucky that we already have the law now. But I’m agree with Dean, the law itself didn’t solve the problems because judges, police, and prosecutors, they didn’t have the gender perspective. So they didn’t understand that they can use this anti-sexual violence to accommodate the needs from the victims. So that’s learning from Indonesia. And I hope probably you can answer the first questions regarding that. the platform, thank you.

Hiperderecho:
Well, thank you, at least in the case of Peru, we have a partnership with Meta, that when we speak these images that can go through these all Meta platforms, we can send and have a takedown from this kind of, when we have, we take into account that some kind of these images are, you know, on its platform, but it’s a very big problem when we talk about internet, because once the image, or I don’t know, the video is there, taking absolutely it down is almost, I don’t know, we will say impossible, because it can be anywhere in any website, so it’s important, I think, to have these connections with platform and other website that comply with some regulations, but I think it’s a very, very big gap with some organizations here that we can directly speak with another platforms to take down this type of content. I’m thinking about, I don’t know, content or material, explicit material that can be uploaded to OnlyFans or other similar webpages, but it’s a very big, big task we have here.

Lia P. Hernรกndez:
Well, in the case of Panama, mainly in the case of Central America, this is one of our main concern, because we have a very close relationship with the platform representative for the region, from Central America, actually from Facebook, well, Meta and Twitter, they are based in Mexico City, but we have contact of offline, but the problem is that there is time to response of our request. are not the same, their time of response of the European Union or United States. So, for example, in the Data Protection Agency in Spain, they have a special project that the Data Protection Agency is in communication with META for asking them to take down information from the social media. But we don’t have that kind of project with our other protection authorities in Latin America. So maybe it’s a good opportunity to copy, to replicate the best practice of other countries in the world. But it’s also a case about our regulation, because we don’t have very strong regulation like in the European Union. You know, we don’t have the GDPR. Most of the countries in Latin America, well, at least in Central America, they don’t have a data protection law. So they try to, but they are not working the proper work in our region, because they don’t have like a regulation that they enforce them to act immediately. So let’s see if the thing change in the next years, but I think that it’s very important that the META, Twitter, or the digital platform, they can’t, they shouldn’t make a difference between our regions and other regions in the world. Probably it’s the same in Indonesia. I don’t know. My main recommendation is still in contact with the social media. If you have like a friend or a partner in the social media companies, in the big tech companies, have a contact with them. Actually we have one that we all the time send him to his Instagram, like a screenshot of the post, a publication, a tweet to him. But unfortunately he was victim of the layoff in the last March, so we don’t have this contact anymore in META. And that’s it.

Speaker from TEDIC 1:
Hi, I’m sort of like part of this panel as well, in a way, I’m also part of TEDIC with my colleague Mari Carmen. And I think that just to add on the reflections of the panel, I think that at the end, we need to push to move forward and not have this model that relies on intermediaries to make sure that content is taken down in issues where a victim is asking for help on cases on online gender-based violence. Because in the example of the trusted partners that is like this model that Meta has been using for the past years, you’re very limited in the type of actor that you can help, right? So the problem is much more bigger than just human rights defenders, or perhaps journalists who are suffering online gender-based violence at different levels. And like the example that Leah is also mentioning, although I must say that it’s probably good to have this model where a data protection agency has a direct link with Meta, the problem of online gender-based violence goes beyond data protection in general and use of non-consensual image dissemination. So I think that we, or as part of the discussions of how to tackle this issue and how to give more redress and access to justice to victims outside of the judicial system in cases where it’s easier to appeal to the platform, is the platform that should be more swiftly and have more accessible community standards that allow for this kind of reporting and act swiftly in taking down the content in an at-scale way, at least. So yeah, that’s it. I think you can use the mic there.

Audience:
Hi, hello, I am Carla, I’m from APC. I live in Mexico, so I can relate to the issue. First of all, thank you very much for all the amazing work that you do in the different organizations. It’s very admirable to have people like you fighting for these issues because I know it can be very frustrating and even, yes, very difficult at some point, right? Because you get to work with the victims and hear their stories and also deal with, you know, psychology issues and how the victims approach. I have two questions. My first question is if there’s any place where you have been documenting the litigation cases that you are following. If we can access them, how can we take a look at this information? How can we use it for cases in other countries? If there is a repository, where can we find it? And if not, how can we create it? This is my first question. And my second question is in the different countries where you are at, how has it been working with the national governments and the ministries? How feasible do you see to have data protection commissions or regulators or, like, how is the situation generally in each of your countries? Because I’m not that familiar, so I would love to know more about that. And what do you think can be done to have these type of institutions? And a third question that just came up to my head, sorry, is what has worked? Because we have been hearing of the complications and the context, but what do you think has really worked, even though if they are, like, small things that have worked? But do you have any, like, type of things that have worked and that you use in your everyday practices that you could share with us? So these are my three questions. Thank you

Hiperderecho:
Thank you very much in in the case of Peru I will start for the third question What we think that work in our strategic litigation is that we have we had? Team a legal team that was all the time behind our legal cases We had Elizabeth that was the lawyer that has the those cases was behind the prosecutors was Calling mailing all the time only because of that our cases could get move forward Because we thought we thought this I think with all prison or our presence in that case The case we have we couldn’t move forward. So what I think that it worked is Is have a team or maybe? people that are Behind that cases that is also is very sad because most of the people that suffer suffers online based gender violence doesn’t have this the money to Hire a lawyer and have this lawyer behind that case is looking for justice So what happened in our case is that? I Think that we don’t have Like a repository on on these decisions and all these materials we have and I think that it could work for us to share our resources and to share all The ruling cases we had in per derecho. We had groundbreaking Judicial decision in a case and it will be very very helpful to share it with us To share with everybody with everybody that case so right now all our decisions our cases are in our webpage it per derecho that or So, yeah, that’s it, and the second question was about, well, I don’t remember, ah, in relation with data protection authorities. In the case of gender violence, we didn’t use, like, or contact data protection authorities, so we have some kind of relation, but for other, for other issues. I think, in our case, we haven’t tried to get to data protection authorities to seek justice for these cases, but it’s also, we can explore that scenario to use data protection authority, and I think that we could have our legislation could make a legal framework in order to protect victims, but in our case, we haven’t explored it.

Lia P. Hernรกndez:
Okay, in our case in Panama, I invite all of you to visit our website, segurasenlinea.ca, CA for Central America, and this is the first web page with a lot of info about online gender-based violence in Central America and Dominican Republic. We have some, like, a blog section. We also have, like, info about if you are a victim of online gender violence, right, you can go there to the public minister, to the woman minister, to the, whatever you want, and also, we have more info about the cases there, but it’s anonymous because we are not reflecting the information, personal information about the victims in this website. The second question, the question about the relation with the prosecutor, we, with this project, we have established some relation with the prosecutor, mainly in Costa Rica and Panama, also Guatemala. Actually, We organized Twitter space, well, ex-space, not Twitter space anymore, with the prosecutor of Panama and Costa Rica about these topics. They are very aware that this is an important information that is useful for them as well, not just for the victim or for the population. So we have a very close relationship with them. About the data protection authorities, in Central America, we only have two data protection authorities in Panama and Costa Rica. We also have a very close relation with them. We meet them in some events around the world, especially in data protection events. And the data protection authority in Panama, they recently launched two data protection guidelines for the use of information in case of online gender-based. So it’s very important, these kind of materials, because this is information material funded by the Inter-American Development Bank, was made by the Costa Rican consultant. She reflects all the info about how, in the cases of online gender violence, the authorities in Panama should use the information, the personal information. So I think that is good, very material. You also can find these guidelines in anti.gob.pa. It is the website of the data protection authority in Panama.

Speaker from TEDIC 1:
I think that, because your question also was referring to like a centralized place where all regional or national strategic litigations were centralized. I’m not sure if that exists. We have, regarding the Belen case, The Sahil colleague was mentioning that the league is also a part of. We have the La Violencia Digital Israel website where you can find information on that strategy litigation. It’s in English and in Spanish so you can sort of like access the information not only of how the cases started but also how it has evolved through time both nationally and internationally. So it’s a good resource to have in mind and then also as part of the so the Web Foundation has this network called the Women’s Rights Online Network and we’re currently, we launched it last year, this tech policy design lab resource where there’s a lot of information of online gender-based violence across the world and across all different continents. So that’s a good resource to check as well. I don’t have the URL in my head, but you put tech policy design lab and Web Foundation and you’ll find it and we are currently working in defining common ontologies around online gender-based violence. So that’s something that is also going to be accessible in that website and it’s something that you can use. Yeah, so and actually I have actually a quick announcement of that. We’re currently planning a workshop across the world to engage with people who are involved in some way with working on online gender-based violence. So if you’re interested, please leave me your contacts and then I can put you in a database where I can then do a follow-up and and include you in those workshops and then collectively work in what that definition could potentially look like. So yeah, that’s it.

Audience:
Hi, I’m Luis Fernando Castro. I’m from Brazil and I’m a lawyer and a professor and former board member of CGIBR. I’m not specialized in criminal law, but I would like to say a word about civil law. We have the Marcos Civil of Internet in Brazil and this law it says that are stored in these data in devices, are admired . Primarily the Internet service providers are not responsible for content that people upload, like porn revenge or something like we heard in this session. They are not responsible for the content that people upload. They are not obliged to shut down, take down the content since they are notified. Other less, they will be co-responsibilized as joint responsible for indemnification. And I can tell you that that solution helps a lot because the providers don’t want to spend money to indemnify victims. And somewhat, a lot of that will have a negative impact on human nature. So this was a phenomenal solution to have a very complex district panel in criminal procedure. Thank you.

Lia P. Hernรกndez:
I want to say something about your intervention. Actually, we are participating as well in the cybercrime convention discussion in the U.N., and what’s the point of the convention, the U.N. convention about cybercrime, is that the delegates from all the countries over the world, that they took more time to discuss was the topic about the child and the woman protections online, because it was a bit of difference between the countries from the Middle East, respective countries from Latin America, and some countries like, for example, Rocha, Venezuela, Nicaragua. And they were discussing how they can protect the childhood in this convention. Because there are a lot of cases in our countries, but we don’t have regulation, proper regulation to protect them. So thanks for your participation in our panel. Last question. Anyone? OK, we’re finished.

Audience

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

766 words

Speech time

299 secs

Hiperderecho

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

789 words

Speech time

331 secs

Lia P. Hernรกndez

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

1817 words

Speech time

789 secs

Speaker from TEDIC 1

Speech speed

207 words per minute

Speech length

652 words

Speech time

189 secs